---------------------------------------- ---------- ,note3 around word indicated italics ,erebus around word indicated bold ,,dick ,,fitzgerald ---------------------------------------- ---------- ,,the ,,magician',s ,,own ,,book1 ,,or ,,the ,,whole ,,art ,,of ,,conjuring4 ,,being ,a ,,complete ,,hand-,,book ,,of ,,parlor ,,magic1 ,,and ,,containing ,,over ,,one ,,thousand ,,optical1 ,,chemical1 ,,mechanical1 ,,magnetical1 ,,and ,,magical ,,experiments1 ,,amusing ,,transmutations1 ,,astonishing ,,sleights ,,and ,,subtleties1 ,,celebrated ,,card ,,deceptions1 ,,ingenious ,,tricks ,,with ,,numbers1 ,,curious ,,and ,,entertaining ,,puzzles1 ,,together ,,with ,,all ,,the ,,most ,,noted ,,tricks ,,of ,,modern ,,performers4 ,,the ,,whole ,,illustrated ,,with ,,over #ejj ,,wood ,,cuts1 ,,and ,,intended ,,as ,a ,,source ,,of ,,amusement ,,for ,,one ,,thousand ,,and ,,one ,,evenings4 ,,new ,,york3 ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 #ah ,,ann ,,street4 #ahfb4 ,entered according to ,act of ,congress1 in the year #aheg1 by ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 in the ,clerk's ,office of the ,district ,court for the ,southern ,district of ,new ,york4 ,,preface4 ,the publishers of this interesting volume do not conceive that it requires an elaborate introduction to the reading public4 ,some brief remarks1 however1 may not be inappropriate as a preface to ,,the ,,magician',s ,,own ,,book1 since the black art1 as in lessen lightened ages the practice of all these innocent and interesting feats was termed1 is not yet as popularly understood in this country as it is abroad4 ,there is a charm in legerdemain1 or sleight of hand1 that all1 whether young or old1 can readily appreciate4 ,there is a mystery in it that piques the understanding as well as provokes the curiosity of the spectator4 ,if the trick be executed with address1 it excites our admiration2 and the simpler it appears1 the more it engages our fancy and fascinates our attention4 ,and it is not only when we are mystified in public1 cajoled in great saloons1 and in the presence of crowds1 that these effects are developed4 ,they are called forth by the performances even of some humble artist in the family circle1 whose ingenuity of mind has enabled him to gather up the more available of these practical puzzles4 ,it would seem1 therefore1 a useful thing to place this source of harmless amusement within the reach of all who can relish its eccentricities1 and instead of leaving it in the hands of professors1 as a pecuniary speculation1 to enable the domestic group to master and enjoy it in all its ever-varying phases of novelty and gratification4 ,to do this is what the publishers propose in the issue of this volume2 and they flatter themselves1 that if carefully studied1 it will prepare the ,young ,conjuror to convert the parlor1 at any desirable moment1 into a place of genuine entertainment for himself and his companions1 and ample repay him for the little time and thought he may devote to the acquisition of the necessary skill and dexterity4 ,sleight of hand1 magic1 necromancy1 c41 are all terms of art applicable to the same series of performances4 ,the parlor student1 therefore1 once familiar with the general principles upon which these experiments are effected1 will find little difficulty in comprehending at a glance1 notwithstanding all the show of gorgeous paraphernalia and auxiliary machinery employed1 the modus operandi of every one of them he may witness in public4 ,this will be a new source of pleasure to him1 independent of his ability to turn ,conjuror on his own account at home4 ,nor can we well conceive of any rational objection likely to be urged against a kind of knowledge1 so unimpeachable in its nature1 and so mirth provoking in its results4 ,acting ,charades are common1 even among the most fastidious families4 ,enigmas and puzzles1 in pantomime and speech1 afford innoxious amusement to thousands4 ,the publishers only consider ,,the ,,magician',s ,,own ,,book a new addition to the current list of entertainments of that character2 for what is a sleight of hand feat but an enigma placed before the spectator for solution8 ,what is a trick in natural magic but a puzzle repeated to those who behold it1 each one of whom is tacitly expected to guess how it is accomplished1 while the little practitioner only holds the key to the mystery8 ,in truth1 the parlor needs some increase in its means of social amusement4 ,the number it embraces is extremely limited4 ,they soon weary4 ,this weariness creates an appetite for outside attractions1 not always wholesome1 and too often insidiously pernicious4 ,,the ,,magician',s ,,own ,,book nicely fills up1 therefore1 the void in the category of parlor recreations4 ,it may be made to present an ever-changing1 always tempting1 stay-at-home inducement1 and in this shape becomes a moral assistant of no unimportant description1 as well as the piquant source of good humored bamboozlement4 ,in conclusion we would say1 that the ,,magician',s ,,own ,,book contains a great variety of curious tricks and deceptions1 many of which have never before appeared in print1 and for many of which the publishers beg to acknowledge their indebtedness to ,mr4 ,john ,wyman1 ,junior1 the celebrated magician1 that gentleman having kindly furnished clear and simple explanations to many of his most surprising parlor feats and fancies4 ,,index4 ,sleight of ,hand ,tricks4 ,,page ,the ,flying ,dime1 #c ,the ,flying ,dime1 7another method17 #d ,the ,beads and ,strings1 #e ,to get a ,ring out of a ,handkerchief1 #e ,to tie a ,knot in a ,handkerchief which ,cannot be drawn ,tight1 #f ,the ,three ,cups1 #g ,to tie a ,handkerchief round your ,leg1 and get it off ,without ,untying the ,knot1 #h ,the ,magic ,bond1 #h ,the ,old ,man and his ,chair1 #h ,to tie a ,knot on the ,left ,wrist1 without letting the right hand approach it1 #aj ,the ,magic ,handcuffs1 #aa ,to pull a ,string through your ,button-hole1 #aa ,the ,cut ,string ,restored1 #ab ,the ,gordian ,knot1 #ab ,the ,knot ,loosened1 #ac ,to ,conjure ,nuts in your ,ear1 #ac ,to ,crack ,walnuts in your ,elbow1 #ad ,to ,take ,feathers out of an ,empty ,handkerchief1 #ad ,the ,knotted ,handkerchief1 #ad ,houdin's ,nut ,trick1 #af ,conjuring a ,ring1 #ag ,the ,erratic ,egg1 #ah ,the ,obedient ,dime1 #ai ,the ,prisoner ,released1 #ai ,advantageous ,wager1 #ai ,the ,double ,meaning1 #bj ,the ,three ,spoons1 #bj ,the ,juggler's ,joke1 #bj ,to ,cause ,water and ,wine to ,change ,places1 #ba ,the ,wizard's ,wit1 or ,is it ,possible1 #ba ,the ,toper's ,stratagem1 #ba ,the ,impossible ,omelet1 #ba ,new ,perpetual ,rotary ,motion1 #bb ,the ,miraculous ,apple1 #bb ,an ,omelet ,cooked in a ,hat1 #bc ,the ,infallible ,prophet1 #bc ,philosophy ,cheated1 #bd ,the ,disappearing ,dime1 #bf ,the ,hat and ,die ,trick1 #bg ,the ,penetrative ,cents1 #bg ,the ,doll ,trick1 #bi ,the ,flying ,coins1 #cj ,the ,vanished ,half ,dime1 #cj ,the ,restored ,document1 #cj ,the ,magic ,rings1 #ca ,the ,fish and ,ink ,trick1 #cb ,the ,hat and ,cannon ,ball ,trick1 #cb ,the ,dime in the ,ball of ,cotton1 #cc ,the ,egg and ,bag ,trick1 #cc ,the ,dancing ,egg1 #cd ,the ,bell and ,shot ,trick1 #cd ,the ,burned ,handkerchief ,restored1 #ce ,the ,fire ,eater1 #ce ,the ,egg ,box ,trick1 #cf ,the ,globe ,box ,trick1 #cf ,the ,coffee ,trick1 #cg ,the ,handkerchief ,trick1 #ch ,the ,magic ,funnel1 #da ,the ,magic ,bottle1 #da ,the ,bottle ,trick1 #db ,the ,magic ,quarter1 #dd ,to change a ,dime to a ,quarter1 #dd ,wyman's ,gun ,trick1 #df ,the ,hatched ,bird1 #df ,the ,apple and ,orange ,trick1 #dg ,a ,magician's ,box ,explained1 #dg ,the ,enchanted ,coin1 #dh ,the ,mysterious ,coin1 or ,how to ,make ,dollars pass through a ,wine ,glass1 a ,china ,plate1 a ,table1 and fall into the ,hand1 #di ,the ,egyptian ,fluids1 or ,impossibilities ,accomplished1 #ej ,the ,magician's ,snow ,ball1 #ea ,the ,magnetized ,cane1 #eb ,wyman's ,mode of performing the ,egg ,bag ,trick1 #eb ,the ,dancing ,automaton1 #ced ,the ,invisible ,springs1 #cee ,the ,flight of the ,ring1 #cef ,the ,magic ,book1 #cfj ,the ,tape ,trick1 #cfj ,the ,knotted ,thread1 #cfa ,the ,transposable ,pieces1 #cfb ,tricks and ,deceptions with ,cards4 ,to ,make the ,pass1 #ee ,to ,tell a ,card by its ,back1 #ee ,the ,card named without being seen1 #ef ,the ,card told by an ,opera ,glass1 #ef ,the ,four ,kings1 #eh ,the ,four ,accomplices1 #eh ,to ,tell the ,card thought of1 in a ,circle of ,ten1 #ei ,to guess the ,card thought of1 #ei ,to tell the number of ,cards by ,weight1 #fj ,audacity1 #fa ,the ,card found at the second guess1 #fa ,the ,card found under the ,hat1 #fa ,to call the ,cards out of the ,pack1 #fa ,heads and ,tails1 #fb ,the ,surprise1 #fb ,the ,revolution1 #fc ,the ,slipped ,card1 #fc ,the ,nailed ,card1 #fc ,to ascertain the number of ,points on three unseen ,cards1 #fd ,to tell the numbers on two unseen ,cards1 #fd ,the ,knaves and the ,constable1 #fd ,the ,pairs ,re-paired1 #fe ,the ,queens ,digging for ,diamonds1 #ff ,the ,triple ,deal1 #fg ,the ,quadruple ,deal1 #fg ,the ,card ,discovered by the ,touch or ,smell1 #fg ,the ,ingenious ,confederacy1 #fg ,hold it ,fast1 #fi ,the ,charmed ,twelve1 #fi ,the ,trick of ,thirty-one1 #gj ,to tell the ,names of the ,cards by their ,weight1 #ga ,the ,cards in the ,vase1 #gc ,the ,metamorphosis1 #gd ,to hold ,four ,kings1 or ,four ,knaves in your ,hand1 and to ,change them suddenly into ,blank ,cards1 and then to ,four ,aces1 #gf ,to ,change a ,card in a ,person's ,hand1 #gf ,the ,card in the ,egg1 #gg ,the ,fifteen ,thousand ,livres1 #gh ,hints to ,amateurs1 #gi ,cure for ,troublesome ,spectators1 #hj ,to make a ,card jump out of the ,pack1 #ceg ,the ,tell-,tale ,cards1 #ceg ,the ,double ,dozen1 #ceh ,the ,housebreakers1 #cei ,the ,magic of ,chemistry4 ,sympathetic or ,invisible ,inks1 #hd ,the ,silver ,tree1 #he ,cleopatra's ,pearls1 #hf ,wonderful ,experiments in ,combustion1 #hf ,mimic ,rain1 #hf ,marine ,illumination1 #hg ,the ,mimic ,explosion1 #hh ,the ,shower of ,fire1 #hh ,the ,magical ,heat1 #hh ,the ,magic ,lamp1 #hi ,surprising ,experiments with ,potassium1 #hi ,the ,water ,demon1 #hi ,a ,flame produced with ,ice1 #hi ,the ,chemical ,chimney ,sweep1 #ij ,the ,magical ,illumination1 #ij ,the ,chemical ,chameleon1 #ia ,crystallizations of ,metals1 #ib ,beauties of ,crystallization1 #ic ,to ,crystallize ,camphor1 #ic ,to do4 ,tin1 #id ,crystals in ,hard ,water1 #id ,varieties of ,crystals1 #id ,a ,liquid ,changed to a ,solid1 and ,heat from ,crystallization1 #id ,beautiful ,experiment1 #ie ,a ,solid ,changed to a ,liquid1 and intense ,cold from the ,liquefaction1 #ie ,magic of ,heat1 #ie ,sublimation by ,heat1 #if ,heat ,passing through ,glass1 #if ,metals unequally ,influenced by ,heat1 #ig ,spontaneous ,combustion1 #ig ,inequality of ,heat in ,fire ,irons1 #ig ,expansion of ,metal by ,heat1 #ig ,evaporation of a ,metal1 #ih ,a ,floating ,metal on ,fire1 #ih ,ice ,melted by ,air1 #ih ,splendid ,sublimation1 #ih ,magic ,inks1 #ih ,chameleon ,liquids1 #ii ,the ,magic ,dyes1 #ii ,wine ,changed into ,water1 #ii ,two colorless ,transparent ,liquids become ,black and ,opaque1 #ajj ,two colorless ,fluids1 ,make a colored one1 #ajj ,change of ,color1 by colorless ,fluids1 #ajj ,to ,change ,blue ,liquid to ,white1 #ajj ,veritable ,black ,tea1 #ajj ,restoration of ,color by ,water1 #aja ,two ,liquids ,make a ,solid1 #aja ,two ,solids ,make a ,liquid1 #aja ,a ,solid1 ,opaque ,mass1 ,makes a ,transparent ,liquid1 #aja ,two cold ,liquids ,make a ,hot one1 #aja ,quintuple ,transmutation1 #ajb ,the ,same ,agent may ,produce and ,destroy ,color1 #ajb ,union of two ,metals without ,heat1 #ajb ,magic ,breath1 #ajb ,two ,bitters ,make a ,sweet1 #ajc ,visible and ,invisible1 #ajc ,to ,form a ,liquid of two ,solids1 #ajc ,the ,spectral ,lamp1 #ajd ,curious ,change of ,colors1 #aje ,the ,protean ,light1 #aje ,the ,chameleon ,flowers1 #aje ,to ,change the ,colors of ,flowers1 #aje ,changes of the ,poppy1 #ajf ,changes of the ,rose1 #ajf ,light changing ,white into ,black1 #ajf ,the ,visibly ,growing ,acorn1 #ajf ,colored ,flames1 #ajg ,orange colored ,flame1 #ajg ,emerald ,green ,flame1 #ajg ,instantaneous ,flame1 #ajg ,to ,cool ,flame by ,metal1 #ajh ,proof that ,flame is ,hollow1 #ajh ,to ,hold a ,hot ,tea ,kettle on the ,hand1 #ajh ,incombustible ,linen1 #ajh ,the ,burning ,circle1 #ajh ,water of different ,temperatures in the same ,vessel1 #aji ,warmth of ,different ,colors1 #aji ,substitute for ,fire1 #aji ,laughing ,gas1 #aji ,flame from ,cold ,metals1 #aaj ,phosphorus in ,chlorine1 #aaj ,magic ,vapor1 #aaa ,gas from the ,union of ,metals1 #aaa ,camphor ,sublimated by ,flame1 #aaa ,green ,fire1 #aaa ,brilliant ,red ,fire1 #aab ,purple ,fire1 #aab ,silver ,fire1 #aab ,fiery ,fountain1 #aab ,combustion without ,flame1 #aab ,combustion of ,three ,metals1 #aac ,to ,make ,paper ,apparently ,incombustible1 #aac ,heat not to be estimated by ,touch1 #aac ,flame upon ,water1 #aac ,rose ,colored ,flame upon ,water1 #aac ,to ,set a ,mixture on ,fire by ,water1 #aad ,waves of ,fire on ,water1 #aad ,water from the ,flame of a ,candle1 #aad ,formation of ,water by ,fire1 #aad ,boiling upon ,cold ,water1 #aad ,currents in ,boiling ,water1 #aad ,hot ,water ,lighter than ,cold1 #aae ,expansion of ,water by ,cold1 #aae ,the ,cup of ,tantalus1 #aae ,the ,magic ,whirlpool1 #aaf ,artificial ,fire ,balls1 #aag ,to ,melt ,steel as ,easily as ,lead1 #aah ,to ,tell a ,lady if ,she is in ,love1 #aah ,to put an ,egg in a ,phial1 #aah ,to ,astonish a ,large ,party1 #aah ,magical ,test ,papers1 #aai ,infinite ,divisibility1 #aai ,chemistry an ,agent in ,secret ,writing1 #cbg ,to ,melt a ,piece of ,money in a ,walnut ,shell1 without ,injuring the ,shell1 #cee ,the ,pyramid of ,alum1 #ced ,experiments in ,electricity4 ,the ,rotary ,tobacco ,pipe1 #abc ,the ,erratic ,feather1 #abc ,the ,attractive ,sealing ,wax1 #abd ,the ,unneighborly ,balls1 #abd ,the ,electrified ,paper1 #abd ,the ,sociable ,feather1 #abd ,the ,eccentric ,feather1 #abd ,the ,discontented ,pith ,ball1 #abd ,the ,dancing ,bran1 #abd ,the ,electrical ,cat1 #abd ,electrical ,shock from a ,sheet of ,paper1 #abe ,light under ,water1 #abf ,simple means of ,producing ,electricity1 #abf ,attraction and ,repulsion ,exhibited1 #abg ,how to ,make an ,electrical ,machine1 #abg ,conductor1 #abh ,the ,plate ,electrical ,machine1 #abi ,how to ,draw ,sparks from the ,tip of the ,nose1 #abi ,how to ,get a ,jar full of ,electricity1 #abi ,the ,electrical ,battery1 #acj ,dancing ,balls and ,dolls1 #aca ,the ,electrical ,kiss1 #aca ,ringing ,bells1 #aca ,working ,power of ,electricity1 #acb ,the ,electrified ,wig1 #acb ,imitation ,thunder ,clouds1 #acc ,the ,lightning ,stroke ,imitated1 #acc ,the ,sportsman1 #acd ,experiments in ,galvanism4 ,singular ,galvanic ,shock1 #ace ,the ,flash of ,light1 #ace ,the ,magical ,cup1 #ace ,the ,prisoner ,leech1 #acf ,the ,metamorphosed ,knife1 #acf ,with ,plates in ,water1 #acf ,to ,make a ,magnet by ,galvanism1 #acg ,effects of ,galvanism on a ,magnet1 #acg ,change of ,color by ,galvanism1 #acg ,the ,galvanic ,shock1 #ach ,a ,galvanic ,tongue1 #ach ,influence of ,galvanism on ,porter and ,ale1 #ahh ,the ,galvanized ,flounder1 #ahh ,experiments in ,magnetism4 ,the ,impromptu ,magnet1 #aci ,the ,merry ,iron ,filings1 #adj ,test of ,magnetic ,power1 #adj ,to ,make ,artificial ,magnets1 #adj ,how to ,magnetize a ,poker1 #adj ,to ,show ,magnetic ,attraction and ,repulsion1 #ada ,variation of the ,needle1 #ada ,dip of the ,needle1 #ada ,to ,suspend a ,needle in the ,air1 by ,magnetism1 #ada ,magnetism by ,hammering1 #adb ,power of the ,electro-,magnet1 #adb ,the ,mariner's ,compass1 #adb ,to ,make ,artificial ,magnets without the ,aid of either ,natural ,loadstone1 or ,artificial ,magnets1 #adc ,the ,watch ,magnetized1 #add ,north and ,south ,poles of the ,magnet1 #add ,polarity of the ,magnet1 #add ,magnetic ,action and ,reaction1 #ade ,to ,pass ,magnetism through a ,table1 #ade ,the ,magnetic ,table1 #ade ,interesting ,particulars ,concerning the ,magnet1 #ade ,exaggerated ,magnetism1 #adf ,the ,magic of ,pneumatics and ,aerostatics4 ,weight of the ,air ,proved by a ,pair of ,bellows1 #adh ,the ,pressure of ,air ,shown by a ,wine ,glass1 #adh ,the ,pressure of ,air ,shown by a ,glass ,jar1 #adh ,elasticity of the ,air1 #adi ,the ,air ,pump1 #adi ,to ,prove that ,air has ,weight1 #aej ,to ,prove ,air ,elastic1 #aej ,air in the ,egg1 #aej ,the ,descending ,smoke1 #aea ,half ,eagle and ,feather1 #aea ,the ,soundless ,bell1 #aeb ,the ,floating ,fish1 #aeb ,the ,mysterious ,circles1 #aeb ,the ,diving ,bell1 #aed ,the ,air ,balloon1 #aed ,how to ,make an ,air ,balloon1 #aee ,how to ,fill a ,balloon1 #aef ,to ,make ,fire ,balloons1 #aef ,the ,mysterious ,bottle1 #aeg ,how to ,make a ,parachute1 #aeg ,caoutchouc ,balloons1 #aeg ,the ,bacchus ,experiment1 #cfb ,the ,magic of ,optics4 ,light as an ,effect1 #aei ,refraction1 #aei ,the ,invisible ,coin ,made ,visible1 #aei ,the ,multiplying ,glass1 #afj ,transparent ,bodies1 #afj ,the ,prism1 #afj ,to ,make a ,prism1 #afa ,composition of ,light1 #afa ,a ,natural ,camera ,obscura1 #afb ,bullock's ,eyes ,experiment1 #afb ,the ,camera ,obscura1 #afb ,the ,magic ,lantern1 #afc ,the ,camera ,lucida1 #afd ,painting the ,slides1 #afd ,to ,exhibit the ,magic ,lantern1 #afd ,effects of the ,magic ,lantern1 #afe ,tempest at ,sea1 #afe ,the ,phantasmagoria1 #aff ,dissolving ,views1 #afg ,how to ,raise a ,ghost1 #afg ,the ,thaumatrope1 #afh ,the ,bird in the ,cage1 #afh ,construction of the ,phantasmascope1 #afh ,curious ,optical ,illusion1 #afi ,another1 #agj ,another1 #agj ,the ,picture in the ,air1 #aga ,breathing ,light and ,darkness1 #aga ,to ,show what ,rays of ,light do not ,obstruct each other1 #agb ,to ,see through a ,philadelphia ,brick1 #agb ,the ,stereoscope1 #agc ,ocular ,spectra1 #age ,brilliant ,water ,mirror1 #age ,optics of a ,soap ,bubble1 #agf ,the ,kaleidoscope1 #agf ,simple ,solar ,microscope1 #agg ,anamorphoses1 #agh ,the ,cosmorama1 #ahj ,distorted ,landscapes1 #ahj ,the ,magic ,coin1 #aha ,the ,magician's ,mirror1 #cdd ,the ,perspective ,mirror1 #cde ,the ,artificial ,landscape1 #cdh ,the ,boundless ,prospect1 #cej ,the ,enchanted ,palace1 #ceb ,tricks in ,mechanics4 ,importance of ,mechanics1 #ahb ,the ,laws of ,motion1 #ahb ,experiment of the ,law of ,motion1 #ahb ,balancing1 #ahc ,the ,prancing ,horse1 #ahc ,to ,construct a ,figure1 which1 being ,placed on a ,curved ,surface1 and ,inclined in any ,position1 shall1 when left to itself1 ,return to its ,former ,position1 #ahc ,to ,make a ,carriage ,run in an ,inverted ,position1 without ,falling1 #ahc ,to ,cause a ,cylinder to ,roll of its own ,weight1 up ,hill1 #ahd ,the ,balanced ,stick1 #ahd ,the ,chinese ,mandarin1 #ahd ,to ,make a ,quarter ,dollar ,turn on its ,edge on the ,point of a ,needle1 #ahd ,the ,self-,balanced ,pail1 #ahe ,to ,lift a ,bottle with a ,straw1 #ahe ,the ,dancing ,pea1 #ahf ,the ,toper's ,tripod1 #ahf ,the ,magical ,snake1 or the ,obliquity of ,motion1 #ahg ,the ,bridge of ,knives1 #ahg ,sand in the ,hour ,glass1 #ahh ,resistance of ,sand1 #ahh ,the ,magical ,gyroscope1 #cdf ,tricks in ,hydraulics and ,hydrostatics4 ,the ,science of ,hydraulics1 #ahi ,the ,fountain and ,pump1 #ahi ,the ,hydraulic ,dancer1 #aij ,the ,syphon1 #aia ,the ,water ,snail1 or ,archimedean ,screw1 #aia ,the ,bottle ,ejectment1 #aib ,the ,magic of ,hydrostatics with the ,ancients1 #aib ,to ,empty a ,glass under ,water1 #aib ,the ,mysterious ,bottle1 #aeg ,boiling upon ,cold ,water1 #aad ,currents in ,boiling ,water1 #aad ,hot ,water ,lighter than ,cold1 #aae ,expansion of ,water by ,cold1 #aae ,the ,magic ,whirlpool1 #aaf ,the ,cup of ,tantalus1 #aae ,to ,weigh ,water without ,scales1 #cec ,more than ,full1 #cfa ,tricks in ,acoustics4 ,the ,science of ,acoustics1 #aic ,difference between ,sound and ,noise1 #aic ,visible ,vibration1 #aic ,transmitted ,vibration1 #aid ,double ,vibration1 #aid ,champagne and ,sound1 #aid ,music of the ,snail1 #aie ,the ,tuning ,fork a ,flute ,player1 #aie ,musical ,bottles1 #aie ,theory of ,whispering1 #aie ,theory of the ,voice1 #aif ,to ,tune a ,guitar without the ,assistance of the ,ear1 #aif ,progress of ,sound1 #aif ,to ,make an olian ,harp1 #aif ,the ,invisible ,girl1 #aig ,magic of ,acoustics with the ,ancients1 #aih ,the ,secret of ,ventriloquism1 #ha ,to ,show how ,sound ,travels through a ,solid1 #aih ,to ,show that ,sound depends upon ,vibration1 #aih ,musical ,figures ,resulting from ,sound1 #ceg ,the ,magic of ,numbers1 or ,curious ,tricks in ,arithmetic4 ,aphorisms of ,number1 #aii ,palpable ,arithmetic1 #bjj ,the ,abacus1 #bja ,napier's ,rods1 #bjb ,the ,arithmetical ,boomerang1 #bjc ,to ,find a ,number ,thought of1 #bjc ,second ,method1 #bjd ,third ,method1 #bje ,fourth do41 #bje ,fifth do41 #bjf ,sixth do41 #bjf ,to ,discover two or more ,numbers that a ,person has ,thought of1 #bjf ,how many ,counters have ,i in my ,hands8 #bjg ,the ,mysterious ,halvings1 to tell a ,number a ,person has ,thought of1 #bjh ,second ,method1 #bji ,who ,wears the ,ring8 #baa ,what is ,probable8 #bab ,variations1 #bac ,amusing ,combinations1 #bad ,the ,visitors to the ,crystal ,palace1 #bag ,how many ,changes can be ,given to ,seven ,notes of a ,piano8 #bag ,the ,arithmetical ,triangle1 #bag ,how many ,different ,deals can be made with ,thirteen ,cards out of ,fifty-two1 #bah ,the ,three ,graces1 #bah ,second ,method1 #bai ,third ,method1 #bbj ,the ,fortunate ,ninth1 #bba ,the ,ten ,ten's1 #bbb ,dividing the ,beer1 #bbc ,the ,difficult ,case of ,wine1 #bbd ,decimation of ,fruit1 #bbd ,the ,wine and the ,tables1 #bbe ,the ,three ,travelers1 #bbe ,what ,counter has been ,thought of out of ,sixteen1 #bbf ,magic ,squares1 #bbg ,odd ,magic ,squares1 #bbg ,the ,square of ,gotham1 #bbi ,the ,mathematical ,blacksmith1 #bcj ,curious ,properties of some ,figures1 #bcj ,the ,industrious ,frog1 #bcd ,the ,council of ,ten1 #bce ,the ,two ,travelers1 #bce ,arithmetical ,trick1 #bcg ,the ,money ,trick1 #bcg ,the ,philosopher's ,pupils1 #bcg ,to ,discover a ,square ,number1 #bch ,the ,sheep1 and the ,sheep ,fold1 #bch ,the ,countrywoman and the ,eggs1 #bch ,to ,rub out ,twenty ,chalks at ,five ,times1 ,rubbing out every ,time an ,odd one1 #bci ,the ,impossible ,triangle1 #bci ,odd or ,even1 #bci ,the ,figures1 up to #ajj1 arranged as to make #eje in each ,column1 when ,counted in ,ten ,columns ,perpendicularly1 and the ,same when ,counted in ,ten ,files ,horizontally1 #bdj ,the ,old ,woman and ,her ,eggs1 #bdj ,the ,mathematical ,fortune ,teller1 #bda ,the ,dice ,guessed ,unseen1 #bdb ,the ,sovereign and the ,sage1 #bdb ,the ,knowing ,shepherd1 #bdc ,the ,certain ,game1 #bdc ,the ,astonished ,farmer1 #bdd ,the ,magical ,century1 #bdd ,the ,hatter ,cheated1 #bde ,the ,basket of ,nuts1 #bde ,the ,united ,digits1 #bdf ,december and ,may1 #bdf ,the ,two ,drovers1 #bdf ,the ,basket and ,stones1 #bdf ,the ,famous ,forty-,five1 #bdg ,trick in ,subtraction1 #bdg ,the ,expunged ,figure1 #bdg ,the ,mysterious ,addition1 #bdh ,to tell at what ,hour a ,person ,intends to rise1 #bdi ,to find the ,difference between ,two ,numbers1 the ,greater of which is ,unknown1 #bdi ,the ,magic ,remainder1 #bej ,a ,person having an equal ,number of ,counters1 or ,pieces of ,money1 in each ,hand1 to find how many he has altogether1 #bej ,the ,three ,jealous ,husbands1 #bea ,the ,false ,scales1 #bea ,the ,apple ,woman1 #beb ,the ,graces and ,muses1 #beb ,the ,jesuitical ,teacher1 #beb ,nine ,quaint ,questions1 #bec ,the ,fox1 ,goose and ,corn1 #bec ,multiplying ,money by ,money1 #bec ,the ,unfair ,division1 #bee ,a ,popular ,fallacy1 #bee ,curious ,tricks in ,geometry4 ,the ,inventor of ,geometry1 #bef ,geometrical ,definitions1 #bef ,the ,five ,geometrical ,solids1 #beg ,how to ,make ,five ,squares into a large one without any ,waste of ,stuff1 #beh ,deceptive ,vision1 #beh ,the ,carpenter ,puzzled1 #bei ,the ,bricklayer ,puzzled1 #bfj ,triangular ,problem1 #bfj ,to ,form a ,square1 #bfa ,squaring the ,circle1 #bfb ,the ,perplexed ,cabinet ,maker1 #bgg ,curious and ,amusing ,puzzles4 ,alexander the ,great's ,puzzle1 #bff ,the ,chinese ,cross1 #bff ,the ,parallelogram1 #bfg ,the ,divided ,garden1 #bfg ,the ,endless ,string1 #bfg ,chinese ,maze1 the ,willow ,pattern ,plate1 #bfh ,the ,vertical ,line ,puzzle1 #bfh ,the ,three ,rabbits1 #bfi ,the ,accommodating ,square1 #bfi ,the ,circle ,puzzle1 #bfi ,the ,cardboard ,puzzle1 #bfi ,the ,button ,puzzle1 #bfi ,the ,quarto ,puzzle1 #bfi ,the ,puzzle of ,fourteen1 #bgj ,the ,square and ,circle ,puzzle1 #bgj ,the ,scale and ,ring ,puzzle1 #bgj ,the ,heart ,puzzle1 #bga ,the ,cross ,puzzle1 #bgb ,the ,yankee ,square1 #bgb ,the ,card ,puzzle1 #bgb ,the ,three ,square ,puzzle1 #bgc ,the ,cylinder ,puzzle1 #bgc ,the ,four ,tenants1 #bgc ,the ,puzzle ,wall1 #bgd ,the ,twenty-,four ,nuns1 #bgd ,the ,horse ,shoe ,puzzle1 #bgd ,the ,card ,square1 #bge ,the ,dog ,puzzle1 #bge ,puzzle of the ,two ,fathers1 #bge ,the ,triangular ,puzzle1 #bgf ,cutting out a ,cross1 #bgf ,another ,cross ,puzzle1 #bgf ,the ,fountain ,puzzle1 #bgf ,the ,puzzle of the ,stars1 #bgg ,the ,counter ,puzzle1 #bgg ,japan ,square ,puzzle1 #bgg ,the ,cabinet ,maker's ,puzzle1 #bgg ,string and ,balls ,puzzle1 #bgg ,double ,headed ,puzzle1 #bgh ,arithmetical ,puzzle1 #bgh ,grammatical ,puzzle1 #bgh ,the ,tree ,puzzle1 #bgi ,puzzling ,epitaph1 #bgi ,curious ,letter1 #bgi ,a ,puzzling ,inscription1 #bgi ,puzzling ,kings1 #bgi ,the ,knight's ,puzzle1 #bhc ,another ,method1 #bhd ,another ,method1 #bhg ,rosamond's ,bower1 #bhg ,the ,labyrinth1 #bhh ,the ,chinese ,puzzle1 #bhi ,trouble-,wit1 #bij ,answers to ,puzzles4 ,the ,chinese ,cross1 #bia ,the ,parallelogram1 #bia ,the ,divided ,garden1 #bib ,the ,endless ,string1 #bib ,chinese ,maze1 #bib ,the ,vertical ,line ,puzzle1 #bic ,the ,three ,rabbits1 #bic ,the ,accommodating ,square1 #bic ,the ,circle ,puzzle1 #bic ,the ,cut ,card ,puzzle1 #bid ,the ,button ,puzzle1 #bid ,the ,quarto ,puzzle1 #bid ,the ,puzzle of ,fourteen1 #bid ,the ,square and ,circle ,puzzle1 #bie ,the ,scale and ,ring ,puzzle1 #bie ,the ,heart ,puzzle1 #bie ,the ,cross ,puzzle1 #bie ,the ,yankee ,square1 #bie ,the ,card ,puzzle1 #bif ,the ,three ,square ,puzzle1 #bif ,the ,cylinder ,puzzle1 #bif ,the ,four ,tenants1 #bif ,the ,puzzle ,wall1 #big ,the ,twenty-,four ,nuns1 #big ,the ,horse ,shoe ,puzzle1 #big ,the ,card ,square1 #big ,the ,dog ,puzzle1 #bih ,the ,two ,fathers1 #bih ,the ,triangular ,puzzle1 #bih ,cutting out a ,cross1 #bii ,another ,cross ,puzzle1 #bii ,the ,fountain ,puzzle1 #bii ,the ,star ,puzzle1 #cjj ,the ,counter ,puzzle1 #cjj ,japan ,square ,puzzle1 #cjj ,cabinet ,maker's ,puzzle1 #cjj ,string and ,balls ,puzzle1 #cja ,double ,headed ,puzzle1 #cja ,arithmetical ,puzzle1 #cja ,grammatical ,puzzle1 #cja ,the ,tree ,puzzle1 #cja ,puzzling ,epitaph1 #cjb ,a ,curious ,letter1 #cjb ,a ,puzzling ,inscription1 #cjb ,the ,magic of ,art4 ,to ,trace an ,oval1 #cjc ,an ,endless ,source of ,amusement1 #cjc ,the ,magic of the ,oval1 #cjc ,variations of the ,oval1 #cjd ,what may be done with a ,square1 #cje ,how to make a ,circle1 #cjf ,importance of the ,circle in ,drawing1 #cjg ,variation of the ,square and ,circle1 #cjg ,importance of the ,triangle1 #cjh ,how to ,construct a ,triangle1 #cji ,the ,triangle ,works ,wonders in ,perspective1 #caj ,exaggerated ,drawing1 #caa ,the ,parallelogram and ,triangle in ,combination1 #cab ,two ,parallelograms in ,combination1 #cab ,magic of the ,parallelogram1 #cac ,the ,secret of ,comic ,drawing1 #cac ,caricature ,sketching1 #cad ,simple ,elements of the ,profile1 #cae ,comic ,profiles1 #caf ,punch1 and ,mother ,hubbard1 #caf ,comical ,beards1 #caf ,the ,human ,figure1 #cag ,proportions of the ,human ,figure1 #cah ,standard ,height of the ,body1 #cah ,comical ,drawing of the ,human ,figure1 #cai ,the ,centre of ,gravity1 #cbj ,a ,central ,line through ,everything1 #cbj ,the ,curved ,line ,pervades all ,nature1 #cba ,the ,droll ,landscape1 #cbc ,attitude ,formed upon the ,curved ,line1 #cbd ,how to ,draw upon ,glass1 for ,magic ,lantern ,slides1 #cbe ,the ,magic of ,secret ,writing4 ,the ,art of ,secret ,writing very ,ancient1 #cbf ,various ,modes of ,communicating ,secret ,intelligence1 #cbg ,chemistry an ,agent in ,secret ,writing1 #cbg ,ingenious ,mode of ,secret ,writing1 #cbh ,the ,chiffre ,indchiffrable1 #cbh ,a ,lock for ,mr4 ,hobbs to ,pick1 #ccj ,the ,circular ,cypher1 #cca ,another ,method1 #ccb ,the ,musical ,cypher1 #ccc ,the ,magic of ,strength4 ,mechanical ,inventions of the ,ancients few in ,number1 #ccd ,ancient and ,modern ,feats of ,strength1 #ccd ,feats of ,eckeberg particularly described1 #cce ,one ,man ,drawing against ,two ,horses1 #cce ,breaking the ,rope1 #ccf ,the ,anvil ,feat1 #ccf ,breaking ,stones1 #ccg ,the ,chair ,feat1 #ccg ,the ,knee ,feat1 #cch ,the ,cannon ,feat1 #cch ,twisting ,iron ,bars1 #cci ,general ,explanation on all the ,above ,feats1 #cci ,real ,feats of ,strength ,performed by ,thomas ,topham1 #cdj ,remarkable ,power of ,lifting ,heavy ,persons when the ,lungs are ,inflated1 #cda ,pyramids of ,men1 #cdb ,miscellaneous ,curious ,tricks and ,fancies4 ,an ,artificial ,memory1 #cdc ,the ,magician's ,mirror1 #cdd ,the ,perspective ,mirror1 #cde ,the ,magical ,gyroscope1 #cdf ,artificial ,landscape1 #cdh ,easy and ,curious ,method of ,foretelling ,rainy or ,fine ,weather1 #cdi ,the ,magical ,measure1 #cej ,the ,boundless ,prospect1 #cej ,the ,magical ,watch ,lamp1 #ceb ,the ,hour of the ,day or ,night told by a ,suspended ,shilling1 #cea ,the ,enchanted ,palace1 #ceb ,to ,know which of ,two ,different ,waters is the ,lightest1 without any ,scales1 #cec ,to ,know if a ,suspicious ,piece of ,money is ,good or ,bad1 #cec ,the ,pyramid of ,alum1 #ced ,the ,dancing ,automaton1 #ced ,to ,melt a ,piece of ,money in a ,walnut ,shell without ,injuring the ,shell1 #cee ,the ,invisible ,springs1 #cee ,the ,flight of the ,ring1 #cef ,musical ,figures resulting from ,sound1 #ceg ,to ,make a ,card ,jump out of the ,pack1 #ceg ,the ,tell-,tale ,cards1 #ceg ,the ,double ,dozen1 #ceh ,the ,housebreakers1 #cei ,the ,magic ,book1 #cfj ,the ,tape ,trick1 #cfj ,more than ,full1 #cfa ,floating ,needles1 #cfa ,the ,knotted ,thread1 #cfa ,the ,bacchus ,experiment1 #cfb ,curious ,method of ,measuring the ,height of a ,tree1 #cfb ,the ,transposable ,pieces1 #cfb ,,the ,,young ,,conjuror4 ,illustration ,,including ,,sleight ,,of ,,hand1 ,,with ,,objects ,,or ,,cards1 ,,with ,,and ,,without ,,apparatus4 ,that there has been ,jugglery in all ages of the world1 the pages of history abundantly prove4 ,the ancient religions of the heathen were mixed up with an extensive system of legerdemain1 and were1 more or less1 tissues of trickery4 ,sleight of hand1 tricks of the tongue by which the word was kept to the ear1 but broken to the hope1 and various miraculous deceptions1 were the means by which the priests of ,egypt1 ,greece1 and ,rome used to subjugate mankind4 ,happy ought we to be1 in living in an age when humbug of every kind is sure to meet exposure by the daylight beams of truth4 ,the ,eastern nations1 from the earliest times1 possessed1 besides these religious jugglers1 others who made a livelihood by going from place to place1 and performing various tricks and feats by which the judgement was bewildered and the reason bamboozled2 and even now the performers of the ,east infinitely exceed those of the ,west4 ,in the ,norman times the juggler was termed jongleur1 or joculator1 and united in one the minstrel1 astrologer1 and merry-andrew4 ,in the fourteenth century1 he seems to have become more entirely a performer of tricks and feats1 and bore the name of ,tregetour4 ,the tregetours were adepts at every kind of sleight of hand1 and by the assistance of machinery of various kinds1 deceived the eyes of the spectators1 and produced such illusions as were usually supposed to be the effect of enchantment1 for which reason they were frequently ranked with sorcerers1 magicians1 and witches4 ,chaucer1 who no doubt had frequently an opportunity of seeing the tricks exhibited by the tregetours of his time1 says1 ,there ,i sawe playenge jogelours1 magyciens1 trageteours1 phetonysses1 charmeresses1 old witches1 and sorceresses2 and the old poet goes on to say to them1 ,sometimes they will bring on the similitude of a grim lion1 or make flowers spring up as in a meadow2 sometimes they cause a vine to flourish1 bearing white and red grapes1 or show a castle built with stone1 and when they please1 they cause the whole to disappear3 and in another part of his work1 he says3 ,there saw ,i ,coll ,tregetour1 ,upon a table of sycamour1 ,play an uncouthe thynge to tell2 ,i sawe hym cary a wyndemell1 ,under a walnot shale4--,house of ,fame1 book iii4 ,the learned monarch1 ,james ,i1 was perfectly convinced that these and other inferior feats exhibited by the tregetours of his day1 could only be performed by the agency of the old gentleman1 whom it is not polite to name4 ,the profession had already fallen very low1 and at the close of the reign of ,queen ,elizabeth1 the performers were ranked by the moral writers of that time1 not only with ruffians1 blasphemers1 thieves1 and vagabonds1 but also with ,jews1 ,turks1 heretics1 pagans1 and sorcerers2 and in more modern times1 by way of derision1 the juggler was called a mocus-pocus1 or hocus-pocus1 a term applicable to a pick-pocket1 or a common cheat4 ,the following pages are not intended to make the young reader either a cheat or a trickster2 there is nothing1 perhaps1 so utterly contemptible in every-day life1 as trickery and deception1 and we would caution our young master not to obtain by these amusements a love of deception1 which is only allowable in such feats of amusement1 and which is in no way culpable1 when every one knows he is deceived4 ,but we would advise him strongly to cultivate in his own mind the virtues of sincerity1 straightforwardness1 candor1 openness1 and truth2 to shun subterfuge and deception as he would a venomous reptile2 and to hate a lie as he would hate that same old gentleman whom we were too polite to name1 and who is the father of it4 ,with this sage advice1 we shall present a collection of amusing conjuring tricks4 ,,sleight ,,of ,,hand4 ,it is my intention1 in the following pages1 to lay more stress upon those tricks which require no apparatus1 than upon those for which special apparatus1 or the assistance of a confederate1 is required4 ,no one is nearly so well pleased by a trick whose essence evidently lies in the machinery1 while every one feels pleasure at seeing a sleight of hand trick neatly executed4 ,for my own part1 ,i despise all the numerous boxes1 bottles1 variegated covers1 and other gimcracks which are generally seen on a conjuror's table2 and ,i have never been so pleased with any performer as with one who did not even require a table1 but pressed into his service articles borrowed from his audience1 as he stood before them1 or walked among them4 ,the spectators should never be able to say1 ,ah6 the trick lies in the box2 he dares not show it to us6 ,the following tricks have almost all been successfully performed by myself1 and have caused me some reputation in the magic art4 ,some are my own invention3 #a4 ,,the ,,flying ,,dime4 ,this trick must be frequently practiced before it is produced in public4 ,borrow two colored silk handkerchiefs from the company1 and have three dimes in your hand1 but only show two1 keeping the other one firmly fixed against the first joint of the second and third fingers4 ,you must also have a fine needle and thread stuck inside the cuff of your coat4 ,then take one of the handkerchiefs1 and put in both dimes1 but pretend that only one is in the handkerchief2 then put the handkerchief into a hat1 leaving one corner hanging out4 ,now hold up the third dime 7which the spectators imagine is the second71 and ask one of the company to lay the second handkerchief over it4 ,you then ask him to hold the dime tight between his finger and thumb1 while you twist up the handkerchief4 ,while doing so1 with both hands concealed under the handkerchief1 you pass a few stitches under the dime1 and replace the needle4 ,this being done1 spread one corner of the handkerchief over the hand of the person who is still holding the dime1 and1 taking hold of another corner1 tell him to drop the dime when you have counted three4 ,at the word three1 he lets go the dime1 and you whisk the handkerchief into the air1 when the dime appears to have vanished1 but is really held in the handkerchief4 ,you then tell the astonished individual to draw the other handkerchief out of the hat by the corner that is hanging out4 ,the two dimes are heard to fall into the hat1 and every one is persuaded that you have conjured one of the dimes out of a person's hand1 and sent it into the hat4 #b4 ,,another ,,method4 ,perhaps the spectators may ask to see it again1 or demand to mark the dime4 ,in this case1 vary it as follows4 ,ask some one 7always choose the most incredulous of the party7 to mark a dime of his own1 and give it you4 ,take the same handkerchief1 and give him the dime to hold that is already enclosed in it1 as in the last trick1 dropping the marked dime into the palm of your hand4 ,twist it up as before1 and then leave it entirely in his hands4 ,direct him to place it on a table1 and cover it with a basin or saucer4 ,ask him to give you a cup or tumbler1 and hold it under the table1 beneath the place where the saucer is4 ,then tell him to knock three times on the saucer1 and at the third knock let the marked dime fall into the tumbler4 ,hand him the tumbler1 and while he is examining the dime to see if it is the same one that he marked1 take up the saucer1 and shake out the handkerchief that is lying under it1 as in the last trick4 ,you must then return the handkerchief1 and while you pretend to be searching for the marks1 draw out the thread that held the dime1 and drop the coin into the palm of your hand1 taking care to rub between your finger and thumb the spot where the threads had been1 in order to eradicate the marks4 ,this variation seldom fails to confuse the company4 ,you must remember to keep talking the whole time1 and always try to make a joke1 or otherwise to distract the attention of the audience1 while you are executing the necessary changes4 #c4 ,,the ,,beads ,,and ,,strings4 ,illustration ,ask some lady to lend you the beads off her bracelet1 or have by you five or six beads1 which you may hand round for examination4 ,then get some one to cut two pieces of thin string of equal length1 and twist them about your fingers1 appearing to lay them side by side1 but in reality placing them as in the figure1 and then1 by twisting them together with apparent carelessness1 the manner in which they are arranged will not be seen1 particularly if you keep the point of junction hidden either by a finger1 or by throwing the shade of your hand upon it4 ,when the beads are returned1 thread them all1 taking care to pass the center bead over the point of juncture4 ,you then bring the ends of the string #a and #b together1 and tie them so1 doing the same with #c and #d4 ,now give the tied ends to two persons1 directing them to hold them tight4 ,you need not fear that the beads will come off1 even if they pull hard4 ,then grasp the beads with both hands1 directing the holders to slacken the strings4 ,you then1 under cover of the left hand1 which is placed above the beads1 slip the center bead to one side1 and draw out the two loops which have been hidden in it4 ,the beads will then easily come off into your right hand4 ,tell the holders to pull hard1 which they will do1 and the same moment remove your hands1 showing the empty strings1 and all the beads in your right hand4 ,then hand round the beads and strings as before4 ,remember to rub out the marks in the strings caused by the loops1 before you remove your hands4 #d4 ,,to ,,get ,a ,,ring ,,out ,,of ,a ,,handkerchief4 ,bend a piece of gold wire into the form of a ring1 having previously sharpened both ends4 ,you have a real ring made of the same piece of wire1 and concealing the false ring in the palm of your hand1 offer the real one to be inspected4 ,when it is returned1 borrow a handkerchief1 and while taking it from the lender1 slip the real ring into your left hand1 and take the false one at its point of junction4 ,throw the handkerchief over the ring1 and give it to some one to hold between his finger and thumb4 ,let the handkerchief fall over it1 and give a piece of string to a second spectator1 directing him to tie it round the handkerchief1 about two inches below the ring1 so as to enclose it in a bag1 and tell him to do so as tightly as he can4 ,while he is doing this1 take up your conjuring wand1 a rod of some hard wood1 about eighteen inches long1 and when the knot is tied1 step forward1 passing the rod into your left hand1 taking care to slip over it the real ring1 which has lain concealed there4 ,slip your left hand to the center of the rod1 and direct each of the two persons to hold one end of it in his right hand4 ,then tell the one who has the ring and handkerchief1 to lay them on your left hand1 which you immediately cover with your right4 ,then tell them to spread another handkerchief over your hands1 and to say after you any nonsense that you like to invent4 ,while they are so doing1 unbend the false ring1 and draw it through the handkerchiefs by one of its points1 carefully rubbing between the thumb and finger the place where it came through4 ,hang the empty handkerchief over the ring which is on the rod1 and take away your hands1 which you exhibit empty1 as you have stuck the false ring inside your cuff4 ,take away the upper handkerchief1 and let a third person come to examine1 when he will find the ring gone out of the handkerchief1 and hung upon the rod4 #e4 ,,to ,,tie ,a ,,knot ,,in ,a ,,handkerchief ,,which ,,cannot ,,be ,,drawn ,,tight4 ,illustration ,cast an ordinary knot on a handkerchief1 and give the end out of your right hand to some spectator1 and tell him to pull hard and sharp when you count three4 ,just as he pulls1 slip your left thumb under the handkerchief1 as drawn in the cut1 and it will be pulled out quite straight1 without any knot at all4 ,you must let go the end that hangs over the left hand1 and grasp the handkerchief between the thumb and fore finger4 #f4 ,,the ,,three ,,cups4 ,illustration ,this is an admirable delusion1 but requires very careful management1 and should be practiced repeatedly before it is exhibited publicly4 ,you get three tin cups1 of the shape shown in the cut4 ,they should have two or three ridges running round them at the mouth1 in order to give a better hold4 ,four balls should now be made of cork1 and carefully blackened4 ,one of the balls is held concealed between the roots of the third and fourth fingers1 while the other three are handed round for examination1 together with the cups4 ,when they are returned1 the young conjuror begins by placing each ball under a cup1 or1 if he chooses1 asking one of the spectators to do so for him4 ,while this is being done1 he slips the fourth ball to the tips of the second and third fingers4 ,he then lifts up cup ,no4 #a1 replaces it on the table a few inches from its first position1 and at the same time slips the fourth ball under it4 ,he takes up ball ,no4 #a1 and pretends to throw it away1 but in reality he slips it into the place which the fourth ball had occupied4 ,he does the same with the three cups1 and then commences a sham search after the lost ball1 in which he accidentally 767 knocks over one of the cups1 and1 to his pretended astonishment1 finds a ball under it4 ,he then knocks over both the other cups1 and finds in them the two missing balls4 ,he again places the balls under the cups1 taking care to slip the fourth ball under cup ,no4 #c4 ,he then takes up cup ,no4 #a1 and pretends to throw the ball into ,no4 #c1 but hides it as before4 ,as there are already two balls in ,no4 #c1 the spectators imagine that he really has thrown the ball into it4 ,he replaces cup ,no4 #c over both balls1 and slips among them ball ,no4 #a4 ,he then takes up cup ,no4 #b1 and goes through the same process1 and on knocking over cup ,no4 #c1 all three balls are found together under it1 and while the spectators are being astonished1 ball ,no #b can be quickly got rid of4 ,a rather startling termination to this trick can be managed by taking up one of the cups1 with its mouth upwards holding the finger and thumb close to its mouth4 ,then by throwing another cup into it1 letting go the first and catching the second1 you appear to have thrown the second cup through the first4 #g4 ,,to ,,tie ,a ,,handkerchief ,,round ,,your ,,leg1 ,,and ,,get ,,it ,,off ,,without ,,untying ,,the ,,knot4 ,illustration ,hold the handkerchief by both ends1 lay the center of the handkerchief on your knee1 and pass the two ends below1 appearing to cross them1 but in reality hitching them within each other1 as represented in the engraving1 which shows the manner in which this is managed4 ,draw this loop tight1 and bring back the ends to the same side on which they were originally1 and tie them above4 ,if the loop is properly made1 it will stand a good pull4 ,then1 after showing the spectators how firmly it is tied1 put your hand under the knot1 and by giving it a sharp pull1 it will come off4 ,the engraving represents the manner in which the loop is made1 but it must be made considerably smaller than it is shown1 or it will be seen4 ,in fact1 it ought not to be a loop at all1 as it should be almost concealed under the fold of the handkerchief4 ,do not show this in public until you can tie it with rapidity and precision4 #h4 ,,the ,,magic ,,bond4 ,illustration ,take a piece of string1 and tie the two ends together with a weaver's knot1 as that holds the best1 and arrange it over the fingers1 as represented in the engraving4 ,having done so1 let the long loop hang loose1 lift both loops off the thumb1 draw them forward until the string is quite tight1 and then put them behind the hand1 by passing them between the second and third fingers4 ,then pull the part of the string that lies across the roots of the fingers1 and the whole affair will come off4 #i4 ,,the ,,old ,,man ,,and ,,his ,,chair4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,fig4 #c #a4 ,right fore finger #b4 ,right middle finger ,take the same piece of string as in the last trick1 hold your left hand with the palm uppermost1 and hang the string over the palm4 ,spread all the fingers1 and with the right hand bring forward the loops that hang behind1 by passing it over the second and third fingers4 ,loose the loop1 take hold of the part of the string that crosses the hand1 and pull it forwards4 ,when tight1 pass it to the back of the hand1 the reversal of the movement that brought it forwards4 ,loose the loop1 insert the fore-finger and little finger of the right hand under the string that encircles the left fore-finger and little finger1 and pass the two loops to the back of the hand1 as shown in the cut1 ,fig4 #a4 ,tuck both loops under the cross-strings at the back1 and your preliminaries are completed4 ,then begin your story3 ,there was once upon a time1 an old man1 who stole a pound of candles4 ,here they are4 ,you then hold your left hand as at the commencement1 hook the right fore-finger under the cross-piece at the back1 and draw it downward until it is long enough to be passed over the second and third fingers to the front4 ,pass it over1 and draw it slowly upwards1 when the similitude of a pound of candles hanging by their strings will be seen4 7,see ,fig4 #b47 ,the old man being tired hung up his candles1 you then hang the long loop over your thumb1 and sat down in his high-backed chair1 which you see here4 ,you then hitch the right fore finger and middle finger under the two loops that will be found hanging behind the left hand1 bring them to the front1 raise them perpendicularly1 and the chair will be seen as in ,fig4 #c4 ,the thumb must be raised perpendicularly1 and brought as much as possible into the center of the hand1 or the chair will be all aside4 ,when the old man was rested1 it began to become dark1 and he took a pair of scissors to cut down a candle for himself4 ,here are the scissors4 ,while you are saying this1 you slip the loop off the thumb1 and you get ,fig4 #d4 ,move the blades and handles of the scissors1 as if cutting something with them4 ,just as he had lighted it1 in came a policeman1 and produced his staff1 with the ,queen's crown at the top4 ,now let go the little finger of the left hand and the loop will run up the string towards the right hand1 producing ,fig4 #e4 ,the old man in vain tried to resist1 for the policeman called a comrade to his assistance1 and they tied a cord round the old man's arms in a tight knot1 like this--slip the right middle finger out of its loop1 and you will obtain ,fig4 #f--;and carried him off to prison4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d #a4 ,fore finger of left hand1 #b4 ,little finger of left hand4 #c4 ,fore finger of right hand4 #d4 ,middle finger of right hand4 _/ ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e #a4 ,right middle finger4 #b4 ,right fore finger4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f #a4 ,right fore #a4 finger4 #b4 ,left hand4 #aj4 ,,to ,,tie ,a ,,knot ,,on ,,the ,,left ,,wrist1 ,,without ,,letting ,,the ,,right ,,hand ,,approach ,,it4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,take a piece of thick pliant string by each end1 and with a quick jerk of the right hand cast a loop on it as in ,fig4 #a4 ,the jerk must be given upwards and towards the left hand1 and its impetus will cause the loop to run up the string until it falls over the left wrist1 as in ,fig4 #b4 ,the moment that the forward jerk is given the right hand should be drawn back1 so that the loop is drawn tight directly it has settled on the wrist4 ,both ends should be let fall when the knot is firm4 ,this is a very nice little sleight of hand trick to practice in the intervals between more showy ones1 and1 although rather difficult to learn1 is soon acquired4 #aa4 ,,the ,,handcuffs4 ,illustration ,let two persons1 ,a and ,b1 have their hands tied together with string1 so that the strings cross1 as represented in the engraving4 ,the object is1 to free themselves from each other without untying the knot4 ,it is executed in the following manner3 ,let ,b gather up the string that joins his hands1 pass the loop under the string that binds either of ,a's wrists1 slip it over ,a's hand1 and both will be free4 ,by a reversal of the same process1 the string may be replaced4 #ab4 ,,to ,,pull ,a ,,string ,,through ,,your ,,button-,,hole4 ,take a piece of string about two feet in length1 and tie the ends together4 ,pass it through a button-hole of your coat2 hitch one thumb at each end1 hook the little fingers into the upper strings of the opposite hand4 ,then draw the hands well outward1 and the string will look very complicated1 as in the engraving4 ,illustration ,to get out the string1 loose the hold of the right thumb and left little finger1 and separate the hands smartly1 when the string will appear to have been pulled out through the substance of your coat4 ,it is an improvement of the trick1 if1 immediately on loosing the hold of the right thumb1 you change the string from the right little finger on to the thumb4 #ac4 ,,the ,,cut ,,string ,,restored4 ,tie together the ends of a piece of string1 pass one hand through each end1 twist it once round1 and put both ends into the left hand4 ,draw the right hand rapidly along the double strings until you come to the place where the strings have crossed each other1 as seen in the engraving4 ,conceal the junction with the thumb and finger of the right hand2 hold the strings in a similar manner with the left hand1 and tell some one to cut the string between them4 ,you show that the string has been divided into two pieces1 and say that you will join them with your teeth4 ,put all four ends into your mouth1 and remove with your tongue the little loop that has been cut off4 ,when you take the string out of your mouth1 the spectators will not notice the absence of so small a portion of its length1 and will fancy that you really have joined them4 ,illustration3 #a4 ,the twisted string4 #b4 ,the manner of holding it4 #ad4 ,,the ,,gordian ,,knot4 ,illustration3 #a ,illustration3 #b ,take a silk handkerchief1 and lay it on a table4 ,take each of the corners1 and lay them across each other in the middle of the handkerchief1 which will then be square1 as in the cut1 ,fig4 #a4 ,do the same with the new corners1 and go on until the handkerchief is reduced to the size of your hand4 ,then with your left finger and thumb take hold of the center1 taking care to grasp all the four corners that lie there1 and with the right finger and thumb take hold of the outer layer of silk1 and pull it towards you as far as it will come4 ,then turn it a little on your left hand1 and repeat the operation until it is all screwed up into a tight ball1 as is represented in the engraving1 ,fig4 #b4 ,no ends will be then perceptible1 and a person who is unacquainted with the mode will never be able to untie it4 ,of course you must prepare it previously4 ,when the person to whom you give it has failed to untie it1 you take the ball in your hand1 and holding it behind your back1 you reverse the method by which it was tied1 and when it is loose a good shake will release it4 #ae4 ,,the ,,knot ,,loosened4 ,this is a very amusing deception4 ,you ask any one for a handkerchief1 and tie the ends firmly together in a double knot1 allowing him to feel it1 or pull the ends as tight as he pleases4 ,you then throw the center of the handkerchief over the knot1 ask the person to hold it tight between his finger and thumb4 ,you ask him if the knot is still there1 to which he will answer in the affirmative4 ,you then take hold of any part of the handkerchief1 and direct the holder to drop the handkerchief at the word three4 ,you count1 one1 two1 three1 at which word he looses his hold of the handkerchief1 and there is no vestige left of the knot4 ,illustration ,the method of managing this trick is as follows3 ,take the handkerchief and tie the ends in a simple knot1 keeping one end tight1 and the other end loose4 ,we will call the tight end ,a1 and the loose one ,b4 ,keep ,a always in the right hand1 and on the stretch horizontally1 and the handkerchief will look as in the cut4 ,do this when you tie it the second time1 and draw ,b tight1 which will then form a double tie round ,a1 but will not hold it firm4 ,when you throw the handkerchief over the knot1 you draw out ,a with the finger and thumb of the left hand1 and the knot will apparently remain firm1 although in reality it is nothing but a double twist of silk1 which of course falls loose when the handkerchief is dropped4 #af4 ,,to ,,put ,,nuts ,,into ,,your ,,ear4 ,take three nuts in the left hand1 show them1 and take out one of them between your right finger and thumb1 and another between the first and third finger4 ,this latter is not seen by the company4 ,you then put one of them in your mouth and retain it there1 unknown to the spectators1 while you exhibit the second as the one that you put into your mouth4 ,this second one you carry to your ear1 as if you meant to insert it there1 and on replacing it in your left hand1 only two nuts will be left instead of three1 the third of which appears to have gone into your ear4 #ag4 ,,to ,,crack ,,walnuts ,,in ,,your ,,elbow4 ,conceal a very strong walnut in your right hand1 and take two other walnuts out of the dish4 ,place one of them on the joint of your arm1 and say that you are going to break it by the power of your muscles4 ,you will now have one walnut in your arm and two in your right hand4 ,close your left arm1 and strike it an apparently violent blow with the right hand1 at the same time clenching the right hand violently1 which will smash the second walnut in it1 and the spectators hearing the crash will be sure to fancy that it is caused by the demolition of the walnut in your arm4 ,then open your arm very gently 7for fear of dropping any of the fragments1 you must say71 and1 when pretending to take out the walnut which you had placed there1 you substitute for it the broken one from your right hand4 #ah4 ,,to ,,take ,,feathers ,,out ,,of ,,an ,,empty ,,handkerchief4 ,procure at the military clothier's four or five large plumes1 such as are worn by officers4 ,take off your coat1 and lay the plumes along your arms1 the stem being toward your hand4 ,now put on your coat again1 and the feathers will lie quite smoothly and unsuspected4 ,borrow a handkerchief from one of the spectators1 and wave it about to show that it is empty4 ,throw it over your left hand1 and with the right draw out one of the plumes from up the coat-sleeve1 at the same time giving it a flourish in the air1 which will loosen all the fibers of the feather1 and make it appear much too large to have been concealed about the person4 ,wave the handkerchief again1 and repeat the operation until all the plumes are gone4 ,you can carry enough plumes under the sleeve to cover a table with1 and if you prepare a board or an ornamental vase full of holes1 you can place the plumes upright as you take them out4 #ai4 ,,the ,,knotted ,,handkerchief4 ,this feat consists in tying a number of hard knots in a pocket-handkerchief borrowed from one of the company1 then letting any person hold the knots1 and by the operator merely shaking the handkerchief1 all the knots become unloosened1 and the handkerchief is restored to its original state4 ,to perform this excellent trick1 get as soft a handkerchief as possible1 and taking the opposite ends1 one in each hand1 throw the right hand over the left1 and draw it through1 as if you were going to tie a knot in the usual way4 ,again throw the right-hand end over the left1 and give the left-hand end to some person to pull1 you at the same time pulling the right-hand end with your right hand1 while your left hand holds the handkerchief just behind the knot4 ,press the thumb of your left hand against the knot to prevent its slipping1 always taking care to let the person to whom you gave one end pull first3 so that1 in fact1 he is only pulling against your left hand4 ,you now tie another knot exactly in the same way as the first1 taking care always to throw the right-hand end over the left4 ,as you go on tying the knots1 you will find the right-hand end of the handkerchief decreasing considerably in length1 while the left-hand one remains nearly as long as at first2 because1 in fact1 you are merely tying the right-hand end round the left4 ,to prevent this from being noticed1 you should stoop down a little after each knot1 and pretend to pull the knots tighter2 while1 at the same time1 you press the thumb of the right hand against the knot1 and with the fingers and palm of the same hand1 draw the handkerchief1 so as to make the left-hand end shorter1 keeping it at each knot as nearly the length of the right-hand end as possible4 ,when you have tied as many knots as the handkerchief will admit of1 hand them round for the company to feel that they are firm knots2 then hold the handkerchief in your right hand1 just below the knots1 and with the left hand turn the loose part of the center of the handkerchief over them1 desiring some person to hold them4 ,before they take the handkerchief in hand1 you draw out the right-hand end of the handkerchief1 which you have in the right hand1 and which you may easily do1 and the knots being still held together by the loose part of the handkerchief1 the person who holds the handkerchief will declare he feels them3 you then take hold of one of the ends of the handkerchief which hangs down1 and desire him to repeat after you1 one1 two1 three2 then tell him to let go1 when1 by giving the handkerchief a smart shake1 the whole of the knots will become unloosed4 ,should you1 by accident1 whilst tying the knots1 give the wrong end to be pulled1 a hard knot will be the consequence1 and you will know when this has happened the instant you try to draw the left-hand end of the handkerchief shorter4 ,you must1 therefore1 turn this mistake to the best advantage1 by asking any one of the company to see how long it will take him to untie one knot1 you counting the seconds4 ,when he has untied the knot1 your other knots will remain right as they were before4 ,having finished tying the knots1 let the same person hold them1 and tell him that1 as he took two minutes to untie one knot1 he ought to allow you fourteen minutes to untie the seven2 but as you do not wish to take any advantage1 you will be satisfied with fourteen seconds4 ,you may excite some laughter during the performance of this trick1 by desiring those who pull the knots along with you1 to pull as hard as they please1 and not to be afraid1 as the handkerchief is not yours2 you may likewise go to the owner of the handkerchief1 and desire him to assist you in pulling a knot1 saying1 that if the handkerchief is to be torn1 it is only right that he should have a share of it2 you may likewise say that he does not pull very hard1 which will cause a laugh against him4 #bj4 ,,houdin',s ,,nut ,,trick4 ,to perform a clever trick with dexterity before a small party is at once to become the hero of the evening4 ,if you cannot sing1 you must solve conundrums1 or dance a horn-pipe2 if neither of these be your forte1 a good trick or two will give equal pleasure to the bright blue eyes peering at you4 ,the nut trick is exhibited thus3 ,the professor hands the audience a dessert plate and a cambric handkerchief for examination2 these being returned1 he places the plate upon a table near to him2 the handkerchief is then spread out quite flat over the plate4 ,at command1 sugared almonds1 nuts1 and comfits pour into the dessert plate the instant the kerchief is lifted up1 producing an effect that would have astonished the magi of old4 ,the way in which it is done is this3 ,make a calico bag large enough to hold the nuts and sweetmeats you intend to distribute1 exactly to the pattern of a nightcap1 or the letter ,a3 a small selvage is turned up at the bottom of the bag2 procure two pieces of watch spring1 and bend them quite flat1 each spring to be exactly half the diameter of the bag4 ,these are put into the selvage1 and sewn up firm4 ,when the bag is opened1 it will close itself in consequence of the springs4 ,a long pin is passed through the top of the bag and bent round hook-shape4 ,if the bag be now filled with nuts1 c41 it may be suspended by the hook1 without any danger of the nuts or anything else falling out2 because1 although the mouth of the bag is downwards1 the springs keep it shut4 ,when this trick is to be shown1 the prepared bag is hung on the side of the table that is away from the audience4 ,the plate is also placed on that side2 and when the handkerchief is laid over the plate a portion is left to fall over the side of the table4 ,now the kerchief is picked up with the right hand in the center 7just as a lady does when she wishes to exhibit the lace edge71 and with it the bag of nuts2 the folds of the cambric hide the bag4 ,the left hand is now used to draw over the handkerchief and to press the bag2 this causes the springs to open1 and out fall the good things upon the plate4 ,this causes sufficient diversion for the merest tyro of a conjuror to drop the bag behind the table unseen1 while he advances to the audience1 politely inquiring1 ,will you take a few nuts or sweetmeats8 #ba4 ,,conjuring ,a ,,ring4 ,several very marvelous tricks can be shown with an ordinary finger ring1 such as passing it through the table1 through a basin1 an ale-glass or a plate1 then into a box or nest of boxes1 and other feats of legerdemain of a similar kind4 ,these tricks are so good that they are always shown by the professors of magic at evening parties1 but are never explained2 however1 we will attempt it4 ,procure a soft clean silk handkerchief and a sham gold ring2 now a needleful of black silk1 double2 sew the silk to the middle of the handkerchief1 and let the ring hang from it1 suspended by the end of the silk1 say at about three or four inches from the kerchief4 ,when the handkerchief is held up by two corners1 the suspended ring must always hang on the side facing the magician2 the handkerchief can then be shaken1 folded1 and crumpled up in the hands1 so as to make it appear all fair4 ,now1 to pass a ring through a drinking-glass and plate1 and through the table on which it is placed4 ,if any lady or gentleman will kindly lend me a ring1 ,i shall be happy to exhibit the electric and magnetic action of metallic substances on diaphanous bodies and ceramic manufactures1 by showing their imperviousness1 and the porosity of ligneous products of the ,honduras4 ,hem6 says ,aunt ,caroline1 what an extraordinary youth6 ,do not1 however1 allow yourself to be carried away by any flattery of this kind1 but determine to do the trick well1 and deserve praise4 ,take the borrowed ring in the ,,left hand1 and keep it there2 pretend to pass it to the right hand1 and say1 ,i will place it in the handkerchief4 ,who will kindly hold it for me while ,i put the glass on the plate in the center of the table8 ,while you thus freely ask who will hold the kerchief1 you will secure the most bashful lady or gentleman in the company to hold the 7your7 ring in the handkerchief4 ,you will perceive1 ladies and gentlemen1 that the glass and the plate are now quite empty4 ,i shall now place the glass in the plate on to the center of the table1 and request the lady 7or gent7 to place the ring and the handkerchief over the glass4 ,i particularly draw your attention to the fact that you will hear the ring fall into the glass when ,i request it to be released4 ,you will then be certain that it is in the glass2 but at my command it shall pass into this box 7show the box round71 which ,i shall place under the table4 ,now1 miss 7or sir7 be good enough to let the ring fall into the glass4 ,silence6 ,ting6 ,you heard it fall8 ,yes1 all must reply1 except the deaf4 ,presto6 ,it is now in the box4 ,you lift the handkerchief1 smooth down your brow with it1 and put it into your pocket4 ,the audience are now left to themselves4 ,they rush to the plate and glass1 it is not there2 now the box1 behold6 it is as sound as ever3 how it got there ,aunt ,carry could never tell1 but you could1 for you put it there out of your left hand when you placed the box under the table4 #bb4 ,,the ,,erratic ,,egg4 ,illustration ,transfer the egg from one wine-glass to the other1 and back again to its original position1 without touching the egg or glasses1 or allowing any person or any thing to touch them4 ,to perform this trick1 all that you have to do1 is to blow smartly on one side of the egg1 and it will hop into the next glass2 repeat this and it will hop back again4 #bc4 ,,the ,,obedient ,,dime4 ,a ,,capital ,,trick ,,at ,,the ,,dinner ,,table4 ,illustration ,lay a dime between two half-dollars1 and place upon the larger coins a glass1 as in the diagram4 ,remove the dime without displacing either of the half-dollars or the glass4 ,after having placed the glass and coins as indicated1 simply scratch the tablecloth with the nail of the fore finger in the direction you would have the dime to move1 and it will answer immediately4 ,the table cloth is necessary2 for this reason the trick is best suited to the breakfast or dinner table4 ,the amusement will be heightened by reciting the following words prior to moving the finger3 ,little dime1 do not stay ,in a place so out-of-the-way2 ,but when my finger moved shall be1 ,like a good fellow come to me4 #bd4 ,,the ,,prisoner ,,released4 ,illustration ,place a dime in the bottom of a glass1 and over the latter put a quarter1 as in the diagram4 ,the puzzle is to remove the small coin from beneath the larger one1 without touching either of the coins1 or touching or upsetting the glass4 ,to do this capital trick you must blow with considerable force down one side of the glass upon the edge of the quarter4 ,the dime will be expelled by the force of the air1 and will fall either upon the upper surface of the quarter or upon the table4 ,a little practice will render the performance of this feat very easy4 #be4 ,,advantageous ,,wager4 ,request a lady to lend you a watch4 ,examine it1 and give a guess as to its value2 then offer to lay the owner a wager1 considerably below the real value of the watch1 that she will not answer to three questions which you will put to her consecutively1 ,my watch4 ,show her the watch1 and say1 ,what is this which ,i hold in my hand8 she1 of course1 will not fail to reply1 ,my watch4 ,next present to her notice some other object1 repeating the same question4 ,if she name the object you present1 she loses the wager2 but if she be on her guard1 and remembering her stake1 she says1 ,my watch1 she must1 of course1 win2 and you1 therefore1 to divert her attention1 should observe to her1 ,you are certain to win the stake1 but supposing ,i lose1 what will you give me8 and if1 confident of success1 she replies for the third time1 ,my watch1 then take it and leave her the wager agreed on4 #bf4 ,,the ,,double ,,meaning4 ,place a glass of any liquor upon the table1 put a hat over it1 and say1 ,i will engage to drink the liquor under that hat1 and yet ,i'll not touch the hat4 ,you then get under the table1 and after giving three knocks1 you make a noise with your mouth as if you were swallowing the liquor4 ,then getting from under the table1 you say1 ,now1 gentlemen1 be pleased to look4 ,some one1 eager to see if you drank the liquor1 will raise up the hat1 when you instantly take the glass1 and drink the contents1 saying1 ,gentlemen1 ,i have fulfilled my promise4 ,you are all witnesses that ,i did not touch the hat4 #bg4 ,,the ,,three ,,spoons4 ,this is a most capital trick1 but it requires a confederate's aid4 ,place three silver spoons crosswise on a table1 request any person to touch one1 and assure him you will find out the one he touches by a single inspection2 although you will leave the room while he does so1 and even if he touches it so gently as not to disarrange the order in which they are once put in the slightest degree4 ,you retire2 and when he gives you notice to enter1 walk up to the table and inspect the spoons1 as if trying to ascertain whether there are any finger-marks upon them1 and then decide4 ,your confederate1 of course1 makes some sign1 previously agreed upon1 to give you notice which is the identical spoon2 the actions may be1 touching a button of his jacket for the top spoon1 touching his chin for the second1 and putting his finger to his lips may signify the lowest2 but the precise actions are immaterial1 so that the spoon they indicate be understood4 #bh4 ,,the ,,juggler',s ,,joke4 ,take a little ball in each hand1 and stretch your hands as far apart as you possibly can1 one from the other2 then tell the company that you will make both the balls come into whichever hand they please1 without bringing the hands into contact with each other4 ,if any of the lookers-on challenge your ability of achieving this feat1 all you have to do is to lay one of the balls down upon a table1 turn yourself round1 and take it up with your other hand4 ,both the balls will thus be in one of your hands1 without the latter approaching the other1 agreeably to your promise4 #bi4 ,,to ,,cause ,,wine ,,and ,,water ,,to ,,change ,,places4 ,fill a small narrow-necked bulb with port wine1 or with water and colored spirit of wine1 and put the bulb into a tall1 narrow glass jar1 which is then to be filled up with cold water3 immediately1 the colored fluid will issue from the bulb1 and accumulate on the surface of the water in the jar1 while colorless water will be seen accumulating at the bottom of the bulb4 ,by close inspection1 the descending current of the water may also be observed1 and the colored and the colorless liquids be seen to pass each other in the narrow neck of the bulb without mixing4 ,the whole of the colored fluid will shortly have ascended1 and the bulb will be entirely filled with clear water4 #cj4 ,,is ,,it ,,possible8 ,side by side place three pieces of anything1 7money is most convenient17 then take away the middle piece without touching it4 ,by removing the right hand piece to the side of the left1 you thus take away the center without touching it4 #ca4 ,,the ,,toper',s ,,stratagem4 ,get a bottle full of water1 with the cork driven tightly in1 and the top of it level with the neck of the bottle4 ,you must remove the cork from the bottle without touching the cork with anything1 and without injuring the bottle4 ,wrap a towel round the bottom of the bottle1 and strike it evenly and repeatedly1 but not too hard1 against a wall1 post1 or tree1 and after some time the cork will be driven out of the bottle4 #cb4 ,,the ,,impossible ,,omelet4 ,produce some butter1 eggs1 and other ingredients for making an omelet1 together with a frying-pan1 in a room where there is a fire1 and offer to bet a wager1 that the cleverest cook will not be able to make an omelet with them4 ,the wager is won by having previously caused the eggs to be boiled very hard4 #cc4 ,,new ,,perpetual ,,rotary ,,motion4 ,by an accidental occurrence1 it has recently been discovered that a piece of rock-crystal1 or quartz1 cut in a peculiar form1 produces1 upon an inclined plane1 and without any apparent impetus1 an extraordinary rotary motion1 which maybe kept up for an indefinite period of time4 ,the curiosity of this philosophical toy having excited general interest in the scientific world1 ,professor ,leslie1 in his lecture1 thus explains the phenomenon3 ,the crystal has six sides1 and being cut accurately from the faces to a perfect convex surface1 if placed upon a wetted smooth surface1 and held parallel1 no motion will take place1 because the center of gravity of each face is balanced and supported in this position of the plane surface2 but if a slight inclination is given to the plane1 a rotary motion commences1 in consequence of the support being removed from the center of gravity4 ,the impetus once given1 the centrifugal force increases the rotary motion to such a degree1 as for an observer to be unable to distinguish the form of the crystal4 ,to produce the effect4--,place the crystal on a piece of plate or common window glass1 a china or glazed plate1 or any smooth surface1 perfectly clean1 as grease or a particle of dust would impede its motion4 ,wet the surface1 and give the plane a slight inclination1 when1 if properly managed1 a rotatory motion will commence1 which may be kept up for any length of time by giving alternate inclinations to the plane surface1 according to the movements of the crystal2 to heighten the pleasing effect of which1 a variety of paper figures1 harlequins1 waltzers1 c41 may be attached4 ,the first trial of the experiment had better be made by giving a slight rotatory motion to the crystal4 #cd4 ,,the ,,miraculous ,,apple4 ,to divide an apple into several parts1 without breaking the rind4 ,pass a needle and thread under the rind of the apple1 which is easily done by putting the needle in again at the same hole it came out of2 and so passing on till you have gone round the apple4 ,then take both ends of the thread in your hands and draw it out1 by which means the apple will be divided into two parts4 ,in the same manner1 you may divide it into as many parts as you please1 and yet the rind will remain entire4 ,present the apple to any one to peel1 and it will immediately fall to pieces4 #ce4 ,,an ,,omelet ,,cooked ,,in ,a ,,hat1 ,,over ,,the ,,flame ,,of ,a ,,candle4 ,state that you are about to cook an omelet2 then you break four eggs in a hat1 place the hat for a short time over the flame of a candle1 and shortly after produce an omelet1 completely cooked1 and quite hot4 ,some persons will be credulous enough to believe that by the help of certain ingredients you have been enabled to cook the omelet without fire2 but the secret of the trick is1 that the omelet had been previously cooked and placed in the hat1 but could not be seen1 because the operator1 when breaking the eggs1 placed it too high for the spectators to observe the contents4 ,the eggs were empty ones1 the contents having been previously extracted1 by being sucked through a small aperture2 but to prevent the company from suspecting this1 the operator should1 as if by accident1 let a full egg fall on the table1 which breaking1 induces a belief that the others are also full4 #cf4 ,,the ,,infallible ,,prophet4 ,in this trick one of three articles being taken by each of three persons1 you propose to tell the article each person has taken4 ,we will suppose the articles to be a ring1 dime or shilling1 and a key4 ,the performer must in his own mind1 term the ring a1 the shilling or dime e1 and key i3 7this being the alphabetical order of the vowels1 can be easily recollected7 and he must also mentally distinguish the persons as first1 second and third4 ,then taking twenty-four counters or cards1 he gives one to the first person1 two to the second and three to the third2 and placing the remainder of the counters on the table1 he turns his back or leaves the room1 telling the persons each to take an article1 and that whoever takes the ring is to take also as many counters as he already has2 he who takes the shilling1 twice as many2 and he who takes the key1 four times as many4 ,this being done1 the performer advances1 and reckons the remaining counters1 and according to their number and the underneath line1 which he must have previously acquired1 he tells who has taken each of the different articles4 #a4 #b4 #c4 #e4 #f4 #g4 ,salve certa anim semita vita quies4 ,thus1 if there had been a remainder of six counters1 the position of the vowels in the corresponding word vita1 shows that the first person took i1 the key2 and the second person took a1 the ring2 and1 consequently1 the third person must have taken the shilling4 ,it must be observed1 that in no instance can there be a remainder of four counters2 and that the first syllable of each word represents the first person1 and the second syllable the second person4 ,this ingenious feat is founded on the permutation of the three articles1 or their representative vowels1 which can only be placed in six different positions1 and the corresponding numerical arrangement of the counters1 thus3 #a4 a e i salve4 #b4 e a i certa4 #c4 a i e anim4 #e4 e i a semita4 #f4 i a e vita4 #g4 i e a quies4 ,the three vowels1 in their different positions1 are made easy of recollection1 by being united with consonants and formed in their regular succession into the above ,latin line1 or into this similarly constructed ,french one3 #a4 #b4 #c4 #e4 #f4 #g4 ,par fer ,cesar jadis devint si grand prince4 #cg4 ,,philosophy ,,cheated4 ,this feat is really an excellent one1 and has astonished crowds of spectators in different parts of the ,united ,states4 ,it was one of the favorites of a late professor1 by whom it was promulgated4 ,before you perform it in public1 you must practice it until you are quite perfect1 in private1 for it would be a pity to spoil its effect by making a blunder in it4 ,begin by stating that you are about performing what you have no doubt will be regarded as a very extraordinary maneuver1 and you will leave the company to decide upon what principle of natural philosophy it is accomplished4 ,the mode of performance is as follows3 ,lay the piece of wood across the palm of your left hand1 which keep wide open1 with the thumb and all the fingers far apart1 lest you be suspected of supporting the wood with them4 ,next1 take your left wrist in your right hand1 and grasp it tightly1 for the purpose1 as you state1 of giving the hand more steadiness4 ,now1 suddenly turn the back of your left hand uppermost1 and as your wrist moves in your right hand1 stretch out the forefinger of your right hand1 and as soon as the wood comes undermost1 support it with such forefinger4 ,you may now shake the hand1 and1 after a moment or two1 suffer the wood to drop4 ,it is two to one but the spectators will suppose it to be produced by the action of the air1 and try to do it themselves2 but1 of course1 they must1 unless you have performed the feat so awkwardly as to be discovered1 fail in its performance4 ,if you have no objection to reveal the secret1 you can do it again1 and while they are gravely philosophizing upon it1 suddenly lift up your hand 7vide ,cut71 and expose the trick4 ,this will1 doubtless1 create much amusement4 ,observe that1 in doing this feat1 you must keep your fingers so low that no one can see the palm of your left hand2 and move your finger so carefully1 that its action may not be detected2 and if it be not1 you may rest satisfied that its absence from round the wrist of the left hand will not be discovered1 some of the fingers being naturally supposed to be under the coat2 so that1 if the spectators only see two or even one1 they will imagine the others are beneath the cuff4 ,when you have turned your hand over1 do not keep the stick too long upheld1 lest the spectators should take hold of your hands1 and discover the trick2 before their surprise is over1 remove your forefinger1 and suffer the stick to fall4 ,illustration ,illustration #ch4 ,,the ,,disappearing ,,dime4 ,provide yourself with a piece of ,india rubber cord about twelve inches long1 and a dime with a hole on the edge2 attach the dime to the cord with a piece of white sewing silk1 and after having done this1 sew the cord to your coat sleeve lining1 but be very careful and ascertain that the end upon which the dime is attached does not extend lower than within two inches of the extreme end of the sleeve when the coat is on4 ,it is better to have the dime in the left arm sleeve4 ,having done this1 bring down the dime with the right hand1 and place it between the thumb and index finger of the left hand1 and1 showing it to the company1 tell them that you will give the coin to any one present who will not let it slip away4 ,you must then select one of the audience to whom you proffer the dime1 and just as he is about to receive it you must let it slip from between your fingers1 and the contraction of the elastic cord will make the coin disappear up your sleeve1 much to the astonishment of the person who thinks he is about to receive it4 ,this feat can be varied by pretending to wrap the coin in a piece of paper1 or a handkerchief4 ,great care should be taken not to let any part of the cord be seen1 as this would1 of course1 discover the trick4 ,this is one of the most surprising feats of legerdemain1 and its chief beauty consists in its extreme simplicity4 ,the writer has frequently astonished a whole room full of company by the performance of this trick4 99 99 99 99 99 ,,tricks ,,requiring ,,special ,,apparatus4 ,i admit no tricks that are wholly managed by the apparatus1 as ,i think they are unworthy of notice4 ,therefore1 every trick mentioned in the following pages must be carefully practiced in private before it is produced in public4 ,the apparatus1 of course1 cannot be inspected by the audience1 and for that reason it is better to mix them with those tricks that have been already mentioned1 in order that suspicious persons may be quieted by an occasional permission to inspect the objects used in the performances4 ,the young conjuror should always vary the mode of performance in the non-essentials1 and should study combinations of one trick with another1 by which means he will produce more astonishing results than if he restricted himself to the methods mentioned in this work4 ,he should also invariably make a little speech1 acknowledging that he is only deceiving the eye and not the mind1 and should therefore request the company not to ask any questions1 or to demand inspection of any of his apparatus4 #ci4 ,,the ,,die ,,trick4 ,get a wooden die about two inches and a half square 7#a71 and a hollow tin die exactly the size of the wooden one1 but without one of the sides 7#b74 ,then paint them both exactly alike1 as in the engraving4 ,it will be better to let an accidental flaw appear on the same side of each4 ,then get a tin cover 7#d7 that exactly fits the dice4 ,now for the trick itself4 ,illustration ,borrow two hats1 and while you turn your back upon the audience as you go to your table1 slip into one of them the false die4 ,place both hats on the table1 and send round the real die and cover for inspection4 ,when they are returned1 say1 ,now1 ladies and gentlemen1 it is my intention to place these hats one above another1 thus4 ,you then place the two hats as in ,no4 #c1 the hollow die being in the bottom hat4 ,i shall then cover the die thus1 which you do1 and after ,i have knocked on the cover1 ,i shall take it off1 and you will find that the die is not under the cover1 as it is now1 taking it off1 but inside the hat1 like this4 ,you then put the real die into the hat4 ,you do not believe me1 ladies and gentlemen1 but ,i will soon convince you4 ,you then take out the false die1 and replacing the upper hat1 put the die on the upper hat 7of course1 with the open side downward17 and place the cover over it4 ,pick up your conjuring wand1 give it a few flourishes1 and bring it down on the cover4 ,grasp the cover tightly near the bottom1 when both cover and false die will come up together2 put the end of your wand into them1 and give them a good rattle4 ,then knock off the upper hat with a blow of the wand1 and push the lower one off the table1 so that the die tumbles out of it4 ,always use plenty of gesture about your tricks4 #dj4 ,,the ,,penetrative ,,cents4 ,get a brazier to cut out all the interior of five cents1 only leaving the rims4 ,he must then bore out nearly all the interior of a sixth cent1 merely leaving a shell of copper at the top4 ,a long rivet must then be let into the rim1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 ,no4 #b1 and a hole must be drilled in each of the five rings1 as in ,no4 #c4 ,the rivet is to be passed through the holes in the rings1 and fastened below1 so that all the rings can play easily upon it4 ,fig4 #a1 ,no4 #a1 is a section of the entire apparatus1 the dotted lines representing the rivet4 ,they can then be placed as shown in ,fig4 #b1 ,no4 #a1 and no one will imagine that they are only shams1 as you can rattle them or move them about upon each other4 ,a leathern cover1 ,fig4 #b1 ,no4 #b1 is then made1 which passes easily over the heap of cents1 but being pliable1 is capable of picking up the hollow cents with it1 when it is held firmly4 ,to the under surface of the table you fasten a little shelf1 ,fig4 #b1 ,no4 #c1 which moves on a hinge1 and is let fall by placing the foot on the pedal1 ,fig4 #b1 ,no4 #d1 which draws the catch4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,to perform the trick1 place six real cents on the little shelf1 and have the sham cents on the table4 ,take them up and rattle them1 and put them down as in ,fig4 #b1 ,no4 #a4 ,keep a sixpence in the palm of your hand1 pick up the sham cents1 and as you put them down1 slip the sixpence under them1 as you do the ball in trick #f4 ,take the cover1 and put it over the sham cents1 make a short speech1 and knock the cover with your wand1 at the same time pressing the pedal with your foot1 which will cause all the six real cents to tumble down with a great crash4 ,take up the cover and false cents together1 put the end of your wand into them and hold them up triumphantly1 showing the spectators that the six cents have been replaced by a silver sixpence4 ,while you are picking up the cents1 slip the sham ones out of the cover into your left hand1 and take some opportunity of letting the empty cover roll towards the audience1 one of whom you ask to pick it up and bring it to you4 ,this maneuver generally disarms all suspicion1 for the picker-up is sure to examine it very closely4 ,i have only given mere outlines of this really excellent trick1 which may be varied in a hundred ways1 and is capable of combination with other tricks to a large extent4 ,for the pedal may be substituted a lever running immediately under the surface of the table1 if the performer prefers to have a short cloth on it4 ,there should be always two cloths on the table2 the lower one thick and soft1 to prevent jingling of objects1 and the upper one white1 as it displays everything better than a colored one4 ,the ingenuity of the young conjuror will easily find methods of varying this trick4 ,see ,trick #fg1 page #dh4 #da4 ,,the ,,doll ,,trick4 ,get a comical looking doll1 and cut off his head diagonally1 taking care to do it very neatly4 ,drive a peg into the neck1 and bore a hole in the body1 into which the peg fits1 as in the cut4 ,paint his body and head carefully1 and if you put a gold chain or two round his neck1 it will conceal the line of junction4 ,make also a coat of silk1 and sew a pocket inside the edge of the skirt4 ,illustration ,take up the doll1 and say1 ,now1 ladies and gentlemen1 here is a very learned man4 ,observe the development of his forehead1 the sagacity of his nose1 the eloquence of his lips1 the dignity of his spectacles1 and the philosophy of his pigtail4 ,he is professor of astronomy at ,timbuctoo1 and here is his gown of office4 ,see how handsome he looks in it4 ,he is going to ,amsterdam to see the eclipse of the last new comet4 ,he has the honor to wish you all farewell before starting on his journey4 ,now1 professor1 we are waiting to see you go4 ,oh6 you want funds1 do you8 ,i beg your pardon2 here is a quarter for you4 ,so saying1 you take your right hand from under the gown1 taking with it the body1 and put the body into your pocket1 while you jingle some silver4 ,the head is now supported by your left hand4 ,pretend to give him some money1 and then say1 ,what6 you won't go unless you have more6 ,get along6 ,hit the head a hard rap with your right hand1 which drives it into the pocket1 which you hold open for it with your left thumb and little finger4 ,o dear6 the doctor is dead1 and cannot be found4 ,saying this1 you grasp the gown by the place where the head is1 and shake it about to show that it is empty4 ,if you like you can make another oration and hold a dialogue1 making the doctor resuscitate himself1 which is of course done by taking the head out of the pocket with the left hand1 and working it about by the peg4 #db4 ,,the ,,flying ,,coins4 ,take two eagles1 or rather brass imitations1 and grind them down until they are reduced to half their thickness4 ,do the same with two quarter dollars1 and fasten them accurately together1 so that you will have two coins1 each having one silver face1 and one brass face4 ,take one of them in each hand1 showing the silver side of one and the brass side of another1 and offer to change them without moving your arms4 ,shut your hands and the coins will turn over4 ,then1 on opening them again1 they will appear to have changed from one hand into the other4 #dc4 ,,the ,,vanished ,,half-,,dime4 ,put a little wax on the nail of the middle finger of the right hand1 and take a half-dime into the palm of the same hand4 ,close the hand1 pressing the wax on the coin4 ,then rapidly open it1 and the silver piece will adhere to the wax1 and be quite concealed behind the finger when you hold your hand up4 #dd4 ,,the ,,restored ,,document4 ,make a memorandum book1 and line the cover with paper which has been previously rubbed with a mixture of lamp-black and oil4 ,the paper must be loosely affixed1 so that it can be raised up1 and a leaf from the memorandum book placed under it4 ,you must also make a flat box1 having a double opening4 ,you now take a leaf out of the memorandum book1 and ask some one to write a sentence1 at the same time offering him the book to write upon4 ,the pencil with which you furnish him is very hard1 and he is forced to press upon the paper in order to mark4 ,in so doing1 the black is transferred by the pressure of the pencil from the blackened paper to the white leaf that has been placed under it1 and of course makes an exact copy of the writing4 ,you then give the man his document1 put the memorandum book in your pocket1 and go out of the room to fetch your box1 which you have forgotten4 ,while you are out of the room1 you take out the leaf from under the black paper1 and put it into one side of the flat box1 and shut down the cover that hides it4 ,you bring in the box1 apologising for your absence1 and give the box1 open at the other side1 into the writer's hands4 ,tell him to burn his writing in a candle1 and to place the ashes in the box4 ,he does so1 and closing the box1 returns it to you4 ,you then flourish about a little with the box1 wave it in the air1 bring it down with a bang on the table1 strike it with your wand1 and then1 opening it as at first1 you produce the duplicate leaf1 which the writer acknowledges to be in his own hand-writing4 ,if the lamp-black should have come off and smeared the paper1 you can account for it by observing that it is very difficult to get rid of all traces of the burning4 #de4 ,,the ,,magic ,,rings4 ,get a blacksmith to make a number of rings1 about six or seven inches in diameter1 as in the cut4 ,a is made with a spring opening on one side1 ,b is a set of two rings forged permanently within each other1 ,c is a set of three rings formed in the same manner1 and ,d ,d are two simple rings4 ,the rings should be about the thickness of a rather large black-lead pencil4 ,illustration ,lay the rings on one another1 and they will all appear to be separate and distinct3 ,d ,d should be the uppermost rings1 then ,b1 then ,a1 and then ,c4 ,hand round ,d for inspection and if any more are desired1 hand round the other ,d4 ,when returned1 hang them over your left arm1 or grasp them in your hand1 and tell the company that you are going to weave all the rings together4 ,you clash them together1 and after going through some complicated movements1 bring out ,b1 which the spectators will think you have just fastened together4 ,hand them round4 ,when they are returned mix them all up1 and bring out ,c4 ,then take ,a in your hand1 and passing one of the outer rings of ,c through the opening1 you have four rings together4 ,then add ,d and you have five4 ,take off ,d and substitute ,b which will give you six4 ,so you go on weaving them into all kinds of fantastic shapes4 ,you must always conceal the joint in ,a with your thumb1 and contrive as often as you can to have one at least of the rings ,d at liberty ,this is a capital trick1 and may be diversified to any extent1 especially if the number of rings is increased4 #df4 ,,the ,,fish ,,and ,,ink ,,trick4 ,this is really a first-rate delusion4 ,you bring before the spectators a glass vase1 full of ink4 ,you dip a ladle into it1 and pour out some of the ink upon a plate1 in order to convince the audience that the substance in the vase is really ink4 ,you then throw a handkerchief over the vase and instantly withdraw it1 when the vase is found to be filled with pure water1 in which a couple of gold fish are swimming4 ,this apparent impossibility is performed as follows4 ,to the interior of the vessel is fitted a black silk lining1 which adheres closely to the sides when pressed by the water1 and which is withdrawn inside the handkerchief during the performance of the trick4 ,the ladle has a hollow handle with an opening into the bowl4 ,in the handle is a spoonful or so of ink1 which runs into the bowl when it is held downward1 during the act of dipping it into the vase4 #dg4 ,,the ,,cannon ,,balls4 ,the performer of this trick borrows a number of hats1 and places them on the table4 ,he then returns each person his hat1 and on turning it over1 a thirty-two pounder cannon ball rolls out4 ,illustration ,the method of performing this delusion is as follows4 ,get a turner to make a number of wooden balls1 each the size of a thirty-two pounder cannon ball1 and let a hole be bored in each which will admit the middle finger4 ,the balls are arranged hole upwards on a shelf on your table on the side opposite to your audience1 so that the balls are nearly level with the top of the table4 ,when you take a hat off the table1 you slip your fore or middle finger into the ball just as you would into a thimble1 and by bending the finger1 bring the ball into the hat4 ,any object may be brought into a hat in this manner1 a great cabbage1 for instance1 having a hole cut in the stalk4 #dh4 ,,the ,,dime ,,in ,,the ,,ball ,,of ,,cotton4 ,get a tinman to make a flat tin tube1 which will just allow a dime to pass through it4 ,wind a quantity of worsted round it1 so as to make it into a ball4 ,these preliminaries having been accomplished1 perform any trick that will get a dime out of sight1 such as number #a or #b4 ,then tell the spectators that you will bring the marked dime into the middle of a ball of worsted4 ,take down the ball from the place where it is lying1 drop the dime into the tube1 and withdraw the tube1 leaving the dime in the ball4 ,a good squeeze or two will hold it tight1 and obliterate every mark of the tube4 ,place the ball in a tumbler1 take the end of the worsted1 and give it to some one to unwind4 ,this being done1 the dime will be found in the very center of the ball1 with the end of the worsted wrapped tightly round it4 #di4 ,,the ,,egg ,,and ,,bag ,,trick4 ,get a chintz or cloth bag made double1#a and between the two bags make six or seven pockets1 each of which will hold an egg1 and have an opening into the bag4 ,fill the pockets with eggs1 and you are ready for the performance4 ,hold the bag by the place where the eggs are1 shake it1 turn it inside out1 and show that there is nothing in it4 ,then tell the spectators1 that you are sure there is a hen in the bag4 ,put your head near the mouth of the bag1 and make a clucking like a hen4 ,you then say ,i knew ,i was right1 and she has laid an egg4 ,so saying1 you put your hand into the bag and take out one of the eggs1 taking care to pretend to grope in one of the corners for it4 ,this is repeated until all the eggs but one are gone4 ,you then1 after taking out the last egg1 say that some people think the eggs are not real1 but you will convince them by ocular inspection4 ,saying this1 you break the egg in a saucer with your right hand1 and while the people are occupied with it1 you drop the bag behind your table1 or hang it on a hook out of sight1 and take up another exactly like it1 into which you have put a hen4 ,these are real eggs1 you then say1 and if any one doubts their reality1 they cannot doubt that this is a real hen4 ,you then turn the bag upside down1 and shake out the hen4 ,if any one wishes to inspect that bag1 he can do so without being much wiser for it4 #ej4 ,,the ,,dancing ,,egg4 ,send for some eggs1 and take care to place among them one which has been emptied of its contents1 and to which is fastened a long hair1 at the other end of which is tied a crooked pin4 ,borrow a small stick from one of the spectators1 and as you go behind your table contrive to hook the bent pin into your coat1 passing it over the stick4 ,then place the egg on an inverted hat1 and ask for some music1 and directly it begins to sound1 a slight and imperceptible depression or elevation of the stick will cause the egg to twist and roll about upon it as if it had life4 ,you must be careful to turn gently round now and then1 so as apparently to vary the distance of the egg from the body4 #ea4 ,,bell ,,and ,,shot4 ,get a wooden bell made1 so thick that there is a considerable space between the outer and inner surfaces1 especially on the upper part of the bell4 ,a hollow must be cut in this1 and the handle so made1 that when it is at rest1 it is forced upwards by a spring1 and draws up the round piece of wood to which the clapper chain is attached1 and closes the aperture1 as shown in the engraving4 ,illustration ,you have a cardboard measure1 which is of precisely the same capacity as the cavity in the bell1 and just wide enough to hold a cent4 ,into this you privately put a cent1 and then fill up the measure with shot1 heaping it a little1 to compensate for the cent4 ,you make up a tale about a man going out shooting1 and ringing the bell of the gunmaker's shop4 7,you then ring your wooden bell47 ,how the man bought a measure full of shot for a cent1 7you pour the shot into the bell and back again two or three times17 but was so long haggling over three shots1 that the gunmaker took away the shot1 7here you again pour the shot into the bell1 and by pressing on the handle1 allow them all to run into the hollow17 and kept the cent for his trouble4 ,the man went out of the shop1 but soon came in again1 and rang furiously4 7,here you again ring the bell which is now apparently empty1 and invert the measure on the table4 ,the cent not being held by the finger and thumb1 will now fall on the tablecloth47 ,then finish the story with an account of the manner in which the man got back his cent4 ,when you have finished1 invert the bell over the empty measure1 and on pressing the handle1 the shots will refill it4 ,do not touch it until you have done another trick or two1 and then1 when you put the bell aside1 ring it again1 and remark that the purchaser was a silly fellow ofter all1 for here are his shots in his measure4 #eb4 ,,the ,,burned ,,handkerchief ,,restored4 ,get a tinman to make a double canister1 such as is shown in the cut1 with an opening at each end4 ,this must so slide within a tin tube1 that either end can be concealed within it alternately1 as seen in the engraving1 where the end ,a is shown1 and ,b is concealed4 ,in this position it looks like an ordinary canister4 ,the interior is divided into two parts4 ,into ,b put a piece of cambric made to look like a handkerchief4 ,illustration ,borrow a cambric handkerchief1 and say1 ,now ladies and gentlemen1 ,i shall burn this handkerchief to ashes1 place them in this canister1 7so saying you put it into ,a17 and when ,i have uttered a spell1 it will be restored perfectly whole4 ,will the owner say what mark it has8 ,while the audience are looking towards the owner1 you turn the canister over1 and push up the canister until the shoulder of ,b is on a level with the top of the tube4 ,when the mark has been declared1 you open ,b1 take out the cambric1 and pretend to verify the mark4 ,you then put it into a candle flame1 and when it has burned entirely to ashes1 put the ashes into ,b1 shut it up1 and rapidly reverse it as you turn round to your audience1 so that ,a is uppermost again4 ,then utter any nonsense you like1 open ,a1 and take out the handkerchief uninjured4 ,it rather adds to the trick if you drop a little eau de cologne into ,a before commencing4 #ec4 ,,the ,,fire ,,eater4 ,if the young conjuror is desirous of appearing in the character of a fire-eater1 it is very easily managed4 ,he must prepare a piece of thick string1 by soaking it in a solution of niter1 and then drying it4 ,he cuts off a piece about an inch in length1 lights one end1 and wraps it up in a piece of tow which he holds in his left hand4 ,the trifling smoke will be concealed by a huge bundle of loose tow also carried in the left hand4 ,he takes a handful of tow in his right hand1 puts it into his mouth1 chews it up1 and appears to swallow it4 ,he then takes another handful1 and with it the piece in which is the string4 ,as he puts this into his mouth1 he takes out the piece which he has already chewed4 ,by taking breath through the nostrils1 and breathing it out through the mouth1 smoke begins to issue forth1 and the whole interior of the mouth is soon lighted up with a glow4 ,when the mouth is shut1 and the tow pressed together1 the fire goes out1 except the piece of prepared string4 ,more tow is then taken into the mouth1 and treated in the same manner4 #fd4 ,,the ,,egg-,,box4 ,illustration ,a1 the egg-box2 ,b1 the upper shell2 ,c1 the inner shell1 covered over with the shell of an egg2 ,d1 the lower part of the box4 ,to do the trick1 call for an egg1 then bid all the by-standers look at it1 and see that it is a real egg1 set the box on the table1 take off the upper part1 with your fore finger and thumb1 then placing the egg in the box1 say1 ,you see it fairly in1 and uncovering it again1 likewise say1 ,you shall see me take it out1 and put it in my pocket in your sight2 open your box again and say1 ,there is nothing1 close your hand about the middle of your box1 and taking ,b by the bottom1 say1 ,there is the egg again1 which it appears to the spectators to be1 so clapping that in again1 and taking the lid of ,c in your finger and thumb1 say1 ,there it is gone again4 #ee4 ,,the ,,globe-,,box4 ,this trick is not inferior to the best that is shown with boxes4 ,it is done with a box made of four pieces1 and a ball as big as may be conveniently contained therein2 the ball serves as the egg does in the egg-box1 to deceive the hand and eyes of spectators4 ,this ball1 made of wood or ivory1 is thrown out of the box upon the table1 for every one to see that it is substantial2 then put the ball into the box1 which close up with all the pieces one within another2 remove the upper shell with your fore finger and thumb1 and there will appear another of a different color1 red1 blue1 yellow1 or any other color you may fancy2 this will seem to be another ball1 though1 in fact1 it is no more than a shell of wood1 ingeniously turned and fitted to the box1 as you may perceive by the cuts4 ,l is the outer shell of the globe1 taken off the figure ,m1 the top of which represents the ball2 ,n is an inner shell2 ,o1 the cover of the same2 ,p another inner shell2 ,q1 the cover of the same2 ,r1 a third shell2 ,s1 that which covers it4 ,these globes may be made with more or less varieties1 according to the desire of the practitioner4 ,illustration #ef4 ,,the ,,coffee ,,and ,,handkerchief ,,tricks4 ,one of the greatest means of wonder-working is that of ingenious contrivance4 ,we will illustrate this by two popular feats4 ,a number of handkerchiefs taken from the audience by more than one popular performer1 were placed in a small washing tub1 into which water was poured1 and they were washed for a few minutes4 ,they were then placed in a vessel like the figure 7997 on the next page1 and immediately afterwards the performer said to the persons in front3 ,i will give you these2 and taking off the top1 when he was expected to throw out the wet handkerchiefs1 all that fell was a number of flowers4 ,he now brought out a box1 which he opened1 and showed it to be empty2 then shutting it1 and uttering a few cabalistic words1 he opened it again1 and there were the handkerchiefs1 all dry1 folded1 and scented1 which he distributed to their respective claimants4 ,another experiment of a popular performer was called coffee for the million4 ,producing a vessel like the diagram ,a1 the performer filled it with unground coffee1 and placing it under a cover ,b1 he said1 ,there1 when you have done that1 let it simmer for three quarters of an hour2 but1 perhaps1 you will not like to wait so long2 here then it is2 and on removing the cover1 the vessel appeared full of hot liquid coffee4 ,in another vessel of the same kind he obtained lump-sugar from rape-seed2 and in a third1 warm milk from horse-beans2 and pouring out the coffee into cups1 sent them round to regale his auditory1 amidst their loud and approving shouts at so great a transformation4 ,illustration ,illustration ,these feats are the result of considerable ingenuity4 ,it is probable that the devices employed would not readily occur to spectators in general1 while they would utterly escape those whose object is merely amusement1 and who1 if they thought at all1 would be likely to describe the result as supernatural4 ,we proceed1 then1 to the unraveling of the mystery4 ,let it be observed1 in reference to the first experiment1 that a number of handkerchiefs are collected in the early part of the evening for various illusions1 and that many of them appear for a time on the performer's table4 ,provided with a collection of these articles1 from the handsome silk handkerchief to one trimmed with lace1 used by a fashionable lady1 he could easily substitute his own of the same kind for those of his auditory1 as the curtain falls1 according to the arrangements of the evening1 between the collection of the handkerchiefs and the subsequent processes4 ,his own handkerchiefs1 therefore1 are washed and placed in the vase already described2 and the so-called change into flowers is nothing more than the retention of the handkerchiefs in the lower part of the apparatus1 which the figure illustrates1 while the upper part holds the flowers till they are scattered among the spectators4 ,meanwhile1 all that is required is done to their handkerchiefs4 ,it is not absolutely necessary that they should be washed2 for folding1 pressing1 and a little eau-de-,cologne1 would complete the preparation2 but granting that they are washed1 there is still no difficulty1 though this mystifies the spectators1 who have the idea that drying is a long affair2 for it may be effected in a minute or two by a machine that is readily obtained4 ,the box brought out has them deposited in it1 but as it is double1 one interior is first shown1 which1 of course1 contains nothing1 for the inner drawer holding the handkerchiefs remains in the case2 but when a few sounds are uttered1 and the professor touches a secret spring behind1 which disengages the inner box1 he draws it out with the outer one1 and presents the handkerchiefs to the audience4 ,in the diagram ,a1 the box is shown as empty4 ,at ,b1 we have a representation of the box containing the handkerchiefs4 ,it is only necessary to add that the box is very nicely made2 the part within the other drawn out to the end1 defies detection4 ,see ,trick ,no4 #fe4 ,the preparation of coffee1 milk1 and sugar1 may be easily explained2 for if the vessels containing respectively the unground coffee1 the rape-seed1 and the horse-beans1 always placed under a cover1 be put on a part of the table having a circular trap-door--and for this there is full provision in the cover of the table extending to the floor--a confederate may readily substitute one for the other4 ,illustration ,illustration #eg4 ,,the ,,magic ,,funnel4 ,this favorite and simple trick is carried out by the assistance of a double funnel1 that is to say1 one funnel soldered into the other so as to leave a space between them for water1 and communicating with the hollow of the funnel by a hole in the tube4 ,our drawing will assist the explanation4 ,illustration3 ,s ,s1 space for water between the funnels1 which is filled by stopping end of tube ,t with the finger3 the water flows in and out at ,k4 ,n1 a pin-hole at the top1 which is covered with the finger4 ,when the funnel is prepared for use1 every time the finger is withdrawn water flows out from tube ,t4 ,the funnel is always prepared before the audience by pouring in water1 occasionally stopping the end of the pipe ,t with the finger1 so that the inner space may be filled2 whilst this is being effected the conjuror must fill up the time with a philosophical disquisition on funnels1 all ending1 however1 in the fact1 that if there is a hole in a vessel the water will flow out4 ,one of the audience is now requested to step up to the table1 and you proceed to draw water from his hair1 ears1 eyes1 c41 as every time the finger is withdrawn from the hole ,n the pressure of the air is admitted1 and the water flows out4 #eh4 ,,the ,,magic ,,bottle4 ,this trick1 if well managed1 is one of the most wonderful that can be performed in a drawing-room without apparatus2 but it requires dexterity at the conclusion4 ,the person performing the trick offers to pour from a common wine bottle1 port wine1 sherry1 milk1 and champagne in succession1 and in any order4 ,to accomplish the trick1 you must make solutions of the following chemicals1 and label the bottles with numbers1 thus3 #a4 ,a saturated solution of the sulphocyanate of potash4 #b4 ,a diluted solution of the above--one part of the solution to four of water4 #c4 ,a saturated solution of nitrate of lead4 #d4 ,a saturated solution of perchloride of iron4 #e4 ,a saturated solution of bicarbonate of potash4 #f4 ,sulphuric acid4 #g4 ,a clear solution of gum-arabic4 ,procure a champagne bottle1 and wash it out well1 then pour three teaspoonfuls of ,no4 #d into it4 ,as the quantity is very small1 it will not be observed1 especially if you are quick in your movements4 ,pour some distilled or rain water into a common water-bottle or jug1 and add a tablespoonful of ,no4 #g to it2 then set it aside ready for use4 ,provide some wine glasses of four different patterns1 and into one pattern pour the solution marked ,no4 #a1 into another that marked ,no4 #b1 and so on for ,nos4 #c and #e4 ,return the solutions to their respective bottles1 and arrange the glasses on a small tray1 remembering the solutions that were poured into each pattern4 ,everything being ready1 take the champagne bottle that you have prepared1 from two or three others1 and holding it up to show the company that it is clear and empty1 you must desire some person to hand you the water bottle or jug1 and then fill up the bottle with the water4 ,pour some of the contents of the bottle into an unprepared glass1 in order to show that it is water2 then say1 change to champagne1 and pour the liquid from the bottle into one of the glasses rinsed with ,no4 #e2 then pour into a glass rinsed with ,no4 #a1 and it will change to port wine2 but if poured into ,no4 #c1 it will change to milk1 and if into ,no4 #b1 it will produce sherry4 ,be careful in pouring the fluid from the bottle1 not to hold it high above the glasses1 but to keep the mouth of it close to the edges of the glasses1 otherwise persons will observe that it undergoes change of color after it is poured into the wine glasses1 and on this account the glasses should be held rather high4 ,as the solutions used in the above trick are deleterious1 they must not be left about in the way of children1 and of course the fluid in the wine glasses must not even be tasted2 but if any of the company wish to drink the wines you have made1 then the tray must be adroitly exchanged for another with the proper wines placed on it4 ,this is an excellent parlor trick if well managed1 and is not difficult to comprehend4 #ei4 ,,the ,,bottle ,,trick4 ,the chemical method of performing this delusion has been already explained1 the mechanical one will be easily understood from the ,magic ,funnel ,trick4 ,it is usually carried out with a bottle1 the body of which is constructed of tin1 the neck of glass2 the body is divided into sundry compartments1 three of which are sufficient1 with a center one1 for ordinary use3 by cutting the bottle in two1 the arrangement will be understood as shown beneath4 ,illustration3 ,o1 center of bottle1 from which milk may be poured4 #a1 #b1 #c1 compartments holding port1 sherry1 and alcohol4 ,it must be understood that little tubes from each compartment terminate in the neck1 and they are filled with their respective liquids by the pear-shaped vessel already explained4 ,each compartment is perforated with a little hole at the top1 so that when the fingers are placed over them 7as on the holes of a flute7 the liquid cannot run out on inverting the bottle4 ,on showing the trick1 the performer alludes to his wonderful bottle full of the milk of human kindness1 which he pours out carefully from the center compartment1 keeping the three holes tight with his fingers1 the center being filled and emptied in the ordinary manner2 after pouring out and handing round a few glasses of milk1 he may pour the rest into a jug1 in the bottom of which some milk has been already placed1 so that the company may believe the bottle was originally filled with it2 he may now wash out the bottle 7that is to say1 the center compartment71 still keeping his fingers over the holes1 and for the sake of a little mystification put the bottle upright under a hat1 commanding the bottle to change its temperance habits4 ,he may now ask the company to call for port1 sherry1 gin1 brandy1 noyeau1 c4 ,the sherry and port are poured from their compartments1 the spirit supplies the others1 as a number of wine-glasses can be prepared with drops of burnt sugar for brandy1 syrup and juniper for gin4 ,a small drop of oil of almonds or other flavoring materials may be used for the different liquors4 ,a thick wine-glass must be employed1 holding a very small quantity of fluid4 ,a magic coffee-pot may be arranged in a similar manner1 with three compartments to hold hot tea1 coffee1 and punch2 the middle compartment may hold the tea and coffee berries1 into which the assistant may pour by mistake the contents of the bottle labeled ,ink4 ,the performer1 after scratching his head1 as if in deep thought1 will take a lump of whiting and powder up1 placing it in the center compartment1 which can be fastened up with a cork or proper lid4 ,then1 if the holes from the compartments terminate in the handle and the pipes in the spout1 when the fingers are removed the three liquids pour out separately1 as in the ,bottle ,trick4 ,this mode of showing the trick is good1 because1 however large your audience1 you can provide everybody with something to drink1 and it is displayed with great effect by ,signor ,blitz1 and ,wyman4 #fj4 ,,the ,,magic ,,quarter4 ,procure a small round box1 about one inch deep1 to which fit accurately a quarter or cent3 line the box with any dark paper 7crimson1 for instance71 and paste some of it on one side of the coin1 so that when it lies in the lower part of the box it shall appear like the real box4 ,this quarter or cent is concealed in the hand1 and before performing the trick1 it will heighten the effect if a number of single quarters or cents are hidden about the room1 in places known to yourself4 ,having borrowed a coin1 you dexterously place this on one side1 and substitute the prepared one2 and putting it gravely into the box1 ask all to be sure they have seen it enter3 when the lid is on1 shake up and down--the noise betrays the metal2 now command it to disappear1 and shake laterally from side to side2 as the quarter is made to fit accurately1 no noise is apparent--the coin seems to be gone2 in proof of which you open the box1 and display the interior2 the paper on the coin conceals it1 whilst you direct the audience to look into a book1 or a pair of slippers1 for the missing quarter2 the prepared coin can be slipped out1 and the box handed round for examination1 in which1 of course1 nothing will be found4 ,this trick may be repeated two or three times with the greatest success1 and is so simple that nobody guesses the manner of performance4 #fa4 ,,to ,,change ,a ,,dime ,,to ,a ,,quarter4 ,this is quite a simple parlor trick1 but when performed with dexterity is calculated to produce much astonishment at an evening party4 ,in fact1 it surprises on account of its very simplicity4 ,procure two pieces of marbled paper about seven inches square1 and having put the marble backs of the paper together1 cut them the shape of diagram ,fig4 #a4 ,be very careful to have them exactly the same size1 as the success of the trick depends in a great measure upon the regularity of the paper4 ,after cutting the paper in the manner described1 place a dime in the center of one of the pieces at the place marked ,a1 then fold it carefully over at the crease on the side marked ,b1 and also again at the side marked ,c4 ,when you have done this turn down the end marked ,d upon the center ,a1 and again fold over on ,e4 ,when this is accomplished1 you will discover that you have formed a small parcel the same shape as ,fig4 #b1 with a dime in the center4 ,you must then place a quarter of a dollar in the center of the other piece of paper1 and fold it up exactly the same size and shape as the first piece4 ,when you have done this1 gum the two parcels together at the back of the ends marked ,f1 in ,fig4 #b1 and the sides will be so even that both parcels will appear as one4 ,you can then open the side of the paper containing the dime and show it to your audience1 at the same time informing them that you are going to open a mint on a small plan1 and coin a quarter from a dime4 ,having done this1 mutter some cabalistic words and dexterously turn over the side containing the quarter1 and upon opening the paper1 to the astonishment of the company1 instead of a dime they will behold a genuine quarter4 ,i have seen much merriment created by this excellent feat4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b #fb4 ,,description ,,of ,,the ,,magician',s ,,table4 ,when a secret confederate is required1 have a table four and a half feet long1 two feet eight inches high1 two feet nine inches wide1 with a curtain round it1 twenty-two inches deep4 ,in the top of this table are several secret square holes1 of different sizes1 from three to five inches across2 these having covers which exactly fit1 and hung upon concealed hinges1 so that they may be let down2 but when lying flat1 the top of the table appears to present a perfect surface4 ,under this surface are buttons1 which prevent those lids from falling down when not made use of4 ,under the top of the table is fastened a box1 or drawer1 open at the top1 and at the side which is farthest from the spectators4 ,this box is about twenty inches deep1 and concealed by the curtain2 and in this box is placed the secret agent who assists the performer4 #fc4 ,,wyman',s ,,gun ,,trick4 ,having provided yourself with a fowling-piece1 permit any person to load it1 retaining for yourself the privilege of putting in the ball1 to the evident satisfaction of the company1 but instead of which you must provide yourself with an artificial one made of black lead1 which may be easily concealed between your fingers1 and retain the real ball in your possession1 producing it after the gun has been discharged2 and a mark having been previously put upon it1 it will instantly be acknowledged4 ,this trick is quite simple1 as the artificial ball is easily reduced to a powder on the application of the ramrod2 besides the smallness of the balls preclude all discovery of the deception4 #fd4 ,,the ,,hatched ,,bird4 ,separate an egg in the middle as nearly as possible1 empty it1 and then1 with a fine piece of paper and a little glue1 join the two halves together1 having first put a live canary bird inside it1 which will continue unhurt in it for some time1 provided you make a small pinhole in the shell to supply the bird with air2 have1 also1 a whole egg in readiness4 ,present the two eggs for one to be chosen2 put the egg1 which contains the bird1 next to the person who is to choose1 and for this purpose be sure to select a lady2 she naturally chooses the nearest to her1 because1 having no idea of the trick to be performed1 there1 is no apparent reason to take the further one2 at any rate1 if the wrong one be taken1 you do not fail in the trick1 for you break the egg1 and say1 ,you see that this egg is fair and fresh madam2 so you would have found the other1 if you had chosen it4 ,now1 do you choose to find in it a mouse1 or a canary bird8 ,she naturally declares for the bird2 nevertheless1 if she ask for the mouse1 there are means to escape2 you ask the same question of several ladies1 and gather the majority of votes1 which1 in all probability1 will be in favour of the bird which you then produce4 #fe4 ,,the ,,apple ,,and ,,orange ,,trick4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,have a box made with a drawer fitted to it as in the figure ,no4 #b1 marked ,a4 ,the back part of the drawer ,b1 which slides into the box ,a1 has no end piece2 then have another drawer made1 marked ,c1 open at the top1 that will fit the drawer ,b rather easy1 when put into it the sides and ends of the drawer ,c1 made of rather thin wood1 with their end and sides sloping towards the sides of the drawer ,b1 so that when it is in the drawer ,b1 it cannot be discovered without minute examination2 then push them both into the box ,a1 and have a small hole bored through the top of the box ,a1 in which you put a small pin with a flat top1 as marked ,d in the plate2 this pin is so long that it will just catch drawer ,c1 inside of the box ,a1 to prevent it from coming out with the drawer ,b1 when not necessary to be exposed4 ,it is now ready to perform experiments with4 ,you are aware1 as has already been described1 that the drawer ,b is open at the inner end1 consequently1 when that with the loose drawer ,c is pushed into the box ,a1 and you put the pin ,d in its place1 the drawer ,b may be pulled out1 or pushed back1 without interruption2 but if you remove the pin out of the box1 ,c will come out inside of the drawer ,b without the trick being discovered2 it being understood that the false drawer ,c is invariably concealed from the spectator4 ,when the drawer ,c is in the box ,a1 and the drawer ,b has been drawn out1 the end of the drawer ,c will then appear as if it was the end of the drawer ,b as represented in the plate4 ,you can then show it to the company1 and you may also measure the inside of the drawer ,b1 and the outside of the box ,a1 and convince them that1 apparently1 nothing is concealed4 ,care must be taken in pulling the drawer ,c out alone1 that the drawer ,c will not slip from the bottom of the drawer ,b1 which otherwise would prevent it from being pushed back4 ,a little catch may be affixed in the bottom of the drawer ,c1 so as to prevent the same from slipping out of its place4 ,to ,perform the ,experiment4--,fill1 privately1 the drawer ,c with fruit1 close the drawer ,b1 and exhibit it2 then pull the drawer ,b out1 alone1 as represented in the plate1 figure #b1 which will convince the spectators that it is empty4 ,when you have satisfied them on that point1 slide back the drawer ,b1 then place the left hand on the secret pin ,d1 and take it out2 then with the right hand pull out the drawer ,b1 with the secret drawer ,c1 which is full of fruit1 to the great astonishment of the company2 take the fruit out and present it to the spectators4 ,this concludes the performance4 #ff4 ,,enchanted ,,coin1 ,,as ,,performed ,,by ,,professor ,,wyman4 ,put fifteen pieces of money into a hat1 take out five and mysteriously pass them back into the hat and it covered4 ,to do this trick you must have in your left hand a plate1 and under the plate and in your left hand have previously placed five pieces of coin such as you will have placed in the hat2 after you have counted the fifteen pieces into the hat1 you then ask the person whom you have selected from the audience to assist you in performing the tricks1 to count the money out of the hat into the plate1 to see that there is no mistake1 after which you turn the money out of the plate into the hat1 and at the same time let fall the five pieces you have secreted in your hand under the plate2 you then ask him to draw out five pieces1 which will still leave fifteen1 you take the five that is drawn out and place them in a drawer 7see the orange and apple trick71 then you go through the magic words1 ,presto1 ,pacillo1 ,pass2 you then open the drawer1 7after placing your finger on the spring to hold the inside drawer in which the five pieces were placed17 and show the audience that the five pieces are gone2 you then tell him to get the hat and see how many pieces are in it2 he gets the hat1 and to the surprise of all1 he counts the original number1 fifteen4 #fg4 ,,mysterious ,,coin1 ,,or ,,how ,,to ,,make ,,dollars ,,pass ,,through ,a ,,wine ,,glass1 ,a ,,china ,,plate1 ,a ,,table1 ,,and ,,fall ,,into ,,the ,,hand4 ,after performing trick #dj1 7p4 #bg17 you may address the company again1 and say3 ,i will show you the nature of this trick1 if you will only look sharp enough to see how it is done4 ,therefore1 watch closely1 and if you have very penetrating eyes1 you may see the money go through this glass and fall upon the plate1 and from that through the table into my hand4 ,i will do it deliberately1 so that you may have every opportunity of detecting the deception1 which will make you as wise as myself4 ,now you take a plate and place it on the table1 place upon that a wine glass upside down1 and take the empty leathern case and hold it before the audience1 to convince them that nothing is inside4 ,place it1 in a careless manner1 over the riveted money1 which you had before put a little aside from the view of the spectators4 ,place a small ball on the bottom of the glass1 then take the case with the concealed coins therein1 and place them over the ball1 which will be secreted therein4 ,now tell the company to keep a sharp look out1 and they may discover the whole process4 ,take the loose coins and throw them on the table2 bring them again under the table1 and exchange them for a ball previously deposited on the shelf1 and lay the same upon the table4 ,remove the case alone1 which1 of course1 will leave the money exposed on the top of the glass4 ,now1 says the performer1 ,i presume that you have discovered the whole mystery2 but if not1 ,i will give you another opportunity1 and will return the money whence it came4 ,cover the money with the case1 and bring the ball which you previously exposed to the spectator under the table1 and exchange it for the money on the shelf1 which you again toss upon the table4 ,remove the case with the coins concealed therein1 and the ball will appear on the top of the glass1 as at first4 ,our performer makes the following concluding speech3 ,now1 as you have1 ,i suppose1 discovered the whole mystery1 ,i hope1 ladies1 that you will not set up an opposition line against me2 since1 if you do1 you will very seriously injure my pockets1 and1 of course1 attract all the company1 and leave me in an empty house with empty pockets4 #fh4 ,,professor ,,wyman',s ,,great ,,trick ,,of ,,the ,,egyptian ,,fluids1 ,,or ,,impossibilities ,,accomplished4 ,mix wine and water together1 then separate them by means of a red and white tape4 ,to perform this trick you must have three covers 7tin7 made1 of an obeliatic form1 terminating at about one inch and a half on top1 upon the top of two of these covers is soldered a piece of thick brass1 copper1 or lead1 say about a quarter of an inch in thickness1 in the center make a hole about the same in diameter1 about two inches from the top1 and on the inside will be a partition or floor1 through the center of which make a small a hole1 7this partition must be water tight47 ,previous to performing the trick fill the two covers 7the tops of them7 one with water1 the other with wine1 then cork them well which excludes the air1 consequently keeps the liquid from coming out at the small hole made in the center of the partition1 then take two sound tumblers and put about as much water in one as there is water in one of the covers1 place the cover over that1 the tumbler that has the water1 then put about the same quantity of wine in the other tumbler1 as there is in the other cover1 and place that cover over it2 now have a tumbler with a hole through the center of the bottom 7made with a drill71 have this hole closed with a long peg from the under side1 then through your trick table have a small auger hole made to admit the peg1 this tumbler must also be covered with a similar cover in external appearance2 you then take the covers off the tumblers containing water and wine1 and in presence of the audience mix the two liquids1 then pour both into the tumbler that has the hole through the bottom1 place the tumblers back and cover them over1 now lift the tumbler up containing the mixture that the audience may see it1 7keeping your hand in front of the peg17 place it back with peg through the hole1 cover it over1 then take a red and white tape string that has previously been fastened to a small stick1 and place it in the top of the cover that is over the false tumbler1 then take the end of the red tape1 which has a small wire to it1 and after removing the cork from the cover over the wine1 drop the end of the wire into the whole2 the air is then let into the wine1 which lets it run down into the tumblers underneath1 do likewise with the white tape1 then reach your hand under the table and draw the peg out of the tumbler and let the mixture run down into a tumbler or cup secreted there for that purpose2 now remove the covers and show the audience that the tumbler you poured the mixture into is empty1 and the one you poured it out of contains it again1 which will greatly astonish them4 ,that accomplished magician1 ,professor ,wyman1 has astonished applauding and delighted thousands in every city in the ,united ,states and ,canada1 by the performance of this wonderful experiment4 #fi4 ,,the ,,magician',s ,,snow ,,ball4 ,,one ,,of ,,the ,,faker ,,of ,,ava',s ,,feats4 ,take a cup and fill it with rice1 then change it into a handkerchief4 ,to do this trick you have two cups 7tin7 made to fit one within the other1 but let the outside cup be about two inches deeper than the inside one1 let the rims be turned square down all round1 but let that of the inside cup be a trifle larger than the outside one1 so that when the tin cover 7which you must also have7 is put over them it will fit sufficiently tight to lift out the inside cup when it is taken off4 ,previous to performing this trick you must place in the bottom of the deep cup a white pocket handkerchief1 then place the other cup in it1 after which bring it out in presence of the audience1 then fill the inside cup 7which to the audience appears to be the only cup7 with rice1 place the cover over it1 after which repeat the mystic words ,presto1 ,pacillo1 ,pass1 then remove the cover and the inside cup will have stuck to it and be concealed from view1 now take out the handkerchief1 and it will greatly astonish those who see it4 #gj4 ,,the ,,magnetized ,,cane4 ,illustration ,is a very surprising little fancy1 and is calculated to create much astonishment in the parlor or drawing room4 ,to perform this trick1 take a piece of black silk thread or horse hair1 about two feet long1 and fasten to each end of the same bent hooks of a similar color4 ,when unobserved1 fasten the hooks in the back part of your pantaloon-legs1 about two inches below the bend of the knees4 ,then place the cane 7it should be a dark one and not too heavy71 within the inner part of the thread1 as represented in the engraving1 and by a simple movement of the legs1 you can make the cane dance about1 and perform a great variety of fantastic movements4 ,at night your audience cannot perceive the thread1 and apparently the cane will have no support whatever4 ,the performer should inform the company before commencing this trick1 that he intends to magnetize the cane1 and by moving his hands as professors of magnetism do1 the motion of the legs will not be noticed4 #ga4 ,,professor ,,wyman',s ,,mode ,,of ,,performing ,,the ,,egg ,,bag ,,trick4 ,take a bag and exhibit it to the audience1 turn the bag inside out1 then back again1 after which take several eggs out of it4 ,to perform this trick1 have you a bag about a half yard wide1 and about five eighths deep1 made of black cambric1 then take strips of the same cloth about three inches wide and sew them on each side of the strip lengthwise of the bag1 these are called cells1 it is in these that the eggs are placed2 let the end of the cells be closed at the mouth of the large bag1 so that the mouth of the cells will be the reverse of that of the large bag1 these are filled with eggs made of wood1 with the exception of one or two natural eggs1 which you take out first1 and break1 to convince the audience that they are genuine4 ,when you turn the bag you keep these cells next to you1 and as the large bag is turned upside down1 the eggs are in the bottom of the cells at the mouth of the large bag4 ,the performer will then catch the bag just above the eggs1 and give it a few wraps across the other hand1 to convince the audience that there is nothing in it1 after which he turns the bag again and takes out several eggs1 which to the audience is a great mystery4 99 99 99 99 99 ,in this account of conjuring1 ,i have purposely avoided such tricks as require expensive apparatus4 ,such apparatus is either entirely beyond a boy's reach1 or at all events he ought not to be encouraged in the notion of spending much money on objects of no real use4 ,a boy of any ingenuity will make the greater part of the apparatus himself1 or at least he can do the painting and polishing of his machinery4 ,i have mentioned no machinery that need cost more than a dollar at the outside1 and not that1 if a boy is acquainted with the use of tools4 ,it has also been my especial care to introduce only such experiments as are adapted for performance at the parlor or drawing-room table or fireside1 and by imparting interesting facts1 to stimulate the young experimentalist to inquire into the laws that regulate them2 by aiding him to acquire dexterity of practice1 to smoothe the road to the development of principles2 and1 above all1 to enable him to escape an imputation which every boy of spirit would consider the depth of disgrace--that of being ,no ,conjuror6 ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #a3 ,that is1 make two bags and sew the edges together1 so that actually there will be a third bag between the two4 ,,tricks ,,with ,,cards4 ,although proficiency in games with cards1 is1 in our opinion1 a most pernicious accomplishment for youth1 and one which cannot be too severely reprobated1 we do not consider ,,sleight-,,of-,,hand ,,tricks with a pack of cards1 at all objectionable1 but rather a source of much harmless amusement2 and1 under this impression1 we do not hesitate to insert the following series of excellent deceptions and sleight-of-hand tricks4 ,playing cards are believed to have been invented in ,spain as early as the fourteenth century2 for1 in #acgh1 ,john the ,first1 king of ,castile1 forbade card-playing in his dominions1 in an edict which is anterior to any similar legislative measure in other parts of ,europe4 ,the figures upon the cards themselves1 add to the strength of the supposition2 for the suits answering to those of spades and clubs have not the same inverted heart and trefoil shape which ours of the present day display1 but espadas1 or swords1 and bastos1 or cudgels1 or clubs2 so that in fact we retain their names1 though we have altered the figures4 ,at the present time1 too1 cards are a favorite diversion of the ,spaniards1 and the monopoly of selling them is vested in the hands of the sovereign4 ,in the reign of ,henry the ,seventh1 card-playing was a very fashionable court amusement in ,england4 ,the cards then used1 differed materially in their figures from those now in vogue1 as instead of clubs1 spades1 diamonds1 and hearts1 they had rabbits1 pinks1 roses1 and the flowers called columbines1 upon them2 as also bells1 hearts1 leaves1 acorns1 deer1 c4 ,let us now turn to the tricks that can be played with cards4 ,in accordance with my rule1 ,i shall lay the principal stress on card tricks that require no apparatus1 and may be performed with ordinary cards4 #a4 ,,to ,,make ,,the ,,pass4 ,this is a necessary beginning for card tricks4 ,making the pass1 is the technical term for shifting either the top or the bottom card to any place in the pack that you like4 ,it is almost impossible to describe it1 and ,i can only say that it will be learned better in five minutes from a friend1 than in as many hours from a book4 ,as1 however1 a friend is not always to be found who can perform the pass1 ,i will endeavor to describe it4 ,illustration ,the cards are held in both hands1 right hand underneath and left above1 as in the engraving1 where1 as the bottom card is to be raised to the top1 the little finger is seen between that card and those above it4 ,by a quick movement of the right hand1 the bottom card is slipped away towards the left1 and is placed upon the top card1 under shadow of the left hand1 which is raised for the moment to allow of its passage4 ,this movement must be assiduously practiced before it is exhibited in public1 as nothing looks more awkward than to see it clumsily performed1 in which case two or three cards generally tumble on the floor4 #b4 ,,to ,,tell ,a ,,card ,,by ,,its ,,back4 ,while shuffling the pack1 cast a glance at the bottom card1 make the pass1 and bring it to the top4 ,continue to shuffle1 and lay upon it by degrees as many cards as you like1 say six4 ,then lay the pack on the table1 face downwards1 and divide it into seven heaps1 beginning at the bottom1 and leave the seventh heap larger than any of the others4 ,when you have done this1 take one card from the top of the seventh heap1 appear to calculate1 and lay it1 face upwards1 on one of the other heaps4 ,do so with five more cards1 thus leaving your slipped card at the top of the seventh heap4 ,you then announce that by the aid of the six cards you will name the seventh4 ,you name it accordingly1 after carefully studying the other cards1 and on asking a spectator to take it up1 it will be seen that you are right4 ,if you place five cards above the slipped card1 you will lay out six heaps1 and if eight cards1 there will of course be nine heaps4 #c4 ,,the ,,card ,,named ,,without ,,being ,,seen4 ,as in the last trick1 cast a glance at the bottom card1 say the ace of spades4 ,lay out the pack in as many heaps as you like1 noting where that one is laid which contains that bottom card4 ,ask any one to take up the top card of any heap1 look at it1 and replace it4 ,you then gather up the heaps apparently by chance1 but you take care to put the heap containing the bottom card upon the card which has been chosen4 ,you then give any one the cards to cut1 and on counting them over1 the card that immediately follows the ace of spades is the card chosen4 ,if by any accident the two cards should be separated when cut1 the upper card of the pack is the chosen one1 and can be picked out with seeming care4 #d4 ,,the ,,card ,,told ,,by ,,the ,,opera ,,glass4 ,make out a table1 such as is given in ,fig4 #a1 and place it in an opera-glass1 so that the figures will be visible when you look through it4 ,for convenience1 ,i have made mine as seen in ,fig4 #b1 the numbers #a1 #b1 #c in each series being understood4 ,the best plan is to write the numbers1 or cut them out of a book1 and paste them on a circular piece of cardboard1 which must then be soaked in oil1 so as to make it semi-transparent4 ,the light will then easily pierce through it1 and the figures will be better visible than if it were opaque4 ,it will be seen that ,fig4 #b contains as much matter as ,fig4 #a1 and that two thirds of the figures are saved by it4 ,illustration3 ---------------------------- #a4 #aca #aj4 #acb #ai4 #acc #b4 #bca #aa4 #bcb #bj4 #bcc #c4 #cca #ab4 #ccb #ba4 #ccc ---------------------------- #d4 #aba #ac4 #abb #bb4 #abc #e4 #bba #ad4 #bbb #bc4 #bbc #f4 #cba #ae4 #cbb #bd4 #cbc ---------------------------- #g4 #aaa #af4 #aab #be4 #aac #h4 #baa #ag4 #bab #bf4 #bac #i4 #caa #ah4 #cab #bg4 #cac ---------------------------- ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ------------------ #a4 #ca4 #aj4 #cb4 #d4 #ba4 #ac4 #bb4 #g4 #aa4 #af4 #ab4 ---------------- #ai4 #cc4 #bb4 #bc4 #be4 #ac4 ----------- ,fig4 #b4 ,these preliminaries being arranged1 tell any one to take any twenty-seven cards out of a pack1 and to think of any one of them4 ,deal them into three heaps1 and ask him in which heap it is1 and what number from the top he would like it to come after the third deal4 ,suppose he chooses it to be the twenty-sixth card1 you take up your opera-glass and look for the number #bf4 ,this you will find last but one1 arranged thus--#bf #bac ,the meaning is1 that if the chosen card is to be the twenty-sixth1 the heap in which it was found must be for the first time placed second1 the second time first1 and the last time third4 ,so you pick up the cards1 taking care to keep that heap number two4 ,you again deal them in three heaps1 and this time you place the heap in which is the chosen card at the top1 being number one4 ,deal them a third time1 and on gathering up the heaps1 place it at the bottom4 ,then1 on counting from the top1 the chosen card will be found to be the twenty-sixth4 #e4 ,,the ,,four ,,kings4 ,take the four kings out of a pack of cards1 and also two other court cards1 which are not to be shown4 ,spread out the kings before the spectators1 but conceal the two court cards between the third and fourth kings4 ,lay the cards face downwards on the table4 ,take off the bottom card1 which is1 of course one of the kings2 show it as if by accident1 and place it on the top4 ,take the next card1 7which is one of the court cards17 and place that in the middle of the pack4 ,take the third card1 7i4 e41 the second court card17 and place that also near the middle of the pack4 ,there will then be one king at the top and three at the bottom4 ,ask any one to cut the cards1 and to examine them1 when he will find all four kings together in the middle of the pack4 ,it is better to use court cards to place between the third and fourth kings1 because if the cards should slip aside1 they would not be so readily distinguished as common cards4 #f4 ,,the ,,four ,,accomplices4 ,let a person draw four cards from the pack1 and tell him to think of one of them4 ,when he returns you the four cards1 dexterously place two of them under the pack1 and two on the top4 ,under those at the bottom you place four cards of any sort1 and then1 taking eight or ten from the bottom cards1 you spread them on the table1 and ask the person if the card he fixed on be among them4 ,if he say no1 you are sure it is one of the two cards on the top4 ,you then pass two cards to the bottom1 and drawing off the lowest of them1 you ask if that be not his card4 ,if he again say no1 you take that card up1 and bid him draw his card from the bottom of the pack4 ,if the person say his card is among those you first drew from the bottom1 you must dexterously take up the four cards that you put under them1 and placing those on the top1 let the other two be the bottom cards of the pack1 which draw in the manner before described4 #g4 ,,to ,,tell ,,the ,,card ,,thought ,,of ,,in ,a ,,circle ,,of ,,ten4 ,illustration ,place the first ten cards of any suit in a circular form1 as in the annexed figure2 the ace being counted as one4 ,request a person to think of a number or card1 and to touch also any other number or card2 desire him to add to the number of the card he touched the number of the cards laid out1 that is1 ten2 then bid him count that sum backward1 beginning at the card he touched1 and reckoning that card at the number he thought of2 when he will thus end it at the card or number he first thought of1 and thereby enable you to ascertain what that was4 ,for example1 suppose he thought of the number three1 and touched the sixth card1 if ten be added to six1 it will of course make sixteen2 and if he count that number from the sixth card1 the one touched1 in a retrograde order1 reckoning three on the sixth1 four on the fifth1 five on the fourth1 six on the third cards1 and so on2 it will be found to terminate on the third card1 which will therefore show you the number the person thought of4 ,when the person is counting the numbers1 he should not1 of course1 call them out aloud4 #h4 ,,to ,,guess ,,the ,,card ,,thought ,,of4 ,to perform this trick1 the number of cards must be divisible by #c1 and it is more convenient that the number should be odd4 ,desire a person to think of a card2 place the cards on the table with their faces downward1 and1 taking them up in order1 arrange them in three heaps1 with their faces upward1 and in such a manner that the first card of the pack shall be first in the first heap1 the second the first in the second heap1 and the third the first of the third2 the fourth the second of the first1 and so on4 ,when the heaps are completed1 ask the person in which heap the card he thought of is1 and when he tells you1 place that heap in the middle2 then turning up the packet1 form three heaps1 as before1 and again inquire in which heap the card thought of is2 form the three heaps afresh1 place the heap containing the card thought of again in the center1 and ask which of them contains the card4 ,when this is known1 place it as before1 between the other two1 and again form three heaps1 asking the same question4 ,then take up the heaps for the last time1 put that containing the card thought of in the middle1 and place the packet on the table with the faces downward1 turn up the cards till you count half the number of those contained in the packet2 twelve1 for example1 if there be twenty-four1 in which case the twelfth card will be the one the person thought of4 ,if the number of the cards be at the same time odd1 and divisible by three1 such as fifteen1 twenty-one1 twenty-seven1 c41 the trick will be much easier1 for the card thought of will always be that in the middle of the heap in which it is found the third time1 so that it may be easily distinguished without counting the cards2 in reality1 nothing is necessary but to remember1 while you are arranging the heap for the third time1 the card which is the middle one of each4 ,suppose1 for example1 that the middle card of the first heap be the ace of spades2 that the second be the king of hearts2 and that the third be the knave of hearts3 if you are told that the heap containing the required card is the third1 that card must be the knave of hearts4 ,you may therefore have the cards shuffled1 without troubling them any more2 and then1 looking them over for form's sake1 may name the knave of hearts when it occurs4 #i4 ,,to ,,tell ,,the ,,number ,,of ,,cards ,,by ,,the ,,weight4 ,take a pack of cards1 say forty1 and privately insert among them two cards rather larger than the others2 let the first be the fifteenth1 and the other the twenty-sixth1 from the top4 ,seem to shuffle the cards1 and cut them at the first long card2 poise those you have taken off in your hand1 and say1 ,there must be fifteen cards here2 then cut them at the second long card1 and say1 ,there are but eleven here2 and poising the remainder1 exclaim1 ,and here are fourteen cards4 ,on counting them1 the spectators will find your calculations correct4 ,,audacity4 ,several tricks may be successfully played by sheer audacity4 ,i once astonished a whole party by holding a pack of cards over my head1 and naming each4 ,the fact was1 that ,i was standing exactly opposite a large mirror1 in which the cards were reflected1 while the spectators1 having their backs to the mirror1 suspected nothing4 ,i will give one or two tricks that depend on audacity for success4 #aj4 ,,the ,,card ,,found ,,at ,,the ,,second ,,guess4 ,offer the cards to any one1 and let him draw one4 ,you then hold the cards behind your back1 and tell him to place his card on the top4 ,pretend to make a great shuffling1 but only turn that card with its back to the others1 still keeping it at the top4 ,then hold up the cards with their faces towards the spectator1 and ask him if the bottom card is his4 ,while doing so1 you inspect his card at your leisure4 ,he of course denies it1 and you begin shuffling again furiously4 ,let me do that1 he will probably say2 so1 as you are perfectly acquainted with his card1 you let him shuffle as much as he likes1 and then1 when you get the cards back again1 shuffle until his card is at the bottom4 ,then pass them behind your back1 make a ruffling noise with them1 and show him his own card at the bottom4 #aa4 ,,the ,,card ,,found ,,under ,,the ,,hat4 ,have a needle stuck just inside your sleeve4 ,hand the cards1 c41 just as in the preceding trick1 and tell the taker to put the card on the top4 ,take out the needle1 and prick a hole nearly through the top left-hand corner4 ,replace the needle1 shuffle the cards1 or let any one shuffle them4 ,place the pack on the table1 cover them with a hat1 and the marked card will be known by a little raised knob on the right-hand top corner4 ,draw out card by card1 saying whether it is that card or not1 until you come to the marked one1 which you throw on the table carelessly1 and when you are about taking out another card1 stop suddenly1 and pretend to find1 by some magic process1 that it is the chosen card4 #ab4 ,,to ,,call ,,the ,,cards ,,out ,,of ,,the ,,pack4 ,tell the spectators that you will call six cards out of the pack4 ,secure a card1 say the ace of spades1 in the palm of your hand4 ,throw the pack on the table1 face downwards1 spread out the cards1 give one of the spectators your conjuring wand1 and tell him1 when you name a card to touch one1 which you will take up4 ,first name the ace of spades4 ,he touches a card1 which you take up without showing the face of it4 ,this card may be1 say the eight of diamonds4 ,put it into your left hand1 and place it upon the ace of spades1 which is already there1 so that the two look like one card4 ,then call for the eight of diamonds4 ,another card is touched1 say the queen of clubs4 ,this you put with the others1 and1 after pretending to calculate1 call for the queen of clubs4 ,proceed in this manner until six cards have been drawn4 ,then substitute the last card drawn 7which is of course a wrong one7 for the ace of spades1 and conceal it in the palm of your hand4 ,then strew the others on the table1 and while the eyes of the spectators are fixed upon them1 get rid of the card in your left hand4 ,it is a good plan to ask some one to write down the names of the cards as they are called1 and then to have the list called over1 in order that every one may see that there has been no mistake4 #ac4 ,,heads ,,and ,,tails4 ,while you are shuffling the cards1 contrive to arrange quietly all their heads one way1 or as many as possible1 rejecting all the diamonds except the king1 queen1 knave1 and seven1 and passing them to the bottom4 ,put the pack upon the table1 take off a number of the upper cards1 and offer them for some one to choose a card from4 ,while he is looking at it1 turn the cards round1 and offer them to him1 in order that he may replace it4 ,shuffle the cards1 and on looking them over1 the chosen card will be standing with its head one way1 while the others are reversed4 #ad4 ,,the ,,surprise4 ,when you have discovered a card1 the following plan will make a striking termination to the trick4 ,get the card to the bottom of the pack1 and tell one of the spectators to hold the cards by one corner as tightly as he can4 ,give them a sharp rap with your finger1 not with your hand1 and all the cards will be struck out of his hold1 and fall on the floor1 except the bottom card1 which will remain between his finger and thumb4 ,it has a rather more dashing effect1 if you put the chosen card at the top1 and strike them upwards1 when the whole pack will fly about the room1 like a flock of butterflies1 only leaving the top card in the person's grasp4 #ae4 ,,the ,,revolution4 ,another neat way of finishing a trick is as follows4 ,get the card to the top of the pack2 and taking care that all the cards are even1 drop the pack on the floor1 taking care just as you let go1 to slip the top card a little off the rest of the pack4 ,in falling1 the resistance of the air will turn the card over1 and it will rest with its face upwards on the top of the pack4 #af4 ,,the ,,slipped ,,card4 ,ascertain the bottom card of the pack2 hold the cards in your left hand1 with their faces downwards4 ,place your right hand upon them1 and with your right fore finger slide them slowly over each other1 asking some one to stop any card he chooses1 by putting his finger upon it4 ,when he has done so1 open the pack at that card1 but while opening it1 make the pass1 and bring the bottom card under the one touched4 ,hold up the cards1 and ask the chooser to be sure of his card2 hand all the cards to him1 and let him shuffle as much as he chooses4 ,afterwards discover the card in any manner that you prefer4 ,the following is a good plan4 #ag4 ,,the ,,nailed ,,card4 ,take a flat-headed nail1 and file it down until its point is as sharp as a needle1 and the head quite flat4 ,the nail should be about half an inch long1 or even shorter if anything4 ,pass the nail through the center of any card1 say the ace of spades1 and conceal it in your left hand4 ,take another pack of cards1 get the ace of spades to the bottom1 and perform the preceding trick4 ,when the cards are returned1 shuffle them about1 and exchange the pierced card for the other4 ,put the pierced card at the bottom of the pack1 and throw the cards violently against a door1 when the nail will be driven in by the pressure of the other cards against its head1 and the chosen card will be seen nailed to the door4 ,the nail should be put through the face of the card1 so that when the others fall on the floor1 it remains facing the spectators4 #ah4 ,,to ,,ascertain ,,the ,,number ,,of ,,points ,,on ,,three ,,unseen ,,cards4 ,in this amusement the ace counts eleven1 the court cards ten each1 and the others according to the number of their spots4 ,ask any one to choose any three cards1 and lay them on the table1 with their faces downwards4 ,on each of these he must place as many as with the number of the card will make fifteen4 ,he gives you the remaining cards1 and when you have them in your hand1 you count them over on the pretence of shuffling them1 and by deducting four1 you will have the number of points on the three cards4 ,for example1 the spectator chooses a four1 an eight1 and a king4 ,on the four he places eleven cards1 on the eight seven1 and on the king five4 ,there will then be twenty-six cards left4 ,deduct from this twenty-six four1 and the result will be twenty-two1 which is the number of points on the three cards1 the king counting ten1 added to the eight and the four4 #ai4 ,,to ,,tell ,,the ,,numbers ,,on ,,two ,,unseen ,,cards4 ,as in the preceding trick1 the ace counts eleven1 and the court cards ten each4 ,let the person who chooses the two cards lay them on the table with their faces downward1 and place on each as many as will make their number twenty-five4 ,take the remaining cards and count them1 when they will be found to be just as many as the points in the two cards4 ,for example1 take an ace and a queen1 i4 e4 eleven and ten1 and lay them on the table4 ,on the ace you must put fourteen cards1 and on the queen fifteen4 ,there will be then fifteen cards in one heap1 and sixteen in the other3 these added together make thirty-one cards3 these subtracted from the number of cards in the pack1 i4 e4 fifty-two1 leave twenty-one1 the joint number of the ace and queen4 #bj4 ,,the ,,knaves ,,and ,,the ,,constable4 ,select the four knaves from a pack of cards1 and one of the kings to perform the office of constable4 ,secretly place one of the knaves at the bottom of the pack1 and lay the other three1 with the constable1 down upon the table4 ,proceed with a tale to the effect that three knaves once were to rob a house2 one got in at the parlor window 7putting a knave at the bottom of the pack1 taking care not to lift the pack so high that the one already at the bottom can be seen72 one effected his entrance at the first floor window 7putting another knave in the middle of the pack72 and the other1 by getting on the parapet from a neighboring house1 contrived to scramble in at the garret window 7placing the third knave at the top of the pack72 the constable vowed he would capture them1 and closely followed the last knave 7putting the king likewise upon the top of the pack74 ,then request as many of the company to cut the cards as please2 and tell them that you have no doubt the constable has succeeded in his object1 which will be quite evident1 when you spread out the pack in your hands2 as the king and three knaves will1 if the trick is neatly performed1 be found together4 ,a very little practice only is required to enable you to convey a knave or any other card secretly to the bottom of the pack4 #ba4 ,,the ,,pairs ,,re-,,paired4 ,tell out twenty cards in pairs1 and ask ten people to take a pair each1 and remember them4 ,take up the pairs in their order1 and lay them on the table in order1 according to the accompanying table1 which forms a memoria technica1 and may be construed1 ,mutus gave a name to the ,coci1 7a people who have yet to be discovered47 ,m ,u ,t ,u ,s#b #a #b #c #b #d ,d ,e ,d ,i ,t #e #f #e #g #c ,n ,o ,m ,e ,n #h #i #a #f #h ,c ,o ,c ,i ,s #aj #i #aj #g #d ,arranging these words in your mind on the table1 take the first card of the first pair1 lay it on ,m in ,mutus1 and the second on the ,m in ,nomen4 ,the next pair goes entirely in ,mutus1 being two ,u's4 ,the first card of the second pair goes on ,t in ,mutus1 and the second on ,t in ,dedit2 and so on until all the cards are laid in their places4 ,ask each person in succession in which rows his cards are1 and you can immediately point them out4 ,for example1 if he says the second and third row1 you point out the second and fourth cards in those rows1 because they both represent the letter ,e4 ,if another says the first and last rows1 you point out the last cards in each1 because the cards represent ,s in ,mutus and ,s in ,cocis4 ,it will be seen that the whole table consists of ten letters1 each repeated1 which will always point out the positions of the pairs if they are put in the places of those letters4 ,any number of bystanders may choose pairs1 and to make the trick more mysterious1 the pairs may be placed on the table back upwards4 #bc4 ,,the ,,queens ,,digging ,,for ,,diamonds4 ,select from a pack the aces1 kings1 queens1 and knaves1 together with four common cards of each suit4 ,lay down the four queens in a row1 and say1 ,here are four queens going to dig for diamonds4 7,lay a common diamond over each queen47 ,they each took a spade with them 7place a common spade on each diamond7 and dug until they were nearly tired4 ,their four kings1 thinking that they might be attacked by robbers1 sent four soldiers to keep guard4 7,lay an ace on each spade47 ,evening came1 and the queens had not returned1 so the kings1 fearing that they might have come to harm1 became uneasy and set off themselves4 7,place a king on each ace47 ,they were only just in time1 for as they came along1 they met their queens being carried off by four villains 7lay a knave on each king71 who1 although only armed with clubs 7place a common club on each knave71 had overpowered the guards and driven them off4 ,but the four kings1 being possessed of bold hearts 7lay a common heart over each king71 soon vanquished the villains1 and bound them4 ,gather up the cards1 place the heaps upon each other and direct some one to cut them4 ,have them cut four or five times1 and continue to do so until a common heart appears at the bottom4 ,then continue the tale1 and say1 ,the party then returned home in the following order4 ,first the queen1 7lay down the top card7 with the diamonds which she had found 7lay down the second card1 which will be a diamond7 in one hand1 and her spade 7the third card will be a spade7 in the other1 c41 c4 ,you continue dealing out the cards in that manner1 and it will be found that they will be in precisely the same order as when they were taken up4 #bd4 ,,the ,,triple ,,deal4 ,take any twenty-one cards1 and ask some person to choose one from them4 ,lay them out in three heaps1 and ask the person who took the card in which heap it is4 ,you may turn your back while he searches4 ,gather them up and put that heap between the other two4 ,do this twice more1 and the chosen card will always be the eleventh from the top4 #be4 ,,the ,,quadruple ,,deal4 ,this is a variation of the preceding4 ,take twenty-four cards1 and lay them in four heaps4 ,act as in ,no4 #bd1 putting the heap in which is the chosen card second4 ,the tenth card will be the one thought of4 #bf4 ,,the ,,card ,,discovered ,,by ,,the ,,touch ,,or ,,smell4 ,offer the long card1 or any other that you thoroughly well know2 and1 as the person who has drawn it holds it in his hand1 pretend to feel the pips or figures on the under side with your fore finger1 or smell it1 and then sagaciously declare what card it is4 ,if it be the long card1 you may give the pack to the person who drew it1 and allow him either to replace it or not4 ,then take the pack1 and feel whether it be there or not2 shuffle the cards in a careless manner1 and without looking at it1 decide accordingly4 #bg4 ,,the ,,ingenious ,,confederacy4 ,lay sixteen cards on the table1 in four divisions1 four cards in each1 with their faces upwards4 ,you then state that you will leave the room1 and1 on your return1 will name any one card which may have been touched in your absence1 on one of the company 7your confederate7 pointing out a passage from any author to be read to you1 on your return1 by any person present4 ,to perform this trick1 the cards should be placed in the order in which they appear in the cut inserted on the next page1 you previously making your confederate acquainted with your mode of proceeding1 which is thus3 ,the cards are supposed to be divided into four classes1 as ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d2 you likewise agree to class everything in the world under the four denominations of biped1 quadruped1 vegetable1 and mineral3 class ,a stands for bipeds1 ,b for quadrupeds1 ,c for vegetables1 and ,d for minerals4 ,each class must now be subdivided in the same manner3 in class ,a1 ,no4 #a is the biped1 #b the quadruped1 #c the vegetable1 and #d the mineral2 and so with the other classes4 ,when performing the trick1 your confederate must take care to select an appropriate passage4 ,for example1 we will suppose the card ,no4 #d to have been touched1 and that a volume of ,moore having been presented to your confederate to select from1 he gives the following lines to be read3 ,breathes there the slave so lowly1 ,condemned to chains unholy1 ,who1 could he burst his bonds at first1 ,would pine beneath them slowly8 c4 ,the first word which can be classed as above is slave1 you may thus be certain that the card touched is in class ,a1 a slave being a biped4 ,the next word you can fix upon is chains1 which being commonly made of some metal1 you rank in the mineral class1 and know that card ,no4 #d was the one touched1 it being the mineral of the biped class4 ,illustration3 ,a ,b #a #b #e #f -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- #c #d #g #h #i #aj #ac #ad -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- #aa #ab #ae #af ,c ,d ,supposing the trick to be repeated1 as is very likely1 and that a volume of ,byron is given to your confederate1 who selects the passage commencing-- ,know ye the land1 where the cypress and myrtle ,are emblems of deeds that are done in their clime8 c4 you know1 cypress being the first word that can be classed1 the card touched must be in class ,c 7vegetable71 and the next word myrtle being also a vegetable1 the card touched must have been ,no4 #aa1 which is the vegetable of the vegetable class4 ,many appropriate passages may be easily selected1 and your confederate should select a long passage to be read1 as it gives greater scope1 and helps to mislead the rest of the company2 for should they imagine that the card is discovered by the number of lines read1 and they touch the same card again1 he can select another passage1 desiring them to read only as many lines as they choose4 #bi4 ,,hold ,,it ,,fast4 ,you commence by asking the most athletic person in company whether he is nervous2 he will most probably answer in the negative2 you then ask whether he thinks he can hold a card tightly4 ,if he answers1 ,no1 ask the question of some one else1 till you obtain an answer in the affirmative4 ,you then desire the party to stand in the middle of the room1 and holding up the pack of cards1 you show him the bottom card1 and request him to proclaim what card it is2 he will say it is the knave of hearts2 you then tell him to hold the card tightly at the bottom1 and look to the ceiling4 ,while he is looking up1 you ask him if he recollects his card2 if he says1 ,yes1 desire him to draw it away1 and ask him what it is2 he will1 of course1 answer1 the knave of hearts2 tell him he has made a mistake1 for if he look at his card1 he will find it to be the knave of spades1 which will be the case4 ,you then give him the remainder of the pack1 telling him that if he looks over it1 he will find the knave of hearts in quite a different situation4 ,this feat1 though it excites much admiration1 is very simple4 ,you procure an extra knave of hearts1 and cut it in half1 keeping the upper part1 and throwing away the lower4 ,when commencing your feat1 get the knave of spades to the bottom of the pack1 and lay over the upper part of it1 unperceived1 your half knave of hearts2 and1 under pretence of holding the pack very tight1 throw your thumb across the middle of the knave1 so that the joining may not be perceived1 for the legs of those two knaves are so much alike that there is no danger of detection4 ,you1 of course1 give him the legs of the knave of spades to hold1 and when he has drawn the card away1 hold your hand so that the faces of the cards will be turned towards the floor1 and take an opportunity of removing the half-knave3 you may vary the feat by having a half-knave of spades4 #cj4 ,,the ,,charmed ,,twelve4 ,let any one take a pack of cards1 shuffle1 take off the upper card1 and1 having noticed it1 lay it on the table1 with its face downward1 and put so many cards upon it as will make up twelve with the number of spots on the noted card4 ,for instance3 if the card which the person drew was king1 queen knave1 or ten1 bid him lay that card1 with its face downward1 calling it ten2 upon that card let him lay another1 calling it eleven1 and upon that card1 another1 calling it twelve2 then bid him take off the next uppermost card3 suppose it to be nine1 let him lay it down on another part of the table1 calling it nine1 upon it let him lay another1 calling it ten1 upon the latter another1 calling it eleven1 and upon that another1 calling it twelve2 then let him go to the next uppermost card1 and so proceed to lay out in heaps1 as before1 until he has gone through with the whole pack4 ,if there be any cards at the last1 that is1 if there be not enough to make up the last noted card1 the number twelve1 bid him give them to you2 then1 in order to tell all the number of spots contained in all the bottom cards of the heaps1 do thus3 from the number of heaps subtract four1 multiply the remainder by thirteen1 and1 to the product1 add the number of remaining cards1 which he gave you2 but if there were but four heaps1 then those remaining cards alone will show the number of spots on the four bottom cards4 ,you need not see the cards laid out1 nor know the number of cards in each heap1 it being sufficient to know the number of heaps1 and the number of remaining cards1 if there be any1 and therefore you may perform this feat as well standing in another room1 as if you were present4 #ca4 ,,the ,,trick ,,of ,,thirty-,,one4 ,a trick often introduced by sporting men1 for the purpose of deceiving and making money by it4 ,it is called thirty-one4 ,i caution all not to play or bet with a man who introduces it3 for1 most probably1 if he does not propose betting on it at first1 he will after he gets you interested1 and pretend to teach you all the secrets of it1 so that you can play it with him2 and perhaps he will let you beat him if you should play in fun2 but if you bet1 he will surely beat you4 ,it is played with the first six of each suit--the aces in one row1 the deuces in another1 the threes in another2 then the fours1 fives and sixes--all laid in rows4 ,the object now will be to turn down cards alternately1 and endeavor to make thirty-one points by so turning1 or as near to it as possible1 without overrunning it2 and the man who turns down a card1 the spots of which make him thirty-one1 or so near it that the other cannot turn down one without overrunning it1 wins4 ,this trick is very deceiving1 as all other tricks are1 and requires much practice to be well understood4 ,the persons using it ,i have known to attach great importance to it1 and say that ,mr4 ,fox1 of ,england1 was the first to introduce it2 and that it was a favorite amusement of his4 ,the chief point of this celebrated trick is to count so as to end with the following numbers1 viz41 #c1 #aj1 #ag or #bd4 ,for example1 we will suppose it your privilege to commence the count3 you would commence with #c1 and your adversary would add #f1 which would make #i2 it would then be your policy to add #a1 and make #aj2 then1 no matter what number he adds1 he cannot prevent you counting #ag1 which number gives you the command of the trick4 ,we will suppose he add #f1 and make #af2 then1 you add #a1 and make #ag1 then he to add #f1 and make #bc1 you add #a1 and make #bd1 then he cannot possibly add any number to count #ca3 as the highest number he can add is #f1 which would only count #cj1 so that you can easily add the remaining #a1 or ace1 and make #ca4 ,there are1 however1 many variations to the trick4 #cb4 ,,to ,,tell ,,the ,,names ,,of ,,the ,,card ,,by ,,the ,,weight4 ,you desire any person to cut a pack of cards as often as he pleases1 and undertake1 by weighing each card for a moment on your finger1 not only to tell the color1 but the suit and number of spots1 and1 if a court-card1 whether it be king1 queen1 or knave4 ,you must have two packs of cards exactly alike3 one pack to be constantly in use during the evening in performing your other tricks2 the second1 or prepared pack1 in your pocket1 which take an opportunity of exchanging1 so that it may be believed that the pack of cards of which you tell the names is the same as that you have been using with your other tricks1 and which they must know have been well shuffled4 ,the manner of preparing your pack 7which must be done previously7 is by the following line1 which you commit to memory1 the words in italics forming the key3 ,eight ,kings threa-tened to save nine fair ,ladies for one sick ,knave4 ,eight ,king three ten two seven nine five ,queen four ace six ,knave1 ,you will perceive that this is a kind of artificial memory1 formed by the circumstances of the initial letter of the words in the line and the names of the cards being identical1 as well as the near resemblance of some of the words4 ,the word threatened is divided into two words1 in order that it may answer for the three and ten2 you should pay attention to this1 or you will be very likely to forget the ten altogether1 which would set you entirely wrong2 you should likewise commit to memory the order in which the suits come viz43 hearts--spades--diamonds--clubs4 ,you should now separate the different suits1 and lay them on the table1 face upwards1 placing heart first1 spades next1 diamonds next1 and clubs last4 ,having done so1 begin to sort 7to yourself71 according to your key3 take up the eight of hearts1 placing it in the left hand with its back to the palm2 then the king of spades1 which you lay over it1 next the three of diamonds1 next the ten of clubs1 then the two of hearts1 and so on1 until you finish your line1 which will terminate with the knave of hearts4 ,you then take up the eight of spades1 and go on in the same way till you come to the knave of spades1 when you begin again with the eight of diamonds1 and go on until you come to the knave of diamonds1 and beginning again with the eight of clubs1 you go on until you come to the knave of clubs1 which finishes the pack1 and which is now ready for use2 when you have made your exchange1 and brought forward your prepared pack1 hand it round to be cut4 ,you now want to know the first card1 as a clue to the rest2 and therefore take off the top card1 and holding it up between you and the light1 you see what the card is1 saying at the same time1 that the old way of performing the trick was by doing so1 but that this was very easily detected4 ,having thus obtained a knowledge of the first card1 which we will suppose to be the ten of diamonds1 you then take the next card on your finger1 and while pretending to weigh it1 you have time to recollect what is the next word in your key1 to ten'd1 which is to--you consequently know that this card is a two2 you must then recollect what suit comes after diamonds1 which is clubs2 you1 therefore1 declare the card you are now weighing on your finger to be the two of clubs2 the next will of course be the seven of hearts1 the next to that the nine of spades1 and so on as long as you please4 ,,tricks ,,with ,,cards1 ,,that ,,require ,,apparatus4 ,i shall only give one or two of these tricks1 because1 in general1 the apparatus required for cards is exceedingly expensive4 ,those that ,i shall give require but little apparatus1 and any boy with the use of his hands can make it4 #cc4 ,,the ,,cards ,,in ,,the ,,vase4 ,make a vase with five divisions1 two of which hold an entire pack of cards1 and the remaining three are only large enough just to admit one card each1 as in the figure4 ,a strong silk thread is fastened at ,a1 passes over the three little compartments1 through the bottom of the vase1 and running over two pulleys1 terminates in the weight at ,b4 ,illustration ,take three cards1 say the ace of spades1 the ten of diamonds1 and the king of hearts1 out of a pack of cards1 and put one into each of the little divisions pressing the thread down into the bottom of each division4 ,if the cards are left1 the weight will descend1 and the string being tightened1 will push the cards upwards4 ,so a kind of trigger shelf is made1 on which the weight rests4 ,the remainder of the pack you put into division #b4 ,when you show the trick1 you take another pack of cards exactly like that which is already in the vase1 and handing it to three persons successively1 compel them to choose the ace of spades1 the ten of diamonds1 and the king of hearts4#c ,let some one shuffle the cards1 and when this is done1 put the pack into division #a4 ,tell the spectators that when you have struck three times on the table1 the cards will come out of the vase4 ,at the third stroke1 loosen the catch on which the weight stands1 by means of the string that communicates with your table1 and the three cards will rise slowly up4 ,in order to show that the cards have really vanished from the pack1 take the pack out of division #b and let any one examine it4 ,if you prefer1 you can draw the thread yourself1 by having a kind of a pedal under your table1 to which the other end of the string is attached1 instead of being fastened to the weight ,b4 ,if you prefer the weight1 you must have a small shelf for the weight to rest upon1 when it has descended sufficiently low1 or the cards will be forced entirely out by the thread4 ,c is a representation of one of the divisions1 showing the semi-circular cut that is made in them for the convenience of taking out the cards4 #cd4 ,,the ,,metamorphosis4 ,in this most excellent trick you choose from the pack the four eights and the two of diamonds2 you put the four eights in your left hand and the two on the table2 you take in the two1 placing an eight on the table1 and they are all twos4 ,you exchange the two for the eight1 and they all become black cards2 you again exchange the eight for the two1 and they all turn red2 and after again exchanging1 you have1 as before1 the four eights and the two of diamonds4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,the method of accomplishing this trick is as follows3 ,get three plain white cards1 exactly like playing cards1 and paint them as in the engraving4 ,mix them with an ordinary pack1 and when you are searching for the four eights1 with which you say you are going to perform a trick1 take them from the pack1 and with them an ordinary eight of clubs and a two of diamonds4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e ,show the cards as in fig4 #b1 making the spectators observe that there are the four eights4 ,put the two of diamonds behind the eight of clubs1 and lay the eight on the table4 ,the two must be inserted before the eight is removed1 or the mystery of the marking will be apparent4 ,close the cards1 turn them over1 and spread them out1 when they will appear as in ,fig4 #c4 ,take in the eight and lay the two on the table2 close the cards1 and while shuffling them1 turn card ,no4 #b the other way upwards4 ,the cards will then all appear black1 as in ,fig4 #d4 ,take in the two and remove the eight1 turn them over1 and spread them out1 when they will appear all red1 as in ,fig4 #e4 ,finally1 take the eight1 replacing the two on the table1 reverse ,no4 #b1 and you will have the four eights and the two of diamonds1 just as they were at first4 ,you must invent plenty of talk during your changes4 ,if the spectators say that the cards are double1 spread them out1 and hold them up to the light1 7for the light cannot penetrate through the places where the cards are placed over each other17 and if they are still skeptical1 hand them the two of diamonds to look at1 and in a moment or two hand them the eight of clubs1 asking them whether they would like to examine a black card also4 ,this will effectually disarm suspicion4 #ce4 ,,to ,,hold ,,four ,,kings ,,or ,,four ,,knaves ,,in ,,your ,,hand1 ,,and ,,to ,,change ,,them ,,suddenly ,,into ,,blank ,,cards1 ,,and ,,then ,,to ,,four ,,aces4 ,it is necessary to have cards made on purpose for this trick2 half cards1 as they may be properly termed1 that is1 one half kings or knaves1 and the other half aces4 ,when you lay the aces one over the other1 of course nothing but the kings or knaves can be seen2 and on turning the kings or knaves downward1 the four aces will make their appearance4 ,you must have two perfect cards1 one a king or knave1 to put over one of the aces1 else it will be seen2 and the other an ace1 to lay over the kings or knaves4 ,when you wish to make them all appear blank1 lay the cards a little lower1 and by hiding the aces1 they will appear white on both sides2 you may then ask which they wish to have1 and may show kings1 aces1 or knaves1 as they are called for4 #cf4 ,,to ,,change ,a ,,card ,,in ,a ,,person',s ,,hand4 ,cut very neatly the spots from a three of spades4 ,lay the pierced card on an ace of diamonds1 and rub pomatum on the ace of diamonds through the places which the spades occupied4 ,remove the pierced card1 and sprinkle the ace of diamonds with jet powder1 which adhering to the pomatum1 will transform the card into a three of spades4 ,place the transformed card at the bottom of the pack1 and show a person what card it is4 ,make him declare it that every one may hear1 then place it on the table1 face downwards1 and push it over the cloth to the spectator1 which action will rub off all the jet powder4 ,tell him to place his hand on the card4 ,let a three of spades be at the top of the pack1 and an ace of diamonds the second from the bottom4 ,show another person the ace of diamonds1 and ask him to tell the name of the card openly4 ,put the pack down1 face downwards1 and in so doing make the pass1 and bring the three of spades to the bottom4 ,tap the hand of the person who is guarding the card1 and then tell him to take up the card and show it to the spectators1 when it will be seen to be the ace of diamonds4 ,simultaneously1 you take up the pack1 and show the three of spades at the bottom4 #cg4 ,,the ,,card ,,in ,,the ,,egg4 ,to perform this feat1 provide a round hollow stick1 about ten inches long and three quarters of an inch in diameter1 the hollow being three eighths of an inch in diameter4 ,also1 have another round stick to fit this hollow1 and slide in it easily1 with a knob to prevent its coming through4 ,our young readers will clearly understand our meaning1 when we say1 that in all respects it must resemble a pop-gun1 with the single exception that the stick which fits the tube1 must be of the full length of the tube exclusively of the knob4 ,next steep a card in water for a quarter of an hour1 peel off the face of it1 and double it twice across1 till it becomes one fourth of the length of a card1 then roll it up tightly1 and thrust it up the tube till it becomes even with the bottom4 ,you then thrust in the stick at the other end of the tube till it just touches the card4 ,having thus provided your magic wand1 let it lie on the table until you have occasion to make use of it1 but be careful not to allow any person handle it4 ,now take a pack of cards1 and let any person draw one2 but be sure to let it be a similar card to the one which you have in the hollow stick4 ,this must be done by forcing4 ,the person who has chosen it will put it into the pack again1 and1 while you are shuffling1 you let it fall into your lap4 ,then1 calling for some eggs1 desire the person who drew the card1 or any other person in the company1 to choose any one of the eggs4 ,when he has done so1 ask if there be anything in it8 ,he will answer there is not4 ,place the egg in a saucer2 break it with the wand1 and pressing the knob with the palm of your right hand1 the card will be driven into the egg4 ,then show it to the spectators4 ,a great improvement may be made in this feat1 by presenting the person who draws the card with a saucer and a pair of forceps1 and instead of his returning the card to the pack1 desire him to take it by the corner with the forceps and burn it1 but to take care and preserve the ashes2 for this purpose you present him with a piece of paper 7prepared as hereafter described71 which he lights at the candle2 but a few seconds after1 and before he can set the card on fire1 it will suddenly divide in the middle and spring back1 burning his fingers if he do not drop it quickly4 ,have another paper ready and desire him to try that2 when he will most likely beg to be excused1 and will prefer lighting it with the candle4 ,when the card is consumed1 say that you do not wish to fix upon any particular person in company to choose an egg1 lest it might be suspected he was a confederate2 therefore1 request any two ladies in company to choose each an egg1 and having done so1 to decide between themselves which shall contain the card2 when this is done1 take a second saucer1 and in it receive the rejected egg1 break it with your wand1 and show the egg round to the company2 at the same time drawing their attention to the fact of those two eggs having been chosen from among a number of others1 and of its not being possible for you to have told which of them would be the chosen one4 ,you now receive the chosen egg in the saucer containing the ashes1 and having rolled it about until you have blacked it a little1 blow the ashes from around it into the grate2 you then break the egg with the same wand1 when1 on touching the spring1 the card will be found in the egg4 ,the method of preparing the paper mentioned in the above feat is as follows3 ,take a piece of letter paper1 about six inches in length and three quarters of an inch in breadth1 fold it longitudinally1 and with a knife cut it in the crease about five inches down2 then take one of the sides which are still connected at the bottom1 and with the back of the knife under it1 and the thumb of the right hand over it1 curl it outwards as a boy would the tassels of his kite2 repeat the same process with the other side1 and lay them by for use4 ,when about using them1 7but not till then1 as the papers will soon lose their curl if stretched17 draw them up so as to make them their original length1 and turn the ends over a little1 in order that they may remain so2 when set on fire1 they will burn for a minute or two1 until the turn-over is burnt out1 when the lighted ends will turn over quickly1 burning the fingers of the holder3 this part of the trick never fails to excite the greatest merriment4 #ch4 ,,the ,,fifteen ,,thousand ,,livres4 ,illustration ,for this trick1 prepare two cards like the accompanying engraving2 and have a common ace and five of diamonds4 ,hold down the five of diamonds and the two prepared cards1 as shown in the next engraving2 and say1 ,a certain ,frenchman left fifteen thousand livres1 which are represented by these three cards1 to his three sons2 the two youngest agreed to leave their five thousand1 each of them1 in the hands of the elder1 that he might improve it4 ,while you are telling this story lay the five on the table1 and put the ace in its place2 at the same time artfully change the position of the other two cards1 so that the three cards appear as in this engraving4 ,then1 resuming the tale1 relate that ,the eldest brother1 instead of improving the money1 lost it all by gaming1 except three thousand livres1 as you here see 7laying the ace on the table1 and taking up the five74 ,sorry for having lost the money1 he went to the ,east ,indies with these three thousand1 and brought back fifteen thousand4 ,then show the cards in the same position as at first4 ,to render this deception agreeable1 it must be performed with dexterity1 and should not be repeated1 but the cards immediately put in the packet2 and you should have five common cards ready to show1 if any one desire to see them4 ,,hints ,,to ,,amateurs4 ,the following hints are of considerable importance to the amateur exhibitor4 #a4 ,never acquaint the company beforehand with the particulars of the feat you are about to perform1 as it will give them time to discover your mode of operation4 #b4 ,endeavor1 as much as possible1 to acquire various methods of performing the same feat1 in order that if you should be likely to fail in one1 or have reason to believe that your operations are suspected1 you may be prepared with another4 #c4 ,never yield to the request of any one to repeat the same feat1 as you thereby hazard the detection of your mode of operation2 but do not absolutely refuse1 as that would appear ungracious4 ,promise to perform it in a different way1 and then exhibit another which somewhat resembles it4 ,this maneuver seldom fails to answer the purpose4 #d4 ,never venture on a feat requiring manual dexterity1 till you have previously practiced it so often1 as to acquire the necessary expertness4 #e4 ,as diverting the attention of the company from too closely inspecting your maneuvers is a most important object1 you should manage to talk to them during the whole course of your proceedings4 ,it is the plan of vulgar operators to gabble unintelligible jargon1 and attribute their feats to some extraordinary and mysterious influence4 ,there are few persons at the present day credulous enough to believe such trash1 even among the rustic and most ignorant2 but1 as the youth of maturer years might inadvertently be tempted to pursue this method1 while exhibiting his skill before his younger companions1 it may not be deemed superfluous to caution him against such a procedure4 ,he may state1 and truly1 that everything he exhibits can be accounted for on rational principles1 and is only in obedience to the unerring laws of ,nature2 and although we have just cautioned him against enabling the company themselves to detect his operations1 there can be no objection 7particularly when the party comprises many younger than himself7 to occasionally show by what simple means the most apparently marvelous feats are accomplished4 ,,cure ,,for ,,troublesome ,,spectators4 ,it will sometimes happen at an early stage of the performance1 that the ultimate success of the whole is likely to be endangered by a troublesome person1 7generally a naughty boy17 who will persist in crying out1 ,i know how it is done6--at the same time continually advancing to the table1 from which it is1 of course1 the business of the conjurer to keep his youthful admirers4 ,should this be the case1 the magic whistles may be produced1 and the remark made1 that now the troublesome boy shall show the company a trick4 ,having taken up one of the whistles1 which has previously been filled with flour or magnesia1 dust or soot1 proceed to give a few directions1 particularly impressing on him the necessity of blowing hard1 because the whistle you place in his hand is perforated with a number of holes4 ,the would-be magician is1 therefore1 excessively mortified1 on applying his mouth and blowing hard1 to receive the powder in his face4 ,any turner will make such a whistle1 it being nothing more than the usual shaped toy perforated at the top with a number of holes4 99 99 99 99 99 ,,the ,,secret ,,of ,,ventriloquism4 ,the main secret of this surprising art simply consists in first making a strong1 deep inspiration1 by which a considerable quantity of air is introduced into the lungs1 to be afterwards acted upon by the flexible powers of the larynx1 or cavity situated behind the tongue1 and the trachea1 or windpipe2 thus prepared1 the expiration should be slow and gradual4 ,any person1 by practice1 can1 therefore1 obtain more or less expertness in this exercise2 in which1 though not apparently1 the voice is still modified by the mouth and tongue2 and it is in the concealment of this aid1 that much of the perfection of ventriloquism lies4 ,but the distinctive character of ventriloquism consists in its imitations being performed by the voice seeming to come from the stomach3 hence its name1 from venter1 the stomach1 and loquor1 to speak4 ,although the voice does not actually come from that region1 in order to enable the ventriloquist to utter sounds from the larynx without moving the muscles of his face1 he strengthens them by a powerful action of the abdominal muscles4 ,hence1 he speaks by means of his stomach2 although the throat is the real source from whence the sound proceeds4 ,it should1 however1 be added1 that this speaking distinctly1 without any movement of the lips at all1 is the highest perfection of ventriloquism1 and has but rarely been obtained4 ,thus1 ,,mm4 ,st4 ,gille and ,louis ,brabant1 two celebrated ,french ventriloquists1 appeared to be absolutely mute while exercising their art1 and no change in their countenances could be discovered4 ,it has lately been shown1 that some ventriloquists have acquired by practice the power of exercising the veil of the palate in such a manner1 that1 by raising or depressing it1 they dilate or contract the inner nostrils4 ,if they are closely contracted1 the sound produced is weak1 dull1 and seems to be more or less distant2 if1 on the contrary1 these cavities are widely dilated1 the sound will be strengthened1 the voice become loud1 and apparently close to us4 ,another of the secrets of ventriloquism1 is the uncertainty with respect to the direction of sounds4 ,thus1 if we place a man and a child in the same angle of uncertainty1 and the man speaks with the accent of a child1 without any corresponding motion in his mouth or face1 we shall necessarily believe that the voice comes from the child4 ,in this case1 the belief is strengthened by the imagination2 for if we were directed to a statue1 as the source from which we were to expect sounds to issue1 we should still be deceived1 and refer the sounds to the lifeless stone or marble4 ,this illusion will be greatly assisted by the voice being totally different in tone and character from that of the man from whom it really comes4 ,thus1 we see how easy is the deception when the sounds are required to proceed from any given objects1 and are such as they actually yield4 ,the ventriloquists of our time have carried their art still further4 ,they have not only spoken by the muscles of the throat and the abdomen1 without moving those of the face1 but have so far overcome the uncertainty of sound1 as to become acquainted with modifications of distance1 obstruction1 and other causes1 so as to imitate them with the greatest accuracy4 ,thus1 each of these artists has succeeded in carrying on a dialogue2 and each1 in his own single person and with his own single voice1 has represented a scene apparently with several actors4 ,these ventriloquists have likewise possessed such power over their faces and figures that1 aided by rapid changes of dress1 their personal identity has scarcely been recognized among the range of personations4 ,vocal imitations are much less striking and ingenious than the feats of ventriloquism4 ,extraordinary varieties of voice may be produced1 by speaking with a more acute or grave pitch than usual1 and by different contractions of the mouth4 ,thus may be imitated the grinding of cutlery on a wheel1 the sawing of wood1 the frying of a pancake1 the uncorking of a bottle1 and the gurgling noise in emptying its contents4 ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #b3 ,the figures represent the pairs1 i4 e41 the #a under ,m signifies that ,m belongs to the first pair4 ,footnote #c3 ,this may be done by making the pass4 ,,the ,,magic ,,of ,,chemistry4 ,illustration ,chemistry is one of the most attractive sciences4 ,from the beginning to the end1 the student is surprised and delighted with the developments of the exact discrimination1 as well as the power and capacity1 which are displayed in various forms of chemical action4 ,dissolve two substances in the same fluid1 and then by evaporation1 or otherwise1 cause them to reassume a solid form1 and each particle will unite with its own kind1 to the entire exclusion of all others4 ,thus1 if sulphate of copper and carbonate of soda are dissolved in boiling water1 and then the water is evaporated1 each salt will be re-formed as before4 ,this phenomenon is the result of one of the first principles of the science1 and as such is passed over without thought2 but it is a wonderful phenomenon1 and made of no account only by the fact that it is so common and so familiar4 ,it is by the action of this same principle1 chemical affinity1 that we produce the curious experiments with ,,sympathetic ,,inks4 ,by means of these1 we may carry on a correspondence which is beyond the discovery of all not in the secret4 ,with one class of these inks1 the writing becomes visible only when moistened with a particular solution4 ,thus1 if we write to you with a solution of sulphate of iron1 the letters are invisible4 ,on the receipt of our letter1 you rub over the sheet a feather or sponge1 wet with a solution of nut-galls1 and the letters burst forth into sensible being at once1 and are permanent4 #b4 ,if we write with a solution of sugar of lead1 and you moisten with a sponge or pencil dipped in water impregnated with sulphuretted hydrogen1 the letters will appear with metallic brilliancy4 #c4 ,if we write with a weak solution of sulphate of copper1 and you apply ammonia1 the letters assume a beautiful blue4 ,when the ammonia evaporates1 as it does on exposure to the sun or fire1 the writing disappears1 but may be revived again as before4 #d4 ,if you write with oil of vitriol very much diluted1 so as to prevent its destroying the paper1 the manuscript will be invisible except when held to the fire1 when the letters will appear black4 #e4 ,write with cobalt dissolved in diluted muriatic acid2 the letters will be invisible when cold1 but when warmed they will appear a bluish green4 ,we are almost sure that our secrets thus written will not be brought to the knowledge of a stranger1 because he does not know the solution which was used in writing1 and therefore knows not what to apply to bring out the letters4 ,other forms of elective affinity produce equally novel results4 ,thus1 two invisible gases1 when combined1 form sometimes a visible solid4 ,muriatic acid and ammonia are examples1 also ammonia and carbonic acid4 ,on the other hand1 if a solution of sulphate of soda be mixed with a solution of muriate of lime1 the whole becomes solid4 ,some gases when united form liquids1 as oxygen and hydrogen1 which unite and form water4 ,some solids1 when combined1 form liquids4 ,chemical affinity is sometimes called elective1 or the effect of choice1 as if one substance exerted a kind of preference for another1 and chose to be united to it rather than to that with which it was previously combined2 thus1 if you pour some vinegar1 which is a weak acetic acid1 upon some pearlash1 7a combination of potassa and carbonic acid17 or some carbonate of soda1 7a combination of the same acid with soda17 a violent effervescence will take place1 occasioned by the escape of the carbonic acid1 displaced in consequence of the potash or soda preferring the acetic acid1 and forming a compound called an acetate4 ,then1 if some sulphuric acid be poured on this new compound1 the acetic acid will in its turn be displaced by the greater attachment of either of the bases1 as they are termed1 for the sulphuric acid4 ,again1 if into a solution of blue vitriol1 7a combination of sulphuric acid with oxide of copper17 the bright blade of a knife be introduced1 the knife will speedily be covered with a coat of copper1 deposited in consequence of the acid preferring the iron of which the knife is made1 a quantity of it being dissolved in exact proportion to the quantity of copper deposited4 ,illustration ,it is on the same principle that a very beautiful preparation1 called a silver-tree1 or a lead-tree1 may be formed1 thus3 ,fill a wide bottle1 capable of holding from half a pint to a pint1 with a tolerably strong solution of nitrate of silver1 7lunar caustic17 or acetate of lead1 in pure distilled water2 then attach a small piece of zinc by a string to the cork or stopper of the bottle1 so that the zinc shall hang about the middle of the bottle1 and set it by where it may be quite undisturbed2 in a short time1 brilliant plates of silver or lead1 as the case may be1 will be seen to collect around the piece of zinc1 assuming more or less of the crystalline form4 ,this is a case of elective affinity2 the acid with which the silver or lead was united prefers the zinc to either of those metals1 and in consequence discards them in order to attach the zinc to itself2 and this process will continue until the whole of the zinc is taken up1 or the whole of the silver or lead deposited4 ,again1 many animal and vegetable substances consist for the most part of carbon or charcoal1 united with oxygen and hydrogen in the proportion which forms water4 ,now oil of vitriol 7strong sulphuric acid7 has so powerful an affinity1 or so great a thirst for water1 that it will abstract it from almost any body in which it exists2 if you then pour some of this acid on a lump of sugar1 or place a chip of wood in it1 the sugar or wood will speedily become quite black1 or be charred1 as it is called1 in consequence of the oxygen and hydrogen being removed by the sulphuric acid1 and only the carbon1 or charcoal1 left4 ,when ,cleopatra dissolved pearls of wondrous value in vinegar1 she was exhibiting unwittingly an instance of chemical elective affinity2 the pearl being simply carbonate of lime1 which was decomposed by the greater affinity or fondness of lime for its new acquaintance1 7the acetic acid of the vinegar17 than for the carbonic acid1 with which it had been united all its life2 an example of inconstancy in strong contrast with the conduct of its owner1 who chose death rather than become the mistress of her lover's conqueror4 ,,experiments ,,on ,,combustion4 ,into an ordinary wine bottle put some pieces of granulated zinc1 and pour on them a mixture of sulphuric acid and water1 in the proportion of about one part of acid to four of water1 then close the bottle with a cork having a hole bored through the middle1 in which a piece of glass tube is inserted2 wait some minutes that the atmospheric air in the bottle may be expelled by the hydrogen gas set free by the decomposition of the water1 then apply a lighted taper to the end of the tube1 when the gas will inflame1 giving out so little light as to be barely visible by daylight1 but producing so intense a heat that a piece of platinum wire instantly becomes white hot when held in the flame4 ,if you hold a glass tumbler inverted over the flame1 it becomes covered with minute drops of water1 the result of the union of the hydrogen with the oxygen of the air1 and in this case water is the only product4 ,if a piece of charcoal1 which is pure carbon or nearly so1 be ignited1 and introduced into a jar1 containing oxygen or common atmospheric air1 the product will be carbonic acid gas only4 ,as most combustible bodies contain both carbon and hydrogen1 the result of their combination is carbonic acid and water4 ,this is the case with the gas used for illumination2 and in order to prevent the water so produced from spoiling goods in shops1 various plans have been devised for carrying off the water when in the state of steam4 ,this is generally accomplished by suspending over the burners glass bells1 communicating with tubes opening into the chimney1 or passing outside the house4 ,to show that oxygen1 or some equivalent1 is necessary for the support of combustion1 fix two or three pieces of wax taper on flat pieces of cork1 and set them floating on water in a soup-plate1 light them1 and invert over them a glass jar2 as they burn1 the heat produced may perhaps at first expand the air so as to force a small quantity out of the jar1 but the water will soon rise in the jar1 and continue to do so until the tapers expire1 when you will find that a considerable portion of the air has disappeared1 and what remains will no longer support flame2 that is1 the oxygen has been converted partly into water1 and partly into carbonic acid gas1 by uniting with the carbon and hydrogen of which the taper consists1 and the remaining air is principally nitrogen1 with some carbonic acid3 the presence of the latter may be proved by decanting some of the remaining air into a bottle1 and then shaking some lime-water with it1 which will absorb the carbonic acid and form chalk4 ,into an ale-glass1 two thirds full of water at about #adj1 drop one or two pieces of phosphorus about the size of peas1 and they will remain unaltered4 ,then take a bladder containing oxygen gas1 to which is attached a stop-cock and a long fine tube2 pass the end of the tube to the bottom of the water1 turn the stop-cock1 and press the bladder gently2 as the gas reaches the phosphorus it will take fire1 and burn under the water with a brilliant flame1 filling the glass with brilliant flashes of light dashing through the water4 ,illustration ,into another glass put some cold water2 introduce carefully some of the salt called chlorate of potassa1 upon that drop a piece of phosphorus2 then let some strong sulphuric acid 7oil of vitriol7 trickle slowly down the side of the glass1 or introduce it by means of a dropping bottle4 ,as soon as it touches the salt it decomposes it1 and liberates a gas which ignites the phosphorus1 producing much the same appearance as in the last experiment4 ,into the half of a broken phial put some chlorate of potassa1 and pour in some oil of vitriol4 ,the phial will soon be filled with a heavy gas of a deep yellow color4 ,tie a small test tube at right angles to the end of a stick not less than a yard long1 put a little ether into the tube1 and pour it gently into the phial of gas1 when an instantaneous explosion will take place1 and the ether will be set on fire4 ,this experiment should be performed in a place where there are no articles of furniture to be damaged1 as the ingredients are often scattered by the explosion1 and the oil of vitriol destroys all animal and vegetable substances4 ,into a jar containing oxygen gas1 introduce a coil of soft iron wire1 suspended to a cork that fits the neck of the jar1 and having attached a small piece of charcoal to the lower part of the wire1 ignite the charcoal4 ,the iron will take fire and burn with a brilliant light1 throwing out bright scintillations1 which are oxide of iron1 formed by the union of the gas with the iron2 and they are so intensely hot1 that some of them will probably melt their way into the sides of the jar1 if not through them4 ,illustration ,but by far the most intense heat1 and most brilliant light1 may be produced by introducing a piece of phosphorus into a jar of oxygen4 ,the phosphorus may be placed in a small copper cup1 with a long handle of thick wire passing through a hole in a cork that fits the jar4 ,the phosphorus must first be ignited2 and as soon as it is introduced into the oxygen1 it gives out a light so brilliant that no eye can bear it1 and the whole jar appears filled with an intensely luminous atmosphere4 ,it is well to dilute the oxygen with about one fourth part of common air1 to moderate the intense heat1 which is nearly certain to break the jar1 if pure oxygen is used4 ,the following experiment shows the production of heat by chemical action alone4 ,bruise some fresh prepared crystals of nitrate of copper1 spread them over a piece of tin foil1 sprinkle them with a little water2 then fold up the foil tightly1 as rapidly as possible1 and in a minute or two it will become red hot1 the tin apparently burning away4 ,this heat is produced by the energetic action of the tin on the nitrate of copper1 taking away its oxygen in order to unite with the nitric acid1 for which1 as well as for the oxygen1 the tin has a much greater affinity than the copper has4 ,illustration ,combustion without flame may be shown in a very elegant and agreeable manner1 by making a coil of platinum wire by twisting it round the stem of a tobacco pipe1 or any cylindrical body1 for a dozen times or so1 leaving about an inch straight1 which should be inserted into the wick of a spirit lamp2 light the lamp1 and after it has burned for a minute or two1 extinguish the flame quickly2 the wire will soon become red hot1 and1 if kept from draughts of air1 will continue to burn until all the spirit is consumed4 ,spongy platinum1 as it is called1 answers rather better than wire1 and has been employed in the formation of fumigators for the drawing-room1 in which1 instead of pure spirit1 some perfume1 such as lavender water1 is used2 by its combustion an agreeable odor is diffused through the apartment4 ,these little lamps were much in vogue a few years ago1 but are now nearly out of fashion4 ,experiments on combustion might be multiplied1 almost to any amount1 but the above will be sufficient for our purpose4 ,,potassium4 ,potassium was discovered by ,sir ,h4 ,davy1 in the beginning of the present century1 while acting upon potash with the enormous galvanic battery of the ,royal ,institution1 consisting of two thousand pairs of four inch plates4 ,it is a brilliant white metal1 so soft as to be easily cut with a penknife1 and so light as to swim upon water1 on which it acts with great energy1 uniting with the oxygen1 and liberating the hydrogen1 which takes fire as it escapes4 ,,experiment4 ,trace some continuous lines on paper with a camel's-hair brush1 dipped in water1 and place a piece of potassium about the size of a pea1 on one of the lines1 and it will follow the course of the pencil1 taking fire as it runs1 and burning with a purplish light4 ,the paper will be found covered with a solution of ordinary potash4 ,if turmeric paper be used1 the course of the potassium will be marked with a deep brown color4 ,corollary3 hence1 if you touch potassium with wet fingers1 you will burn them6 ,if a small piece of the metal be placed on a piece of ice1 it will instantly take fire1 and form a deep hole1 which will be found to contain a solution of potash4 ,in consequence of its great affinity for oxygen1 potassium must be kept in some fluid destitute of it1 such as naphtha4 ,saltpeter1 or niter1 is a compound of this metal 7or rather its oxide7 with nitric acid4 ,it is one of the ingredients of gunpowder1 and has the property of quickening the combustion of all combustible bodies4 ,,experiment4 ,rub together in a warm mortar1 three parts of powdered niter1 two of dry carbonate of potash1 and one of flour of brimstone2 place a small quantity of the mixture in an iron ladle1 and heat it over the fire1 when it will speedily melt1 and then explode with a very loud noise2 and if held under a foul chimney1 will save the expense of a chimney sweep3 but avoid cooking time4 ,another salt of potash remarkable for the same property1 in even a greater degree1 is the chlorate of potash4 ,,experiments4 #a4 ,triturate together in a dry mortar a few grains of flowers of sulphur1 with a small quantity of the chlorate of potash1 and a succession of sharp explosions1 like the crack of a whip1 will be produced4 #b4 ,substitute half a grain of phosphorus for the sulphur1 and the action will be much more violent4 ,the hand should be defended by a thick glove1 and the eyes carefully guarded1 in making this experiment4 #c4 ,mix very carefully a little of this salt1 reduced to powder1 with a little lump sugar1 also powdered1 and drop on the mixture a little strong sulphuric acid1 and it will instantly burst into a flame4 ,this experiment also requires caution4 ,want of space precludes us from considering the individual metals and their compounds in detail2 it must suffice to describe some experiments1 showing some of their properties4 ,the different affinities of the metals for oxygen1 may be exhibited in various ways4 ,the silver or zinc tree has already been described4 ,,experiments4 #a4 ,into a solution of nitrate of silver1 in distilled water1 immerse a clean plate or slip of copper4 ,the solution1 which was colorless1 will soon begin to assume a greenish tint1 and the piece of copper will be covered with a coating of a light gray color1 which is the silver formerly united to the nitric acid1 which has been displaced by the greater affinity or liking of the oxygen and acid for the copper4 #b4 ,when the copper is no longer coated1 but remains clean and bright when immersed in the fluid1 all the silver has been deposited1 and the glass now contains a solution of copper4 ,place a piece of clean iron in the solution1 and it will almost instantly be coated with a film of copper1 and this will continue until the whole of that metal is removed1 and its place filled by an equivalent quantity of iron1 so that nitrate of iron is found in the liquid4 ,the oxygen and nitric acid remain unaltered in quantity or quality during these changes1 being merely transferred from one metal to another4 ,a piece of zinc will displace the iron in like manner1 leaving a solution of nitrate of zinc4 ,nearly all the colors used in the arts1 are produced by metals and their combinations2 indeed1 one is named chromium1 from a ,greek word signifying color1 on account of the beautiful tints obtained from its various combinations with oxygen and the other metals4 ,all the various tints of green1 orange1 yellow1 and red1 are obtained from this metal4 ,solutions of most of the metallic salts give precipitates with solutions of alkalies and their salts1 as well as with many other substances1 such as what are usually called prussiate of potash1 hydro-sulphuret of ammonia1 c42 and the colors differ according to the metal employed2 and so small a quantity is required to produce the color1 that the solutions before mixing may be nearly colorless4 ,,experiments4 #a4 ,to a solution of sulphate of iron1 add a drop or two of a solution of prussiate of potash1 and a blue color will be produced4 #b4 ,substitute sulphate of copper for iron1 and the color will be a rich brown4 #c4 ,another blue1 of quite a different tint1 may be produced by letting a few drops of a solution of ammonia fall into one of sulphate of copper1 when a precipitate of a light blue falls down1 which is dissolved by an additional quantity of the ammonia1 and forms a transparent solution of the most splendid rich blue color4 #d4 ,into a solution of sulphate of iron1 drop a few drops of a strong infusion of galls1 and the color will become a bluish-black--in fact1 ink4 ,a little tea will answer as well as the infusion of galls4 ,this is the reason why certain stuffs formerly in general use for dressing gowns for gentlemen were so objectionable2 for as they were indebted to a salt of iron for their color1 buff1 as it was called1 a drop of tea accidentally spilled1 produced all the effect of a drop of ink4 #e4 ,put into a largish test tube1 two or three small pieces of granulated zinc1 fill it about one third full of water1 put in a few grains of iodine1 and boil the water1 which will at first acquire a dark purple color1 gradually fading as the iodine combines with the zinc4 ,add a little more iodine from time to time1 until the zinc is nearly all dissolved4 ,if a few drops of this solution be added to an equally colorless solution of corrosive sublimate 7a salt of mercury71 a precipitate will take place of a splendid scarlet color1 brighter1 if possible1 than vermilion1 which is also a preparation of mercury4 ,,crystallization ,,of ,,metals4 ,some of the metals assume certain definite forms in return from the fluid to the solid state4 ,bismuth shows this property more readily than most others4 ,,experiment4 ,melt a pound or two of bismuth in an iron ladle over the fire2 remove it as soon as the whole is fluid2 and when the surface has become solid break a hole in it1 and pour out the still fluid metal from the interior2 what remains will exhibit beautifully-formed crystals of a cubic shape4 ,sulphur may be crystallized in the same manner1 but its fumes1 when heated1 are so very unpleasant1 that few would wish to encounter them4 ,one of the most remarkable facts in chemistry--a science abounding in wonders--is the circumstance that the mere contact of hydrogen1 the lightest body known1 with the metal platinum1 the heaviest1 when in a state of minute division1 called spongy platinum1 produces an intense heat1 sufficient to inflame the hydrogen3 of course this experiment must be made in the presence of atmospheric air or oxygen4 ,if a small piece of the metal in the state above named be introduced into a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen1 it will cause them to explode4 ,a very small quantity of gas should be employed1 and placed in a jar lightly covered with a card1 or the explosion would be dangerous4 ,,beauties ,,of ,,crystallization4 ,dissolve alum in hot water until no more can be dissolved in it2 place in it a smooth glass rod and a stick of the same size2 next day1 the stick will be found covered with crystals1 but the glass rod will be free from them3 in this case1 the crystals cling to the rough surface of the stick1 but have no hold upon the smooth surface of the glass rod4 ,but if the rod be roughened with a file at certain intervals1 and then placed in the alum and water1 the crystals will adhere to the rough surfaces1 and leave them smooth bright and clear4 ,tie some threads of lamp-cotton irregularly around a copper wire or glass rod2 place it in a hot solution of blue vitriol1 strong as above1 and the threads will be covered with beautiful blue crystals1 while the glass rod will be bare4 ,bore a hole through a piece of coke1 and suspend it by a string from a stick1 placed across a hot solution of alum2 it will float2 but1 as it becomes loaded with crystals1 it will sink in the solution according to the length of the string4 ,gas-coke has mostly a smooth1 shining1 and almost metallic surface1 which the crystals will avoid1 while they will cling only to the most irregular and porous parts4 ,if powdered turmeric be added to the hot solution of alum1 the crystals will be of a bright yellow2 litmus will cause them to be of a bright red2 logwood will yield purple2 and common writing ink1 black2 and the more muddy the solution1 the finer will be the crystals4 ,to keep colored alum crystals from breaking or losing their color1 place them under a glass shade with a saucer of water2 this will preserve the atmosphere moist1 and prevent the crystals getting too dry4 ,if crystals be formed on wire1 they will be liable to break off1 from the expansion and contraction of the wire by changes of temperature4 ,,to ,,crystallize ,,camphor4 ,dissolve camphor in spirit of wine1 moderately heated1 until the spirit will not dissolve any more2 pour some of the solution into a cold glass1 and the camphor will instantly crystallize in beautiful tree-like forms1 such as we see in the show-glasses of camphor in druggists' windows4 ,,crystallized ,,tin4 ,mix half an ounce of nitric acid1 six drams of muriatic acid1 and two ounces of water2 pour the mixture upon a piece of tin plate previously made hot1 and after washing it in the mixture it will bear a beautiful crystalline surface1 in feathery forms4 ,this is the celebrated moire mtallique1 and1 when varnished1 is made into ornamental boxes1 c4 ,the figures will vary according to the degree of heat previously given to the metal4 ,,crystals ,,in ,,hard ,,water4 ,hold in a wine-glass of hard water a crystal of oxalic acid1 and white threads1 i4 e4 oxalate of lime1 will instantly descend through the liquid suspended from the crystal4 ,,varieties ,,of ,,crystals4 ,make distinct solutions of common salt1 niter1 and alum2 set them in three saucers in any warm place1 and let part of the water dry away or evaporate2 then remove them to a warm room4 ,the particles of the salts in each saucer will begin to attract each other1 and form crystals1 but not all of the same figure3 the common salt will yield crystals with six square and equal faces1 or sides2 the niter six-sided crystals2 and the alum1 eight-sided crystals2 and if these crystals be dissolved over and over again1 they will always appear in the same forms4 ,a ,,liquid ,,changed ,,to ,a ,,solid1 ,,and ,,heat ,,from ,,crystallization4 ,a strong saline solution excluded from the air will frequently crystallize the instant that air is admitted4 ,for this purpose make a solution of ,glauber's salt 7sulphate of soda7 in boiling water 7#c lbs4 of the salt to #b lbs4 of water72 bottle and cork quickly2 also tie over the neck a piece of wet bladder4 ,when perfectly cold1 or even a few days afterwards1 remove the cork1 and the salt will immediately crystallize1 shooting out the most beautiful crystals1 at last becoming nearly solid3 at the same time the whole becomes warm1 in consequence of the latent heat generated by the change of the liquid to the solid state4 ,if the liquid will not crystallize quickly on removing the cork1 tie a crystal of ,glauber's salt to a bit of wire1 touch the surface of the liquid1 and the crystallization will then generally occur4 ,,another ,,experiment4 ,heat some blue vitriol 7sulphate of copper7 in an iron ladle till all the water contained in the crystals is driven off1 and the color changes to a gray4 ,take the lumps out without breaking them1 and lay the dried blue vitriol on a plate2 if this be moistened with water1 steam is produced2 and if a slice of phosphorus is then laid on the sulphate of copper1 it ignites1 demonstrating again that the condensation of a liquid produces heat4 ,the addition of the water restores the blue color1 thus proving that water was necessary to the composition of blue vitriol4 ,a ,,solid ,,changed ,,to ,a ,,liquid1 ,,and ,,intense ,,cold ,,from ,,the ,,liquefaction4 ,mix five parts by weight of powdered muriate of ammonia1 commonly termed sal ammoniac1 five parts of niter in powder1 and sixteen parts of water4 ,a temperature of twenty-two degrees below the freezing point of water is produced2 and if a phial of water1 or any convenient metallic cylinder containing water1 be surrounded with a sufficient quantity of the freezing mixture1 ice is obtained4 ,the ice clings to the interior of the tube1 but may easily be removed by dipping it in tepid water4 ,this experiment is the reverse of the last1 and proves that a sudden reduction of a solid to the liquid condition always affords cold4 ,an amusing combination of two experiments may be made by putting some fresh-burned lime into one tea-pot and this freezing mixture into another4 ,when water is poured on the one containing lime1 it gives out steam from the spout2 while the addition of water to the other produces so much cold1 that it can hardly be kept in the hand4 ,thus heat and cold are afforded by the same medium1 water4 ,,magic ,,of ,,heat4 ,melt a small quantity of the sulphate of potassa and copper in a spoon over a spirit lamp2 it will be fused at a heat just below redness1 and produce a liquid of a dark green color4 ,remove the spoon from the flame1 when the liquid will become a solid of a brilliant emerald green color1 and so remain till its heat sinks nearly to that of boiling water2 when suddenly a commotion will take place throughout the mass1 beginning from the surface1 and each atom1 as if animated1 will start up and separate itself from the rest1 till1 in a few moments1 the whole will become a heap of powder4 ,,sublimation ,,by ,,heat4 ,provide two small pieces of glass2 sprinkle a minute portion of sulphur upon one piece1 lay thin slips of wood around it1 and place upon it the other piece of glass4 ,move them slowly over the flame of a lamp or candle1 and the sulphur will become sublimed1 and form gray nebulous patches1 which are very curious microscopic objects4 ,each cluster consists of thousands of transparent globules1 imitating in miniature the nebul which we see figured in treatises on astronomy4 ,by observing the largest particles1 we shall find them to be flattened on one side4 ,being very transparent1 each of them acts the part of a little lens1 and forms in its focus the image of a distant light1 which can be perceived even in the smaller globules1 until it vanishes from minuteness4 ,if they are examined again after a certain number of hours1 the smaller globules will generally be found to have retained their transparency1 while the larger ones will have become opaque1 in consequence of the sulphur having undergone some internal spontaneous change4 ,but the most remarkable circumstance attending this experiment is1 that the globules are found adhering to the upper glass only2 the reason of which is1 that the upper glass is somewhat cooler than the lower one3 by which means we see that the vapor of sulphur is very powerfully repelled by heated glass4 ,the flattened form of the particles is owing to the force with which they endeavor to recede from the lower glass1 and their consequent pressure against the surface of the upper one4 ,this experiment is considered by its originator1 ,mr4 ,h4 ,f4 ,talbot1 ,f4,r4,s41 ,england1 to be a satisfactory argument in favor of the repulsive power of heat4 ,,heat ,,passing ,,through ,,glass4 ,the following experiment is also by ,mr4 ,talbot3 ,heat a poker bright red hot1 and having opened a window1 apply the poker quickly very near to the outside of a pane1 and the hand to the inside2 a strong heat will be felt at the instant1 which will cease as soon as the poker is withdrawn1 and may be again renewed1 and made to cease as quickly as before4 ,now1 it is well known that if a piece of glass be so much warmed as to convey the impression of heat to the hand1 it will retain some part of that heat for a minute or more2 but in this experiment the heat will vanish in a moment4 ,it will not1 therefore1 be the heated pane of glass that we shall feel1 but heat which has come through the glass1 in a free or radiant state4 ,,metals ,,unequally ,,influenced ,,by ,,heat4 ,all metals do not conduct heat at the same rate1 as may be proved by holding in the flame of a candle at the same time1 a piece of silver wire and a piece of platina wire1 when the silver wire will become too hot to hold1 much sooner than the platina4 ,or1 cut a cone of each wire1 tip it with wax1 and place it upon a heated plate1 7as a fire-shovel17 when the wax will melt at different periods4 ,,spontaneous ,,combustion4 ,mix a small quantity of chlorate of potassa with spirit of wine in a strong saucer2 add a little sulphuric acid1 and an orange vapor will arise and burst into flame with a loud crackling sound4 ,,inequality ,,of ,,heat ,,in ,,fire-,,irons4 ,place before a brisk fire a set of polished fire-irons1 and beside them a rough unpolished poker1 such as is used in a kitchen1 instead of a bright poker4 ,the polished irons will remain for a long time without becoming warmer than the temperature of the room1 because the heat radiated from the fire is all reflected1 or thrown off1 by the polished surface of the irons1 and none of it is absorbed4 ,the rough poker will1 however1 become speedily hot1 so as not to be used without inconvenience4 ,hence1 the polish of fire-irons is not merely ornamental1 but useful4 ,,expansion ,,of ,,metal ,,by ,,heat4 ,provide an iron rod1 and fit it exactly into a metal ring3 heat the rod red hot1 and it will no longer enter the ring4 ,observe an iron gate on a warm day1 when it will shut with difficulty2 whereas it will shut loosely and easily on a cold day4 ,,evaporation ,,of ,a ,,metal4 ,rub a globule of mercury upon a silver spoon1 and the two metals will combine with a white appearance2 heat the spoon carefully in the flame of a spirit lamp1 when the mercury will volatilize and disappear1 and the spoon may then be polished until it recovers its usual luster3 if1 however1 the mercury be left for some time on the spoon1 the solid texture of the silver will be destroyed throughout1 and then the silver can only be recovered by heating it in a ladle4 ,care must be taken to avoid the fumes of mercury1 which are very poisonous4 ,a ,,floating ,,metal ,,on ,,fire4 ,throw a small piece of that marvelous substance1 potassium1 into a basin of water1 and it will swim upon the surface and burn with a beautiful light1 of a red color mixed with violet4 ,when moderately heated in the air1 potassium takes fire1 and burns with a red light4 ,,ice ,,melted ,,by ,,air4 ,if two pieces of ice be placed in a warm room1 one of them may be made to melt much sooner than the other1 by blowing on it with a pair of bellows4 ,,splendid ,,sublimation4 ,put into a flask a small portion of iodine2 hold the flask over the flame of a spirit-lamp1 and from the state of bluish-black crystals1 the iodine1 on being heated1 will become a violet-colored transparent gas2 but1 in cooling1 will resume its crystalline form4 ,,magic ,,inks4 ,dissolve oxide of cobalt in acetic acid1 to which add a little niter3 write with this solution2 hold the writing to the fire1 and it will be of pale rose color1 which will disappear on cooling4 ,dissolve equal parts of sulphate of copper and muriate of ammonia in water2 write with the solution1 and it will give a yellow color when heated1 which will disappear when cold4 ,dissolve nitrate of bismuth in water2 write with the solution1 and the characters will be invisible when dry1 but will become legible on immersion in water4 ,dissolve1 in water1 muriate of cobalt1 which is of a bluish-green colour1 and the solution will be pink2 write with it1 and the characters will be scarcely visible3 but1 if gently heated1 they will appear in brilliant green1 which will disappear as the paper cools4 ,dissolve in water a few grains of prussiate of potash2 write with this liquid1 which is invisible when dry2 wash over with a dilute solution of iron1 made by dissolving a nail in a little aqua fortis2 a blue and legible writing is immediately apparent4#d ,,chameleon ,,liquids4 ,put a small portion of the compound called mineral chameleon into several glasses1 pour upon each water at different temperatures1 and the contents of each glass will exhibit a different shade of color4 ,a very hot solution will be of a beautiful green color2 a cold one1 a deep purple4 ,make a colorless solution of sulphate of copper2 add to it a little ammonia1 equally colorless1 and the mixture will be of an intense blue color2 add to it a little sulphuric acid1 and the blue color will disappear2 pour in a little solution of caustic ammonia1 and the blue color will be restored4 ,thus may the liquor be changed at pleasure4 ,,the ,,magic ,,dyes4 ,dissolve indigo in diluted sulphuric acid1 and add to it an equal quantity of solution of carbonate of potassa4 ,if a piece of white cloth be dipped in the mixture1 it will be changed to blue2 yellow cloth1 in the same mixture1 may be changed to green2 red to purple2 and blue litmus paper to red4 ,nearly fill a wine-glass with the juice of beet-root1 which is of a deep red color2 add a little lime-water1 and the mixture will be colorless2 dip into it a piece of white cloth1 dry it rapidly1 and in a few hours the cloth will become red4 ,,wine ,,changed ,,into ,,water4 ,mix a little solution of subacetate of lead with port wine2 filter the mixture through blotting-paper1 and a colorless liquid will pass through2 to this add a small quantity of dry salt of tartar2 distil in a retort1 when a spirit will arise1 which may be inflamed4 ,,two ,,colorless ,,transparent ,,liquids ,,become ,,black ,,and ,,opaque4 ,have in one vessel some dilute hydrosulphate of ammonia1 and in another a solution of acetate of lead2 they are both colorless and transparent2 mix them1 and they will become black and opaque4 ,,two ,,colorless ,,fluids ,,make ,a ,,colored ,,one4 ,put into a wine-glass of water a few drops of prussiate of potash1 and into a second glass of water a little weak solution of sulphate of iron in water2 pour the colorless mixtures together into a tumbler1 and they will be immediately changed to a bright deep blue4 ,or1 mix the solution of prussiate of potash with that of nitrate of bismuth1 and a yellow will be the product4 ,or1 mix the solution of prussiate of potash with that of sulphate of copper1 and the mixture will be of a reddish-brown color4 ,,change ,,of ,,color ,,by ,,colorless ,,fluids4 ,three different colors may be produced from the same infusion1 merely by the addition of three colorless fluids4 ,slice a little red cabbage1 pour boiling water upon it1 and when cold decant the clear infusion1 which divide into three wine-glasses3 to one1 add a small quantity of solution of alum in water2 to the second1 a little solution of potash in water2 and to the third1 a few drops of muriatic acid4 ,the liquor in the first glass will assume a purple color1 the second a bright green1 and the third a rich crimson4 ,,to ,,change ,a ,,blue ,,liquid ,,to ,,white4 ,dissolve a small lump of indigo in sulphuric acid by the aid of moderate heat1 and you will obtain an intense blue color2 add a drop of this to half a pint of water1 so as to dilute the blue2 then pour some of it into strong chloride of lime1 and the blue will be bleached with almost magical velocity4 ,,veritable ,,black ,,tea4 ,make a cup of strong green tea2 dissolve a little green copperas in water1 which add to the tea1 and its color will be black4 ,,restoration ,,of ,,color ,,by ,,water4 ,water being a colorless fluid1 ought1 one would imagine1 when mixed with other substances of no decided color1 to produce a colorless compound4 ,nevertheless1 it is to water only that blue vitriol1 or sulphate of copper1 owes its vivid blueness1 as will be plainly evinced by the following simple experiment4 ,heat a few crystals of the vitriol in a fire-shovel1 pulverize them1 and the powder will be of a dull and dirty white appearance4 ,pour a little water upon this1 when a slight hissing noise will be heard1 and at the same moment the blue color will instantly reappear4 ,under the microscope the beauty of this experiment will be increased1 for the instant that a drop of water is placed in contact with the vitriol1 the powder may be seen to shoot into blue prisms4 ,if a crystal of prussiate of potash be similarly heated1 its yellow color will vanish1 but reappear on being dropped into water4 #e ,,two ,,liquids ,,make ,a ,,solid4 ,dissolve muriate of lime in water until it will dissolve no more2 measure out an equal quantity of oil of vitriol2 both will be transparent fluids2 but if equal quantities of each be slowly mixed and stirred together1 they will become a solid mass1 with the evolution of smoke or fumes of muriatic acid4 ,,two ,,solids ,,make ,a ,,liquid4 ,rub together in a mortar1 equal quantities of the crystals of ,glauber salts and nitrate of ammonia1 and the two salts will slowly become a liquid4 ,a ,,solid ,,opaque ,,mass ,,makes ,a ,,transparent ,,liquid4 ,take the solid mixture of the solutions of muriate of lime and carbonate of potash1 pour upon it a very little nitric acid1 and the solid opaque mass will be changed to a transparent liquid4 ,,two ,,cold ,,liquids ,,make ,a ,,hot ,,one4 ,mix four drams of sulphuric acid 7oil of vitriol7 with one dram of cold water1 suddenly1 in a cup1 and the mixture will be nearly half as hot again as boiling water4 ,,quintuple ,,transmutation4 ,take five ale-glasses3 place into the first a solution of iodide of potassium2 into the second1 a solution of corrosive sublimate1 sufficiently strong to yield a scarlet precipitate with the iodide in the first glass1 without redissolving1 as the effect of the experiment depends on the adjustment of this beforehand2 into the third1 a strong solution of iodide of potassium with some oxalate of ammonia2 into the fourth1 a solution of muriate of lime2 into the fifth1 a solution of hydrosulphate of ammonia4 ,the following changes occur4 ,no4 #a added to ,no4 #b produces a yellow1 quickly changing to a scarlet2 ,no4 #b1 poured into ,no4 #c1 becomes clear and transparent again2 ,no4 #c1 into ,no4 #d1 changes a milky white2 ,no4 #d1 poured into ,no4 #e1 produces a black precipitate4 ,thus1 a clear and colorless liquid is changed to scarlet2 the scarlet again becomes colorless2 the colorless liquid1 milky white2 and the white1 black4 ,,the ,,same ,,agent ,,may ,,produce ,,and ,,destroy ,,color4 ,procure a bottle of chlorine1 and arrange two tall cylindrical glasses3 fill one half full with a dilute solution of iodide of potassium and starch1 and the other with a very dilute solution of sulphate of indigo2 provide each vessel with a plate glass or cardboard valve1 laid on the top2 carefully open the bottle of chlorine1 invert it slowly over one cylindrical vessel1 so as to pour out half the gas1 which is very heavy2 add the remainder to the other1 and shake up both vessels4 ,the chlorine will bleach the indigo1 and afford a magnificent purple in the iodide of potassium and starch1 because it sets free iodine1 which combines with the starch1 producing a purple compound4 ,,union ,,of ,,two ,,metals ,,without ,,heat4 ,cut a circular piece of gold leaf1 called dentists' gold1 about half an inch in diameter2 drop upon it a globule of mercury1 about the size of a small pea1 and if they be left for a short time1 the gold will lose its solidity and yellow color1 and the mercury its liquid form1 making a soft mass of the color of mercury4 ,,magic ,,breath4 ,half fill a glass tumbler with lime-water2 breathe into it frequently1 at the same time stirring it with a piece of glass4 ,the fluid1 which before was perfectly transparent1 will presently become quite white1 and if allowed to remain at rest1 real chalk will be deposited4 ,,two ,,bitters ,,make ,a ,,sweet4 ,it has been discovered1 that a mixture of nitrate of silver with hyposulphate of soda1 both of which are remarkably bitter1 will produce the sweetest known substance4 ,,visible ,,and ,,invisible4 ,write with ,french chalk on a looking-glass2 wipe it with a handkerchief1 and the lines will disappear2 breathe on it1 and they will reappear4 ,this alternation will take place for a great number of times1 and after the lapse of a considerable period4 ,,to ,,form ,a ,,liquid ,,from ,,two ,,solids4 ,rub together in a ,wedgewood mortar a small quantity of sulphate of soda and acetate of lead1 and as they mix they will become liquid4 ,carbonate of ammonia and sulphate of copper1 previously reduced to powder separately1 will also1 when mixed1 become liquid1 and acquire a most splendid blue color4 ,the greater number of salts have a tendency to assume regular forms1 or become crystallized1 when passing from the fluid to the solid state2 and the size and regularity of the crystals depends in a great measure on the slow or rapid escape of the fluid in which they were dissolved4 ,sugar is a capital example of this property2 the ordinary loaf-sugar being rapidly boiled down1 as it is called3 while to make rock-candy1 which is nothing but sugar in a crystallized form1 the solution is allowed to evaporate slowly1 and as it cools it forms into those beautiful crystals termed rock-candy4 ,the threads found in the center of some of the crystals are merely placed for the purpose of hastening the formation of the crystals4 ,,experiment ,,no4 #a4--,make a strong solution of alum1 or of sulphate of copper1 or blue vitriol1 and place in them rough and irregular pieces of clinker from stoves1 or wire baskets1 and set them by in a cool place1 where they will be free from dust1 and in a few days crystals of the several salts will deposit themselves on the baskets1 c4 ,they should then be taken out of the solutions1 and dried in an oven not too hot1 when they form very pretty ornaments for a room4 ,,experiment ,,no4 #b4--;,fill a ,florence flask up to the neck with a strong solution of sulphate of soda1 or ,glauber salt1 boil it1 and tie the mouth over with a piece of moistened bladder while boiling1 and set it by in a place where it cannot be disturbed4 ,after twenty-four hours it will probably still remain fluid4 ,pierce the bladder covering with a penknife1 and the percussion of the air will cause the whole mass instantly to crystallize1 and the flask will become quite warm from the latent caloric1 of which we have spoken before1 given out by the salt in passing from the fluid to the solid state4 ,it is better to prepare two or three flasks at the same time1 to provide against accidents1 for the least shake will often cause the crystallization to take place before the proper time4 ,,the ,,spectral ,,lamp4 ,mix some common salt with spirit of wine in a platinum or metallic cup2 set the cup upon a wire frame over a spirit-lamp1 which should be inclosed on each side1 or in a dark-lantern3 when the cup becomes heated1 and the spirit ignited1 it will burn with a strong yellow flame3 if1 however1 it should not be perfectly yellow1 throw more salt into the cup4 ,the lamp being thus prepared1 all other lights should be extinguished1 and the yellow lamp introduced1 when an appalling change will be exhibited2 all the objects in the room but of one color1 and the complexions of the several persons1 whether old or young1 fair or brunette1 will be metamorphosed to a ghastly1 death-like yellow2 whilst the gayest dresses1 as the brightest crimson1 the choicest lilac1 the most vivid blue or green--all will be changed into one monotonous yellow3 each person will be inclined to laugh at his neighbor1 himself insensible of being one of the spectral company4 ,their astonishment may be heightened by removing the yellow light to one end of the room1 and restoring the usual or white light at the other2 when one side of each person's dress will resume its original color1 while the other will remain yellow2 one cheek may bear the bloom of health1 and the other1 the yellow of jaundice4 ,or if1 when the yellow light only is burning1 the white light be introduced within a wire sieve1 the company and the objects in the apartment will appear yellow1 mottled with white4 ,red light may be produced by mixing with the spirit in the cup over the lamp1 salt of strontium instead of common salt2 and the effect of the white or yellow lights1 if introduced through a sieve upon the red light1 will be even more striking than the white upon the yellow light4 ,,curious ,,change ,,of ,,colors4 ,let there be no other light than a taper in the room2 then put on a pair of dark green spectacles1 and having closed one eye1 view the taper with the other4 ,suddenly remove the spectacles1 and the taper will assume a bright red appearance2 but if the spectacles be instantly replaced1 the eye will be unable to distinguish anything for a second or two4 ,the order of colors will1 therefore1 be as follows3 green1 red1 green1 black4 ,,the ,,protean ,,light4 ,soak a cotton wick in a strong solution of salt and water1 dry it1 place it in a spirit lamp1 and when lit it will give a bright yellow light for a long time4 ,if you look through a piece of blue glass at the flame1 it will lose all its yellow light1 and you will only perceive feeble violet rays4 ,if1 before the blue glass1 you place a pale yellow glass1 the lamp will be absolutely invisible1 though a candle may be distinctly seen through the same glasses4 ,,the ,,chameleon ,,flowers4 ,trim a spirit lamp1 add a little salt to the wick1 and light it4 ,set near it a scarlet geranium1 and the flower will appear yellow4 ,purple colors1 in the same light1 appear blue4 ,,to ,,change ,,the ,,colors ,,of ,,flowers4 ,hold over a lighted match a purple columbine1 or a blue larkspur1 and it will change first to pink1 and then to black4 ,the yellow of other flowers1 held as above1 will continue unchanged4 ,thus1 the purple tint will instantly disappear from a heart's-ease1 but the yellow will remain2 and the yellow of a wall-flower will continue the same1 though the brown streak will be discharged4 ,if a scarlet1 crimson1 or maroon dahlia be tried1 the color will change to yellow2 a fact known to gardeners1 who by this mode variegate their growing dahlias4 ,,changes ,,of ,,the ,,poppy4 ,some flowers1 which are red1 become blue by merely bruising them4 ,thus1 if the petals of the common corn-poppy be rubbed upon white paper1 they will stain it purple1 which may be made green by washing it over with a strong solution of potash in water4 ,put poppy petals into very dilute muriatic acid1 and the infusion will be of a florid red color2 by adding a little chalk1 it will become of the color of port wine2 and this tint1 by the addition of potash1 may be changed to green or yellow4 ,,to ,,change ,,the ,,color ,,of ,a ,,rose4 ,hold a red rose over the blue flame of a common match1 and the color will be discharged wherever the fume touches the leaves of the flower1 so as to render it beautifully variegated1 or entirely white4 ,if it be then dipped into water1 the redness1 after a time1 will be restored4 ,,light ,,changing ,,white ,,into ,,black4 ,write upon linen with permanent ink 7which is a strong solution of nitrate of silver71 and the characters will be scarcely visible2 remove the linen into a dark room1 and they will not change2 but expose them to a strong light1 and they will be of an indelible black4 ,,the ,,visibly ,,growing ,,acorn4 ,illustration ,cut a circular piece of card to fit the top of a hyacinth-glass1 so as to rest upon the ledge1 and exclude the air4 ,pierce a hole through the center of the card1 and pass through it a strong thread1 having a small piece of wood tied to one end1 which1 resting transversely on the card1 prevents its being drawn through4 ,to the other end of the thread attach an acorn2 and having half filled the glass with water1 suspend the acorn at a short distance from the surface4 ,the glass must be kept in a warm room2 and1 in a few days1 the steam which has generated in the glass will hang from the acorn in a large drop4 ,shortly afterwards the acorn will burst1 the root will protrude and thrust itself into the water2 and in a few days more a stem will shoot out at the other end1 and rising upwards1 will press against the card1 in which an orifice must be made to allow it to pass through4 ,from this stem1 small leaves will soon be observed to sprout2 and in the course of a few weeks you will have a handsome oak plant1 several inches in height4 ,,colored ,,flames4 ,a variety of rays of light are exhibited by colored flames1 which are not to be seen in white light4 ,thus1 pure hydrogen gas will burn with a blue flame1 in which many of the rays of light are wanting4 ,the flame of an oil lamp contains most of the rays which are wanting in the sunlight4 ,alcohol1 mixed with water1 when heated or burned1 affords a flame with no other rays but yellow4 ,the following salts1 if finely powdered1 and introduced into the exterior flame of a candle1 or into the wick of a spirit lamp1 will communicate to the flame their peculiar colors3 ,muriate of ,soda 7common salt7 ,yellow4 ,muriate of ,potash ,pale violet4 ,muriate of ,lime ,brick red4 ,muriate of ,strontia ,bright crimson4 ,muriate of ,lithia ,red4 ,muriate of ,baryta ,pale apple-green4 ,muriate of ,copper ,bluish green4 ,borax ,green4 ,or1 either of the above salts may be mixed with spirit of wine1 as directed for ,red ,fire4 ,,orange ,,colored ,,flame4 ,burn spirit of wine on chloride of calcium1 a substance obtained by evaporating muriate of lime to dryness4 ,,emerald ,,green ,,flame4 ,burn spirit of wine on a little powdered nitrate of copper4 ,,instantaneous ,,flame4 ,heat together potassium and sulphur1 and they will instantly burn very vividly4 ,heat a little niter on a fire-shovel1 sprinkle on it flour of sulphur1 and it will instantly burn4 ,if iron filings be thrown upon red-hot niter1 they will detonate and burn4 ,pound1 separately1 equal parts of chlorate of potash and lump sugar2 mix them1 and put upon a plate a small quantity2 dip a glass rod into sulphuric acid1 touch the powder with it1 and it will burst into a brilliant flame4 ,or1 put a few grains of chlorate of potash into a tablespoonful of spirit of wine2 add one or two drops of sulphuric acid1 and the whole will burst into a beautiful flame4 ,,to ,,cool ,,flame ,,by ,,metal4 ,encircle the very small flame of a floating night light1 with a cold iron wire1 which will instantly cause its extinction4 ,,proof ,,that ,,flame ,,is ,,hollow4 ,pour some spirit of wine into a watch-glass1 and inflame it2 place a straw across this flame1 and it will only be ignited and charred at the outer edge2 the middle of the straw will be uninjured1 for there is no ignited matter in the center of the flame4 ,,to ,,hold ,a ,,hot ,,tea ,,kettle ,,on ,,the ,,hand4 ,be sure that the bottom of the kettle is well covered with soot2 when the water in it boils1 remove it from the fire1 and place it upon the palm of the hand2 no inconvenience will be felt1 as the soot will prevent the heat being transmitted from the water within and the heated metal1 to the hand4 ,,incombustible ,,linen4 ,make a strong solution of borax in water1 and steep in it linen1 muslin1 or any article of clothing2 when dry1 they cannot easily be inflamed4 ,a solution of phosphate of ammonia with sal ammoniac answers much better4 ,,the ,,burning ,,circle4 ,light a stick1 and whirl it round with a rapid motion1 when its burning end will produce a complete circle of light1 although that end can only be in one part of the circle at the same instant4 ,this is caused by the duration of the impression of light upon the retina4 ,another example is1 that during the winking of the eye we never lose sight of the object we are viewing4 ,,water ,,of ,,different ,,temperatures ,,in ,,the ,,same ,,vessel4 ,of heat and cold1 as of wit and madness1 it may be said that thin partitions do their bounds divide4 ,thus1 paint one half of the surface of a tin pot with a mixture of lamp-black and size1 and leave the other half1 or side1 bright2 fill the vessel with boiling water1 and by dipping a thermometer1 or even the finger1 into it shortly after1 it will be found to cool much more rapidly upon the blackened than upon the bright side of the pot4 ,,warmth ,,of ,,different ,,colors4 ,place upon the surface of snow1 as upon the window sill1 in bright daylight or sunshine1 pieces of cloth of the same size and quality1 but of different colors1 black1 blue1 green1 yellow1 and white3 the black cloth will soon melt the snow beneath it1 and sink downwards2 next the blue1 and then the green2 the yellow but slightly2 but the snow beneath the white cloth will be as firm as at first4 ,,substitute ,,for ,,fire4 ,put into a cup a lump of quicklime1 fresh from the kiln1 pour water upon it1 and the heat will be very great4 ,a pailful of quicklime1 if dipped in water1 and shut closely into a box constructed for the purpose1 will give out sufficient heat to warm a room1 even in very cold weather4 ,this is the source of steam vapor in theatrical representations4 ,,laughing ,,gas4 ,the above fanciful appellation has been given to nitrous oxide1 from the very agreeable sensations excited by inhaling it4 ,in its pure state it destroys animal life1 but loses this noxious quality when inhaled1 because it becomes blended with the atmospheric air which it meets in the lungs4 ,this gas is made by putting three or four drams of nitrate of ammonia1 in crystals1 into a small glass retort1 which being held over a spirit lamp1 the crystals will melt1 and the gas be evolved4 ,having thus produced the gas1 it is to be passed into a large bladder1 having a stop-cock2 and when you are desirous of exhibiting its effects1 you cause the person who wishes to experience them1 to first exhale the atmospheric air from the lungs1 and then quickly placing the cock in his mouth1 you turn it1 and bid him inhale the gas4 ,immediately1 a sense of extraordinary cheerfulness1 fanciful flights of imagination1 an uncontrollable propensity to laughter1 and a consciousness of being capable of great muscular exertion1 supervene4 ,it does not operate in exactly the same manner on all persons2 but in most cases the sensations are agreeable1 and have this important difference from those produced by wine or spirituous liquors1 that they are not succeeded by any depression of mind4 ,,flame ,,from ,,cold ,,metals4 ,provide a bottle of the gas chlorine1 which may be purchased of any operative chemist1 and with it you may exhibit some brilliant experiments4 ,for example1 reduce a small piece of the metal antimony to a very fine powder in a mortar2 place some of this on a bent card1 then loosen the stopper of the bottle of chlorine1 and throw in the antimony2 it will take fire spontaneously1 and burn with much splendor1 thus exhibiting a cold metal spontaneously bursting into flame4 ,if1 however1 a lump of antimony be dropped into the chlorine1 there will be no spontaneous combustion1 nor immediate change2 but1 in the course of time1 the antimony will become incrusted with a white powder1 and no chlorine will be found in the bottle4 ,or1 provide copper in fine leaves1 known as ,dutch metal2 slightly breathe on one end of a glass rod1 about ten inches long1 and cause one or two leaves of the metal to adhere to the damp end2 then open a bottle of chlorine1 quickly plunge in the leaves1 when they will instantly take fire1 and burn with a fine red light1 leaving in the bottle a greenish-yellow solid substance4 ,a small lump of copper1 or ,dutch metal1 will not burn as above1 but will be slowly acted upon1 like the antimony4 ,immerse gold leaf in a jar of chlorine gas1 and combustion with a beautiful green flame will take place4 ,,phosphorus ,,in ,,chlorine4 ,put into a deflagrating spoon about four grains of phosphorus1 and let it down into a bottle of chlorine1 when the phosphorus will ignite instantaneously4 ,or1 fold a slip of blotting-paper into a match five inches long2 dip it into oil of turpentine1 drain it an instant1 drop it into another bottle of chlorine1 when it will burst into a flame1 and deposit much carbon4 ,,magic ,,vapor4 ,provide a glass tube1 about three feet long and half an inch in diameter2 nearly fill it with water1 upon the surface of which pour a little colored ether2 then close the open end of the tube carefully with the palm of the hand1 invert it in a basin of water1 and rest the tube against the wall3 the ether will rise through the water to the upper end of the tube2 pour a little hot water over the tube1 and it will soon cause the ether to boil within1 and its vapor may thus be made to drive nearly all the water out of the tube into the basin2 if1 however1 you then cool the tube by pouring cold water over it1 the vaporized ether will again become a liquid1 and float upon the water as before4 ,,gas ,,from ,,the ,,union ,,of ,,metal4 ,nearly fill a wine-glass with diluted sulphuric acid1 and place in it a wire of silver and another of zinc1 taking care that they do not touch each other2 when the zinc will be changed by the acid1 but the silver will remain inert4 ,but cause the upper ends of the wires to touch each other1 and a stream of gas will issue from them4 ,,camphor ,,sublimed ,,by ,,flame4 ,set a metallic plate over the flame of a spirit lamp2 place upon it a small portion of camphor under a glass funnel2 and the camphor will be beautifully sublimed by the heat of the lamp1 in an efflorescent crust on the sides of the funnel4 ,,green ,,fire4 ,a beautiful green fire may be thus made4 ,take of flour of sulphur thirteen parts1 nitrate of baryta seventy-seven1 oxymuriate of potassa five1 metallic arsenic two1 and charcoal three4 ,let the nitrate of baryta be well dried and powdered2 then add to it the other ingredients1 all finely pulverized1 and exceedingly well mixed and rubbed together4 ,place a portion of the composition in a small tin pan1 having a polished reflector fitted to one side1 and set light to it2 when a splendid green illumination will be the result4 ,by adding a little calamine1 it will burn more slowly4 ,,brilliant ,,red ,,fire4 ,weigh five ounces of dry nitrate of strontia1 one ounce and a half of finely powdered sulphur1 five drams of chlorate of potash1 and four drams of sulphuret of antimony4 ,powder the chlorate of potash and the sulphuret of antimony separately in a mortar1 and mix them on paper2 after which add them to the other ingredients1 previously powdered and mixed4 ,no other kind of mixture than rubbing together on paper is required4 ,for use1 mix with a portion of the powder a small quantity of spirits of wine1 in a tin pan resembling a cheese toaster1 light the mixture1 and it will shed a rich crimson hue4 ,when the fire burns dim and badly1 a very small quantity of finely powdered charcoal or lamp black will revive it4 ,,purple ,,fire4 ,dissolve chloride of lithium in spirit of wine1 and when lighted1 it will burn with a purplish flame4 ,,silver ,,fire4 ,place upon a piece of burning charcoal a morsel of the dried crystals of nitrate of silver 7not the lunar caustic71 and it will immediately throw out the most beautiful sparks that can be imagined1 whilst the surface of the charcoal will be coated with silver4 ,,the ,,fiery ,,fountain4 ,put into a glass tumbler fifteen grains of finely granulated zinc1 and six grains of phosphorus1 cut into very small pieces beneath water4 ,mix in another glass1 gradually1 a dram of sulphuric acid1 with two drams of water4 ,remove both glasses into a dark room1 and there pour the diluted acid over the zinc and phosphorus in the glass2 in a short time beautiful jets of bluish flame will dart from all parts of the surface of the mixture2 it will become quite luminous1 and beautiful luminous smoke will rise in a column from the glass1 thus representing a fountain of fire4 ,,combustion ,,without ,,flame4 ,light a small green wax taper2 in a minute or two1 blow out the flame1 and the wick will continue red hot for many hours2 and if the taper were regularly and carefully uncoiled1 and the room kept free from the current of air1 the wick would burn on in this manner until the whole was consumed4 ,the same effect is not produced when the color of the wax is red1 on which account red wax tapers are safer than green1 for the latter1 if left imperfectly extinguished1 may set fire to any object with which they are in contact4 ,,combustion ,,of ,,three ,,metals4 ,mix a grain or two of potassium with an equal quantity of sodium2 add a globule of quicksilver1 and the three metals1 when shaken1 will take fire1 and burn vividly4 ,,to ,,make ,,paper ,,apparently ,,incombustible4 ,take a smooth cylindrical piece of metal1 about one inch and a half in diameter1 and eight inches long2 wrap very closely round it a piece of clean writing paper1 then hold the paper in the flame of a spirit lamp1 and it will not take fire2 but it may be held there for a considerable time1 without being in the least affected by the flame4 ,if the paper be strained over a cylinder of wood1 it is quickly scorched4 ,,heat ,,not ,,to ,,be ,,estimated ,,by ,,touch4 ,hold both hands in water which causes the thermometer to rise to ninety degrees1 and when the liquid has become still1 you will be insensible to the heat1 and that the hand is touching anything4 ,then remove one hand to water that causes the thermometer to rise to two hundred degrees1 and the other in water at thirty-two degrees4 ,after holding the hands thus for some time1 remove them1 and again immerse them in the water at ninety degrees2 when you will find warmth in one hand and cold in the other4 ,to the hand which had been immersed in the water at thirty-two degrees1 the water at ninety degrees will feel hot2 and to the hand which had been immersed in the water at two hundred degrees1 the water at ninety degrees will feel cool4 ,if1 therefore1 the touch in this case be trusted1 the same water will be judged to be hot and cold at the same time4 ,,flame ,,upon ,,water4 ,fill a wine glass with cold water1 pour lightly upon its surface a little ether2 light it by a slip of paper1 and it will burn for some time4 ,,rose-,,colored ,,flame ,,upon ,,water4 ,drop a globule of potassium1 about the size of a large pea1 into as small cup1 nearly full of water1 containing a drop or two of strong nitric acid2 the moment that the metal touches the liquid1 it will float upon its surface1 enveloped with a beautiful rose-colored flame1 and entirely dissolve4 ,,to ,,set ,a ,,mixture ,,on ,,fire ,,with ,,water4 ,pour into a saucer a little sulphuric acid1 and place upon it a chip of sodium1 which will float and remain uninflamed2 but the addition of a drop of water will set it on fire4 ,,waves ,,of ,,fire ,,on ,,water4 ,on a lump of refined sugar let fall a few drops of phosphuretted ether1 and put the sugar into a glass of warm water1 which will instantly appear on fire at the surface1 and in waves1 if gently blown with the breath4 ,this experiment should be exhibited in the dark4 ,,water ,,from ,,the ,,flame ,,of ,a ,,candle4 ,hold a cold and dry bell glass over a lighted candle1 and watery vapor will be directly condensed on the cold surface2 then close the mouth of the glass with a card or plate1 and turn the mouth uppermost2 remove the card1 quickly pour in a little lime-water1 a perfectly clear liquid1 and it will instantly become turbid and milky1 upon meeting with the contents of the glass1 just as lime-water changes when dropped into a glass full of water4 ,,formation ,,of ,,water ,,by ,,fire4 ,put into a tea cup a little spirit of wine1 set it on fire1 and invert a large bell-glass over it4 ,in a short time1 a thick watery vapor will be seen upon the inside of the bell1 which may be collected by a dry sponge4 ,,boiling ,,upon ,,cold ,,water4 ,provide a tall glass jar1 filled with cold water1 and place in it an air thermometer1 which will nearly reach the surface2 upon the surface place a small copper basin1 into which put a little live charcoal3 the surface of the water will soon be made to boil1 while the thermometer will show that the water beneath is scarcely warmer than it was at first4 ,,currents ,,in ,,boiling ,,water4 ,fill a large glass tube with water1 and throw into it a few particles of bruised amber1 then hold the tube by a handle for the purpose1 upright in the flame of a lamp1 and as the water becomes warm1 it will be seen that currents1 carrying with them the pieces of amber1 will begin to ascend in the center1 and to descend towards the circumference of the tube4 ,these currents will soon become rapid in their motions1 and continue till the water boils4 ,,hot ,,water ,,lighter ,,than ,,cold4 ,pour into a glass tube1 about ten inches long1 and one inch in diameter1 a little water colored with pink or other dye2 then fill it up gradually and carefully with colorless water1 so as not to mix them2 apply heat at the bottom of the tube1 and the colored water will ascend and be diffused throughout the whole4 ,the circulation of warm water may be very pleasingly shown1 by heating water in a tube similar to the foregoing2 the water having diffused in it some particles of any light substance not soluble in water4 ,,expansion ,,of ,,water ,,by ,,cold4 ,all fluids1 except water1 diminish in bulk till they freeze4 ,thus1 fill a large thermometer tube with water1 say of the temperature of eighty degrees1 and then plunge the bulb into pounded ice and salt1 or any other freezing mixture3 the water will go on shrinking in the tube till it has attained the temperature of about forty degrees2 and then1 instead of continuing to contract till it freezes1 7as in the case with all other liquids71 it will be seen slowly to expand1 and consequently to rise in the tube1 until it congeals4 ,in this case1 the expansion below forty degrees1 and above forty degrees1 seem to be equal2 so that the water will be of the same bulk at thirty-two degrees as at forty-eight degrees1 that is1 at eight degrees above or below forty degrees4 ,,the ,,cup ,,of ,,tantalus4 ,this pretty toy may be purchased at any optician's for two or three shillings4 ,it consists of a cup1 in which is placed a standing human figure1 concealing a syphon1 or bent tube with one end longer than the other4 ,this rises in one leg of the figure to reach the chin1 and descends through the other leg1 through the bottom of the cup to a reservoir beneath4 ,if you pour water in the cup1 it will rise in the shorter leg by its upward pressure1 driving out the air before it through the longer leg2 and when the cup is filled above the bend of the syphon1 7that is1 level with the chin of the figure17 the pressure of the water will force it over into the longer leg of the syphon1 and the cup will be emptied3 the toy thus imitating ,tantalus of mythology1 who is represented by the poets as punished in ,erebus with an insatiable thirst1 and placed up to the chin in a pool of water1 which1 however1 flowed away as soon as he attempted to taste it4 ,,the ,,magic ,,whirlpool4 ,fill a glass tumbler with water1 throw upon its surface a few fragments or thin shavings of camphor1 and they will instantly begin to move1 and acquire a motion both progressive and rotary1 which will continue for a considerable time4 ,during these rotations1 if the water be touched by any substance which is at all greasy1 the floating particles will quickly dart back1 and as if by a stroke of magic1 be instantly deprived of their motion and vivacity4 ,in like manner1 if thin slices of cork be steeped in sulphuric ether in a closed bottle for two or three days1 and then placed upon the water1 they will rotate for several minutes1 like the camphor2 until the slices of cork having discharged all their ether1 and become soaked with water1 they will keep at rest4 ,if the water be made hot1 the motion of the camphor will be more rapid than in cold water1 but it will cease in proportionately less time4 ,thus1 provide two glasses1 one containing water at fifty-eight degrees1 and the other at two hundred and ten degrees2 place raspings of camphor upon each at the same time2 the camphor in the first glass will rotate for about five hours1 until all but a very minute portion has evaporated1 while the rotation of the camphor in the hot water will last only nineteen minutes3 about half the camphor will pass off1 and the remaining pieces1 instead of being dull1 white1 and opaque1 will be vitreous and transparent1 and evidently soaked with water4 ,the gyrations1 too1 which at first will be very rapid1 will gradually decline in velocity1 until they become quite sluggish4 ,the stilling influence of oil upon waves has become proverbial3 the extraordinary manner in which a small quantity of oil instantly spreads over a very large surface of troubled water1 and the stealthy manner in which even a rough wind glides over it1 must have excited the admiration of all who have witnessed it4 ,by the same principle a drop of oil may be made to stop the motion of the camphor1 as follows3 ,throw some camphor1 both in slices and in small particles1 upon the surface of water1 and while they are rotating1 dip a glass rod into oil of turpentine1 and allow a single drop thereof to trickle down the inner side of the glass to the surface of the water2 the camphor will instantly dart to the opposite point of the liquid surface1 and cease to rotate4 ,if a piece of hard tallow or lard be employed1 the motion of the camphor will be more slowly stopped than by oil or fluid grease1 as the latter spreads over the surface of the water with greater rapidity4 ,if a few drops of sulphuric or muriatic acid be let fall into the water1 they will gradually stop the motion of the camphor2 but if camphor be dropped into nitric acid diluted with its own bulk of water1 it will rotate rapidly for a few seconds1 and then stop4 ,if a piece of the rotating camphor be attentively examined with a lens1 the currents of the water can be well distinguished1 jetting out1 chiefly from the corners of the camphor1 and bearing it round with irregular force4 ,the currents1 as given out by the camphor1 may also be seen by means of the microscope2 a drop or two of pure water being placed upon a slip of glass1 with a particle of camphor floating upon it4 ,by this means the current may be detected1 and it will be seen that they cause the rotations4 ,or a flat watch-glass1 called a lunar1 may be employed1 raised a few inches1 and supported on a wire ring1 kept steady by thrusting one end into an upright piece of wood1 like a retort stand4 ,then put the camphor and water in the watch-glass1 and place under the frame a sheet of white paper1 so that it may receive the shadow of the glass1 camphor1 c41 to be cast by a steady light1 placed above1 and somewhat on one side of the watch glass4 ,on observing the shadow1 which may be considered a magnified representation of the object itself1 the rotations and currents can be distinguished4 ,,artificial ,,fire ,,balls4 ,put thirty grains of phosphorus into a bottle1 which contains three or four ounces of water4 ,place the vessel over a lamp1 and give it a boiling heat4 ,balls of fire will soon be seen to issue from the water1 after the manner of an artificial fire-work1 attended with the most beautiful coruscations4 ,,to ,,melt ,,steel ,,as ,,easily ,,as ,,lead4 ,make a piece of steel red in the fire1 then hold it with a pair of pincers or tongs2 take in the other hand a stick of brimstone1 and touch the piece of steel with it4 ,immediately after their contact1 you will see the steel melt and drop like a liquid4 ,,to ,,tell ,a ,,lady ,,if ,,she ,,is ,,in ,,love4 ,put into a phial some sulphuric ether1 color it red with orchanet1 then saturate the tincture with spermaceti4 ,this preparation is solid ten degrees above freezing point1 and melts and boils at twenty degrees4 ,place the phial which contains it in a lady's hand1 and tell her that if in love1 the solid mass will dissolve4 ,in a few minutes the substance will become fluid4 ,,an ,,egg ,,put ,,into ,a ,,phial4 ,to accomplish this seemingly incredible act1 requires the following preparation3 ,you must take an egg and soak it in strong vinegar2 and in process of time its shell will become quite soft1 so that it may be extended lengthways without breaking2 then insert it into the neck of a small bottle1 and by pouring cold water upon it1 it will reassume its former figure and hardness4 ,this is really a complete curiosity1 and baffles those who are not in the secret to find out how it is accomplished4 ,if the vinegar used to saturate the egg is not sufficiently strong to produce the required softness of shell1 add one teaspoonful of strong acetic acid to every two tablespoonfuls of vinegar4 ,this will render the egg perfectly flexible1 and of easy insertion into the bottle1 which must then be filled with cold water4 ,,to ,,astonish ,a ,,large ,,party4 ,with some lycopodium1 powder the surface of a large or small vessel of water2 you may then challenge any one to drop a piece of money into the water1 and that you will get it with the hand without wetting your skin4 ,the lycopodium adheres to the hand1 and prevents its contact with the water4 ,a little shake of the hand1 after the feat is over1 will dislodge the powder4 ,,test ,,papers4 ,on the otherwise barren rocks which fringe the shore of the ,cape de ,verd ,islands1 grows the archil--a famous seaweed or lichen1 renowned among dyers4 ,by a particular process of manufacture1 this archil yields a beautiful blue pigment1 known in the chemical laboratory by the name of litmus4 ,few colors are more fugitive than litmus4 ,being a fine violet-blue1 it is changed to red by so minute a portion of any acid1 that it becomes1 when properly applied1 a test of the presence of the latter substance4 ,as it is so frequently desirable to know whether a fluid be acid or alkaline1 one of the first practical lessons to a student in chemistry1 is to prepare litmus test paper1 thus3 ,put into a flask half an ounce of litmus1 and three ounces of water2 let them remain together in a warm place for a few hours1 then filter the dark blue liquid from its impurities1 divide the solution obtained into two parts1 pour one portion into a saucer1 and soak strips of white writing paper in it until it has acquired a distinct blue color4 ,if not colored enough by once dipping and drying1 repeat the operation4 ,when dry1 preserve these strips in a box1 labeled ,blue litmus test papers4 ,these serve to test any fluid1 to ascertain if it has an acid reaction4 ,it is instructive to learn how very small a portion of any acid in water will be indicated by the reddening of the litmus4 ,with the second portion of the fluid1 mix1 cautiously1 a few drops of lemon juice1 until it is red2 then color paper as before4 ,when dry1 this red litmus test paper serves to indicate the presence of alkalies1 a class of bodies opposed to acids4 ,red litmus test paper1 on being put into any fluid that is alkaline1 such as lime-water1 is immediately restored to its original blue color4 ,put the ashes of a cigar into water1 the liquid1 when tested1 will indicate the presence of an alkali4 ,test some stale milk4 ,if your blue paper becomes red1 the milk is sour2 it is acid4 ,,infinite ,,divisibility ,,of ,,matter4 ,dissolve a single grain of copper in about one dram of nitric acid1 and dilute the solution with about one ounce of water1 when it will be evident that a single drop of the mixture must contain an almost immeasurably small portion of copper4 ,yet1 if the blade of a knife be dipped into it1 it will become covered with a coat of copper2 thus showing that the copper can be infinitely divided without any alteration in its properties4 ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #d3 ,see also page #hd4 ,footnote #e3 ,all experiments marked thus1 991 should be performed on the hob of the grate1 to permit the fumes to escape up the chimney4 ,,amusements ,,in ,,electricity1 ,,galvanism ,,and ,,magnetism4 ,illustration ,,the ,,origin ,,of ,,galvanism4 ,electricity is one of the most active principles in nature4 ,it exists in all bodies1 and is exhibited by various means1 one of which1 and the most generally employed1 is friction2 but the bodies rubbed together must consist of different substances2 for1 if they are alike1 electricity will not be evolved4 ,some substances1 such as soot1 charcoal1 iron1 gold1 silver1 copper1 and other metals1 water1 c41 are called good conductors1 because they transfer with great facility to other bodies the electric fluid1 which glides over the surface with the velocity of light2 while others1 such as silk1 wool1 hair1 feathers1 dry paper1 leather1 glass1 wax1 c41 are called non-conductors1 because they resist the progress of the fluid1 which accumulates all the time the friction continues4 ,it is from these media that are obtained the usual phenomena of electricity1 as exhibited in the experiments which we shall hereafter describe4 ,its effects are felt in almost every part of nature2 the awful lightning is the exhibition of the electric fluid1 which accumulates in the clouds1 and which is discharged when the heavy lurid masses come in contact with each other2 the mysterious sweeping whirlwind1 the terrific rising and rolling of the sand in the desert wilds of ,africa1 and the beautiful yet evanescent ,aurora ,borealis of the northern climes1 are amongst a few of its effects4 ,the next branch of the science of ,electricity is ,,galvanism1 or1 as it is sometimes called1 ,voltaic ,electricity2 it is obtained through the simple contact of different conducting bodies with each other4 ,it was first discovered at ,bologna1 in the year #agia1 by the lady of ,louis ,galvani1 an ,italian philosopher of great merit1 and professor of anatomy2 from whom1 indeed1 the science received its name4 ,his wife being possessed of a penetrating understanding1 and passionately loving him1 took a lively interest in the science which so much occupied his attention4 ,at the time the incident we are about to narrate took place1 she was in a declining state of health1 and taking soup made of frogs1 by way of restorative4 ,some of these animals1 skinned for the purpose1 happened to be lying on the table of ,galvani's laboratory1 where also stood an electrical machine1 when the point of a knife was unintentionally brought into contact with the nerves of one of the frog's legs1 which lay close to the conductor of the machine1 and immediately the muscles of the limb were violently agitated4 ,madame ,galvani having observed the phenomenon1 instantly informed her husband of it1 and this incident led to the experiments and interesting discoveries which will transmit his name to the latest posterity4 ,the uses of ,galvanic ,electricity for scientific purposes are incalculable2 and its phenomena are so various and extraordinary1 as to render the study of this science exceedingly interesting4 ,through means of a galvanic battery1 substances are decomposed1 colors changed1 water is made inflammable1 and motion is given to lifeless bodies4 ,the experiments we give on ,galvanism show the effect of the combination which forms what is called a simple galvanic circle1 by means of two metals1 zinc and silver1 or zinc and copper1 and water4 ,galvanic action is always accompanied by chemical action1 and all that is necessary to disturb the galvanic fluid is to unite two metals together1 and subject them to the action of a fluid1 which will act chemically upon one of them1 differently to what it does upon the other4 ,a galvanic circle may also be formed of one metal1 and two different fluids1 which have a different action upon the metal4 ,magnetism is a modification of electricity3 at least1 there is sufficient evidence that these causes are intimately connected1 if not identical2 but philosophers are as yet ignorant of its nature4 ,the property designated by the word magnetism is found in an iron ore of a certain composition1 and of a dark gray color and peculiar luster4 ,this ore alone is the local habitation of magnetism1 whilst all others are subject to its influence1 or to be attracted by it4 ,still1 so little difference is there between the magnetic ore1 or loadstone1 and those which do not possess the property1 that only practiced mineralogists can discern one from the other2 and an experienced eye may see two ores join each other by the principle of attraction1 without knowing in which resides the power1 until another ore1 non-magnetic1 is brought within the sphere of attraction1 when it will adhere only to that which contains the principle4 ,this singular property of the loadstone is imparted to other metallic substances1 by rubbing and keeping them close together for some length of time3 if a metal be of a hard texture like steel1 it retains the magnetic principle permanently2 but if soft1 it loses the power as soon as separated from the magnet4 ,the metals thus prepared1 acquire the same directive and attractive power as the loadstone or natural magnet1 and are employed for purposes of the utmost importance4 ,we proceed to give the youthful amateur the opportunity of exemplifying the principles of electricity1 galvanism1 and magnetism1 by several simple experiments4 ,illustration ,,experiments ,,in ,,electricity4 ,illustration #a4--,lay a watch down upon a table1 and on its face balance a tobacco-pipe very carefully4 ,next take a wine-glass1 rub it quickly with a silk handkerchief1 and hold it for half a minute before the fire2 then apply it near to the end of the pipe1 and the latter1 attracted by the electricity evolved by the friction and warmth in the former1 will immediately follow it2 and by carrying the glass around1 always in front of the pipe1 the latter will continue its rotatory motion2 the watch-glass being the center or pivot on which it acts4 #b4--,warm a glass tube1 rub it with a warm flannel1 and then bring a downy feather near it4 ,on the first moment of contact1 the feather will adhere to the glass1 but soon after will fly rapidly from it1 and you may drive it about the room by holding the glass between it and the surrounding objects2 should it1 however1 come in contact with anything not under the influence of electricity1 it will instantly fly back to the glass4 #c4--;,a stick of sealing-wax rubbed against a warm piece of flannel or cloth1 acquires the property of attracting light substances1 such as small pieces of paper1 lint1 c41 if instantly applied at the distance of about an inch4 #d4--,suspend two small pith balls1 by fine silken threads of about six inches in length1 in such a manner1 that when at rest they may hang in contact with each other2 on applying a piece of sealing wax1 excited as in the former experiment1 they will repel each other4 #e4--,take a piece of common brown paper1 about the size of an octavo book1 hold it before the fire till quite dry and hot1 then draw it briskly under the arm several times1 so as to rub it on both sides at once by the coat4 ,the paper will be found so powerfully electrical1 that if placed against a wainscoted or papered wall of a room1 it will remain there for some minutes without falling4 #f4--;,and if1 while the paper adheres to the wall1 a light fleecy feather be placed against it1 it will be attracted to the paper1 in the same way as the paper is attracted to the wall4 #g4--;,if the paper be again warmed1 and drawn under the arm as before1 and hung up by a thread attached to one corner of it1 it will hold up several feathers on each side2 should these fall off from different sides at the same time1 they will cling together very strongly2 and if after a minute they be all shaken off1 they will fly to one another in a very singular manner4 #h4--,warm and excite the paper as before1 lay it on a table1 and place upon it a ball made of elder pith1 about the size of a pea2 the ball will immediately run across the paper1 and if a needle be pointed towards it1 it will again run to another part1 and so on for a considerable time4 #i4--,support a pane of glass1 previously warmed1 upon two books1 one at each end1 and place some bran underneath2 then rub the upper side of the glass with a black silk handkerchief1 or a piece of flannel1 and the bran will dance up and down under it with much rapidity4 #aj4--,place your left hand upon the throat of a cat1 and with the middle finger and the thumb1 press slightly the bones of the animal's shoulders2 then1 if the right hand be gently passed along the back1 perceptible shocks of electricity will be felt in the left hand4 ,shocks may also be obtained by touching the tips of the ears after rubbing the back4 ,if the color of the cat be black1 and the experiment be made in a dark room1 the electric sparks may be very plainly seen4 ,very distinct charges of electricity may also be obtained by touching the tips of the ears after applying friction to the back1 and the same may be obtained from the foot4 ,placing the cat on your knees1 apply the right hand to the back2 the left fore paw resting on the palm of your left hand1 apply the thumb to the upper side of the paw1 so as to extend the claws1 and by this means1 bring your fore finger into contact with one of the bones of the leg1 where it joins the paw2 when1 from the knob or end of this bone1 the finger slightly pressing on it1 you may feel distinctly successive shocks1 similar to those obtained from the ears4 ,it is1 perhaps1 unnecessary to add1 that1 in order to this experiment being conveniently performed1 the experimenter must be on good terms with the cat4 ,,electrical ,,shock ,,from ,a ,,sheet ,,of ,,paper4 ,place an iron japanned tea tray on a dry1 clean1 beaker glass2 then take a sheet of foolscap writing paper1 and hold it close to the fire until all its hygrometric moisture is dissipated1 but not so as to scorch it2 in this state it is one of the finest electrics we have4 ,hold one end down on a table with the finger and thumb1 and give it about a dozen strokes with a large piece of ,india rubber from the left to the right1 beginning at the top4 ,now take it up by two of the corners and bring it over the tray1 and it will fall down on it like a stone2 if one finger be now brought under the tray1 a sensible shock will be felt4 ,now lay a needle on the tray with its point projecting outwards1 remove the paper1 and a star sign of the negative electricity will be seen3 return the paper1 and the positive brush will appear4 ,in fact1 it forms a very extemporaneous electrophorus1 which will give a spark an inch long1 and strong enough to set fire to some combustible bodies1 and to exhibit all the electric phenomena not requiring coated surfaces4 ,if four beaker glasses are placed on the floor1 and a book laid on them1 a person may stand on them insulated2 if he then holds the tray vertically1 the paper will adhere strongly to it1 and sparks may be drawn from any part of his body2 or he may draw sparks from any other person1 as the case may be2 or he may set fire to some inflammable bodies1 by touching them with a piece of ice4 ,,light ,,under ,,water4 ,rub two pieces of fine lump sugar together in the dark1 and a bright electric light will be produced4 ,the same effect1 but in a more intense degree1 may be produced with two pieces of silex or quartz1 the white quartz being best for this purpose4 ,the same effect may also be witnessed by rubbing the pieces of quartz together1 under water4 ,,simple ,,means ,,of ,,producing ,,electricity4 ,illustration ,to show the nature of electrical action1 rub a piece of sealing-wax or amber upon the coat sleeve1 and it will be found that while warm by the friction1 it attracts light bodies1 such as straws or small pieces of paper4 ,in our experiments we have shown that if a clean glass tube be rubbed several times through a silken or leather cloth1 and presented to any substance1 it will immediately attract or repel them2 and if a poker suspended by a dry silk string be presented to its upper end1 then the lower end of the poker will exhibit the same phenomena as the tube itself1 which shows that the electrical fluid passes through the metal4 ,but if for a metallic body a stick of glass or sealing wax be substituted1 these phenomena will not occur1 which proves that the electrical fluid does not pass through these substances4 ,by this it will be perceived that besides the class of bodies called electrics1 there is another which we call conductors4 ,these bodies cannot be excited themselves1 but have the power of transmitting the electric fluid through them4 ,these bodies comprise all the metals1 some metal and metallic ores2 the fluids of animal bodies2 water1 and other fluids1 except oil2 ice1 snow1 earthy substances1 smoke1 steam1 and even a vacuum4 ,illustration ,when any electrified conductor is wholly surrounded by non-conductors1 so that the electric fluid cannot pass from the conductor along conductors to the earth1 it is said to be insulated4 ,thus the human body is a conductor of electricity2 but if a person standing on a glass stool 7as represented in the drawing7 be charged with electricity1 the electric fluid cannot pass from him to the earth1 and he is said to be positively electrified1 because he has more than his natural share2 he is also insulated1 and if he be touched by another person standing on the ground1 sparks will be exhibited at the point of contact1 where also the person touching will feel a pricking sensation4 ,,attraction ,,and ,,repulsion ,,exhibited4 ,illustration ,in order to illustrate certain remarkable facts in this science of an amusing character1 attention must be directed to the figure ,a ,b1 which is a metal stand2 ,c is a small piece of cork or pith1 which is suspended from the hook by a dry silken thread4 ,having rubbed an electron1 as a dry rod of glass1 and presented it to ,c1 the ball will be instantaneously attracted to the glass1 and will adhere to it4 ,after they remain in contact for a few seconds1 if the glass be withdrawn without being touched by the fingers1 and again presented to the ball1 the latter will be repelled instead of attracted1 as in the first instance4 ,by being touched with the finger1 the ball can be deprived of its electricity1 and if1 after this has been done1 we present a piece of sealing-wax in place of the glass formerly employed1 the very same phenomena will take place4 ,on the first application the ball will be attracted1 and on the second repelled4 ,before the young reader can perform any very important experiments with electricity1 he must become possessed of an ,,electrical ,,machine1 which is an instrument contrived for the purpose of rubbing together the surfaces of electrics and non-electrics4 ,they generally consist of a cylinder1 or plate of glass1 and a piece of silk for it to rub against1 covered with an amalgam1 the method of preparing which we shall hereafter describe4 ,,how ,,to ,,make ,,an ,,electrical ,,machine4 ,illustration ,it is very easy to make a glass machine of the cylindrical form1 if the maker cannot afford to buy one4 ,first procure a common wine bottle of good dimensions1 and thickish glass ,drill a hole through its bottom1 by igniting a piece of worsted tied round round it1 dipped in turpentine1 which will do this4 ,through this hole and the mouth pass a spindle1 as represented in the cut4 ,the end of ,b should be squared to fix a handle on1 and the spindle should be fixed firmly in the bottle4 ,the bottle is then to be fixed in a frame1 in the following manner3 ,the end of the spindle ,c passes through a hole at ,b2 and the other end at ,c has the handle for turning the machine4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,,cushion4 ,next make a cushion of wash-leather1 stuffed with wool1 and fastened to the top of a frame of the following figure4 ,this frame is to be of such a height that the cushion shall press against the sides of the bottle1 and a piece of black silk is sewn on to the top of the cushion1 and hangs over the bottle ,d4 ,the cushion should be smeared with an amalgam1 formed by melting together in the bowl of a tobacco pipe1 one part of tin with two of zinc2 to which1 while fluid1 should be added six parts of mercury4 ,these should be stirred about till quite cold1 and then reduced to a fine powder in a mortar1 and mixed with a sufficient quantity of lard to form a thickish paste4 ,when all is done1 the machine is complete4 ,,conductor4 ,the electricity being generated by the friction produced between the rubber and the bottle from the motion imparted by the handle1 it is necessary to draw it off for use4 ,this is performed by what is called a conductor4 ,this is made in the following manner3 ,at right angles to one end of a cylinder of wood1 about two inches and a half in diameter1 and six inches long1 fix a small wooden cylinder about three quarters of an inch in diameter1 and three inches long1 rounded at both ends--the other end of the larger cylinder is also to be rounded4 ,cover the whole with tinfoil1 and mount it on a stand on a glass rod4 ,when used1 it is to be placed with the even piece in a line even with1 and about half an inch from the bottle1 and it should be of such a height as to come just below the silk apron4 ,when it is wished to charge a ,leyden jar1 it is to be placed at the round end of the conductor4 ,by these simple means a great variety of pleasing experiments may be performed2 but to show the various phenomena connected with this interesting study1 we shall now describe an electrical machine of the newest construction1 and perform our experiments with it4 ,,the ,,plate ,,electrical ,,machine4 ,illustration ,formerly the electrical machine was made in the form of a cylinder1 but now it consists of a plate ,a1 as seen in the engraving4 ,the plate is turned by the handle ,f1 through the rubber ,b ,b1 which diffuses the excitement over the glass4 ,the points or balls at each side of the plate carry off a constant stream of positive electricity to the prime conductor ,c4 ,negative electricity is generated by insulating the conductor to which the cushion is attached1 and continuing the prime conductor with the ground1 so as to carry off the fluid collected from the plate4 ,,how ,,to ,,draw ,,sparks ,,from ,,the ,,tip ,,of ,,the ,,nose4 ,if the person who works the machine be supported on a stool having glass legs1 and connected with the conductor by means of a glass rod1 the electricity will pass from the conductor to him1 and as it cannot get away1 owing to the glass on which he stands being a non-conductor1 any person on touching him can draw the electricity from him1 which will exhibit itself in small sparks as it passes to the person who touches him4 ,if touched on the nose1 sparks of fire will issue from it4 ,,how ,,to ,,get ,a ,,jar ,,full ,,of ,,electricity4 ,illustration ,a most useful piece of electrical apparatus is called the ,leyden jar1 here represented4 ,it is employed for the purpose of obtaining a quantity of electricity1 which may be applied to any substance4 ,it consists of a glass jar1 coated both inside and without1 four fifths of the way up1 with tinfoil4 ,a knob rises through a wooden top1 communicating with the inside of the jar4 ,when it is wished to charge the jar1 this knob is applied to the prime conductor of the electrical machine when in action1 and a quantity of electricity being given off1 the jar will remain charged with it till a connection is made1 by some good conductor of electricity1 between the knob and the outside tinfoil4 ,a piece of brass chain must hang from the stem that carries the knob1 and connect it with the interior of the jar4 ,,the ,,electrical ,,battery4 ,illustration ,if several of these jars be united1 an enormous quantity of electricity can be collected2 but in arranging them1 all the interior coatings must be made to communicate by metallic rods1 and a similar union must be effected among the exterior coatings4 ,when thus arranged1 the whole series may be charged as if they formed but one jar4 ,illustration ,for the purpose of making a direct communication between the inner or outer coatings of a jar or battery1 by which a discharge is effected1 an instrument called a discharging rod is employed4 ,it consists of two bent metallic rods1 terminating at one end by brass balls1 and connected at another by a joint which is fixed to the end of a glass handle1 and which1 acting like a pair of compasses1 allows of the balls being separated at certain distances4 ,when opened to the proper degree1 one of the balls is made to touch the exterior coating1 and the other ball is then brought into contact with the knob of the jar1 when a discharge is effected2 while the glass handle secures the person holding it from the effects of the shock4 ,,dancing ,,balls ,,and ,,dolls4 ,illustration ,illustration ,get two round pieces of wood1 ,a ,b1 and coat them with tin foil1 or two pieces of metal plate2 attach one of them to the prime conductor by a chain1 and let it hang about two or three inches from the knob4 ,place some pith balls upon the bottom piece of wood ,b1 and bring it under the other4 ,immediately this is done1 and the upper piece is charged by electricity from the machine1 the pith balls will jump up and down1 and from one to the other with great rapidity4 ,if some of the pith be formed into little figures1 they will also dance and leap about in the most grotesque manner4 ,the same may be made to dance by merely holding the inside of a dry glass tumbler to the prime conductor for a few minutes1 while the machine is in action1 and then whelming it over them1 when they will jump about to the no small astonishment of the spectators1 as the cause of their motion is not quite so apparent4 ,,the ,,electrical ,,kiss4 ,this amusing experiment is performed by means of the electrical stool4 ,let any lady challenge a gentleman not acquainted with the experiment1 to favor her with a salute4 ,the lady thereupon mounts the glass stool1 and takes hold of a chain connected with the prime conductor4 ,the machine being then put in motion1 the gentleman approaches the lady1 and immediately he attempts to imprint the seal of soft affection upon her coral lips1 a spark will fly in his face1 which generally deters him from his rash and wicked intention4 ,,ringing ,,bells4 ,illustration ,bells may be made to ring by electricity in the following manner4 ,let three small bells be suspended from a brass wire ,d ,d1 and supported by a glass pillar ,a1 passing through bell ,b to the bell ,e4 ,the electrical apparatus being attached to the knob ,f the electricity passes down the wires ,d ,d to the bells1 which are then positively electrified1 and attract the clappers ,c ,c1 that are negatively so1 in consequence of being insulated by the silken strings1 which are not conductors4 ,the bells therefore attract the clappers till they are charged1 when they strike against the center bell to discharge themselves1 and thus a peal is rung on the bells until the electricity is driven off4 ,,working ,,power ,,of ,,electricity4 ,illustration ,this may be shown in a variety of ways4 ,the subjoined machine will exhibit the principle upon which many ingenious toys may be made by the young philosopher4 ,in the figure ,a is a wooden board or stand1 ,b ,b ,b ,b1 four pillars having fine wires1 ,c ,c1 stretched above4 ,on these rest the rotatory wire or wheel ,f1 having its points turned the reverse way4 ,by means of a chain attached to the conductor1 and to the instrument at ,b1 the electricity passes over the pillar ,b1 up the wire ,c into the wheel1 and off at the points1 which causes it to be turned round on an inclined plane till it reaches the top4 ,,the ,,electrified ,,wig4 ,while a person is on the electrical stool1 if he be charged with much electricity1 ,each hair will stand on end1 ,like quills upon the fretful porcupine4 ,illustration ,a wooden head1 not your own1 but a real wooden head1 with a wig of streaming hair1 and a handsome face to correspond1 may be made in the following form1 with a wire in the neck to support it by1 and fixed in the conductor of an electrical machine4 ,when this is put in motion1 the hair will rise up as in figure #b1 to astonish even ,whigs1 who are seldom astonished by1 or deterred from anything4 ,,imitation ,,thunderclouds4 ,to show the manner in which thunderclouds perform their operations in the air4 ,a ,a is a wooden stand1 on which are erected two uprights1 ,b ,b2 ,c ,c are two small pulleys1 over which a silken cord can pull easily2 ,e is another silken line stretched across from one upright to another2 on these silken cords two pieces of thin cardboard1 covered with tin foil1 and cut so as to represent clouds1 are to be fixed horizontally1 and made to communicate by means of thin wires1 ,f and ,g1 one with the inside1 and the other with the outside of a charged jar1 ,d4 ,now1 by pulling the loop of the silk line ,e1 the cloud #a will be brought near the cloud #b2 continue this slowly until the clouds 7which are furnished with two small brass balls7 are within an inch of each other1 when a beautiful flash1 strongly resembling lightning in miniature1 will pass from one cloud to the other1 restoring electrical equilibrium4 ,illustration ,,the ,,lightning-,,stroke ,,imitated4 ,if the jar ,d be put behind the stand1 and the cloud #b removed1 a vessel communicating by means of a wire with the outside of the jar1 may be swum in water under the remaining cloud2 the mast being made of separate pieces1 and but slightly joined together4 ,when the cloud is passed over the vessel1 the mast will be struck and shattered to pieces4 ,illustration ,,the ,,sportsman4 ,this apparatus is capable of affording much amusement3 ,a is a stand of wood1 ,b is a common ,leyden jar1 out of which proceed the wires ,h ,h1 one terminating in ball ,f1 the other in the ball ,d1 to which are attached a number of pith birds1 by silken strings2 ,e is a shelf for the birds to rest upon2 ,c is the sportsman2 ,g his gun4 ,to put this operation in motion1 the ,leyden jar is to be charged with electricity1 by affixing a chain to the bottom part of it1 and connecting it with an electrical machine in the usual manner1 or by applying it to a prime conductor1 when the birds will fly off the knob to which they are fixed1 in consequence of their being repelled4 ,if the sportsman and gun be then turned1 so that the end of his gun shall touch the knob ,f1 an electric spark will pass from one to the other1 a report will be heard1 and the birds will fall down as if shot1 in consequence of the electricity having been taken from the ,leyden jar4 ,there should be a communication between the sportsman and the jar1 formed of tinfoil1 or some metal1 as shown by the dotted line on the stand4 ,illustration ,such are a few of many experiments which may be made by the young experimenter1 who is fond of science and has any ingenuity2 but should he possess little love of research1 no ingenuity1 and would like to amuse himself with an electrifying machine of little cost1 he may sit himself down to a ,,black ,,tom ,,cat1 and be a ,katterfelto at once4 ,illustration ,,experiments ,,in ,,galvanism4 #a4 ,place a thin plate of zinc upon the upper surface of the tongue1 and a half dollar or a piece of silver on the under surface4 ,allow the metals to remain for a little time in contact with the tongue before they are made to touch each other1 that the taste of the metals themselves may not be confounded with the sensation produced by their contact4 ,when the edges of the metals1 which project beyond the tongue1 are then suffered to touch1 a galvanic sensation is produced1 which it is difficult accurately to describe4 #b4 ,place a silver teaspoon as high as possible between the gums and the upper lip1 and a piece of zinc between the gums and the under lip4 ,on bringing the extremities of the metals into contact1 a very vivid sensation1 and an effect like a flash of light across the eyes1 will be perceived4 ,it is singular that this light is equally vivid in the dark and in the strongest light1 and whether the eyes be shut or open4 #c4 ,put a silver cup or mug1 filled with water1 upon a plate of zinc on a table1 and just touch the water with the tip of the tongue2 it will be tasteless so long as the zinc plate is not handled1 for the body does not form a voltaic circle with the metals4 ,moisten your hand well1 take hold of the plate of zinc1 and touch the water with your tongue1 when a very peculiar sensation1 and an acid taste1 will be experienced4 #d4 ,take a piece of copper of about six inches in width1 and put upon it a piece of zinc of rather smaller dimensions1 inserting a piece of cloth1 of the same size as the zinc1 between them2 place a leech upon the piece of zinc1 and though there appear nothing to hinder it from crawling away1 yet it will not pass from the zinc to the copper1 because its damp body acting as a conductor to the fluid disturbed1 as soon as it touches the copper it receives a galvanic shock1 and of course retires to its resting-place4 #e4 ,plunge an iron knife into a solution of sulphate of copper 7blue-stone72 by chemical action1 only1 it will become covered with metallic copper4 ,immerse in the same solution a piece of platinum1 taking care not to let it touch the iron1 and no deposition of copper will take place upon it2 but if the upper ends of the metals be brought into contact with each other1 a copious deposition of copper will soon settle upon the platinum likewise4 ,,with ,,metal ,,plates ,,in ,,water4 ,illustration ,if we take two plates of different kinds of metal1 platinum or copper1 and zinc1 for example1 and immerse them in pure water1 having wires attached to them above1 then if the wire of each is brought into contact in another vessel of water1 a galvanic circle will be formed1 the water will be slowly decomposed1 its oxygen will be fixed on the zinc wire1 and at the same time a current of electricity will be transmitted through the liquid to the platinum or copper wire1 on the end of which the other element of water1 namely1 the hydrogen1 will make its appearance in the form of minute gas bubbles4 ,the electrical current passes back again into the zinc at the points of its contact with the platinum1 and thus a continued current is kept up1 and hence it is called a galvanic circle4 ,the moment the circuit is broken by separating the wires1 the current ceases1 but is again renewed by making them touch either in or out of the water4 ,if a small quantity of sulphuric acid be added to the water1 the phenomenon will be more apparent4 ,the end of the wire attached to the piece of platinum or copper is called the positive pole of the battery1 and that of the wire attached to the zinc is the negative pole4 ,illustration ,the current of electricity here generated will be extremely feeble1 but this can be easily increased by multiplying the glasses and the number of the pieces of metal4 ,if we take six such glasses instead of one1 partially fill them with dilute sulphuric acid1 and put a piece of zinc and copper into each1 connecting them by means of copper wire from glass to glass through the whole series1 a stronger current of electricity will be the result4 ,the experimenter must be careful not to let the wire and zinc touch each other at the bottom of the tumblers1 and must also remember that the copper of glass #a is connected with the zinc of glass #b1 and so on4 ,,to ,,make ,a ,,magnet ,,by ,,galvanism4 ,to effect this1 make a connection between the poles of the above or any excited battery with the two ends of a wire formed into a spiral coil1 by bending common bonnet wire closely round a cylinder1 or tube1 of about an inch in diameter2 into this coil introduce a needle1 or piece of steel wire1 laying it lengthways down the circles of the coil4 ,in a few minutes after the electric fluid has passed through the spiral wire1 and consequently round the needle or wire1 the latter will be found to be strongly magnetized1 and to possess all the properties of a magnet4 ,,effects ,,of ,,galvanism ,,on ,a ,,magnet4 ,if a galvanic current1 or any electric current1 be made to pass along a wire1 under which and in a line with it a compass is placed1 it will be found that the needle will no longer point north and south1 but will take a direction nearly across the current1 and point almost east and west4 ,,change ,,of ,,color ,,by ,,galvanism4 ,put a teaspoonful of sulphate of soda into a cup1 and dissolve it in hot water2 pour a little cabbage blue into the solution1 and put a portion into two glasses1 connecting them by a piece of linen or cotton cloth previously moistened in the same solution4 ,on putting one of the wires of the galvanic pole into each glass1 the acid accumulates in the one1 turning the blue to a red1 and the alkali in the other1 rendering it green4 ,if the wires be now reversed1 the acid accumulates eventually in the glass where the alkali appeared1 while the alkali passes to the glass where the acid was4 ,,the ,,galvanic ,,shock4 ,if the ends of the wires of a galvanic battery be placed in separate basins of water1 then1 on dipping the fingers of each hand in the basin1 a smart shock will be felt1 with a particular aching accompanied with trembling4 ,with a strong battery this effect is felt as high as the shoulders4 ,the shock will also be felt by simply holding the galvanic wires1 one in each hand1 provided the hands be moistened with salt and water4 ,several persons may receive the shock together by joining hands4 ,,familiar ,,galvanic ,,effects4 ,coat the point of your tongue with tin-foil1 and its middle part with gold or silver leaf1 so that the two metals touch1 when a sourish taste will be produced4 ,this simple effect is termed ,a ,galvanic ,tongue4 ,ale and porter drink better out of a pewter or tin pot1 than from glass or earthenware2 because of the galvanic influence of the green copper as used to give the beer a frothy head4 ,galvanic experiments may be made with the legs of a frog4 ,a live flounder will answer nearly the same purpose4 ,lay the fish in a plate1 upon a slip of zinc1 to which is attached a piece of wire1 and put a quarter dollar upon the flounder's back2 then touch the quarter dollar with the wire1 and at each contact strong muscular contractions will be produced4 ,illustration ,,experiments ,,in ,,magnetism4 #a4 ,we have said that the agency of the magnet can be imparted to hard metallic bodies2 this may be done in a very easy way4 ,if you pass a magnet 7which may be either natural or artificial7 over a sewing-needle several times from the eye to the point1 the needle will acquire the principle1 and attract iron filings in the same manner as a natural magnet would do4 ,but the part of the magnet which you apply to the needle must be the north pole2 and you must not pass it over the needle backward and forward1 but lift it always from the point and again begin from the eye4 ,suppose you wish to impart the principle to a small bar of tempered steel1 tie the piece to be magnetized to a poker with a piece of silk1 and hold the part of the poker to which it is attached in the left hand2 take hold of the tongs1 a little below the middle1 with the right hand1 and rub the steel bar with them1 moving the tongs from the bottom to the top1 and keeping them steadily in a vertical position all the time4 ,about a dozen strokes on each side will impart sufficient magnetic power to the bar to enable the operator to lift up small pieces of iron and steel with it4 ,the lower end of the bar should be marked before it is fastened to the poker1 so that the poles may be readily distinguished from each other when it is taken off2 the upper end being the south pole1 and the lower the north4 ,illustration #b4 ,scatter some iron filings upon a piece of paper1 and hold a magnet underneath it4 ,the instant the contact takes place1 the filings will raise themselves upright1 and fall down as soon as the magnet is withdrawn4 ,the effect is singular1 and indeed very amusing2 the diminutive iron particles rising and falling1 as if by supernatural agency4 ,,test ,,of ,,magnetic ,,power4 ,to ascertain whether a piece of metal1 or mineral1 is magnetic1 present it to one of the poles of a poised magnet4 ,if it be attracted at both poles1 you may then conclude that the substance so tested is not magnetic4 ,dip a magnet into boiling water1 and it will lose half of its magnetism2 but as the magnet cools1 its full power will return4 ,,to ,,make ,,artificial ,,magnets4 ,this may be done by stroking a piece of hard steel with a natural or artificial magnet4 ,take a common sewing-needle1 and pass the north pole of a magnet from the eye to the point1 pressing it gently in so doing4 ,after reaching the end of the needle1 the magnet must not be passed back again towards the eye1 but must be lifted up and applied again to that end1 the friction being always in the same direction4 ,after repeating this for a few times1 the needle will become magnetized1 and attract iron filings1 c4 ,,how ,,to ,,magnetize ,a ,,poker4 ,hold it in the left hand in a position slightly inclined from the perpendicular1 the lower end pointing to the north1 and then strike it smartly several times with a large iron hammer1 and it will be found to possess the powers of a magnet1 although but slightly4 ,,to ,,show ,,magnetic ,,repulsion ,,and ,,attraction4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,fig4 #b4 ,suspend two short pieces of iron wire1 ,n ,s1 ,n ,s1 so that they will hang in contact in a vertical position4 ,if the north pole of a magnet ,n be now brought to a moderate distance between the wires1 they will recede from each other as in figure #a4 ,the ends ,s ,s being made south poles by induction from the north pole ,n1 will repel each other1 and so will the north poles ,n ,n4 ,this separation of the wires will increase as the magnet approaches them1 but there will be a particular distance at which the attractive force of ,n overcomes the repulsive force of the poles ,s ,s1 and causes the wires to converge as in figure #b2 the north poles ,n ,n still exhibiting their mutual repulsion4 ,,variation ,,of ,,the ,,needle4 ,the magnetic needle does not point exactly north and south1 but the north pole of the needle takes a direction considerably to the west of the true north4 ,it is constantly changing1 and varies at different parts of the earth1 and at different times of the day4 ,,dip ,,of ,,the ,,needle4 ,another remarkable and evident manifestation of the influence of the magnetism of the earth upon the needle is the inclination or dip of the latter1 which is a deviation from its horizontal place in a downward direction in northern regions of its north1 and in southern regions of its south pole4 ,the causes of the dipping of the needle are yet unexplained4 ,in balancing the needle on the crd1 on account of this dipping1 a small weight or moveable piece of brass is placed on one end of the needle1 by the shifting of which either nearer to or further from the center1 the needle will always be balanced4 ,,to ,,suspend ,a ,,needle ,,in ,,the ,,air ,,by ,,magnetism4 ,place a magnet on a stand to raise it a little above the table2 then bring a small sewing-needle containing a thread1 within a little distance of the magnet1 keeping hold of the thread to prevent the needle from attaching itself to the magnet4 ,the needle in endeavoring to fly to the magnet1 and being prevented by the thread1 will remain curiously suspended in the air1 like ,mahommed's coffin4 ,,magnetism ,,by ,,hammering4 ,place a bar of iron in a vertical position1 and give it a series of slight blows with a hammer or poker1 when it will acquire a feeble degree of magnetism2 hence it happens1 that the anvils and other tools employed in smithies are endowed with magnetism4 ,it is1 however1 a remarkable circumstance1 that if you strike a magnet its magnetizing force will be either very much impaired1 or altogether destroyed4 ,percussion and friction in the required position would seem1 from this and preceding experiments1 to be the chief means of magnetizing iron and steel4 ,these operations1 as it were1 waken up the inert particles of the metal to admit new magnetism1 or to develop that which already resides in it1 originally derived from the earth4 ,,power ,,of ,,the ,,electro ,,magnet4 ,illustration ,the same influence which affects the magnetic needle already described1 will also communicate magnetism to soft iron4 ,if a bar of that metal1 bent as in the drawing1 be surrounded with a common bonnet wire1 or a copper wire prevented from touching the iron by a winding of cotton or thread1 and then if a current of voltaic electricity be sent through the wire1 the bar becomes a powerful magnet1 and will continue so as long as the connection with the battery is preserved4 ,on breaking the contact1 the magnetism disappears4 ,this experiment may be easily made by the young reader with a horse-shoe magnet1 surrounded by several coils of wire4 ,p is the positive and ,n the negative pole4 ,,the ,,mariner',s ,,compass4 ,the mariner's compass is an artificial magnet fitted in a proper box1 and consists of three parts--#a1 the box2 #b1 the card or fly2 and #c1 the needle4 ,the box is suspended in a square wooden case1 by means of two concentric brass circles called gimbals1 so fixed by brazen axes to the two boxes1 that the inner one1 or compass-box1 retains a horizontal position in all motions of the ship4 ,the card is a circular piece of paper which is fastened upon the needle1 and moves with it4 ,the outer edge of the card is divided into thirty-two points1 as shown in the engraving1 called points of the compass4 ,the needle is a slender bar of hardened steel1 having a hollow agate cup in the center1 which moves upon the point of a pivot made of brass4 ,illustration ,,to ,,make ,,artificial ,,magnets ,,without ,,the ,,aid ,,either ,,of ,,natural ,,loadstones ,,or ,,artificial ,,magnets4 ,illustration ,take an iron poker and tongs1 or two bars of iron1 the larger and the older the better1 and fixing the poker upright1 hold to it with the left hand near the top ,p by a silk thread1 a bar of soft steel about three inches long1 one fourth of an inch broad1 and one twentieth thick2 mark one end1 and let this end be downwards4 ,then grasping the tongs ,t with the right hand a little below the middle1 and keeping them nearly in a vertical line1 let the bar ,b be rubbed with the lower end ,l of the tongs1 from the marked end of the bar to its upper end1 about ten times on each side of it4 ,by this means the bar ,b will receive as much magnetism as will enable it to lift a small key at the marked end2 and this end1 the bar being suspended by its middle or made to rest on a joint1 will turn to the north1 and is called its north pole1 the unmarked end being the south pole4 ,this is the method recommended by ,mr4 ,caxton1 in his process1 which he regarded superior to those in former use1 and of which a more detailed account will be found in his interesting volume4 ,,the ,,watch ,,magnetized4 ,borrow a watch from the company1 and inquire if it will go when laid on the table4 ,then place it just over the point at which a magnet is fixed underneath the top of the table1 and the magnet will attract the balance-wheel of the watch1 and cause it to stop4 ,,north ,,and ,,south ,,poles ,,of ,,the ,,magnet4 ,illustration ,each magnet has its poles1 north and south1 the north or south poles of one magnet1 repel the north and south pole of another4 ,if a magnet1 as in the following figure1 be dipped in some iron filings1 they will be immediately attracted to one end4 ,supposing this to be the north pole1 each of the ends of the filings1 not in contact with the magnet1 will become north poles1 while the ends in contact will by induction become south poles4 ,both will have a tendency to repel each other1 and the filings will stand on the magnet as in the figure4 ,,polarity ,,of ,,the ,,magnet4 ,the best method of proving this is to take a magnet or a piece of steel rendered magnetic1 and to place it on a piece of cork by laying it in a groove cut to receive it4 ,if the cork be placed in the center of a basin of water1 and allowed to swim freely on its surface1 so that it is not attracted by the sides of the basin1 it will be found to turn its north pole to the north1 and its south pole to the south1 the same as the mariner's compass4 ,if you fix two magnets in two pieces of cork1 and place them also in a basin of water1 and they are in a parallel position with the same poles together1 that is1 north to north1 and south to south1 they will mutually repel each other2 but if the contrary poles point to one another1 as north to south1 they will be attracted4 ,illustration ,,magnetic ,,action ,,and ,,reaction4 ,a magnet and a piece of iron attract each other equally1 whatever disproportion there is between their sizes4 ,if either be balanced in a scale1 and the other be brought within a certain distance beneath it1 the very same counterpoise will be required to prevent their approach1 whichever be in the scale4 ,if the two were hanging near each other1 as pendulums1 they would approach and meet1 but the little one would perform more of the journey in proportion to its littleness4 ,,to ,,pass ,,magnetism ,,through ,a ,,board4 ,place a common sewing-needle on a smooth horizontal board1 and move a strong magnet underneath the board1 when the needle will revolve along the board1 according to the peculiar motion given to the magnet4 ,,the ,,magnetic ,,table4 ,under the top of a common table1 place a magnet that turns on a pivot1 and fix a board under it that nothing may appear4 ,there may also be a drawer under the table1 which you pull out1 to show that there is nothing concealed4 ,at one end of the table there must be a pin that communicates with a magnet1 and by which it may be placed in different positions2 this pin must be so placed as not to be visible to the spectators4 ,strew some steel filings1 or very small nails1 over that part of the table where the magnet is4 ,then ask any one to lend a knife1 or a key1 which will then attract part of the nails or filings4 ,then placing your hand1 in a careless manner1 on the pin at the end of the table1 you alter the position of the magnet2 and giving the key to any person1 you desire him to make the experiment1 which he will then not be able to perform4 ,you then give the key to another person1 at the same time placing the magnet1 by means of the pin1 in the first position1 when that person will immediately perform the experiment4 ,,interesting ,,particulars ,,concerning ,,the ,,magnet4 ,fire-irons which have rested in one position in a room during the summer months are often highly magnetic4 ,iron bars standing erect1 such as the gratings of a prison cell1 or the iron railings before houses1 are often magnetic4 ,the uppermost of the iron tires round a carriage wheel attracts the north end of a magnet1 and has hence south polarity1 while the lower end attracting the south end of the same1 has north polarity4 ,,conclusion4 ,the preceding experiments in ,electricity1 ,galvanism1 and ,magnetism1 we have selected for the simple yet clear expositions which they offer of the fundamental principles of those branches of philosophy2 more elaborate experiments we have refrained from inserting1 as although1 perhaps1 more astonishing and impressive in their effects1 the costly and cumbrous apparatus which they require1 raise them far above the means of most boys1 for whose instruction and amusement we cater4 ,,exaggerated ,,magnetism4 ,our readers will1 doubtless1 recollect several stories1 in which the powers of the magnet are greatly exaggerated4 ,other accounts of its virtues1 though true in fact1 yet really appear1 without some consideration1 to be fictitious4 ,in a ,german collection of fairy tales1 in which the ancient chivalry of the court of the famous ,charlemagne1 the faithful squires who attended on his heroic knights1 the damsels in distress whom they relieved1 the dwarfs who were their friends1 and the giants and magicians who worked their earthly woe1 are the principal characters1 we remember a passage to the effect following3 ,the knight1 who volunteered to adventure forward from the body of cavalry that were bent on this exploit1 to reconnoitre the position of this gigantic enchanter's castle1 had scarcely approached within sight of it1 when he beheld the enormous bulk of the giant himself leaning against the outward wall4 ,pursuant to the instructions he had received1 the knight1 forthwith1 turned his gallant steed's head towards his companions in arms1 and1 at a swift pace1 came pricking o'er the plain4 ,he now heard the giant in pursuit1 and struck his spurs into his good steed's flank2 but1 alas6 he had scarcely approached within view of the chivalric troop1 when the mighty hand of the giant magician was stretched forth1 armed only with one of his horse's shoes1 which was made of loadstone1 and1 by its attractive powers on his steel armor1 his grieved associates had the mortification of seeing the knight unhorsed4 ,,the ,,magic ,,of ,,pneumatics ,,and ,a,,rostatics4 ,illustration ,there is a tricksey spirit in the air ,that plays sad gambols4--,,ben ,,jonson4 ,the branch of the physical sciences which relates to the air and its various phenomena is called ,pneumatics4 ,by it we learn many curious particulars4 ,by it we find that the air has weight and pressure1 color1 density1 elasticity1 compressibility1 and some other properties with which we shall endeavor to make the young reader acquainted by many pleasing experiments1 earnestly impressing upon him to lose no opportunity of making physical science his study4 ,to show that the air has weight and pressure1 the common leather sucker by which boys raise stones will show the pressure of the atmosphere4 ,it consists of a piece of soft but firm leather1 having a piece of string drawn through its center4 ,the leather is made quite wet and pliable1 and then its under part is placed on the stone and stamped down by the foot4 ,this pressing of the leather excludes the air from between the leather and the stone1 and by pulling the string a vacuum is left underneath its center2 consequently the weight of the air about the edges of the leather1 not being counterbalanced by any air between it and the stone1 enables the boy to lift it4 ,,weight ,,of ,,the ,,air ,,proved ,,by ,a ,,pair ,,of ,,bellows4 ,shut the nozzle and valve-hole of a pair of bellows1 and after having squeezed the air out of them1 if they are perfectly air-tight1 we shall find that a very great force1 even some hundreds of pounds1 is necessary for separating the boards4 ,they are kept together by the weight of the heavy air which surrounds them in the same manner as if they were surrounded by water4 ,,the ,,pressure ,,of ,,the ,,air ,,shown ,,by ,a ,,wine-,,glass4 ,place a card on a wine-glass filled with water1 then invert the glass1 the water will not escape1 the pressure of the atmosphere on the outside of the card being sufficient to support the water4 ,illustration ,,another4 ,illustration ,invert a tall glass jar in a dish of water1 and place a lighted taper under it2 as the taper consumes the air in the jar1 the water from the pressure without rises up to supply the place of the air removed by the combustion4 ,in the operation of cupping1 the operator holds the flame of a lamp under a bell-shaped glass4 ,the air within this being rarefied and expanded1 a considerable portion is given off4 ,in this state the glass is placed upon the flesh1 and as the air within it cools1 it contracts1 and the glass adheres to the flesh by the difference of the pressure of the internal and external air4 ,,elasticity ,,of ,,the ,,air4 ,illustration ,this can be shown by a beautiful philosophical toy which may easily be constructed4 ,procure a glass jar1 such as is here represented4 ,then mould three or four little figures in wax1 and make them hollow within1 and having each a minute opening at the heel1 by which water may pass in and out4 ,place them in the jar1 as seen in the figure1 and adjust them by the quantity of water admitted to them1 so that in specific gravity they differ a little from each other4 ,the mouth of the jar should now be covered with a piece of skin or ,india-rubber1 and then1 if the hand be pressed upon the top or mouth of the jar1 the figures will be seen to rise or descend as the pressure is gentle or heavy1 rising and falling1 or standing still1 according to the pressure made4 ,,reason ,,for ,,this4 ,the reason of this is1 that the pressure on the top of the jar condenses the air between the cover and the water surface2 this condensation then presses on the water below1 and influences it through its whole extent1 compressing also the air in the figures1 forcing as much more water into them as to render them heavier than water1 and therefore heavy enough to sink4 ,,the ,,air-,,pump4 ,illustration ,the time was1 and that not very long ago1 when the air-pump was only obtainable by the philosophical professor1 or by persons of enlarged means4 ,but now1 owing to our cheap way of doing things1 a small air-pump may be obtained for about five or six dollars1 and we would strongly advise our young friend to procure one1 as it will be a source of endless amusement to him2 and1 supposing that he takes our advice1 we give him the following experiments4 ,the air-pump consists of a bell glass1 called the receiver1 ,a1 and a stand1 upon which is a perforated plate ,b4 ,the hole in this plate is connected with two pistons1 the rods of which are moved by a wheel handle backwards and forwards1 and thus pump the air out of the receiver4 ,when the air is taken out1 a stop-cock is turned1 and then the experiments may be performed4 ,under the receiver of an air-pump1 when the air has been thoroughly exhausted1 light and heavy bodies fall with the same swiftness4 ,animals quickly die for want of air1 combustion ceases1 gunpowder will not explode1 a bell sounds faint1 magnets are powerless1 and waters and other fluids turn to vapor4 ,,to ,,prove ,,that ,,air ,,has ,,weight4 ,take a florence flask1 fitted up with a screw and fine oiled silk valve4 ,screw the flask on the plate of the air-pump1 exhaust the air1 take it off the plate and weigh it4 ,then let in the air1 and again weigh the whole1 and it will be found to have increased by several grains4 ,illustration ,,to ,,prove ,,air ,,elastic4 ,place a bladder1 out of which all the air has apparently been squeezed1 under the receiver1 upon it lay a weight1 exhaust the air1 and it will be seen that the small quantity of air left within the bladder will so expand itself as to lift the weight4 ,put a corked bottle into the receiver1 exhaust the air1 and the cork will fly out4 ,,air ,,in ,,the ,,egg4 ,take a fresh egg and cut off a little of the shell and film from its smaller end1 then put the egg under a receiver and pump out the air1 upon which all the contents of the egg will be forced out by the expansion of the small bubble of air contained in the great end between the shell and the film4 ,illustration3 ,,air ,,in ,,the ,,egg4 ,illustration3 ,,descending ,,smoke4 ,,the ,,descending ,,smoke4 ,set a lighted candle on a plate1 and cover it with a tall receiver4 ,the candle will continue to burn while the air remains1 but when exhausted1 will go out1 and the smoke from the wick1 instead of rising1 will descend in dense clouds towards the bottom of the glass1 because the air which would have supported it has been withdrawn4 ,,half ,,eagle ,,and ,,feather4 ,illustration ,place a nicely-adjusted pair of forceps at the top of the receiver1 communicating with the top at the outside through a hole1 so that they may be opened by the fingers4 ,then place on each of the little plates a half-eagle and a feather4 ,exhaust the air from the receiver1 and having done so1 detach the objects1 so that they may fall4 ,in the open air the half-eagle will fall long before the feather1 but in vacuo1 as in the receiver now exhausted of its air1 they will fall both together1 and reach the bottom of the glass at same instant4 ,,the ,,soundless ,,bell4 ,set a bell on the pump-plate1 having a contrivance so as to ring it at pleasure1 and cover it with a receiver1 then make the clapper sound against the bell1 and it will be heard to sound very well2 now exhaust the receiver of air1 and then1 when the clapper strikes against the sides of the bell1 the sound can be scarcely heard4 ,illustration3 ,,soundless ,,bell4 ,illustration3 ,,floating ,,fish4 ,,the ,,floating ,,fish4 ,if a glass vessel1 containing water1 in which a couple of fish are put be placed under the receiver1 upon exhausting the air1 the fish will be unable to keep at the bottom of the glass1 owing to the expansion of the air within their bodies1 contained in the air bladder4 ,they will consequently rise and float1 belly upwards1 upon the surface of the water4 ,,the ,,mysterious ,,circles4 ,cut from a card two discs or circular pieces1 about two inches in diameter4 ,in the center of one of them make a hole1 into which put the tube of a common quill1 one end being even with the surface of the card4 ,make the other piece a little convex1 and lay its center over the end of the quill1 with the concave side of the card downwards1 the center of the upper card being from one eighth to one fourth of an inch above the end of the quill--attempt to blow off the upper card by blowing through the quill1 and it will be found impossible4 ,if1 however1 the edges of the two cards be made to fit each other very accurately1 the upper card will move1 and sometimes it will be thrown off2 but when the edges of the cards are1 on two sides1 sufficiently far apart to permit the air to escape1 the loose card will retain its position1 even when the current of air sent against it be strong4 ,the experiment will succeed equally well1 whether the current of air be made from the mouth or from a pair of bellows4 ,when the quill fits the card rather loosely1 a comparatively light puff will throw both cards three or four feet in height4 ,when1 from the humidity of the breath1 the upper surface of the perforated card has a little expanded1 and the two opposite sides are somewhat depressed1 those depressed sides may be seen distinctly to rise and approach the upper card1 directly in proportion to the force of the current of air4 ,another fact to be shown with this simple apparatus appears equally inexplicable with the former4 ,lay the loose card upon the hand with the concave side up2 blow forcibly through the tube1 and1 at the same time1 bring the two cards towards each other2 when within three eighths of an inch1 if the current of air be strong1 the loose card will suddenly rise1 and adhere to the perforated card4 ,if the card through which the quill passes has several holes made in it1 the loose card may be instantly thrown off with the least puff of air4 ,for the explanation of the above phenomenon1 a gold medal and one hundred guineas were offered1 some years since1 by the ,royal ,society4 ,such explanation has been given by ,dr4 ,robert ,hare1 late of the ,university of ,pennsylvania1 and is as follows3 ,supposing the diameters of the discs of card to be to that of the hole as #h to #a1 the area of the former to the latter must be as #fd to #a4 ,hence1 if the discs were to be separated 7their surfaces remaining parallel7 with a velocity as great as that of the air blast1 a column of air must1 meantime1 be interposed1 #fd times greater than that which would escape from the tube during the interim2 consequently1 if all the air necessary to preserve the balance be supplied from the tube1 the discs must be separated with a velocity as much less than that of the blast1 as the column required between them is greater than that yielded by the tube2 and yet the air cannot be supplied from any other source1 unless a deficit of pressure be created between the discs1 unfavorable to their separation4 ,it follows1 then1 that1 under the circumstances in question1 the discs cannot be made to move asunder with a velocity greater than one sixty-fourth of that of the blast4 ,of course all the force of the current of air through the tube will be expended on the moveable disc1 and the thin ring of air1 which exists round the orifice between the discs2 and since the moveable discs can only move with one sixty-fourth the velocity of the blast1 the ring of air in the interstice must experience nearly all the force of the jet1 and must be driven outwards1 the blast following it1 in various currents radiating from the common center of the tube and discs4 ,,the ,,diving ,,bell4 ,illustration ,illustration ,the diving-bell is a pneumatic engine1 by means of which persons can descend to great depths in the sea1 and recover from it valuable portions of wrecks and other matters4 ,its principle may be well illustrated by the following experiment4 ,take a glass tumbler1 and plunge it into the water with the mouth downwards1 and it will be found that the water will not rise much more than half way in the tumbler4 ,this may be made very evident if a piece of cork be suffered to float inside of the glass on the surface of the water4 ,the air within the tumbler does not entirely exclude the water1 because air is elastic1 and consequently compressible1 and hence the air in the tumbler is what is called condensed4 ,the diving-bell is formed upon the above principle1 but instead of being of glass1 it is a wooden or metal vessel1 of very large dimensions1 so as to hold three or four persons1 who are supplied with air from above by means of a tube1 having a corresponding tube to let off the breathed air1 the circulation of which is kept up by pumps1 which pump the air in and draw it out of the bell4 ,,the ,,air ,,balloon4 ,the art of sailing or navigating a body through the air is called aronautics4 ,in remote ages1 ,icarus is said to have risen so high in the air that the sun melted his wings1 and he fell into the gean sea1 and was drowned2 and there is reason to believe1 from some figures that have recently been discovered on ,egyptian and ,assyrian monuments1 that the ancients possessed means of rising in the air with which we are not now acquainted4 ,the air-balloon1 as now constructed1 is a bag of silk of large dimensions1 usually cut in gores1 and is1 when expanded by gas1 of a pear shape4 ,it ascends in the atmosphere because its whole bulk is much lighter than the air would be in the space it occupies4 ,it is1 in fact1 a vessel filled with a fluid which will float on another fluid lighter than itself4 ,,how ,,to ,,make ,,an ,,air-,,balloon4 ,illustration ,the best shape for an air-balloon1 or rather a gas-balloon1 is that of a peg-top4 ,and in preparing the gores proceed as follows3 ,get some close texture silk1 and cut it into a form resembling a narrow pear with a very thin stalk4 ,fourteen of these pieces will be found to be the best number2 and1 of course1 the breadths of each piece must be measured accordingly4 ,when sewing them together1 it will be of advantage to coat the parts that overlap with a layer of varnish1 as this will save much trouble afterwards1 and hold the silk firmer in its place during the stitching4 ,the threads must be placed very regularly1 or the balloon will be drawn out of shape1 and it will be found useful if the gores are covered with an interior coating of varnish before they are finally sewn together4 ,take care not to have the varnish too thick4 ,to the upper part of the balloon there should be a valve opening inwards1 to which a string should be fastened1 passing through a hole made in a small piece of wood fixed in the lower part of the balloon1 so that the aronaut may open the valve when he wishes to descend2 and this should be imitated on a small scale1 so that the young aronaut may be perfectly familiar with the construction of a balloon4 ,the gores are to be covered with a varnish of ,india rubber dissolved in a mixture of turpentine and naphtha4 ,over the whole of the upper part should be a net-work1 which should come down to the middle1 with various cords1 proceeding from it to the circumference of a circle about two feet below the balloon4 ,the circle may be made of wood1 or of several pieces of slender cane bound together4 ,the meshes should be small at the top1 against which part of the balloon the inflammable air exerts the greatest force1 and increase in size as they recede from the top4 ,the car is made of wicker work2 it is usually covered with leather1 and is well varnished or painted4 ,it is suspended by ropes proceeding from the net which goes over the balloon4 ,balloons of this kind cannot be made smaller than six feet in diameter1 of oiled silk1 as the weight of the material is too great for the air to buoy it up4 ,they may be made smaller of thin slips of bladder1 or other membrane glued together1 or of thin gutta-percha cloth1 which is now extensively used for this purpose2 with this they may be made a foot in diameter1 and will rise beautifully4 ,,how ,,to ,,fill ,a ,,balloon4 ,procure a large stone bottle which will hold a gallon of water1 into this put a pound of iron filings1 or granulated zinc1 with two quarts of water1 and add to this by degrees one pint of sulphuric acid4 ,then take a tube1 either of glass or metal1 and introduce one end of it through a cork1 which place in the bottle1 then put the other end into the neck of the balloon1 and the gas will rise into the body of it4 ,when quite full withdraw the tube1 and tie the neck of the balloon with strong cord very tightly4 ,if freed it will now rise in the air4 ,,to ,,make ,,fire-,,balloons4 ,illustration ,cut the gores1 according to the form already given1 from well woven tissue paper1 paste the gores nicely together1 and look well over the surface of the paper for any small hole or slit1 over which paste a piece of paper1 and let it dry4 ,pass a wire round the neck of the balloon1 and have two cross pieces at its diameter a little bent1 so that a piece of soft cotton dipped in spirits of wine may be laid on them4 ,when all is prepared let some one hold the balloon from its top by means of a stick1 while you dip the cotton in spirits of wine till it is thoroughly saturated1 place it under the balloon and set fire to it1 but be very careful you do not set fire to the balloon4 ,when the air is sufficiently heated within1 the balloon will indicate a desire to rise1 and when it pulls very hard1 let it go1 and it will ascend to a great height in the air1 and at night present a very beautiful appearance4 ,,parachutes4 ,these are easily made by cutting a piece of paper in a circular form1 and placing threads round the edges1 which may be made to converge to a point1 at which a cork may be placed as a balance4 ,they ascend by the air getting under them1 and are frequently blown to a great distance4 ,illustration ,,the ,,mysterious ,,bottle4 ,pierce a few holes with a glazier's diamond in a common black bottle2 place it in a vase or jug of water1 so that the neck only is above the surface4 ,then1 with a funnel1 fill the bottle and cork it well1 and while it is in the jug or vase4 ,take it out1 notwithstanding the holes in the bottom1 it will not leak2 wipe it dry1 and give it to some person to uncork4 ,the moment the cork is drawn1 to the party's astonishment1 the water will begin to run out of the bottom of the bottle4 ,,caoutchouc ,,balloons4 ,put a little ether into a bottle of caoutchouc1 close it tightly1 soak it in hot water1 and it will become inflated to a considerable size4 ,these globes may be made so thin as to be transparent4 ,a piece of caoutchouc1 the size of a walnut1 has thus been extended to a ball fifteen inches in diameter2 and a few years since a caoutchouc balloon1 thus made1 escaped from ,philadelphia1 and was found one hundred and thirty miles from that city4 ,,the ,,magic ,,of ,,optics ,,and ,,optical ,,amusements4 ,illustration3 ',seeing is believing1' so the sages say1 ,to prove this false1 hear me1 my friends1 ,i pray1 ,and very soon you all will be agreeing1 ,that nought is so deceptive as our seeing4--,,martin4 ,optics is the science of light and vision4 ,concerning the nature of light1 two theories are at present very ably maintained by their respective advocates4 ,one is termed the ,newtonian theory1 and the other the ,huygenean4 ,the ,newtonian theory considers light to consist of inconceivably small bodies emanating from the sun1 or any other luminous body4 ,the ,huygenean conceives it to consist in the undulations of a highly elastic and subtle fluid1 propagated round luminous centers in spherical waves1 like those arising in a placid lake when a stone is dropped into the water4 ,,light ,,as ,,an ,,effect4 ,light follows the same laws as gravity1 and its intensity or degree decreases as the square of the distance from the luminous body increases4 ,thus1 at the distance of two yards from a candle we shall have four times less light than we should have1 were we only one yard from it1 and so on in the same proportion4 ,illustration ,,refraction4 ,illustration ,bodies which suffer the rays of light to pass through them1 such as water or glass1 are called refracting media4 ,when rays of light enter these1 they do not proceed in straight lines1 but are said to be refracted1 or bent out of their course1 as seen in the drawing4 ,the ray of light proceeding from ,b through the glass ,l ,g is bent from the point ,c1 instead of passing in the direction of the dotted line4 ,but if the ray ,f ,c falls perpendicularly on the glass1 there is no refraction1 and it proceeds in a direct line to ,k2 hence refraction only takes place when rays fall obliquely or aslant on the media4 ,,the ,,invisible ,,coin ,,made ,,visible4 ,illustration ,if a coin be placed in a basin1 so that on standing at a certain distance it be just hid from the eye of an observer by the rim or edge of the basin1 and then water be poured in by a second person1 the first keeping his position2 as the water rises the coin will become visible1 and will appear to have moved from the side to the middle of the basin4 ,,the ,,multiplying ,,glass4 ,illustration ,the multiplying glass is a semi-circular piece of glass cut into facets or distinct surfaces2 and in looking through it we have an illustration of the laws of refraction1 for if a small object1 such as a fly1 be placed at ,d1 an eye at ,e will see as many flies as there are surfaces or facets on the glass4 ,,transparent ,,bodies4 ,illustration ,transparent bodies1 such as glass1 may be made of such form as to cause all the rays which pass through them from any given point to meet in any other given point beyond them1 or which will disperse them from the given point4 ,these are called lenses1 and have different names according to their form4 #a is called the plano-convex lens2 #b1 plano-concave2 #c1 double convex2 #d1 double concave2 #e1 a meniscus1 so called from its resembling the crescent moon4 ,,the ,,prism4 ,illustration3 ,p4 ,the prism is a triangular solid of glass1 and by it the young optician may decompose a ray of light into its primitive and supplementary colors1 for a ray of light is of a compound nature4 ,by the prism the ray ,a is divided into its three primitive colors1 blue1 red1 and yellow2 and their four supplementary ones1 violet1 indigo1 green1 and orange4 ,the best way to perform this experiment is to cut a small slit in a window-shutter1 on which the sun shines at some period of the day1 and directly opposite the hole place a prism ,p2 a beam of light in passing through it will then be decomposed1 and if let fall upon a sheet of white paper1 or against a white wall1 the seven colors of the rainbow will be observed4 ,,to ,,make ,a ,,prism4 ,provide two small pieces of window-glass and a lump of wax2 soften and mould the wax1 stick the two pieces of glass upon it1 so that they meet1 as in the cut1 where w is the wax1 g and g the glasses stuck to it 7,fig4 #a74 ,the end view 7,fig4 #b7 will show the angle1 a1 at which the pieces of glass meet2 into which angle put a drop of water4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4 ,to use the instrument thus made1 make a small hole1 or a narrow horizontal slit1 so that you can see the sky through it1 when you stand at some distance from it in the room2 or a piece of pasteboard placed in the upper part of the window-sash1 with a slit cut in it1 will serve the purpose of the hole in the shutter4 ,the slit should be about one tenth of an inch wide1 and an inch or two long1 with even edges4 ,then hold the prism in your hand1 place it close to your eye1 and look through the drop of water1 when you will see a beautiful train of colors1 called a spectrum2 at one end red1 at the other violet1 and in the middle yellowish green4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4 ,the annexed ,figure #c will better explain the direction in which we look3 here1 e is the eye of the spectator1 p is the prism1 h the hole in the shutter or pasteboard1 s the spectrum4 ,by a little practice1 you will soon become accustomed to look in the right direction1 and will see the colors very bright and distinct4 ,by means of this simple contrivance white light may be analyzed1 and proved to consist of colored rays1 and several of its properties be beautifully illustrated4 ,,composition ,,of ,,light4 ,the beam of light passing through the prism is decomposed1 and the spaces occupied by the colors are in the following proportions3 red1 #f2 orange1 #d2 yellow1 #g2 green1 #h2 blue1 #h2 indigo1 #f2 violet1 #aa4 ,now1 if you paste a sheet of white paper on a circular piece of board about six inches in diameter1 and divide it with a pencil into fifty parts1 and paint colors in them in the proportions given above1 painting them dark in the center parts1 and gradually fainter at the edges1 till they blend with the one adjoining2 and if the board be then fixed to an axle1 and made to revolve quickly1 the colors will no longer appear separate and distinct1 but becoming gradually less visible1 they will ultimately appear white1 giving this appearance to the whole surface of the paper4 ,illustration ,a ,,natural ,,camera ,,obscura4 ,the human eye is a camera obscura1 for on the back of it1 on the retina1 every object in a landscape is beautifully depicted in miniature4 ,this may be proved by the ,,bullock',s ,,eye ,,experiment4 ,procure a fresh bullock's eye from the butcher1 and carefully thin the outer coat of it behind2 take care not to cut it1 for if this should be done the vitreous humor will escape1 and the experiment cannot be performed4 ,having so prepared the eye1 if the pupil of it be directed to any bright objects1 they will appear distinctly delineated on the back part precisely as objects appear in the instrument we are about to describe4 ,the effect will be heightened if the eye is viewed in a dark room with a small hole in the shutter1 but in every case the appearance will be very striking4 ,,the ,,camera ,,obscura4 ,illustration ,this is a very pleasing and instructive optical apparatus1 and may be purchased for four or five shillings4 ,but it may be easily made by the young optician4 ,procure an oblong box1 about two feet long1 twelve inches wide1 and eight high4 ,in one end of this a tube must be fitted containing a lens1 and be made to slide backwards and forwards so as to suit the focus4 ,within the box should be a plane mirror1 reclining backwards from the tube at an angle of forty-five degrees4 ,at the top of the box is a square of unpolished glass1 upon which from beneath the picture will be thrown1 and may be seen by raising the lid ,a4 ,to use the camera1 place the tube with the lens on it opposite to the object1 and having adjusted the focus1 the image will be thrown upon the ground-glass as above stated1 where it may be easily copied by a pencil or in colors4 ,illustration ,the form of a camera obscura used in a public exhibition is as follows3 ,d ,d is a large wooden box stained black in the inside1 and capable of containing from one to eight persons4 ,a ,b is a sliding piece1 having a sloping mirror ,c1 and a double convex lens ,f1 which may1 with the mirror ,c1 be slid up or down so as to accommodate the lens to near and distant objects4 ,when the rays proceeding from an object without fall upon the mirror1 they are reflected upon the lens ,f1 and brought to fall on the bottom of the box1 or upon a table placed horizontally to receive them1 which may be seen by the spectator whose eye is at ,e4 ,,the ,,magic ,,lantern4 ,illustration ,this is one of the most pleasing of all optical instruments1 and it is used to produce enlarged pictures of objects1 which being painted on a glass in various colors are thrown upon a screen or white sheet placed against the wall of a large room4 ,it consists of a sort of tin box1 within which is a lamp1 the light of which 7strongly reflected by the reflector ,t17 passes through a great plano-convex lens ,e fixed in the front4 ,this strongly illuminates the objects which are painted on the slides or slips of glass1 and placed before the lens in an inverted position1 and the rays passing through them and the lens ,f1 fall on a sheet1 or other white surface1 placed to receive the image4 ,the glasses on which the figures are drawn are inverted1 in order that the images of them may be erect4 ,,the ,,camera ,,lucida4 ,illustration ,this instrument consists of a glass prism1 ,c1 ,d1 ,d1 ,e1 having four sides covered4 ,the sides ,c1 ,d1 being exposed to the object to be delineated1 rays pass through the glass and fall on the sloping side ,d1 ,e2 from this they are reflected to the top1 and finally pass out of the prism to the eye2#f now from the direction at which the rays enter the eye1 it receives them as if coming from an image at ,a1 ,b1 and if a sheet of paper be placed below the instrument1 a perfect delineation of the object may be traced with a pencil4 ,this is a very useful instrument to young draughtsmen4 ,,painting ,,the ,,slides4 ,the slides containing the objects usually shown in a magic lantern1 are to be bought of opticians with the lantern1 and can be procured cheaper and better in this way than by any attempt at manufacturing them4 ,should1 however1 the young optician wish to make a few slides of objects of particular interest to himself1 he may proceed as follows3 ,draw first on paper the figures you wish to paint1 lay it on the table1 and cover it over with a piece of glass of this shape2 now draw the outlines with a fine camel's hair pencil in black paint mixed with varnish1 and when this is dry1 fill up the other parts with the proper colors1 shading with bistre also mixed with varnish4 ,the transparent colors are alone to be used in this kind of painting4 ,illustration ,,to ,,exhibit ,,the ,,magic ,,lantern4 ,the room for the exhibition ought to be large1 and of an oblong shape4 ,at one end of it suspend a large sheet so as to cover the whole of the wall4 ,the company being all seated1 darken the room1 and placing the lantern with its tube in the direction of the sheet1 introduce one of the slides into the slit1 taking care to invert the figures2 then adjust the focus of the glasses in the tube by drawing it in or out as required1 and a perfect representation of the object will appear4 ,,effects ,,of ,,the ,,magic ,,lantern4 ,most extraordinary effects may be produced by means of the magic lantern2 one of the most effective of which is a ,,tempest ,,at ,,sea4 ,illustration ,illustration ,this is effected by having two slides painted1 one with the tempest as approaching on one side1 and continuing in intensity till it reaches the other4 ,another slide has ships painted on it1 and while the lantern is in use1 that containing the ships is dexterously drawn before the other1 and represents ships in the storm4 ,the effects of sunrise1 moonlight1 starlight1 c41 may be imitated1 also by means of double sliders2 and figures may be introduced sometimes of fearful proportions4 ,illustration ,heads may be made to nod1 faces to laugh2 eyes may be made to roll1 teeth to gnash2 crocodiles may be made to swallow tigers2 combats may be represented2 but one of the most instructive uses of the slides is to make them illustrative of astronomy1 and to show the rotation of the seasons1 the cause of eclipses1 the mountains in the moon1 spots on the sun1 and the various motions of the planetary bodies1 and their satellites4 ,,the ,,phantasmagoria4 ,between the phantasmagoria and the magic lantern there is this difference2 in common magic lanterns the figures are painted on transparent glass1 consequently the image on the screen is a circle of light having figures upon it2 but in the phantasmagoria all the glass is made opaque1 except the figures1 which1 being painted in transparent colors1 the light shines through them1 and no light can come upon the screen except that which passes through the figure1 as is here represented4 ,illustration ,there is no sheet to receive the picture1 but the representation is thrown on a thin screen of silk or muslin placed between the spectators and the lantern4 ,the images are made to appear approaching and receding by removing the lantern further from the screen1 or bringing it nearer to it4 ,this is a great advantage over the arrangements of the magic lantern1 and by it the most astonishing effects are often produced4 ,,dissolving ,,views4 ,the dissolving views1 by which one landscape or scene appears to pass into the other while the scene is changing1 are produced by using two magic lanterns placed side by side1 and that can be a little inclined towards each other when necessary1 so as to mix the rays of light proceeding from the lenses of each together1 which produces that confusion of images1 in which one view melts as it were into the other1 which gradually becomes clear and distinct4 ,,how ,,to ,,raise ,a ,,ghost4 ,illustration ,the magic lantern or phantasmagoria1 may be used in a number of marvelous ways1 but in none more striking than in raising an apparent specter4 ,let an open box1 ,a ,b1 about three feet long1 a foot and half broad1 and two feet high1 be prepared4 ,at one end of this place a small swing dressing glass1 and at the other let a magic lantern be fixed with its lenses in a direction towards the glass4 ,a glass should now be made to slide up and down in the groove ,c ,d1 to which a cord and pulley should be attached1 the end of the cord coming to the part of the box marked ,a4 ,on this glass the most hideous specter that can be imagined may be painted1 but in a squat or contracted position1 and when all is done1 the lid of the box must be prepared by raising a kind of gable at the end of the box ,b1 and in its lower part at ,e1 an oval hole should be cut sufficiently large to suffer the rays reflected from the glass to pass through them4 ,on the top of the box ,f place a chafing dish1 upon which put some burning charcoal4 ,now light the lamp ,g in the lantern1 sprinkle some powdered camphor or white incense on the charcoal1 adjust the slide on which the specter is painted1 and the image will be thrown upon the smoke4 ,in performing this feat the room must be darkened1 and the box should be placed on a high table1 that the hole through which the light comes may not be noticed4 ,,the ,,thaumatrope4 ,this word is derived from two ,greek words1 one of which signifies wonder1 and the other to turn4 ,it is a very pretty philosophical toy1 and is founded upon the principle in optics1 that an impression made upon the retina of the eye lasts for a short interval after the object which produced it has been withdrawn4 ,the impression which the mind receives lasts for about the eighth part of a second1 as may be easily shown by whirling round a lighted stick1 which if made to complete the circle within that period1 will exhibit not a fiery point1 but a fiery circle in the air4 ,,the ,,bird ,,in ,,the ,,cage4 ,cut a piece of cardboard of the size of a penny piece1 and paint on one side a bird1 and on the other a cage2 fasten two pieces of thread1 one on each side1 at opposite points of the card1 so that the card can be made to revolve by twirling the threads with the finger and thumb2 while the toy is in its revolution1 the bird will be seen within the cage4 ,a bat may in the same manner be painted on one side of the card1 and a cricketer upon the other1 which will exhibit the same phenomenon1 arising from the same principle4 ,illustration ,,construction ,,of ,,the ,,phantasmascope4 ,the above-named figure is a ,thaumatrope1 as much as the one we are about to describe1 although the term ,phantasmascope is generally applied to the latter instrument2 which consists of a disc of darkened tin-plate1 with a slit or narrow opening in it1 about two inches in length4 ,it is fixed upon a stand1 and the slit placed upwards1 so that it may easily be looked through4 ,another disc of pasteboard1 about a foot in diameter1 is now prepared and fixed on a similar stand1 but with this difference1 that it is made to revolve round an axis in the center4 ,on this pasteboard disc1 paint in colors a number of frogs in relative and progressive positions of leaping2 make between each figure a slit of about a quarter of an inch deep2 and when this second disc is made to revolve at a foot distance behind the first1 and the eye is placed near the slit1 the whole of the figures1 instead of appearing to revolve with the disc1 will all appear in the attitudes of leaping up and down1 increasing in agility as the velocity of the motion is increased4 ,it is necessary1 when trying the effect of this instrument1 to stand before a looking-glass1 and to present the painted face of the machine towards the glass4 ,a very great number of figures may be prepared to produce similar effects--horses with riders in various attitudes of leaping1 toads crawling1 snakes twisting and writhing1 faces laughing and crying1 men dancing1 jugglers throwing up balls1 c42 all of which1 by the peculiar arrangement above detailed1 will seem to be in motion4 ,a little ingenuity displayed in the construction and painting of the figures upon the pasteboard disc will afford a great fund of amusement4 ,,curious ,,optical ,,illusion4 ,one of the most curious facts relating to the science of vision is the absolute insensibility of a certain portion of the retina to the impression of light1 so that the image of any object falling on that point would be invisible4 ,when we look with the right eye1 this point will be about fifteen degrees to the right of the object observed1 or to the right of the axis of the eye1 or the point of most distinct vision4 ,when looking with the left eye1 the point will be as far to the left4 ,the point in question is the basis of the optic nerve1 and its insensibility to light was first observed by the ,french philosopher1 ,mariotte4 ,this remarkable phenomenon may be experimentally proved in the following manner3 ,place on a sheet of writing-paper1 at the distance of about three inches apart1 two colored wafers2 then1 on looking at the left-hand wafer with the right eye1 at the distance of about a foot1 keeping the eye straight above the wafer1 and both eyes parallel with the line which forms the wafers1 the left eye being closed1 the right-hand wafer will become invisible2 and a similar effect will take place if we close the right eye1 and look with the left4 ,,another4 ,cut a circular piece of white paper1 about two inches in diameter1 which affix to a dark wall4 ,at the distance of two feet on each side1 but a little lower1 make two marks2 then place yourself directly opposite the paper1 and hold the end of your finger before your face1 so that when the right eye is open it shall conceal the mark on your left1 and when the left eye is open the mark on your right4 ,if you then look with both eyes at the end of your finger1 the paper disc will be invisible4 ,,another4 ,fix a similar disc of paper1 two inches in diameter1 at the height of your eye on a dark wall2 a little lower than this1 at the distance of two feet on the right hand1 fix another of about three inches in diameter2 now place yourself opposite the first sheet of paper1 and1 shutting the left eye1 keep the right eye still fixed on the first object1 and when at the distance of about ten feet1 the second piece of paper will be invisible4 ,or1 fix three pieces of paper against the wall of a room1 at equal distances1 at the height of the eye4 ,place yourself directly before them1 at a few yards distance1 close your right eye1 and look at them with your left1 when you will see only two of them1 suppose the first and second2 alter your position a second time1 and you will see the second and third1 but never the whole three pieces together4 ,on a sheet of black paper1 or other dark ground1 place two white wafers1 having their centers three inches distant4 ,vertically above the paper1 and to the left1 look with the right eye1 at twelve inches from it1 and so1 that when looking down on it1 the line joining the two eyes shall be parallel to that joining the center of the wafers4 ,in this situation close the left eye1 and look full with the right perpendicularly at the wafer below it1 when this wafer only will be seen1 the other being completely invisible4 ,but if it be removed ever so little from its place1 either to the right or left1 above or below1 it will become immediately visible1 and start1 as it were1 into existence4 ,it will cease to be thought singular1 says ,sir ,john ,herschel1 that this fact of the absolute invisibility of objects in a certain point of the field of view of each eye should be one of which not one person in ten thousand is apprized1 when we learn that it is not extremely uncommon to find persons who have for some time been totally blind with one eye without being aware of the fact4 ,,the ,,picture ,,in ,,the ,,air4 ,one of the numerous optical illusions which have1 from time to time1 been evolved by scientific minds1 is that of making an image or picture appear in the air4 ,this is produced by means of a mirror1 and an object in relief1 upon which a strong light is thrown--the mirror being set at such an angle as to throw up the reflection of the image to a certain point1 in the view of the spectator4 ,this illusion is produced as follows3 ,let a screen be constructed in which is an arched aperture1 the center of which may be five feet from the floor2 behind the screen is placed a large mirror of an elliptical form4 ,an object is now placed behind the screen1 upon which the light of a strong lamp is thrown from a point above the mirror1 and is received by the mirror and reflected to the center of the arched cavity in the screen1 where it will appear to the spectator4 ,care should be taken to place the image in an inverted position1 and the light should be so placed that none of it may reach the opening3 the light must also be very powerful4 ,,breathing ,,light ,,and ,,darkness4 ,illustration ,the following experiment1 if performed with care1 is exceedingly striking4 ,let ,s be a candle1 whose light falls at an angle of #ef #de upon two plate glasses1 ,a ,b1 placed close to each other2 and let the reflected rays1 ,a ,c1 ,b ,d1 fall at the same angle upon two similar plates1 ,c ,d1 but so placed that the plane of reflection from the latter is at right angles to the plane of reflection from the former4 ,an eye placed at ,e1 and looking at the same time on the two plates1 ,c and ,d1 will see very faint images of the candle ,s2 which by a slight adjustment of the plates1 may be made to disappear almost wholly1 allowing the plate ,c to remain where it is4 ,change the position of ,d till its inclination to the ray ,b ,d is diminished about #c1 or made nearly #ec #aa4 ,the distance may be easily found by a little practice4 ,when this is done1 the image that had disappeared on looking into ,d1 will be restored1 so that the spectator at ,e1 upon looking into the two mirrors1 ,c ,d1 will see no light in ,c1 because the candle has nearly disappeared1 while the candle is distinctly seen in ,d4 ,if1 while the spectator is looking into these two mirrors1 either he or another person breathes upon them gently and quickly1 the breath will revive the extinguished image in ,c1 and will extinguish the visible image in ,d4 ,,explanation4--,the light ,a1 ,c1 ,b1 ,d is polarized by reflection from the plates ,a ,b1 because it is incident at the polarizing angle #ef #de for glass4 ,when we breathe upon the plates ,c ,d1 we form upon their surface a thin film of water1 whose polarizing angle is #ec #aa1 so that if the polarized rays ,a ,c1 ,b ,d1 fall upon the plates ,c ,d1 at an angle of #ec #aa1 the candle from which they proceed would not be visible1 or they would not suffer reflection from the plates ,c ,d4 ,at all the other angles the light would be reflected1 and the candle visible4 ,now the plate ,d is placed at an angle of #ec #aa1 and ,c at an angle of #ef #de1 so that when a film of water is breathed upon them1 the light will be reflected from the latter1 and none from the former2 that is1 the act of breathing upon the glass plates will restore the invisible1 and extinguish the visible image4 ,,to ,,show ,,what ,,rays ,,of ,,light ,,do ,,not ,,obstruct ,,each ,,other4 ,illustration ,make a small hole in a sheet of pasteboard ,a1 and placing it upright before three candles ,b1 placed closely together1 it will be found that the images of all the candle flames will be formed separately on a piece of paper ,c1 laid on the table to receive them4 ,this proves that the rays of light do not obstruct each other in their progress1 although all cross in passing through the hole4 ,,how ,,to ,,see ,,through ,a ,,philadelphia ,,brick4 ,construct a hollow box or case1 like the figure in the margin4 ,one side is purposely removed in the engraving1 to enable you to see the arrangement of the interior1 ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 and ,d1 are four small pieces of looking-glass1 all placed at an angle of #de1 with respect to those sides of the box on which they are fixed2 at ,e and ,g1 two flat pieces of glass are inserted1 as in the eye-glass of a telescope4 ,supposing you look through the opening ,e1 in the direction of an object placed at ,o1 you would see it in the same manner as if there was an uninterrupted view between ,e and ,g1 which is evidently not the case4 ,the cause of this is readily explained4 ,the image of the object at ,o is received on the looking-glass ,a1 by which it is reflected to ,b1 as it is again from ,b to ,c1 and afterwards to ,d2 and this last image in ,d is seen by the eye of the spectator placed at ,e1 in the same direction as if in reality he was looking at the real object itself1 in the direction of the dotted line from ,o to ,e4 ,from this it is evident that the placing an opaque body at ,f1 cannot prevent the object at ,o being seen4 ,of course all this arrangement of the instrument is concealed1 and you place it in the hands of a companion1 that he may look through ,e or ,g1 it matters not which1 at any object placed beyond4 ,you may then safely lay a wager that your instrument is of so magical a nature that it will enable you to see through a brick wall2 but as a single brick will be more convenient1 and equally wonderful1 you are willing to satisfy his doubts at once4 ,of course1 the hand or the hat1 or any other opaque object1 will answer the same purpose4 ,illustration ,,the ,,stereoscope4 ,this is one of the newest and most interesting optical surprises invented1 but1 like many other instruments1 it is indulged with a very hard name1 which means1 ,solids ,i see4 ,for mere amusement1 the instrument supplied with the necessary pictures may suffice1 and they are now sold like the kaleidoscope at all optical instrument makers1 toyshops1 c4 ,the effect consists in obtaining the perfect solidity of a geometric object from two ordinary drawings1 pictures of columns1 statuary1 figures1 flowers1 c41 c41 having a rounded appearance1 breadth1 and keeping1 which induce the spectator to believe he is gazing at the natural figure4 ,our limits preclude a lengthened description of the philosophy of this instrument1 the invention of ,professor ,wheatstone4 ,we may1 however1 first recommend our readers to study the structure of the eye1 in ,brewster's ,treatise on ,optics1 which may be thoroughly impressed on the mind by dissecting carefully the eye of a sheep or bullock4 ,now1 if we cut open a portion of the eye of a recently killed animal1 and look in upon the retina1 which is a delicate network of nerves1 and is considered the mind of the eye1 we shall behold all images inverted4 ,how then1 do we see them upright8 ,again1 as we have two eyes at a distance from each other1 the images formed on the two retin cannot be precisely alike3 how is it that confusion is not the result1 instead of perfect images1 in which we can appreciate the geometric niceties of length1 breadth1 and thickness8 ,now the stereoscope assists us in understanding these difficult questions2 and1 quoting ,professor ,wheatstone1 we find he states that the theory which has obtained the greatest currency is that which assumes that an object is seen single because its pictures fall on corresponding points of the two retin2 that is1 on points which are similarly situated with respect to the two centers1 both in distance and position4 ,this theory supposes that the pictures projected on the retin1 are exactly similar to each other corresponding points of the two pictures falling on corresponding points of the two retin4 ,now1 the fact is1 that an object presents an entirely different appearance to each eye4 ,sir ,d4 ,brewster remarks1 ,that were a painter called upon to take drawings of a statue1 as seen by each eye1 he would fix at the height of his eyes a metallic plate1 with two small holes in it1 and he would then draw the statue as seen through the holes by each eye4 ,with the utmost care1 however1 he could not reproduce the statue by their union4 ,in order to do this1 a camera with two lenses of the same aperture and focal length1 placed at the same distance as the two eyes1 must be constructed and used4 ,the stereoscope is1 consequently1 an imitation of the powers of the eyes1 giving solidity and a perfect relievo appearance to any two pictures which might be drawn separately from the two lenses in the camera obscura mentioned4 ,that is to say1 if it were possible to be behind the retina of each eye1 and draw the two pictures of any object seen by our eyes1 those pictures put into the stereoscope1 would reproduce the solidity from which they were drawn4 ,two instruments are sold1 and may be obtained with the photographic pictures1 almost at any optician's1 viz43 the reflecting and the refracting stereoscope1 of which we give drawings4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,,the ,,reflecting ,,stereoscope4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,,refracting ,,stereoscope4 a a1 the two pictures1 ,b ,b1 the two mirrors1 so adjusted that their backs form an angle of ninety degrees with each other1 i4 e41 the quarter of a circle4 ,,ocular ,,spectra4 ,one of the most curious affections of the eye is that in virtue of which it sees what are called ocular spectra1 or accidental colors4 ,if we place a red wafer on a sheet of white paper1 and1 closing one eye1 keep the other directed for some time to the center of the wafer1 then1 if we turn the same eye to another part of the paper1 we shall see a green wafer1 the color of which will continue to grow fainter and fainter1 as we continue to look at it4 ,by using differently-colored wafers1 we obtain the following results3 ,,wafer4 ,,specimen4 ,black1 ,white4 ,white1 ,black4 ,red1 ,bluish ,green4 ,orange1 ,blue4 ,yellow1 ,indigo4 ,green1 ,violet1 with a little ,red4 ,blue1 ,orange ,red4 ,indigo1 ,orange ,yellow4 ,violet1 ,bluish ,green4 ,,brilliant ,,water ,,mirror4 ,nearly fill a glass tumbler with water1 and hold it1 with your back to the window1 above the level of the eye1 as in the engraving4 ,then look obliquely1 as in the direction ,e1 a1 c1 and you will see the whole surface shining like burnished silver1 with a strong metallic reflection2 and any object1 as a spoon1 ,a1 ,c1 ,b1 immersed in the water1 will have its immersed part1 ,c ,b1 reflected on the surface1 as in a mirror1 but with a brilliancy far surpassing that which can be obtained from quicksilver1 or from the most highly-polished metals1 by any means whatever4 ,illustration ,,optics ,,of ,a ,,soap ,,bubble4 ,illustration ,if a soap-bubble be blown up1 and set under a glass1 so that the motion of air may not affect it1 as the water glides down the sides and the top grows thinner1 several colors will successively appear at the top1 and spread themselves from thence down the sides of the bubble1 till they vanish in the same order in which they appear4 ,at length1 a black spot appears at the top1 and spreads till the bubble bursts4#g ,,the ,,kaleidoscope4 ,illustration ,if any object be placed between two plane mirrors1 inclined towards each other at an angle of thirty degrees1 three several images will be perceived in the circumference of a circle4 ,on this principle is formed the kaleidoscope1 invented by ,sir ,david ,brewster1 and by means of which the reflected images viewed from a particular point exhibit symmetrical figures1 under an infinite arrangement of beautiful forms and colors4 ,the kaleidoscope may be bought at any toy-shop1 but it is requisite that every young person should be able to construct one for himself4 ,he must1 therefore1 procure a tube of tin or paper1 of about ten inches in length1 and two and a half or three inches in diameter4 ,one end of this should be stopped up with tin or paper1 securely fastened1 in which is to be made a hole1 about the size of a small pea1 for the eye to look through4 ,two pieces of well-silvered looking-glass1 ,b ,b1 are now to be procured2 they must be not quite so long as the tube1 and they should be placed in the tube lengthwise1 at an angle of #fj degrees1 meeting together in a point at ,a1 and separating to the points ,c ,c1 the polished surfaces looking inwards4 ,a circular piece of glass is now to be laid on the top of the edges of the reflectors1 ,b ,b2 which1 by their not being quite so long as the tube1 will allow room for its falling in1 and it will be supported by the edges of the tube1 which may be slightly bent over1 to prevent the glass from falling out4 ,this having been done1 now proceed to make the cap of the instrument4 ,a rim of tin or pasteboard must be cut1 so as to fit over the glass end of the tube2 and in this1 on the outer side1 a piece of ground glass must be fastened1 so that the whole may fit on the tube like the lid of a pill-box4 ,then1 before putting it on1 obtain some small pieces of broken glass of various colors1 beads1 little strips of wire1 or any other object1 and place them in the cap2 and by passing it over the end1 so that the broken glass1 c4 has free motion1 the instrument is complete4 ,to use it1 apply the eye to the small hole1 and1 on turning it1 the most beautiful forms will appear1 in the most wonderful combinations4 ,illustration ,the following curious calculation has been made of the number of changes this instrument will admit of4 ,supposing it to contain #bj small pieces of glass1 and that you make #aj changes in a minute1 it will take an inconceivable space of time1 i4 e4 #dfb1hhj1hii1egf years1 and #cfj days1 to go through the immense number of changes of which it is capable4 ,,simple ,,solar ,,microscope4 ,having made a circular hole in a window-shutter1 about three inches in diameter1 place in it a glass lens of about twelve inches focal distance4 ,to the inside of the hole adapt a tube1 having at a small distance from the lens a slit1 capable of receiving one or two very thin plates of glass1 to which the object to be viewed must be affixed by means of a little gum water exceedingly transparent4 ,into this tube fit another1 furnished at its extremity with a lens of half an inch focal distance4 ,place a mirror before the hole of the window-shutter on the outside1 in such a manner as to throw the light of the sun into the tube1 and you will have a solar magic lantern4 ,the method of employing this arrangement of lenses for microscopic purposes is as follows3 ,having darkened the room1 and by means of the mirror reflected the sun's rays on the glasses in a direction parallel to the axis1 place some small object between the two moveable plates of glass1 or affix it to one of them with very transparent gum water1 and bring it exactly into the axis of the tube2 if the moveable tube be then pushed out or drawn in1 till the object be a little beyond the focus1 it will be seen painted very distinctly on a card1 or piece of white paper1 held at a proper distance1 and will appear to be greatly magnified4 ,a small insect will appear as a large animal1 a hair as big as a walking-stick1 and the almost invisible eels in paste or vinegar as large as common eels4 ,,anamorphoses4 ,this is a very curious optical effect1 producing a distorted and grotesque figure from a regular one4 ,the term is derived from two ,greek words1 signifying a distortion of figure1 and by its means many optical puzzles may be produced geometrically4 ,take any subject1 such as the portrait of a head2 divide it vertically and horizontally with parallel lines1 of which the outer sides shall form the boundary1 ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d1 and the whole shall be equi-distant4 ,then1 on a separate piece of paper1 or cardboard1 prepare a drawing similar to ,fig4 #b by the following means3 #a4 ,draw a horizontal line1 a b1 equal to ,a ,b1 and divide it into as many equal parts as the latter is divided4 #b4 ,let fall a perpendicular line1 e v1 from the middle of a b1 and then draw s v parallel to a b4 #c4 ,both e v and s v may be any length at pleasure1 but the longer the first is1 and the shorter the other1 so will the anamorphoses be more and more deformed4 ,the proportions in our figures are sufficiently different4 #d4 ,after having drawn from the point v right lines1 v #a1 v #b1 v #c1 v #d1 to the divisions of a b1 draw the line s b1 and through each point where s b intersects the divergent lines1 draw other horizontal lines parallel to a b4 ,we now have a trapezium1 a b c d1 divided into as many cells as the square in ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4 ,the next step is to fill up all the cells of ,fig4 #b with portions of the device1 proportionate to their position in ,fig4 #a4 ,for instance1 in ,fig4 #a the nose is in the second vertical division from the left1 and in the third and fourth horizontal divisions from the top1 and that portion of the face must accordingly be placed in a corresponding part of ,fig4 #b4 ,by these means we procure the anamorphosis seen in ,fig4 #b1 which1 when viewed from a particular position1 will lose all its distortion1 and assume an appearance resembling that in ,fig4 #a4 ,this position lies immediately over the point v1 and at a height above it equal to the length of the line s v2 and the means of determining it are as follow3 ,place the drawing horizontally before a window2 take a slip of card1 and rest its lower edge on the line s v1 the card being accurately vertical2 pierce a small hole in the card vertically over the point v1 and at a height from it equal to the length of the line s v1 then1 with the eye placed immediately behind the card1 look through the orifice at the anamorphosis1 and it will be found that as soon as the eye has become accustomed to the novelty of the experiment the anamorphosis will lose its distortion1 and appear almost exactly like the symmetrical figure4 ,it would be very difficult1 and would require geometrical reasoning of a lengthened kind1 to show why this particular form of construction should lead to such results4 ,,the ,,cosmorama4 ,the principle upon which the cosmorama is formed is so simple1 that any person may easily fit up one in a small summer house1 c4 ,nothing more is necessary than to fix in a hole a double convex lens of about three feet focus1 ,a1 and at rather less than this distance a picture1 ,b1 is to be hung4 ,to absorb all the rays of light but those necessary for seeing the picture1 a squared frame of wood blackened on the inside is placed between the lens and the picture4 ,the picture may be hung in a large box having a light coming in upon it from above1 or in a small closet illuminated in the same manner4 ,should it be wished to show the picture by candle-light1 a lamp1 c1 may be placed on the top of the wooden frame1 and if the light of this be converged by a lens to a moderate radius1 it will be more effective4 ,illustration ,,distorted ,,landscapes4 ,illustration ,landscapes or other matters may be drawn so as to produce curious optical illusions by the following method4 ,take a piece of smooth white pasteboard1 and sketch the design upon it4 ,prick the outlines in every part with a fine pin or needle1 then place the pricked drawing in a perpendicular position1 and put a lighted candle behind it4 ,place before it another piece of pasteboard1 and follow with a pencil the lines given by the light1 and you have produced a distorted landscape4 ,now take away the candle and the pricked drawing1 and place your eye where the light was1 and the drawing will assume the regular form4 ,to get your eye in the proper position1 it will be advisable to cut out a piece of card according to the preceding pattern1 and raising it on its base1 ,b1 look through the hole at ,a1 when the object will appear in its proper proportions4 ,illustration ,,the ,,magic ,,coin4 ,among the numerous experiments with which science astonishes and sometimes even strikes terror into the ignorant1 there is none more calculated to produce this effect than that of displaying to the eye in absolute darkness the legend or inscription upon a coin4 ,to do this1 take a silver coin 7,i have always used an old one71 and after polishing the surface as much as possible1 make the parts of it which are raised rough by the action of an acid1 the parts not raised1 or those which are to be rendered darkest1 retaining their polish4 ,if the coin thus prepared is placed upon a mass of red-hot iron1 and removed into a dark room1 the inscription upon it will become less luminous than the rest1 so that it may be distinctly read by the spectator4 ,the mass of red-hot iron should be concealed from the observer's eye1 both for the purpose of rendering the eye fitter for observing the effect1 and of removing all doubt that the inscription is really read in the dark1 that is1 without receiving any light1 direct or reflected1 from any other body4 ,if1 in place of polishing the depressed parts1 and roughening its raised parts1 we make the raised parts polished1 and roughen the depressed parts1 the inscription will now be less luminous than the depressed parts4 ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #f3 ,the eye is to be applied to the little circular hole seen on the upper surface4 ,footnote #g3 ,the thinnest substance ever observed is the aqueous film of the soap-bubble previous to bursting2 yet it is capable of reflecting the faint image of a candle1 or the sun4 ,hence its thickness must correspond with what ,sir ,isaac ,newton calls the beginning of black1 which appears in water at the thickness of the seven hundred and fifty thousandth part of an inch4 ,,tricks ,,in ,,mechanics4 ,illustration3 ,these are machinations comical4--,,ford4 ,there is no subject of such importance as ,mechanics1 as its principles are founded upon the properties of matter and the laws of motion2 and in knowing something of these1 the tyro will lay the foundation of all substantial knowledge4 ,the properties of matter are the following3 ,solidity 7or ,impenetrability71 ,divisibility1 ,mobility1 ,elasticity1 ,brittleness1 ,malleability1 ,ductility1 and ,tenacity4 ,the laws of motion are as follow3 #a4 ,every body continues in a state of rest or of uniform rectilineal motion1 unless affected by some extraneous force4 #b4 ,the change of motion is always proportionate to the impelling force4 #c4 ,action and reaction are always equal and contrary4 ,,experiment ,,of ,,the ,,law ,,of ,,motion4 ,in shooting at taw1 if the marble be struck plump1 as it is called1 it moves forward exactly in the same line of direction2 but if struck sideways1 it will move in an oblique direction1 and its course will be in a line situated between the direction of its former motion and that of the force impressed4 ,this is called the resolution of forces4 ,,balancing4 ,the center of gravity in a body is that part about which all the other parts equally balance each other4 ,in balancing a stick upon the finger1 or upon the chin1 it is necessary only to keep the chin or finger exactly under the point which is called the center of gravity4 ,,the ,,prancing ,,horse4 ,illustration ,cut out the figure of a horse1 and having fixed a curved iron wire to the under part of its body1 place a small ball of lead upon it4 ,place the hind legs of the horse on the table1 and it will rock to and fro4 ,if the ball be removed1 the horse would immediately tumble1 because unsupported1 the center of gravity being in the front of the prop2 but upon the ball being replaced1 the center of gravity immediately changes its position1 and is brought under the prop1 and the horse is again in equilibrio4 ,,to ,,construct ,a ,,figure1 ,,which1 ,,being ,,placed ,,upon ,a ,,curved ,,surface1 ,,and ,,inclined ,,in ,,any ,,position1 ,,shall1 ,,when ,,left ,,to ,,itself1 ,,return ,,to ,,its ,,former ,,position4 ,the feet of the figure rest on a curved pivot1 which is sustained by two loaded balls below2 for the weight of these balls being much greater than that of the figure1 their effect is to bring the center of gravity of the whole beneath the point on which it rests2 consequently the equilibrium will resist any slight force to disturb it4 ,,to ,,make ,a ,,carriage ,,run ,,in ,,an ,,inverted ,,position ,,without ,,falling4 ,illustration ,it is pretty well known to most boys1 that if a tumbler of water be placed within a broad wooden hoop1 the whole may be whirled round without falling1 owing to the centrifugal force4 ,on the same principle1 if a small carriage be placed on an iron band or rail1 it will ascend the curve1 become inverted1 and descend again1 without falling4 ,,to ,,cause ,a ,,cylinder ,,to ,,roll ,,by ,,its ,,own ,,weight ,,up ,,hill4 ,procure a coffee canister1 and loading it at ,f with a piece of lead1 which may be fixed in with solder1 the position of the center of gravity is thus altered4 ,if a cylinder so constructed be placed on an inclined plane1 and the loaded part above1 it will roll up hill without assistance4 ,illustration ,,the ,,balanced ,,stick4 ,procure a piece of wood1 about nine inches in length and about half an inch in thickness1 and thrust into its upper end the blades of two penknives1 on either side one4 ,place the other end upon the tip of the fore-finger1 and it will keep its place without falling4 ,illustration ,,the ,,chinese ,,mandarin4 ,construct out of the pith of elder a little mandarin2 then provide a base for it to sit in1 like a kettle-drum4 ,into this put some heavy substance1 such as half a leaden bullet2 fasten the figure to this1 and in whatever position it may be placed1 it will1 when left to itself1 immediately return to its upright position4 ,,to ,,make ,a ,,quarter ,,dollar ,,turn ,,on ,,its ,,edge ,,on ,,the ,,point ,,of ,a ,,needle4 ,illustration ,take a bottle1 with a cork in its neck1 and in it1 in a perpendicular position1 a middle-sized needle4 ,fix a quarter dollar into another cork1 by cutting a nick in it2 and stick into the same cork two small table-forks1 opposite each other1 with the handles inclining downwards4 ,if the rim of the quarter dollar be now poised on the point of the needle1 it may easily be made to spin round without falling1 as the center of gravity is below the the center of suspension4 ,,the ,,self-,,balanced ,,pail4 ,you lay a stick across the table1 letting one third of it project over the edge2 and you undertake to hang a pail of water on it1 without either fastening the stick on the table1 or letting the pail rest on any support2 and this feat the laws of gravitation will enable you literally to accomplish4 ,illustration ,you take the pail of water1 and hang it by the handle upon the projecting end of the stick1 in such a manner that the handle may rest on it in an inclined position1 with the middle of the pail within the edge of the table4 ,that it may be fixed in this situation1 place another stick with one of its ends resting against the side at the bottom of the pail1 and its other end against the first stick1 where there should be a notch to retain it4 ,by these means1 the pail will remain fixed in that situation1 without being able to incline to either side2 nor can the stick slide along the table1 or move along its edge1 without raising the center of gravity of the pail1 and the water it contains4 ,,to ,,lift ,a ,,bottle ,,with ,a ,,straw4 ,take a straw1 and having bent the thicker end of it in a sharp angle1 as in figure subjoined1 put this hooked end into the bottle1 so that the bent part may rest against its side2 you may then take the other end1 and lift up the bottle by it1 without breaking the straw1 and this will be the more readily accomplished as the angular part of the straw approaches nearer to that which comes out of the bottle4 ,it is necessary1 in order to succeed in this feat1 to be particularly careful in choosing a stout straw1 which is neither broken nor bruised2 if it have been previously bent or damaged1 it is unfit for the purpose of performing this trick1 as it will be too weak in the part so bent1 or damaged1 to support the bottle4 ,illustration ,,the ,,dancing ,,pea4 ,illustration ,if you stick through a pea1 or small ball of pith1 two pins#h at right angles1 and defend the points with pieces of sealing wax1 it may be kept in equilibrio at a short distance from the end of a straight tube by means of a current of breath from the mouth1 which imparts a rotary motion to the pea4 ,,the ,,toper',s ,,tripod4 ,illustration ,place three tobacco pipes in the position shown in the engraving1 the mouth of the bowls downwards1 and the lower end of the stems upon the stem just by the bowls4 ,this tripod1 if carefully put together1 will support considerably more than a pot of ale4 ,,obliquity ,,of ,,motion4 ,illustration ,illustration ,cut a piece of pasteboard into the following shape1 and describe on it a spiral line2 cut this out with a penknife1 and then suspend it on a large skewer or pin1 as seen in the engraving4 ,if the whole be now placed on a warm stove1 or over the flame of a candle or lamp1 it will revolve with considerable velocity4 ,the card1 after being cut into the spiral1 may be made to represent a snake or dragon1 and when in motion will produce a very pleasing effect4 ,,the ,,bridge ,,of ,,knives4 ,illustration ,place three glasses1 ,a ,a ,a1 in the form of a triangle1 and arrange three knives upon them1 as shown in the figure1 the blade of ,no4 #a over that of ,no4 #b1 and that over ,no4 #c1 which rests on ,no4 #a4 ,the bridge so made will be self-supported4 ,,sand ,,in ,,the ,,hour-,,glass4 ,it is a remarkable fact1 that the flow of sand in the hour-glass is perfectly equable1 whatever may be the quantity in the glass2 that is1 the sand runs no faster when the upper half of the glass is quite full than when it is nearly empty4 ,it would1 however1 be natural enough to conclude that1 when full of sand1 it would be more swiftly urged through the aperture1 than when the glass was only a quarter full1 and near the close of the hour4 ,the fact of the even flow of sand may be proved by a very simple experiment4 ,provide some silver sand1 dry it over or before the fire1 and pass it through a tolerably fine sieve4 ,then take a tube1 of any length or diameter1 closed at one end1 in which make a small hole1 say the eighth of an inch2 stop this with a peg1 and fill up the tube with the sifted sand4 ,hold the tube steadily1 or fix it to a wall1 or frame1 at any height from a table2 remove the peg1 and permit the sand to flow in any measure for any given time1 and note the quantity4 ,then1 let the tube be emptied1 and only half or a quarter filled with the sand2 measure again1 for a like time1 and the same quantity of sand will flow3 even if you press the sand in the tube with a ruler or stick1 the flow of the sand through the hole will not be increased4 ,the above is explained by the fact1 that when the sand is poured into the tube1 it fills it with a succession of conical heaps1 and that all the weight which the bottom of the tube sustains is only that of the heap which first falls upon it2 as the succeeding heaps do not press downwards1 but only against the sides or walls of the tube4 ,,resistance ,,of ,,sand4 ,from the above experiment it may be concluded1 that it is extremely difficult to thrust sand out of a tube by means of a fitting plug or piston2 and this1 upon trial1 is found to be the case4 ,fit a piston to a tube 7exactly like a boy's pop-gun17 pour some sand in1 and try with the utmost strength of the arm to push out the sand4 ,it will be found impossible to do this3 rather than the sand should be shot out1 the tube will burst at the sides4 ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #h3 ,the pins are only used to hold the pea steady before it is blown from the pipe1 as the pea alone will dance quite as well4 ,,tricks ,,in ,,hydraulics4 ,the science of ,hydraulics comprehends the laws which regulate non-elastic fluids in motion1 and especially water1 c4 ,illustration ,water can only be set in motion by two causes--the pressure of the atmosphere1 or its own gravity4 ,the principal law concerning fluids is1 that they always preserve their own level4 ,hence water can be distributed over a town from any reservoir that is higher than the houses to be supplied2 and the same principle will enable us to form fountains in a garden1 or other place4 ,should any of our young friends wish to form a fountain1 or jet-d'-eau1 they may1 by bringing a pipe from ,t1 a water-tank1 which should be at the upper part of the house1 convey the water down to the garden4 ,then by leading it through the earth1 underneath the path or grass plot1 and turning it to a perpendicular position1 the water will spring out1 and rise nearly as high as the level of that in the tank4 ,the part of the pipe at ,b should have a turnkey1 so that the water may be let on or shut off at pleasure4 ,,the ,,pump4 ,the action of the common pump is as follows3 ,when the handle ,a is raised1 the piston-rod ,b descends1 and brings the piston-valve1 called the sucker1 or bucket1 to another valve1 ,c1 which is fixed1 and opens inwards towards the piston4 ,when the handle is drawn down1 the piston is raised1 and1 as it is air-tight1 a vacuum is produced between the two valves2 the air in the valve of the pump1 betwixt the lower valve and the water1 then forces open the lower valve1 and rushes through to fill up this vacuum2 and the air in the pump being less dense than the external atmosphere1 the water is forced a short way up the barrel4 ,when the piston again descends to the lower valve1 the air between them is again forced out by forcing open the upper valve2 and when the piston is raised1 a vacuum is again produced1 and the air below the lower valve rushes up1 and the water in consequence is again raised a little further4 ,this operation continues until the water rises above the lower valve2 at every stroke afterwards1 the water passes through the valve of the descending piston1 and is raised by it1 on its ascent1 until it issues out of the spout4 ,illustration ,,the ,,hydraulic ,,dancer4 ,illustration ,make a little figure of cork1 in the shape of a dancing mountebank1 sailor1 c4 ,in this figure place a small hollow cone1 made of thin leaf brass4 ,when this figure is placed upon any jet-d'-eau1 such as that of the fountain recommended to be constructed1 it will be suspended on the top of the water1 and perform a great variety of amusing motions4 ,if a hollow ball of very thin copper1 about an inch in diameter1 be placed on a similar cone1 it will remain suspended1 turning round and spreading the water all about it4 ,,the ,,syphon4 ,illustration ,the syphon is a bent tube1 having one leg shorter than the other4 ,it acts by the pressure of the atmosphere being removed from the surface of a fluid1 which makes it to rise above its common level at ,b4 ,in order to make a syphon act1 it is necessary first to fill both legs quite full of the fluid2 and then the shorter leg must be placed in the vessel to be emptied4 ,immediately upon withdrawing the finger from the longer leg1 the liquor will flow4 ,any young person may form a syphon by a small piece of leaden pipe1 bent into the form above4 ,,the ,,water ,,snail1 ,,or ,,archimedian ,,screw may easily be constructed4 ,purchase a yard of small leaden pipe1 and twist it round a pole1 as in the following figure1 ,a2 place a handle at its upper end1 ,b1 and let its lower end rest in the water4 ,between the last turn of the pipe and the orifice place a paddle-wheel1 ,c4 ,now1 should the water be that of a running stream1 the force of the stream will turn the pipe1 and the water will rise in it till it empties itself into the trough at ,d4 ,should the water have no motion1 the turning of the handle at ,b will elevate the water from the lower to the higher level4 ,illustration ,,the ,,bottle ,,ejectment4 ,fill a small white glass bottle1 with a very narrow neck1 full of wine2 place it in a glass vase1 which must previously have sufficient water in it to rise above the mouth of the bottle4 ,immediately you will perceive the wine rise1 in the form of a little column1 toward the surface of the water1 and the water will1 in the mean time1 begin to take the place of the wine at the bottom of the bottle4 ,the cause of this is1 that the water is heavier than the wine1 which it displaces1 and forces it to rise toward the surface4 ,,the ,,magic ,,of ,,hydrostatics ,,with ,,the ,,ancients4 ,the principles of ,hydrostatics were available in the work of magical deception4 ,the marvelous fountain which ,pliny describes in the island of ,andros as discharging wine for seven days1 and water during the rest of the year1--the spring of oil which broke out in ,rome to welcome the return of ,augustus from the ,sicilian war1--the three empty urns which filled themselves with wine at the annual feast of ,bacchus in the city of ,elis1--the glass tomb of ,belus1 which was full of oil1 and which1 when once emptied by ,xerxes1 could not again be filled1--the weeping statues1 and the perpetual lamps of the ancients1--were all the obvious effect of the equilibrium and pressure of fluids4 ,,to ,,empty ,a ,,glass ,,under ,,water4 ,fill a wine-glass with water1 place over its mouth a card1 so as to prevent the water from escaping1 and put the glass1 mouth downwards1 into a basin of water4 ,next1 remove the card1 and raise the glass partly above the surface1 but keep its mouth below the surface1 so that the glass still remains completely filled with water4 ,then insert one end of a quill or reed in the water below the mouth of the glass1 and blow gently at the other end1 when air will ascend in bubbles to the highest part of the glass1 and expel the water from it2 and1 if you continue to blow through the quill1 all the water will be emptied from the glass1 which will be filled with air4 ,,tricks ,,in ,,acoustics4 ,acoustics is the science relating to sound and hearing4 ,sound is heard when any shock or impulse is given to the air1 or to any other body which is in contact directly or indirectly with the ear4 ,,difference ,,between ,,sound ,,and ,,noise4 ,noises are made by the cracks of whips1 the beating of hammers1 the creak of a file or saw1 or the hubbub of a multitude4 ,but when a bell is struck1 the bow of a violin drawn across the strings1 or the wetted finger turned round a musical glass1 we have what are properly called sounds4 ,,sounds1 ,,how ,,propagated4 ,sounds are propagated on all bodies much after the manner that waves are in water1 with a velocity of #a1adb feet in a second4 ,sounds in liquids and in solids are more rapid than in air4 ,two stones rubbed together may be heard in water at half a mile2 solid bodies convey sounds to great distances1 and pipes may be made to convey the voice over every part of the house4 ,,visible ,,vibration4 ,provide a glass goblet about two thirds filled with colored water1 draw a fiddle bow against its edge1 and the surface of the water will exhibit a pleasing figure1 composed of fans1 four1 six1 or eight in number1 dependent on the dimensions of the vessel1 but chiefly on the pitch of the note produced4 ,illustration ,or1 nearly fill a glass with water1 draw the bow strongly against its edge1 the water will be elevated and depressed2 and when the vibration has ceased1 and the surface of the water has become tranquil1 these elevations will be exhibited in the form of a curved line1 passing round the interior surface of the glass1 and above the surface of the water4 ,if the action of the bow be strong1 the water will be sprinkled on the inside of the glass1 above the liquid surface1 and this sprinkling will show the curved line very perfectly1 as in the engraving4 ,the water should be carefully poured1 so that the glass above the liquid be preserved dry2 the portion of the glass between the edge and curved line will then be seen partially sprinkled2 but1 between the level of the water and the curved line1 it will have become wholly wetted1 thereby indicating the height to which the fluid has been thrown4 ,,transmitted ,,vibration4 ,illustration ,provide a long1 flat glass ruler or rod1 as in the engraving1 and cement it with mastic to the edge of a drinking glass1 fixed into a wooden stand2 support the other end of the rod very lightly on a piece of cork1 and strew its upper surface with sand2 set the glass in vibration by a bow1 at a point opposite where the rod meets it1 and the motions will be communicated to the rod without any change in their direction4 ,if the apparatus be inverted1 and sand be strewed on the under side of the rod1 the figures will be seen to correspond with those produced on the upper surface4 ,,double ,,vibration4 ,illustration ,provide two disks of metal or glass1 precisely of the same dimensions1 and a glass or metal rod2 cement the two disks at their centers to the ends of the rod1 as in the engraving1 and strew their upper surfaces with sand4 ,cause one of the disks1 viz41 the upper one1 to vibrate by a bow1 and its vibration will be exactly imitated by the lower disk1 and the sand strewed over both will arrange itself in precisely the same forms on both disks4 ,,champagne ,,and ,,sound4 ,pour sparkling champagne into a glass1 until it is half full1 when the glass will lose its power of ringing by a stroke upon its edge1 and will emit only a disagreeable and puffy sound4 ,nor will a glass ring while the wine is brisk1 and filled with air-bubbles2 but as the effervescence subsides1 the sound will become clearer and clearer1 and when the air-bubbles have entirely disappeared1 the glass will ring as usual4 ,if a crumb of bread be thrown into the champagne1 and effervescence be reproduced1 the glass will again cease to ring4 ,the same experiment will also succeed with soda water1 ginger wine1 or any other effervescing liquid4 ,,music ,,of ,,the ,,snail4 ,place a garden snail upon a pane of glass1 and in drawing itself along1 it will frequently produce sounds similar to those of musical glasses4 ,,the ,,tuning-,,fork ,a ,,flute ,,player4 ,illustration ,take a common tuning-fork1 and on one of its branches fasten with sealing-wax a circular piece of card1 of the size of a small wafer1 or sufficient nearly to cover the aperture of a pipe1 as the sliding of the upper end of a flute with the mouth stopped3 it may be tuned in unison with the loaded tuning-fork 7a ,c fork71 by means of the moveable stopper or card1 or the fork may be loaded till the unison is perfect4 ,then set the fork in vibration by a blow on the unloaded branch1 and hold the card closely over the mouth of the pipe1 as in the engraving1 when a note of surprising clearness and strength will be heard4 ,indeed1 a flute may be made to speak perfectly well1 by holding close to the opening a vibrating tuning-fork1 while the fingering proper to the note of the fork is at the same time performed4 ,,musical ,,bottles4 ,provide two glass bottles1 and tune them by pouring water into them1 so that each corresponds to the sound of a different tuning-fork4 ,then apply both tuning-forks to the mouth of each bottle alternately1 when that sound only will be heard1 in each case1 which is reciprocated by the unisonant bottle2 or1 in other words1 by that bottle which contains a column of air1 susceptible of vibrating in unison with the fork4 ,,theory ,,of ,,whispering4 ,apartments of a circular or elliptical form are best calculated for the exhibition of this phenomenon4 ,if a person stand near the wall1 with his face turned to it1 and whisper a few words1 they may be more distinctly heard at nearly the opposite side of the apartment1 than if the listener was situated near to the speaker4 ,,theory ,,of ,,the ,,voice4 ,provide a species of whistle1 common as a child's toy or a sportsman's call1 in the form of a hollow cylinder1 about three fourths of an inch in diameter1 closed at both ends by flat circular plates1 with holes in their centers4 ,hold this toy between the teeth and lips2 blow through it1 and you may produce sounds varying in pitch with the force with which you blow4 ,if the air be cautiously graduated1 all the sounds within the compass of a double octave may be produced from it2 and1 if great precaution be taken in the management of the wind1 tones even yet graver may be brought out4 ,this simple instrument1 or toy1 has indeed the greatest resemblance to the larynx1 which is the organ of voice4 ,,to ,,tune ,a ,,guitar ,,without ,,the ,,assistance ,,of ,,the ,,ear4 ,make one string to sound1 and its vibrations will1 with much force1 be transferred to the next string3 this transference may be seen1 by placing a saddle of paper 7like an inverted 7 upon the string1 at first in a state of rest4 ,when this string hears the other1 the saddle will be shaken1 or fall off2 when both strings are in harmony1 the paper will be very little1 or not at all shaken4 ,,progress ,,of ,,sound4 ,when a bow is drawn across the strings of a violin1 the impulses produced may be rendered evident by fixing a small steel bead upon the bow2 when looked at by light1 or in sunshine1 the bead will seem to form a series of dots during the passage of the bow4 ,,to ,,make ,,an ,,olian ,,harp4 ,this instrument consists of a long narrow box of very thin pine1 about six inches deep1 with a circle in the middle of the upper side1 of an inch and half in diameter1 in which are to be drilled small holes4 ,on this side seven1 ten1 or more strings of very fine catgut are stretched over bridges at each end like the bridge of a fiddle1 and screwed up or relaxed with screw pins4 ,the strings must all be tuned to one and the same note1#i and the instrument should be placed in a window partly open1 in which the width is exactly equal to the length of the harp1 with the sash just raised to give the air admission4 ,when the air blows upon these strings with different degrees of force it will excite different tones of sound4 ,sometimes the blast brings out all the tones in full concert1 and sometimes it sinks them to the softest murmurs4 ,a colossal imitation of the instrument just described was invented at ,milan in #aghf1 by the ,abbate ,gattoni4 ,he stretched seven strong iron wires1 tuned to the notes of the gamut1 from the top of a tower sixty feet high1 to the house of a ,signor ,moscate1 who was interested in the success of the experiment1 and this apparatus1 called the giant's harp1 in blowing weather yielded lengthened peals of harmonious music4 ,in a storm this music was sometimes heard at the distance of several miles4 ,,the ,,invisible ,,girl4 ,illustration ,the facility with which the voice circulates through tubes was known to the ancients1 and no doubt has afforded the priests of all religions means of deception to the ignorant and credulous4 ,but of late days the light of science dispels all such wicked deceptions4 ,a very clever machine was produced at ,paris several years ago1 and afterwards exhibited in ,new ,york and other cities in the ,united ,states1 under the name of the ,invisible ,girl1 since the apparatus was so constructed that the voice of a female at a distance was heard as if it originated from a hollow globe1 not more than a foot in diameter4 ,it consisted of a wooden frame something like a tent bedstead1 formed by four pillars a a a a1 connected by upper cross rails b b1 and similar rails below1 while it terminated above in four bent wires c c1 proceeding at right angles of the frame1 and meeting in a central point4 ,the hollow copper ball d1 with four trumpets1 t t1 crossing from it at right angles1 hung in the center of the frame1 being connected with the wires alone by four narrow ribbons r r4 ,the questions were proposed close to the open mouth of one of these trumpets1 and the reply was returned from the same orifice4 ,the means used in the deception were as follows3 a pipe or tube was attached to one of the hollow pillars1 and carried into another apartment1 in which a female was placed2 and this tube having been carried up the leg or pillar of the instrument to the cross-rails1 had apertures exactly opposite two of the trumpet mouths2 so that what was spoken was immediately answered through a very simple mode of communication4 ,,the ,,magic ,,of ,,acoustics4 ,the science of ,acoustics furnished the ancient sorcerers with some of their best deceptions4 ,the imitation of thunder in their subterranean temples could not fail to indicate the presence of a supernatural agent4 ,the golden virgins whose ravishing voices resounded through the temple of ,delphos1--the stone from the river ,pactolus1 whose trumpet notes scared the robber from the treasure which it guarded1--the speaking head which uttered its oracular responses at ,lesbos1--and the vocal statue of ,memnon1 which began at the break of day to accost the rising sun1--were all deceptions derived from science1 and from a diligent observation of the phenomena of nature4 ,,to ,,show ,,how ,,sound ,,travels ,,through ,a ,,solid4 ,take a long piece of wood1 such as the handle of a hair broom1 and placing a watch at one end1 apply your ear to the other1 and the tickings will be distinctly heard4 ,,to ,,show ,,that ,,sound ,,depends ,,on ,,vibration4 ,touch a bell when it is sounding1 and the noise ceases2 the same may be done to a musical string with the same results4 ,hold a musical pitchfork to the lips1 when it is made to sound1 and a quivering motion will be felt from its vibrations4 ,these experiments show that sound is produced by the quick motions and vibrations of different bodies4 ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #i3 ,d is a good note for it4 ,the upper string may be tuned to the upper ,d1 and the two lower to the lower ,d1 and ,d ,d4 ,the harmonics1 are the sounds produced4 ,,the ,,magic ,,of ,,numbers ,,or1 ,,curious ,,problems ,,in ,,arithmetic4 ,illustration ,as the principal object of this volume is to enable the young reader to learn something in his sports1 and to understand what he is doing1 we shall1 before proceeding to the curious tricks and feats connected with the science of numbers1 present him with some arithmetical aphorisms1 upon which most of the following examples are founded4 ,,aphorisms ,,of ,,number4 #a4 ,if two even numbers be added together1 or subtracted from each other1 their sum or difference will be an even number4 #b4 ,if two uneven numbers be added or subtracted1 their sum or difference will be an even number4 #c4 ,the sum or difference of an even and an uneven number added or subtracted1 will be an uneven number4 #d4 ,the product of two even numbers will be an even number1 and the product of two uneven numbers will be an uneven number4 #e4 ,the product of an even and uneven number will be an even number4 #f4 ,if two different numbers be divisible by any one number1 their sum and their difference will also be divisible by that number4 #g4 ,if several different numbers1 divided by #c1 be added or multiplied together1 their sum and their product will also be divisible by #c4 #h4 ,if two numbers1 divisible by #i1 be added together1 the sum of the figures in the amount will be either #i1 or a number divisible by #i4 #i4 ,if any number be multiplied by #i1 or by any other number divisible by #i1 the amount of the figures of the product will be either #i1 or a number divisible by #i4 #aj4 ,in every arithmetical progression1 if the first and last term be each multiplied by the number of terms1 and the sum of the two products be divided by #b1 the quotient will be the sum of the series4 #aa4 ,in every geometric progression1 if any two terms be multiplied together1 their product will be equal to that term1 which answers to the sum of these two indices4 ,thus1 in the series-- #a #b #c #d #e #b #d #h #af #cb ,if the third and fourth terms #h and #af be multiplied together1 the product #abh will be the seventh term of the series4 ,in like manner1 if the fifth term be multiplied into itself1 the product will be the tenth term1 and if that sum be multiplied into itself1 the product will be the twentieth term4 ,therefore1 to find the last1 or any other term of a geometric series1 it is not necessary to continue the series beyond a few of the first terms4 ,previous to the numerical recreations1 we shall here describe certain mechanical methods of performing arithmetical calculations1 such as are not only in themselves entertaining1 but will be found more or less useful to the young reader4 ,,palpable ,,arithmetic4 ,the blind mathematician1 ,dr4 ,saunderson1 adopted a very ingenious device for performing arithmetical operations by the sense of touch4 ,small cubes of wood were provided1 and in one face of each1 nine holes were pierced1 thus3 #a #b #c o o o #d #e #f o o o #g #h #i o o o ,these holes represented the nine digits1 as in the figure1 and to denote any figure1 a small peg was inserted into the hole corresponding to it4 ,if the number consisted of several figures1 more cubes were used1 one for each4 ,a cipher was represented by a peg of different shape from that of the others1 and inserted in the central hole4 ,to perform any arithmetical process1 a square board was provided1 divided by ridges into recesses of the same width as the cubes1 and by this the cubes were retained in the required horizontal and perpendicular lines4 ,suppose it was necessary to add together the numbers #gfc1 #abd1 #hei1 the cubes and pegs would be arranged thus3 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o ,,the ,,abacus4 ,this instrument is used for teaching numeration1 and the first principles of arithmetic4 ,illustration ,upon a frame are placed wires1 parallel to one another1 and at equal distances4 ,ten small balls are strung upon each wire1 being placed as in the margin4 ,the right wire denotes units1 the next tens1 and so on1 the #gth wire being the place of millions4 ,in using the abacus1 all the balls are first ranged at one end1 and a number of them are then moved to the other end of each wire1 to correspond to the figures required4 ,the example given in the margin is #ae1gha1 the height of ,mount ,blanc4 ,,napier',s ,,rods4 ,the object of this contrivance is to render arithmetical multiplication more easy1 and to secure its correctness2 it was much used by astronomers before the invention of logarithms4 ,to appreciate the merits of this invention1 we must consider the process of multiplication as usually performed4 ,suppose we had to multiply #h1fgi by #h3 #h1fgi #h ------ #fi1dcb ,we first multiply #i by #h #gb1 and putting down #b as the first figure in the product1 carry the #g to add to the next product of #g by #h #ef2 this gives us #fc1 the #c being put down as the second figure2 #f is carried to add to the product of #f by #h1 and so on4 ,a blunder may be made in each part of this process2 for #ast1 we might reckon #h times #i as some other number than #gb2 #b;d1 after multiplying the #g by the #h1 we might add to the resulting #ef some other figure than the #g1 which we carried2 #c;d1 we may add #ef to #g inaccurately1 making some other sum of it than the right one1 #fc4 ,errors in a long multiplication problem are usually made in one of these three ways1 and to prevent such errors1 ,lord ,napier#aj introduced this useful contrivance4 ,thin strips of card1 wood1 or bone1 #i times as long as they are broad1 are each divided into #i equal squares1 a figure is printed or written on the top square1 and in each of the squares underneath is the product of multiplying that figure by #b1 #c1 #d1 c41 up to #i4 ,illustration3 ------------------------- #a #h #f #g #i ------------------------- #b #a_/f #a_/b #a_/d #a_/h ------------------------- #c #b_/d #a_/h #b_/a #b_/g ------------------------- #d #c_/b #b_/d #b_/h #c_/f ------------------------- #e #d_/j #c_/j #c_/e #d_/e ------------------------- #f #d_/h #c_/f #d_/b #e_/d ------------------------- #g #e_/f #d_/b #d_/i #f_/c ------------------------- #h #f_/d #d_/h #e_/f #g_/b ------------------------- #i #g_/b #e_/d #f_/c #h_/a ------------------------- ,to use these in multiplication1 select the strips1 the top figures of which make the number to be multiplied4 ,for example3 ,to multiply #h1fgi by #h1 look at the eighth line of squares from the top1 and on that line will be found the product of each of the integers #h1 #f1 #g1 #i1 when multiplied by #h4 ,we have then to write down the #b as the first figure of the product1 add #g and #f together #ac2 write #c as the next figure1 carry #a to add to the sum of #h and #e1 and so on4 ,the reason for dividing the figures in each square by a diagonal line1 and for placing the left-hand figure higher than the right is1 that the eye may be thus assisted in adding the carried figure of one slip to the unit of the next4 ,to provide for the occurrence of more than one of the same figures in the multiplicand1 there should be several slips or rods for each of the digits4 ,in practice the rods are placed on a flat piece of wood1 with two ridges at right angles1 by which they are preserved in a proper position4 ,this instrument can be made useful in divisions1 by making by means of it a table of the product of the divisor1 multiplied by each of the numbers #a to #i4 ,,the ,,arithmetical ,,boomerang4 ,the boomerang is an instrument of peculiar form1 used by the natives of ,new ,south ,wales1 for the purpose of killing wild fowl and other small animals4 ,if projected forwards1 it at first proceeds in a straight line1 but afterwards rises in the air1 and after performing sundry peculiar gyrations1 returns in the direction of the place where it was thrown4 ,the term is applied to those arithmetical processes by which you can divine a number thought of by another4 ,you throw forwards the number by means of addition and multiplication1 and then1 by means of subtraction and division1 you bring it back to the original starting point1 making it proceed in a track so circuitous as to evade the superficial notice of the tyro4 ,,to ,,find ,a ,,number ,,thought ,,of4 ,first ,method4 ,this is an arithmetical trick which1 to those who are unacquainted with it1 seems very surprising2 but1 when explained1 it is very simple4 ,for instance1 ask a person to think of any number under #aj4 ,when he says he has done so1 desire him to treble that number4 ,then ask him whether the sum of the number he has thought of 7now multiplied by #c7 be odd or even2 if odd1 tell him to add #a to make the sum even4 ,he is next to halve the sum1 and then treble that half4 ,again ask whether the amount be odd or even4 ,if odd1 add #a 7as before7 to make it even1 and then halve it4 ,now ask how many nines are contained in the remainder4 ,the secret is1 to bear in mind whether the first sum be odd or even2 if odd1 retain #a in the memory2 if odd a second time1 retain #b more 7making in all #c to be retained in the memory27 to which add #d for every nine contained in the remainder4 ,for example1 ,no4 #g is odd the first and also the second time2 and the remainder 7#ag7 contains one nine2 so that #a1 added to #b1 make #c1 and #c1 added to #d1 make #g1 the number thought of4 ,no4 #a is odd the first time 7retain #a71 and even the second 7of which no notice is taken71 but the remainder is not equal to nine4 ,no4 #b is even the first and odd the second time 7retain #b71 but the remainder contains no nine4 ,no4 #c is odd the first and the second time1 still there is no nine in the remainder4 ,no4 #d is even both times1 and contains one nine4 ,no4 #e is odd the first time and the remainder contains one nine4 ,no4 #f is odd the second time1 and contains one nine in the remainder4 ,no4 #h is even both times1 and the remainder contains two nines4 ,no notice need be taken of any overplus of a remainder1 after being divided by nine4 ,the following are illustrations of the result with each number3 #a #b #c #d #e #f #g #h #i #c #c #c #c #c #c #c #c #c -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- #c #b7f #i #b7ab #ae #b7ah #ba #b7bd #bg ,add #a -- ,add #a -- ,add #a -- ,add #a -- ,add #a -- #c -- #f -- #i -- #ab -- #b7d #c #b7aj #c #b7af #c #b7bb #c #b7bh -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- #b #i #e #b7ah #h #bg #aa #b7cf #ad #c ,add #a #c -- #c ,add #a #c -- #c -- -- -- #i7i -- -- -- #i7ah -- #b7f #b7aj #ae -- #b7bd #b7bh #cc -- #b7db -- -- ,add #a #a -- -- ,add #a #b -- #c #e -- #i7ab #i7ad -- #i7ba #b7af -- -- #b7cd -- -- #a #a -- #b #h #i7ag -- #a ,second ,method4 ,,example4 ,let a person think of a number1 say #f #a4 ,let him multiply it by #c #ah #b4 ,add #a #ai #c4 ,multiply by #c #eg #d4 ,add to this the number thought of #fc ,let him inform you what is the number produced2 it will always end with #c4 ,strike off the #c1 and inform him that he thought of #f4 ,third ,method4 ,,example4 ,suppose the number thought of to be #f #a4 ,let him double it #ab #b4 ,add #d #af #c4 ,multiply by #f #hj #d4 ,add #ab #ib #e4 ,multiply by #aj #ibj ,let him inform you what is the number produced4 ,you must in every case subtract #cbj2 the remainder is1 in this example1 #fjj2 strike off the two ciphers1 and announce #f as the number thought of4 ,fourth ,method4 ,desire a person to think of a number1 say #f4 ,he must then proceed-- ,,example4 #a4 ,to multiply this number by itself #cf #b4 ,so take #a from the number thought of #e #c4 ,to multiply this by itself #be #d4 ,to tell you the difference between this product and the former #aa ,you must then add #a to it #ab ,and halve this number #f ,which will be the number thought of4 ,fifth ,method4 ,desire a person to think of a number1 say #f4 ,he must then proceed as follows3 ,,example4 #a4 ,add #a to it #g #b4 ,multiply by #c #ba #c4 ,add #a again #bb #d4 ,add the number thought of #bh ,let him tell you the figures produced 7#bh73 #e4 ,you then subtract #d from it #bd #f4 ,and divide by #d #f ,which you can say is the number thought of4 ,sixth ,method4 ,,example4 ,suppose the number thought of #f #a4 ,let him double it #ab #b4 ,desire him to add to this any number you tell him1 say #d #af #c4 ,to halve it #h ,you can then tell him that if he will subtract from this the number he thought of1 the remainder will be1 in the case supposed1 #b4 ,note4--,the remainder is always half of the number you tell him to add4 ,,to ,,discover ,,two ,,or ,,more ,,numbers ,,that ,a ,,person ,,has ,,thought ,,of4 #ast ,case4--,where each of the numbers is less than #aj4 ,suppose the numbers thought of were #b1 #c1 #e4 ,,example4 #a4 ,desire him to double the first number making #d #b4 ,to add #a to it #e #c4 ,to multiply by #e #be #d4 ,to add the second number #bh ,there being a third number1 repeat this process-- #e4 ,to double it #ef #f4 ,to add #a to it #eg #g4 ,to multiply by #e #bhe #h4 ,to add the third number #bij ,and to proceed in the same manner for as many numbers as were thought of4 ,let him tell you the last sum produced 7in this case #bij74 ,then1 if there were two numbers thought of1 you must subtract #e2 if three1 #ee2 if four1 #eee4 ,you must here subtract #ee1 leaving a remainder of #bce1 which are the numbers thought of1 #b1 #c and #e4 #b;d ,case4--,where one or more of the numbers are #aj1 or more than #aj1 and where there is an odd number of numbers thought of4 ,suppose he fixes upon five numbers1 viz4 #d1 #f1 #i1 #ae1 #af4 ,he must add together the numbers as follows1 and tell you the various sums3 #a4 ,the sum of the #ast and #b;d #aj #b4 ,the sum of the #b;d and #c;d #ae #c4 ,the sum of the #c;d and #dth #bd #d4 ,the sum of the #dth and #eth #ca #e4 ,the sum of the #ast and last #bj ,you must then add together the #ast1 #c;d and #eth sums1 viz4 #aj #bd #bj #ed1 and the #b;d and #dth1 #ae #ca #df2 take one from the other1 leaving #h4 ,the half of this is the #ast number1 #d2 if you take this from the sum of the #ast and #b;d you will have the #b;d number1 #f2 this taken from the sum of the #b;d and #c;d will give you the #c;d1 #i2 and so on for the other numbers4 #c;d ,case4--,where one or more of the numbers are #aj1 or more than #aj1 and where an even number of numbers has been thought of4 ,suppose he fixes on six numbers1 viz4 #b1 #f1 #g1 #ae1 #af1 #ah4 ,he must add together the numbers as follows1 and tell you the sum in each case3-- #a4 ,the sum of the #ast and #b;d #h #b4 ,the sum of the #b;d and #c;d #ac #c4 ,the sum of the #c;d and #dth #bb #d4 ,the sum of the #dth and #eth #ca #e4 ,the sum of the #eth and #fth #cd #f4 ,the sum of the #b;d and last #bd ,you must then add together the #b;d1 #dth and #fth sums1 #ac #ca #bd #fh1 and the #c;d and #eth sums1 #bb #cd #ef4 ,subtract one from the other1 leaving #ab2 the #b;d number will be #f1 the half of this2 take the #b;d from the sum of the #ast and #b;d you will get the #ast2 take the #bnd from the sum of the #b;d and #c;d1 and you will have the #c;d1 and so on4 ,,how ,,many ,,counters ,,have ,i ,,in ,,my ,,hands8 ,a person having an equal number of counters in each hand1 it is required to find how many he has altogether4 ,suppose he has #af counters1 or #h in each hand4 ,desire him to transfer from one hand to the other a certain number of them1 and to tell you the number so transferred4 ,suppose it be #d1 the hands now contain #d and #ab4 ,ask him how many times the smaller number is contained in the larger2 in this case it is #c times4 ,you must then multiply the number transferred1 #d1 by the #c1 making #ab1 and add the #d1 making #af2 then divide #af by the #c minus #a2 this will bring #h1 the number in each hand4 ,in most cases fractions will occur in the process3 when #aj counters are in each hand1 and if #d be transferred1 the hands will contain #f and #ad4 ,he will divide #ad by #f and inform you that the quotient is #b #c_/f or #b4 ,you multiply #d by #b1 which is #i4 ,add #d to this1 making #ac1 equal to #dj_/c4 ,subtract #a from #b1 leaving #a or #d_/c4 ,divide #dj_/c by #d_/c giving #aj1 the number in each hand4 ,,the ,,mysterious ,,halvings4 ,to tell the number a person has thought of4 ,one of the company must fix upon any one of the numbers from #a to #ae2 this he keeps secret1 as well as the numbers produced by the succeeding operations3 ,suppose he fixes on #h ,he must add #a to it1 making #i ,triple it #bg ,halve it#aa--ast halving--7larger half7 #ad ,triple it #db ,halve it--#b;d halving #ba ,triple it #fc ,halve it--#c;d halving--7larger half7 #cb ,triple it #if ,halve it--#dth halving4 #dh ,he need not inform you that #dh is the figure produced1 but he must let you know in which of the four halvings he was obliged to take a larger half2 having ascertained this point1 you discover the number fixed upon in the following manner4 ,carry in your mind1 or on a slip of paper1 the following list of names in which the letter a occurs in one or more of the three syllables of all except the last4 ,the three syllables are intended to represent the #ast1 #b;d1 and #c;d halvings1 and the occurrence of the letter ,a corresponds to the occurrence of a larger half in one or more of these three halvings4 ,having been informed where the larger half was taken1 refer to the word which has ,a in the corresponding syllable1 and against it stand two numbers1 one of which was the number thought of2 and of these two1 the right hand number is the correct one if a larger half was taken in the #dth stage1 and the left hand one if the1 #dth halving was exact4 ,in the example given1 a larger half occurred in the #ast and #c;d stage2 this points us to ,car-ro-way1 and the halving in the #dth stage being exact1 shows us that #h was the number fixed upon4 ,if the #dth halving ,if a larger half occurs is exact4 in the #dth halving4 ,w,ash-ing-ton #d #ab ,,la-f,ay-ette #b #aj ,c,ar-row-w,ay #h #j ,m,an-h,at-t,an #f #ad ,ger-m,a-ny #ac #e ,tel-e-gr,aph #c #aa ,bo-n,a-p,arte #a #i ,long-fel-low #ae #g ,it will be observed that there is always a difference of #h between the numbers of the columns1 so that it is necessary to recollect only one of them4 ,perhaps some of our readers who wish to be adepts in this game1 would prefer recollecting the above table if put in this form3 #b-c #a-b #c #a-b-c #a-c #b none -------------------------------- #a #b #c #d #h #ac #ae where the upper line denotes the cases in which the larger half was taken1 and the lower line the numbers of the left hand column above given4 ,another ,method4 ,the person having chosen any number from one to fifteen1 he is to add twenty-one to that number1 and triple the amount4 ,then1 #ast4 ,he is to take half of that triple1 and triple that half4 #bnd4 ,to take the half of the last triple1 and triple that half4 #crd4 ,to take the half of the last triple4 #dth4 ,to take the half of the last half4 ,in this operation there are four distinct cases or stages where the half is to be taken4 ,the three first are denoted by one of the eight following ,latin words1 each word being composed of three syllables1 and the syllables containing the letter i corresponding in numerical order with the cases where the half cannot be taken without a fraction2 consequently1 in those cases the person who makes the deduction is to add one to the number to be divided4 ,the fourth case shows which of the two numbers corresponding to each word has been chosen4 ,for if the fourth half can be taken without adding one1 the number chosen is in the first1 or left-hand column2 but if not1 it is in the second column to the right4 ,the words4 ,the numbers denoted4 ,mi-ser-is #h #j ,ob-tin-git #a #i ,ni-mi-um #b #aj ,no-tar-i #c #aa ,in-fer-nos #d #ab ,or-di-nes #ac #e ,ti-mi-di #f #ad ,te-ne-ant #ae #g ,example4--,suppose the number chosen to be nine1 to which is to be added one1 making ten1 and which last1 being tripled1 gives thirty4 ,then3 #ast case4 ,the half of the triple is #ae which tripled1 makes #de #bnd case4 ,the half of that triple1 #a being added to make an even number1 is #bc and that tripled1 makes #fi #crd case4 ,the half of the last triple1 #a being added1 is #ce #dth case4 ,the half of the last half1 #a being again added1 is #ah ,here we see1 that in the second and third case1 one had to be added1 and1 looking at the table1 we find that the only corresponding word having an i in its second and third syllables is ,ob-tin-git1 which represents the figures one and nine4 ,then1 as one had to be added in the fourth case1 we know by the rule1 that the figure in the second column1 #i1 is the one required4 ,observe1 that if no addition be required at any of the four stages1 the number thought of will be fifteen2 and if one addition only be required at the fourth stage1 the number will be seven4 ,,who ,,wears ,,the ,,ring8 ,this is an elegant application of the principles involved in discovering a number fixed upon4 ,the number of persons participating in the game should not exceed nine4 ,one of them puts a ring on one of his fingers1 and it is your object to discover--#ast4 ,the wearer of the ring4 #b;d4 ,the hand4 #c;d4 ,the finger4 #dth4 ,the joint4 ,the company being seated in order the persons must be numbered #a1 #b1 #c1 c42 the thumb must be termed the first finger1 the fore finger being the second2 the joint nearest the extremity must be called the first joint2 the right hand is one1 and the left hand two4 ,these preliminaries having been arranged1 leave the room in order that the ring may be placed unobserved by you4 ,we will suppose that the third person has the ring on the right hand1 third finger1 and first joint2 your object is to discover the figures #caca4 ,desire one of the company to perform secretly the following arithmetical operations3 #a4 ,double the number of the person who has the ring2 in the case supposed1 this will produce #f #b4 ,add #e #aa #c4 ,multiply by #e #ee #d4 ,add #aj #fe #e4 ,add the number denoting the hand #ff #f4 ,multiply by #aj #ffj #g4 ,add the number of the finger #ffc #h4 ,multiply by #aj #ffcj #i4 ,add the number of the joint #ffca #aj4 ,add #ce #ffff ,he must apprise you of the figures now produced1 #ffff2 you will then in all cases subtract from it #cece2 in the present instance there will remain #caca1 denoting the person ,no4 #c1 the hand ,no4 #a1 the finger ,no4 #c1 and the joint ,no4 #a4 ,,probabilities4#ab ,when we look around us at results happening daily1 of the causes of which we are ignorant1 we are led to regard them as isolated incidents subject to no law or rule2 but could we see and understand the secret workings and connection existing between cause and effect1 we might frequently discover that all works by rule4 ,as it is1 we may readily mark the boundaries1 within which events must happen in very many instances2 and do much to estimate their probability4 ,we speak of ,chance1 as something without plan or design1 but taking in a large range1 our calculations will approximate closely to the truth4 ,when we throw a copper into the air1 the chances of heads or tails1 as the boys say1 are equal1 and though one or the other may occur most frequently for a few throws1 in a large number1 say a thousand1 the results will be about equally divided4 ,in this case the sides of the coin must be equal in weight1 else it will be like the grumbler's bread and butter3 ,i never had a piece of bread1 ,particularly good and wide1 ,but fell upon the sanded floor1 ,and always on the buttered side4 ,had he put on less butter1 perhaps the sides would have been more equal in weight1 and the probability of the buttered side being uppermost would have been increased4 ,disturbing causes unknown to us1 may often shape the result2 but in the absence of these1 we may pretty accurately estimate our chances4 ,we see accidents from fire and flood1 happening at times and points least expected2 but the insurer has learned by observation to estimate probabilities1 and by taking a wide range of country and a period of years1 he does a comparatively safe business4 ,death takes the young and the old2 but the life insurer has conned the bills of mortality and studied the ages of those who have died1 until he can estimate at once the probability of duration of life1 and determine what he can afford to pay for an annuity contingent on life1 or engage for a present sum1 or an annual sum paid for life1 to pay the heirs at the death of the insured4 ,in one instance his estimate may fall short1 and in another exceed1 but the average will be about right4 ,so1 too1 the man who deals in lotteries and games of chance1 knows the data and calculates carefully the probabilities1 and though luck may sometimes be against him1 his estimates of probabilities are based on mathematical principles1 and he is secure in being ultimately the gaining party4 ,how these chances are calculated1 depends on the data in each case1 and it is not within the range of our present plan to attempt more than giving a general idea of the subject2 and this with any one of ordinary prudence1 will be sufficient to prevent all intermeddling with lotteries and every other species of gambling4 ,the probabilities are always against the casual operator1 even if all be conducted fairly2 what then must they be when fraud and dishonesty are superadded8 ,it is downright swindling6 ,in lottery schemes generally1 fifteen per cent4 is reserved as profit1 but this is a small part of what may be secured2 yet even this amounts to a great deal4 ,if a man were to draw a prize nominally of #ajj1jjj1 fifteen thousand would be deducted at once1 and he would be entitled to only #he1jjj4 ,it is true that in his good fortune he would not probably regard the abatement1 but that does not change the principle4 ,,variations4 ,it is obvious that if we have a number of single things arranged in any order1 we may change the arrangement into a variety of forms1 and in doing so1 we may take all together1 or we may take only part at once4 ,for instance1 we may arrange the six vowels1 a e1 i1 o1 u1 y1 in a great number of ways1 as a e i o u y1 a i e o u y1 e a i o u y1 c41 c42 or we may form them into groups1 as ae1 io1 uy1 ai1 eu1 oy1 c42 or1 we may take three1 four1 five1 or1 as above1 all at a time2 and it is reasonable to suppose that the number of possible changes may1 in all cases1 be calculated4 ,when all are taken together1 the operation is called ,permutation2 but if a part only be taken1 it is called either a ,variation or a ,combination2 a e1 i o1 u y1 are distinct combinations1 and are also considered one of the variations of two of which those six letters are susceptible2 e a1 o i1 y u1 are three other variations1 but they are the same combinations2 for a change of order will constitute a new variation but not a new combination2 hence the number of variations will always exceed the number of combinations4 ,the doctrine of variations and combinations forms the basis of many forms of lotteries1 and of other calculations used in practical life4 ,,combinations ,,and ,,permutations4 ,combinations are the different ways in which a certain number of things can be selected out of a larger number1 when taken #a at a time1 #b at a time1 or any other number each time1 but without regard to the order in which the selected numbers can be arranged among themselves4 ,the latter is the province of ,permutation1 which refers to the different ways in which a number can be selected out of one that is larger1 and1 in addition to this1 to the different ways of grouping these selected numbers4 ,thus #d things can be taken #b at a time in #f different ways2 for instance1 the letters a1 b1 c1 d1 can be taken #b at a time thus1 a and b1 a and c1 a and d1 b and c1 b and d1 c and d2 if we regard the order of the selected letters we shall find that these #d letters are capable of #ab different permutations1 as ab1 ba1 ac1 ca1 ad1 da1 bc1 cb1 bd1 db1 cd1 dc4 ,if we selected #c letters at a time we could make #d different selections1 and #bd different changes of grouping4 ,the rule to compute the number of these different ways is very simple1 but sometimes involves a multitude of figures4 ,to determine the number of permutations1 commence with unity1 and multiply by the successive terms of the natural series #a1 #b1 #c1 c41 until the highest multiplier shall express the number of individual things4 ,the last product will indicate the number of possible changes4 ,example #a4 ,how many changes can be made in the arrangement of #e grains of corn1 all of different colors1 laid in a row8 ,solution4 #a #b #c #d #e #abj1 ,ans4 ,this may seem improbable1 the number being so great1 but if there were but a single grain more1 the possible changes would be #gbj2 and another would extend the limit to #ejdj2 and so onward in a constantly increasing ratio4 ,the reason1 however1 will be obvious on a little scrutiny4 ,if there were but one thing1 as a1 it would admit of but one position2 but if two1 as a b1 it would admit of two positions1 ab1 ba4 ,if three things1 as a b c1 then they will admit of #a #b #c #f changes1 for the last two will admit of two variations1 as a b c1 a c b1 and each of the three may successively be placed first1 and two changes made to each of the others1 so that #c #b #f1 the number of possible changes4 ,in the same way we may show that if there be four individual things1 each one will be first in each of the six changes which the other three will undergo1 and consequently1 there will be #bd changes in all4 ,in this way we might show that when there are #e individual things1 there will be #e times as many changes as when there were but #d2 and when #f1 there will be #f times as many changes as when there are only #e2 and so on ad infinitum1 according to the same law4 ,example #b4 ,in how many ways may a family of #aj persons seat themselves differently at dinner8 ,ans4 #c1fbh1hjj4 ,when we consider that this would require a period of #iice-ee_/dhg years1 the mind is lost in astonishment4 ,the story of the man who bought a horse at a farthing for the first nail in his shoe1 a penny for the second1 c41 is thrown into the shade2 and we incline to doubt whether there is not some mistake2 and yet on just such chances as one to all these1 do gamblers constantly risk their money6 ,example #c4 ,i have written the letters contained in the word ,n ,i ,m ,r ,o ,d on #f cards2 being one letter on each1 and having thrown them confusedly into a hat1 ,i am offered #aj to draw the cards successively1 so as to spell the name correctly4 ,what is my chance of success worth8 ,ans4 #a-g_/ah cents4 ,example #d4 ,in order to form a lottery scheme1 ,i have put into the wheel as many cards as ,i can put #d letters of the word ,charleston on1 without having the same letters in the same order upon any two cards4 ,i offer #ajj to him who draws the card having on it the first four letters of the said word in their natural order 7,char74 ,what is the chance of drawing a prize worth8 ,there are #aj letters in the word1 and the combination is of the #dth class2 and1 according to the mode of determining combinations with repetitions1 we find the whole number of combinations of the #dth class which the word admits of is #baj4 ,then he has one chance in #baj of drawing the letters ,char1 in some order4 ,the number of permutations of four individual things is #a #b #c #d #bd1 and #baj #bd #ejdj his chance of drawing them in the right order1 and #ajj divided by #ejdj gives ,ans4 #a #eb_/fc cents4 ,suppose that the numbers from #a to #gh1 inclusive1 be placed upon #gh cards1 and the cards placed in a wheel by which they are thoroughly mixed2 and then #ac cards be successively drawn out1 by a person who has no means of choosing1 and the numbers on them registered4 ,suppose also that tickets have been issued1 containing each three of the #gh numbers1 but no two having all the same numbers1 and that he who holds the ticket having on it the first three drawn numbers in their regular order1 shall be entitled to #ajj1jjj2 what would the probability of drawing such a ticket be worth8 ,ans4 #ba #eahc_/eheh cents4 ,note4--,it is usual also1 to give smaller prizes to the holders of tickets having the numbers in any order1 or having any two or one of the drawn numbers4 ,lotteries may be arranged on a great diversity of plans1 and in each the probability of drawing prizes will vary4 ,a speaks the truth #c times in #d2 ,b #d times in #e1 and ,c #f times in #g4 ,what is the probability of an event which ,a and ,b assert1 and ,c denies8 ,ans4 #adj_/adc ,suppose a coin be thrown up1 having two faces2 what is the probability that the obverse 7heads7 side will fall upward1 and what the reverse8 ,here there are only two possible cases1 and one favors each of the contingencies the probability of each will be #a_/7a #a7 #a_/b2 there being no reason why one side should fall uppermost rather than the other4 ,what would be the probability of either side presenting upwards twice in two throws8 ,here we have #d possible cases1 viz43 ,obverse and reverse2 ,obverse both times2 ,reverse and obverse2 ,reverse both times4 ,of the #d possibilities there is only one which favors the turning up of the obverse twice in succession1 and the same is true of the reverse1 hence the probability of either is only #a_/d4 ,in like manner we might show that the probability of the obverse presenting upwards three times in succession will be #a_/h1 or #a_/b #a_/b #a_/b2 the general principle being to multiply successively together the independent probabilities of an event for the fraction expressing the chance of all the events happening4 ,,the ,,visitors ,,to ,,the ,,crystal ,,palace4 ,in a family consisting of #h young people1 it was agreed that #c at a time should visit the ,crystal ,palace1 and that the visit should be repeated each day as long as a different trio could be selected4 ,in how many days were the possible combinations of #c out of #h completed8 ,we must multiply #h #g #f1 and also #c #b #a1 and divide the product of the former1 #ccf1 by the product of the latter1 #f2 the result is #ef1 the number of visits1 a different three going each time4 ,so much gratified were they with the results of their agreement1 that they wished to be allowed another series of visits1 to be continued as many days as they could group #c together in different order when starting4 ,if ,paterfamilias had granted such permission he would have had to wait #ef multiplied by #c #b #a1 or #ccf days1 before this new series of visits would have come to a finis4 ,,how ,,many ,,changes ,,can ,,be ,,given ,,to #g ,,notes ,,of ,a ,,piano8 ,that is to say1 in how many ways can #g keys be struck in succession1 so that there shall be some difference in the order of the notes each time8 ,the result of multiplying #g #f #e #d #c #b #a is #e1jdj1 the number of changes4 ,,the ,,arithmetical ,,triangle4 ,this name has been given to a contrivance said to have originated with the famous ,pascal1 or to have been perfected by him4 #a #b #a #c #c #a #d #f #d #a #e #aj #aj #e #a #f #ae #bj #ae #f #a #g #ba #ce #ce #ba #g #a #h #bh #ef #gj #ef #bh #h #a c4 c4 ,this peculiar series of numbers is thus formed3 ,write down the numbers #a1 #b1 #c1 c41 as far as you please1 in a vertical row4 ,on the right hand of #b place #a1 add them together1 and place #c under the #a2 then #c added to #c #f1 which place under the #c2 #d and #f are #aj1 which place under the #f1 and so on as far as you wish4 ,this is the second vertical row1 and the third is formed from the second in a similar way4 ,this triangle has the property of informing us1 without the trouble of calculation1 how many combinations can be made1 taking any number at a time out of a larger number4 ,suppose the question were that just given2 how many selections can be made of #c at a time out of #h8 ,on the horizontal row commencing with #h1 look for the third number2 this is #ef1 which is the answer4 ,,how ,,many ,,different ,,deals ,,can ,,be ,,made ,,with #ac ,,cards ,,out ,,of #eb8 ,to discover this we must make a continued multiplication of #eb #ea #ej #di #dh #dg #df #de #dd #dc #db #da #dj1 being #ac terms for the #ac cards1 also a continued multiplication of #ac #ab #aa #aj #i #h #g #f #e #d #c #b #a1 and having found the two products1 we must divide one by the other1 and the quotient is the number of different deals out of #eb cards4 ,this sum1 that looks so formidable with natural figures1 is a very short one by logarithms4 ,,the ,,three ,,graces4 ,three articles1 or three names inscribed on cards1 having been distributed between three persons1 you are to tell which article or card each person has4 ,designate the three persons in your own mind1 as #ast1 #b;d1 and #c;d1 and the three articles1 ,a1 ,e1 ,i4 ,provide #bd counters1 and give #a to the first person1 #b to the #b;d1 #c to the #c;d4 ,place the remaining #ah on the table4 ,request that the three persons will distribute among themselves the three articles1 and that1 having done so1 the person who has the one which you have secretly denoted by ,a1 will take as many counters as he may have already2 the holder of ,e must take twice as many as he may have2 and the holder of ,i must take four times as many4 ,then leave the room1 in order that the distribution of articles and of counters may be made unobserved by you4 ,we will suppose that the three articles are three cards1 on which are the words ,clara1 ,rosa1 ,emily1 which you will yourself secretly denote by the letters ,a1 ,e1 ,i4 ,suppose also that in the division the first person has ,emily 7,i71 the second has ,clara 7,a71 and the third has ,rosa 7,e71 then the #ast will take four times as many counters as he has 7#a71 and will therefore take #d2 the #b;d will take as many as he has 7#b71 and will therefore take #b2 the #c;d will take #f1 being twice as many as he has 7#c74 ,on the table will be left #f counters4 ,the distribution having been made1 you will return and observe the number of counters on the table1 from which you can find who is the holder of each card by the following method4 ,it is plain that if the cards held by the #ast and #b;d can be told1 that held by the #c;d will be known4 ,it will be found that only six numbers can remain1 viz4 #a1 #b1 #c1 #e1 #f1 #g2 never #d1 and never more than #g4 ,now the #f combinations of a1 e1 and i1 here given1 represent the articles held by the #ast and #b;d persons4 #a #b #c #d #e #f #g ae ea ai -- ei ia ie ,in the case supposed1 #f counters being on the table1 the combination ia indicates that the first person has the card you have called ,i 7,emily71 the #b;d has ,a 7,clara71 so that the #c;d has ,e 7,rosa74 ,in order to recollect the combinations of ,a1 ,e1 and ,i1 it will be best to keep in memory some #g words which form a sentence1 and which contain these vowels in the order just given4 ,our young friends can amuse themselves in forming a sentence for themselves1 but as examples we supply three4 #a #b #c #d #e #f #g ae ea ai -- ei ia ie ,james easy admires now reigning with a bride4 ,anger1 fear1 pain may be hid with a smile4 ,graceful ,emma1 charming she reigns in all circles4 ,or1 if they prefer ,latin1 they can use the pentameter made up by the inventor of this beautiful pastime3 #a #b #c #e #f #g ,salve certa anim semita vita quies4 ,,another ,,method4 ,the performer must mentally distinguish the articles by the letters ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 and the persons as #ast1 #b;d1 and #c;d4 ,the persons having made their choice1 give #ab counters to the #ast1 #bd to the #b;d1 and #cf to the #c;d4 ,then request the #ast person to add together the half of the counters of the person who has chosen ,a1 the #c;d of the person who has chosen ,b1 and the #dth of those of the person who has chosen ,c1 and then ask the sum1 which must be either #bc1 #bd1 #be1 #bg1 #bh1 or #bi1 as in the following table3 ,first4 ,second4 ,third4 #ab #bd #cf ,a ,b ,c #bc ,a ,c ,b #bd ,b ,a ,c #be ,c ,a ,b #bg ,b ,c ,a #bh ,c ,b ,a #bi ,this table shows that if the sum be #be1 for example1 the #ast person must have chosen ,b1 the #b;d ,a1 and the #c;d ,c2 or if it be #bh1 the #ast must have chosen ,b1 the #b;d ,c1 and the #c;d ,a4 ,,another ,,method4 ,three things having been divided between three persons1 you are to determine the holder of each4 ,call the persons in your own mind #ast1 #b;d1 #c;d4 ,give to the #ast a card on which you have written the number #ab2 to the #b;d the number #bd2 to the #c;d #cf4 ,the three things you must denote as ,a1 ,e1 ,i4 ,to simplify it you may have three cards with a name upon each1 of which the initial letters are ,a1 ,e1 ,i1 as ,anna1 ,emma1 ,isabel4 ,request your friends to divide between them the three articles1 and then to add together certain parts of the numbers on their cards1 as follows3 ,whoever has ,a must supply one half of the number on his card2 ,whoever has ,e must supply one third2 ,whoever has ,i must supply one fourth2 ,this half1 third and fourth having been added together1 the sum must be announced to you on your return2 and from this number you can tell who has ,a1 who has ,e1 and who has ,i4 ,if the ,no4 is the #ast has the #b;d has the #c;d has #bc ,a ,e ,i #bd ,a ,i ,e #be ,e ,a ,i #bg ,i ,a ,e #bh ,e ,i ,a #bi ,i ,e ,a ,the sum which will be given to you can be one of six only4 ,there are only six ways in which the articles can be divided1 and there is a definite number for each of them4 ,the number #bf can never occur1 and to recollect the six which do occur1 and which you perceive are consecutive1 you need take note only of what the #ast and #b;d persons have4 #bc #bd #be #bf #bg #bh #bi ae ai ea -- ia ei ie ,if you make up a line of good 7or bad7 ,english1 having the vowels in the order here given1 you will find it will aid you in their recollection4 ,we give one as a specimen3 ae ai ea -- ia ei ie ,brave dashing sea1 like a giant revives itself4 ,,the ,,fortunate ,,ninth4 ,a sharp youth1 fresh from school1 having gone to visit a good-natured uncle1 the latter placed on a table fifteen fine oranges and fifteen apples1 and desired his young friend to take half4 ,he1 not liking the apples1 was about to take the fifteen oranges2 but this monopoly of the best fruit being objected to1 the old gentleman told him to range all the fruit in a circle1 and to take every ninth4 ,the clever fellow ranged them in such a way as that1 by taking away every ninth1 all the apples were left on the table1 and all the oranges were transferred to his capacious pockets4 ,how did he arrange them8 ,he placed them as in the margin1 ,a representing apples1 and ,o oranges2 and it will be found that1 by commencing at the four apples1 and going round and round the circle1 taking away every ninth1 all the oranges will be removed1 and all the apples will remain4 ,illustration ,if we let the vowels a e i o u denote the figures #a #b #c #d #e1 the arrangement of the figures #d1 #e1 #b1 #a1 c41 can be easily recollected by the following line3 ,our earth's final fate--enigma ever dark #de #ba #c #a #a #b #b #c #a #b #b #a or1 ,our dear ,richard's tale begins at the sea4 #de #ba #c #a #a #b #b #c #a #b #ba ,our young friends may find amusement in forming lines for themselves as much superior to these as possible4 ,,the ,,ten ,,tens4 ,take ten pieces of card1 and upon each write any ten words2 there is no restriction as to the initial letter of nine of the words1 but the last word on each card must commence with certain letters which you must in your own mind associate with the numbers #a to #aj1 so that by knowing the initial letter of the last word on each card1 you can determine its number4 ,here are ten cards1 7call these the ,selecting ,cards17 which we give by way of example1 though our readers will perhaps prefer having words of their own selection4 ,jane4 ,ellen4 ,george4 ,james4 ,newton4 ,mary4 ,fanny4 ,william4 ,clement4 ,davy4 ,matilda4 ,caroline4 ,frederick4 ,edward4 ,morse4 ,sarah4 ,isabel4 ,robert4 ,ralph4 ,fulton4 ,rosa4 ,flora4 ,edmund4 ,francis4 ,franklin4 ,elizabeth4 ,laura4 ,john4 ,edwin4 ,arago4 ,harriet4 ,maria4 ,alfred4 ,walter4 ,spurzheim4 ,ann4 ,frances4 ,albert4 ,charles4 ,laplace4 ,emily4 ,edith4 ,henry4 ,samuel4 ,steers4 ,emma4 ,dorothea4 ,isaac4 ,theodore4 ,herschel4 ,sister4 ,rose4 ,friendship4 ,putnam4 ,clay4 ,brother4 ,violet4 ,happiness4 ,lafayette4 ,webster4 ,uncle4 ,lupin4 ,industry4 ,steuben4 ,calhoun4 ,aunt4 ,daisy4 ,ambition4 ,scott4 ,benton4 ,grandmother4 ,tulip4 ,energy4 ,taylor4 ,jefferson4 ,grandfather4 ,peony4 ,fidelity4 ,green4 ,adams4 ,nephew4 ,hyacinth4 ,affection4 ,harrison4 ,madison4 ,niece4 ,pink4 ,hope4 ,hamilton4 ,jackson4 ,cousin4 ,snowdrop4 ,justice4 ,wayne4 ,monroe4 ,father4 ,lily4 ,order4 ,washington4 ,napoleon4 ,for these the key words are1 ,edith ,flown1 so that the letters ,e ,d ,i ,t ,h ,f ,l ,o ,w ,n ,stand for #a #b #c #d #e #f #g #h #i #aj ,for the success of the game1 the key words and the numbers denoted by their letters1 must be carefully concealed4 ,take ten other cards1 which call the grouped cards1 and upon one write down the first word from each of the selecting cards1 being careful to write them in the same order4 ,let another card contain all the words which are second from the top1 and so on till all the words have been grouped together4 ,as an example1 we give the #ast and #dth grouped cards4 #ast4 #dth4 ,jane4 ,sarah4 ,ellen4 ,isabel4 ,george4 ,robert4 ,james4 ,ralph4 ,newton4 ,fulton4 ,sister4 ,aunt4 ,rose4 ,daisy4 ,friendship4 ,ambition4 ,putnam4 ,scott4 ,clay4 ,benton4 ,the object of the game is to guess which of the words from any of the selecting cards any person may have fixed upon4 ,let any one choose a card out of the selecting cards1 and after he has fixed upon a word1 give it back to you2 when receiving it1 carefully note the last word upon it1 which will give you1 by the aid of the key word1 the number of the card2 this you must keep secret1 and you then give him all the grouped cards1 and request him to show you the cards which contain the words he fixed upon4 ,you can then announce the word2 for the number of the word from the top on the grouped card is the same as the number of the selecting card1 from which he made his choice4 ,suppose he made his choice from the card which has ,theodore for its last word--this is ,no4 #d2 when he shows you the grouped card1 which he says contains the selected word1 you will know that ,ralph1 the fourth from the top1 is the name he fixed upon4 ,,dividing ,,the ,,beer4 ,during the siege of ,sebastopol1 when the troops were on short allowance1 a can of eight pints of porter was ordered to be equally divided between two messes2 but having only a five pint can1 and one which held three pints1 it was found impossible to make this division1 till one of the clever sappers suggested the following method2 and1 to understand it1 we will put down the contents of each of the three cans at each stage of the process2 commencing with #h-pt4 #e-pt4 #c-pt4 ,the #h-pint can full1 and the others empty1 #h #j #j #a4 ,filled the #e-pint can #c #e #j #b4 ,filled the #c-pint can from the #e-pint #c #b #c #c4 ,pour the contents of the #c-pint into the #h-pint #f #b #j #d4 ,transfer the #b pints from the #e-pint to the #c-pint #f #j #b #e4 ,filled the #e-pint from the #h-pint #a #e #b #f4 ,fill up the #c-pint from the #e-pint #a #d #c #g4 ,poured the #c pints into the #h-pint2 completing the feat #d #d #j ,this was a dexterous expedient of the worthy sapper1 the only objections to it being the time the thirty men had to wait1 and the resulting flat condition of the beer4 ,,the ,,difficult ,,case ,,of ,,wine4 ,a gentleman had a bottle containing #ab pints of wine1 #f of which he was desirous of giving to a friend2 but he had nothing to measure it1 except two other bottles1 one of #g pints1 and the other of #e4 ,how did he contrive to put #f pints into the #g-pint bottle8 #ab-pt4 #g-pt4 #f-pt4 ,before he commenced1 the contents of the bottles were #ab #j #j #a4 ,he filled the #e-pint #g #j #e #b4 ,emptied the #e-pint into the #g-pint #g #e #j #c4 ,filled again the #e-pint from the #ab-pint #b #e #e #d4 ,filled up the #g-pint from the #e #b #g #c #e4 ,emptied the #g-pint into the #ab-pint #i #j #c #f4 ,poured the #c pints from the #e into the #g #i #c #j #g4 ,filled the #e-pint from the #ab-pint #d #c #e #h4 ,filled up the #g-pint from the #e-pint #d #g #a #i4 ,emptied the #g-pint into the #ab-pint #aa #j #a #aj4 ,poured #a pint from the #e-pint into the #g-pint #aa #a #j #aa4 ,filled the #e-pint from the #ab-pint #f #a #e #ab4 ,poured the contents of the #e-pint into the #g-pint #f #f #j ,,another ,,decimation ,,of ,,fruit4 ,on the next visit of the youth to his uncle1 the latter produced thirty apples and ten oranges1 and offered him the favorite oranges1 if his nephew could arrange them in an oval1 so that by taking every twelfth the apples should remain4 ,but this he could not accomplish1 and the old gentleman1 being well versed in the ,recreations in ,science1 proceeded to arrange them thus3 ,illustration ,the places which the oranges here occupy can be easily remembered1 being ,nos4 #g1 #h1 #aa1 #ab1 #ba1 #bb1 #bd1 #cd1 #cf1 #cg4 ,,the ,,wine ,,and ,,the ,,tables4 ,a certain hotel-keeper was dexterous in contrivances to produce a large appearance with small means4 ,in the dining-room were three tables1 between which he could divide #ba bottles1 of which #g only were full1 #g half full1 and #g apparently just emptied1 and in such a manner that each table had the same number of bottles1 and the same quantity of wine4 ,he did this in two ways3 ,table4 ,full ,hf4 full4 ,empty4 ,table4 ,full ,hf4 full4 ,empty4 #a #b #c #b #a #c #a #c #b #b #c #b #b #c #a #c #c #c #a #c #c #a #e #a ,he also performed a similar exploit with #bd bottles1 #h full1 #h half-full1 and #h empty3 ,table4 ,full ,hf4 full4 ,empty4 ,table4 ,full ,hf4 full4 ,empty4 #a #c #b #c #a #b #d #b #b #c #b #b #b #b #d #b #c #b #d #b #c #d #j #d ,also with #bg bottles1 #i full1 #i half-full1 and #i empty3 ,table4 ,full ,hf4 full4 ,empty4 ,table4 ,full ,hf4 full4 ,empty4 #a #b #e #b #a #a #g #a #b #c #c #c #b #d #a #d #c #d #a #d #c #d #a #d ,,the ,,three ,,travelers4 ,three men met at a caravansary or inn1 in ,persia2 and two of them brought their provision along with them1 according to the custom of the country2 but the third not having provided any1 proposed to the others that they should eat together1 and he would pay the value of his proportion4 ,this being agreed to1 ,a produced #e loaves1 and ,b #c loaves1 all of which the travelers ate together1 and ,c paid #h pieces of money as the value of his share1 with which the others were satisfied1 but quarreled about the division of it4 ,upon this the matter was referred to the judge1 who decided impartially4 ,what was his decision8 ,at first sight it would seem that the money should be divided according to the bread furnished2 but we must consider that1 as the #c ate #h loaves1 each one ate #b loaves of the bread he furnished4 ,this from #e would leave #b loaves furnished the stranger by ,a2 and #c - #b furnished by ,b1 hence #b to #g to #a1 is the ratio in which the money is to be divided4 ,if you imagine ,a and ,b to furnish1 and ,c to consume all1 then the division will be according to amounts furnished4 ,,which ,,counter ,,has ,,been ,,thought ,,of ,,out ,,of ,,sixteen8 ,take sixteen pieces of card1 and number them #a to #af4 ,arrange them in two rows1 as at ,a ,b4 ,a ,b ,c ,b ,d ,m ,e ,b ,f ,n ,g ,b ,h #a #i #a #i #b #b #b #i #d #b #b #i #f #b #aj #c #aj #d #d #f #aj #h #f #a #aj #e #c #aa #e #aa #f #f #a #aa #c #a #d #aa #h #d #ab #g #ab #h #h #e #ab #g #e #c #ab #g #e #ac #ac #a #ac #d #ac #f #ad #ad #c #ad #h #ad #g #ae #ae #e #ae #c #ae #h #af #af #g #af #g #af ,desire a person to think of one of the numbers1 and to tell you in which row it is4 ,suppose he fixes on #f2 he will tell you that the row ,a contains the number he thought of4 ,take up the row ,a1 and arrange the numbers on each side of the row ,b1 as shown at ,c ,d1 so that the first number of the row ,a may be the first of the row ,c1 the second of ,a be the first of ,d1 the third of ,a be the second of ,c1 and so on4 ,ask in which of the rows1 ,c or ,d1 is the number thought of3 in the case supposed it is in ,d4 ,take up the rows ,c ,d1 and put one underneath the other1 as at ,m1 taking care that the half-row in which is the number thought of1 shall be above the other4 ,divide it again into two rows1 as at ,e ,f1 on each side of ,b1 in the same way as before4 ,ask again in which row it is3 it is now in ,e4 ,place one row under the other1 as at ,n1 and divide again into two rows1 which will now be as ,g ,h4 ,you will be informed that the number is in row ,h1 and you may then announce it to be the top number of that row4 ,the number thought of will always be at the top of one of the rows after three transpositions4 ,if there were #cb counters it would be at the top after four transpositions4 ,,magic ,,squares4 ,the name ,magic ,square is given to a square divided into several smaller squares1 in which numbers are placed in such a manner that every column of numbers1 whether vertical1 horizontal1 or from corner to corner1 shall amount to the same sum4 ,they are divided into three principal classes3 #ast1 ,those which have an odd number of squares in each band2 #b;d1 ,those which have an even number of squares in each band1 this even number being divisible exactly by #d2 #c;d1 ,where the even number of squares in each band cannot be divided by #d without a fraction4 ,,odd ,,magic ,,squares4 ,squares of this kind are formed thus4 ,imagine an exterior line of squares above the magic square you wish to form1 and another exterior line on the right hand of it ,these two imaginary lines are shown in the figure4 ,then attend to the two following rules3 #ast4 ,in placing the numbers in the squares we must go in an ascending oblique direction from left to right2 any number which1 by pursuing this direction1 would fall into the exterior line1 must be carried along that line of squares1 whether vertical or horizontal1 to the last square4 ,thus1 #a having been placed in the center of the top line1 7see the first table on p4 #bbh17 #b would fall into the exterior square above the fourth vertical line2 it must be therefore carried down to the lowest square of that line2 then1 ascending obliquely #c falls into the square1 but four falls out of it1 to the end of a horizontal line1 and it must be carried along that line to the extreme left1 and there placed4 ,resuming our oblique ascension to the right1 we place #e1 where the reader sees it1 and would place #f in the middle of the top band1 but finding it occupied by #a1 we look for direction to the #b;d ,rule1 which prescribes that1 when in ascending obliquely1 we come to a square already occupied1 we must place the number1 which according to the first rule should go into that occupied square1 directly under the last number placed4 ,thus1 in ascending with #d1 #e1 #f1 the #f must be placed directly under the #e1 because the square next to #e in an oblique direction is engaged4 ,illustration3 4444444444444444444444444444444444444444 444 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 #ah 4 #be 4 #b 4 #i 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ----------------------------------444444 4 4 4 #ag #bd #a #h #ae #ag 4 4 ------------------------------4444444 4 4 #bc #e #g #ad #af #bc 4 4 ------------------------------4444444 4 4 #d #f #ac #bj #bb #d 4 4 ------------------------------4444444 4 4 #aj #ab #ai #ba #c #aj 4 4 ------------------------------4444444 4 4 #aa #ah #be #b #i 4 4 ------------------------------4444444 ,illustration3 ---------------------------------------- -- #cj #ci #dh #a #aj #ai #bh ---------------------------------------- -- #ch #dg #g #i #ah #bg #bi ---------------------------------------- -- #df #f #h #ag #bf #ce #cg ---------------------------------------- -- #e #ad #af #be #cd #cf #de ---------------------------------------- -- #ac #ae #bd #cc #db #dd #d ---------------------------------------- -- #ba #bc #cb #da #dc #c #ab ---------------------------------------- -- #bb #ca #dj #di #b #aa #bj ---------------------------------------- -- ,magic squares of this class1 however large in the number of compartments1 can be easily filled up by attending to these two rules4 ,we give opposite1 a seven-placed square4 ,there are various other kinds of magic squares2 but explanations of them would be too lengthy for our work4 ,the invention of these contrivances has been traced back to the early ages of science1 and talismanic properties were attributed to them4 ,modern philosophers have amused themselves in bringing them to perfection1 and none has contributed so much as the model of practical wisdom1 ,dr4 ,franklin4 ,,the ,,square ,,of ,,gotham4 ,the wise men of ,gotham1 famous for their eccentric blunders1 once undertook the management of a school2 they arranged their establishment in the form of a square divided into #i rooms4 ,the playground occupied the center1 and #bd scholars the rooms around it1 #c being in each4 ,in spite of the strictness of discipline1 it was suspected that the boys were in the habit of playing truant1 and it was determined to set a strict watch4 ,to assure themselves that all the boys were on the premises1 they visited the rooms1 and found three in each1 or #i in each row4 ,four boys then went out1 and the wise men soon after visited the rooms1 and finding #i in each row1 thought all was right4 ,the four boys then came back1 accompanied by four strangers2 and the ,gothamites1 on their third round1 finding still #i in each row1 entertained no suspicion of what had taken place4 ,then #d more chums were admitted2 but the clever men1 on examining the establishment a fourth time1 still found #i in each row1 and so came to an opinion that their previous suspicions had been unfounded4 ,how was all this possible8 ,the following figures represent the contents of each room at the four different visits2 the first1 at the commencement of the watch2 the second1 when four had gone out2 the third1 when these #d1 accompanied by another #d1 had returned2 and the fourth1 when #d more had joined them4 ,i4 ,,ii4 ,,iii4 ,,iv4 #c #c #c #d #a #d #b #e #b #a #g #a #c #c #a #a #e #e #g #g #c #b #c #d #a #d #b #e #b #a #g #a ,on each change the boys arranged themselves in the rooms in such a manner that1 when the corner rooms were counted as a part of two rows1 each entire row of three rooms contained the same number of boys4 ,the illusion of the wise men was due to their mistake in counting each corner room twice4 ,,the ,,mathematical ,,blacksmith4 ,a blacksmith had a stone weighing #dj lbs4 ,a mason coming into the shop1 hammer in hand1 struck it and broke it into four pieces4 ,there1 says the smith1 you have ruined my weight4 ,no1 says the mason1 ,i have made it better1 for whereas you could before weigh but #dj lbs4 with it1 now you can weigh every pound from #a to #dj4 ,required size of the pieces8 ,ans4 #a1 #c1 #i1 #bg2 for in any geometrical series proceeding in a triple ratio1 each term is #a more than twice the sum of all the preceding1 and the above series might proceed to any extent4 ,in using the weights1 they must be put in one or both scales as may be necessary3 as to weigh #b1 put #a in one scale1 and #c in the other4 ,,curious ,,properties ,,of ,,some ,,figures4 ,select any two numbers you please1 and you will find that one of the two1 their amount when added together1 or their difference1 is always #c1 or a number divisible by #c4 ,thus1 if the numbers are #c and #h1 the first number is #c2 let the numbers be #a and #b1 their sum is #c2 let them be #d and #g1 the difference is #c4 ,again1 #ae and #bb1 the first number is divisible by #c3 #ag and #bf1 their difference is divisible by #c1 c4 ,all the odd numbers above #c1 that can only be divided by #a1 can be divided by #f1 by the addition or subtraction of a unit4 ,for instance1 #ac can only be divided by #a2 but after deducting #a1 the remainder can be divided by #f2 for example1 #e #a #f 2 #g - #a #f2 #ag #a #ah2 #ai - #a #ah2 #be - #a #bd1 and so on4 ,if you multiply #e by itself1 and the quotient again by itself1 and the second quotient by itself1 the last figure of each quotient will always be #e4 ,thus #e #e #be2 #be #be #abe2 #abe #abe #fbe1 c4 ,again1 if you proceed in the same manner with the figure #f1 the last figure will constantly be #f2 thus1 #f #f #cf2 #cf #cf #baf2 #baf #baf #a1bif1 and so on4 ,to multiply by #b is the same as to multiply by #aj and divide by #e4 ,any number of figures you may wish to multiply by #e1 will give the same result if divided by #b--;a much quicker operation than the former2 but you must remember to annex a cipher to the answer where there is no remainder1 and where there is a remainder1 annex a #e to the answer4 ,thus1 multiply #dfd by #e1 the answer will be #bcbj2 divide the same number by #b1 and you have #bcb1 and as there is no remainder you add a cipher4 ,now1 take #ceg1 and multiply by #e--the answer is #aghe4 ,on dividing #ceg by #b1 there is #agh1 and a remainder2 you therefore place #e at the right of the line1 and the result is again #aghe4 ,there is something more curious in the properties of the number #i4 ,any number multiplied by #i produces a sum of figures which1 added together1 continually makes #i4 ,for example1 all the first multiples of #i1 as #ah1 #bg1 #cf1 #de1 #ed1 #fc1 #gb1 #ha1 sum up #i each4 ,each of them multiplied by any number whatever produces a similar result2 as #h times #ha are #fdh1 these added together make #ah1 #a and #h are #i4 ,multiply #fdh by itself1 the product is #dai1ijd--the sum of these digits is #bg1 #b and #g are #i4 ,the rule is invariable4 ,take any number whatever and multiply it by #i2 or any multiple of #i1 and the sum will consist of figures which1 added together1 continually number #i4 ,as #ag #ah #cjf1 #f and #c are #i2 #aag #bg #c1aei1 the figures sum up #ah1 #h and #a are #i2 #deia #gb #ccj1eeb1 the figures sum up #ah1 #h and #a are #i4 ,again1 #hg1cfc #ed #d1gag1dbb2 added together the product is #bg1 or #b and #g are #i1 and so always4 ,if any row of two or more figures be reversed and subtracted from itself1 the figures composing the remainder1 will1 when added horizontally1 be a multiple of nine3 #db #hhf #cbf #bd #fhh #afbc -- --- ---- #ah - #i #b4 #aih - #i #b4 #afch - #i #b4 ,if a multiplicand be formed of the digits in their regular order1 omitting the #h1 a multiplier may be found by a rule1 which will give a product1 each figure of which shall be the same4 ,thus if #abcdefgi be given1 and it be required to find a multiplier which shall give the product all in #b1 that multiplier will be #ah3 if in #c1 the multiplier will be #bg3 if all #d1 it will be #cf--;and so forth4 #abcdefgi #abcdefgi #abcdefgi #ah #bg #cf -------- -------- ------- #ihgfedcb #hfdaigec #gdjgdjgd #abcdefgi #bdfiaceh #cgjcgjcg --------- --------- --------- #bbbbbbbbb #ccccccccc #ddddddddd ,the rule by which the multiplier is discovered 7but which we do not attempt to explain7 is this3 ,multiply the last figure 7the #i7 of the multiplicand by the figure of which you wish the product to be composed1 and that number will be the required multiplier4 ,thus1 when it was required to have the product composed of #b1 the #b multiplied by #i gives #ah1 the multiplier3 #c multiplied by #i gives #bg1 the multiplier to give the product in #c2 c4 ,if a figure1 with a number of ciphers attached to it1 be divided by #i1 the quotient will be composed of one figure only1 namely1 the first figure of the dividend1 as-- #i7fjj1jjj #i7dj1jjj ---------- --------- #ff1fff-f #d1ddd-d #i7edi ,if any sum of figures can be divided by #i as1 ------ #fa the amount of these figures1 when added together1 can be divided by #i3--thus1 #e1 #d1 #i1 added together1 make #ah1 which is divisible by #i4 ,if the sum #edi is multiplied by any figure1 the product can also be divided by #i1 as-- #c #edi #b #f #i ------ ,and the amount of the figures of #d #i7cbid the product can also be divided by ---- ----- #i1 thus1 #b7ah #cff --- #i ,to multiply by #i1 add a cipher1 and deduct the sum that is to be multiplied3 thus1 #dc1bfj #d1cbf #d1cbf ,produces the same result as #i ----- ---- #ch1icd #ch1icd ,in the same manner1 to multiply by #ii1 add two ciphers2 by #iii1 three ciphers1 c4 ,these properties of the figure #i will enable the young arithmetician to perform an amusing trick1 quite sufficient to excite the wonder of the uninitiated4 ,any series of numbers that can be divided by #i1 as #cfe1 #dgb1hba1ged1 c41 being shown1 a person may be requested to multiply secretly either of these series by any figure he pleases1 to strike out one number of the quotient1 and to let you know the figures which remain1 in any order he likes2 you will then1 by the assistance of the knowledge of the above properties of #i1 easily declare the number which has been erased4 ,thus1 suppose #cfe1dgb are the numbers chosen1 and the multiplier is six2 if then1 #h is stuck out1 the numbers returned to you will be #b #a #i #cfedgb #b #f #c ------ #b #baibcb -- #ai ,the amount of these numbers is #ai2 but #ai1 divided by #i1 leaves a remainder of #a2 you1 therefore1 want #h to complete another #i3 #h1 then1 is the number erased4 ,the component figures of the product made by the multiplication of every digit into the number #i1 when added together1 make ,,nine4 ,the order of these component figures is reversed after the said number has been multiplied by #e4 ,the component figures of the amount of the multipliers 7viz4 #de17 when added together1 make ,,nine4 ,the amount by the several products1 or multiples of #i 7viz4 #dje17 when divided by #i1 gives for a quotient1 #de2 that is1 #d #e ,,nine4 ,the amount of the first product 7viz4 #i17 when added to the other product1 whose respective component figures make #i1 is #ha2 which is the square of ,,nine4 ,the said number #ha1 when added to the above mentioned amount of the several products1 or multiples of #i 7viz4 #dje7 makes #dhf1 which1 if divided by #i1 gives for a quotient #ed3 that is1 #e #d ,,nine4 ,it is also observable1 that the number of changes that may be rung on nine bells is #cfb1hhj2 which figures1 added together1 make #bg2 that is1 #b #g ,,nine4 ,and the quotient of #cfb1hhj1 divided by #i1 will be #dj1cbj2 that is #d #j #c #b #j ,,nine4 ,if number #cg be multiplied by any of the progressive numbers arising from the multiplication of #c with any of the units1 the figures in the quotient will be similar1 and the result may be known beforehand by merely inspecting the progressive numbers1 thus1 #c1 #f1 #i1 #ab1 #ae1 #ah1 #ba1 #bd1 #bg1 c41 are the progressive numbers formed by #c multiplied by the units #a to #i2 and the result of the multiplication of any of these numbers with #cg may be seen in the following examples3--#cg #c #aaa2 #cg #f #bbb2 #cg #ab #ddd2 #cg #bd #hhh2 by which it appears that the numbers of which the quotient is formed are the same as the units by which number #c was multiplied to obtain the respective progressive numbers4 ,thus--#c multiplied by #b is equal to #f1 and #cg multiplied by #i is equal to #bbb2 so1 again1 #d multiplied by #c produces #ab1 and #cg multiplied by #ab is equal to #ddd1 and so on4 ,,the ,,industrious ,,frog4 ,there was a well #cj feet deep1 and at the bottom a frog anxious to get out4 ,he got up #c feet per day1 but regularly fell back #b feet at night4 ,required the number of days necessary to enable him to get out8 ,the frog appears to have cleared one foot per day1 and at the end of #bg days1 he would be #bg feet up1 or within #c feet of the top1 and the next day he would get out4 ,he would therefore be #bh days getting out4 ,,the ,,council ,,of ,,ten4 ,ten cards or counters1 numbered from one to ten1 or the first ten playing cards of any suit disposed in a circular form may be employed with great convenience for performing this feat4 ,the accompanying figure shows the cards thus arranged1 number one1 or the ace1 designated by ,a1 and the ten by ,k4 #c ,c #b ,b ,d #d #a ,a ,e #e #aj ,k ,f #f #i ,i ,g #g ,h #h ,having placed the cards in the above order1 desire a bystander to think of a card or number1 and when he has done so1 to touch any other card or number4 ,request him then to add to the number of the card touched the number of the cards employed1 which in this case is ten4 ,then desire him to count the sum in an order contrary to that of the natural numbers1 beginning at the card he touched1 and assigning it the number of the card he thought of4 ,by counting in this manner1 he will end at the number or card he thought of1 and consequently you will immediately know it4 ,thus1 for example1 suppose the person had thought of #c ,c1 and touched #f ,f2 then1 if #aj be added to #f1 the sum will be #af2 and if that number be counted from ,f1 the number touched1 towards ,e ,d ,b ,c ,a1 and so on1 in the retrograde order1 counting ,f three1 the number thought of1 ,e five1 ,d six1 and so round to sixteen1 that number will terminate at ,c1 showing that the person thought of #c1 the number which corresponds to ,c4 ,a greater or less number of cards or counters may be employed at pleasure2 but in every instance the whole number of cards must be added to the number of the card touched4 ,,the ,,two ,,travelers4 ,two travelers trudged along the road together1 ,talking1 as ,yankees do1 about the weather2 ,when1 lo6 beside their path the foremost spies ,three casks1 and loud exclaims ,a prize1 a prize6 ,one large1 two small1 but all of various size4 ,this way and that they gazed1 and all around1 ,each wondering if an owner might be found3 ,but not a soul was there--the coast was clear1 ,so to the barrels they at once drew near1 ,and both agree whatever may be there ,in friendly partnership they'll fairly share4 ,two they find empty1 but the other full1 ,and straightway from his pocket one doth pull ,a large clasp-knife4 ,a heavy stone lay handy1 ,and thus in time they found their prize was brandy4 ',tis tasted and approved3 their lips they smack1 ,and each pronounces 'tis the famed ,cognac4 ,won't we have many a jolly night1 my boy6 ,may no ill luck our present hopes destroy6 ',twas fortunate one knew the mathematics1 ,and had a smattering of hydrostatics2 ,then measured he the casks1 and said1 ,i see ,this is eight gallons1 those are five and three4 ,the question then was how they might divide ,the brandy1 so that each should be supplied ,with just four gallons1 neither less nor more4 ,with eight1 and five1 and three they puzzle sore1 ,filled up the five--filled up the three1 in vain2 ,at length a happy thought came o'er the brain ,of one3 'twas done1 and each went home content1 ,and their good dames declared 'twas excellent4 ,with those three casks they made division true2 ,i found the puzzle out1 say1 friend1 can you8 ,the five-gallon barrel was filled first1 and from that the three-gallon barrel1 thus leaving two gallons in the five-gallon barrel2 the three-gallon barrel was then emptied into the eight-gallon barrel1 and the two gallons poured from the five-gallon barrel into the empty three-gallon barrel2 the five-gallon barrel was then filled1 and one gallon poured into the three-gallon barrel1 therefore leaving four gallons in the five-gallon barrel1 one gallon in the eight-gallon barrel1 and three gallons in the three-gallon barrel1 which was then emptied into the eight-gallon barrel4 ,thus each person had four gallons of brandy in the eight and five-gallon barrels respectively4 ,,arithmetical ,,puzzle4 ,if from #f you take #i1 and from #i you take #aj2 and if #ej from #dj be taken1 there will just half a dozen remain4 ,,answer4 ,from ,,six ,from ,,ix ,from ,,xl ,take ,,ix ,take ,x ,take ,l --- -- -- ,s ,i ,x ,remains4 ,,the ,,money ,,game4 ,a person having in one hand a piece of gold1 and in the other a piece of silver1 you may tell in which hand he has the gold1 and in which the silver1 by the following method3 ,some value1 represented by an even number1 such as #h1 must be assigned to the gold2 and a value represented by an odd number1 such as three1 must be assigned to the silver2 after which1 desire the person to multiply the number in the right hand by any even number whatever1 such as #b1 and that in the left by an odd number1 as #c2 then bid him add together the two products1 and if the whole sum be odd1 the gold will be in the right hand1 and the silver in the left2 if the sum be even1 the contrary will be the case4 ,to conceal the artifice better1 it will be sufficient to ask whether the sum of the two products can be halved without a remainder2 for in that case the total will be even1 and in the contrary case odd4 ,it may be readily seen1 that the pieces1 instead of being in the two hands of the same person1 may be supposed to be in the hands of two persons1 one of whom has the even number1 or piece of gold1 and the other the odd number1 or piece of silver4 ,the same operations may then be performed in regard to these two persons1 as are performed in regard to the two hands of the same person1 calling the one privately the right1 and the other the left4 ,,the ,,philosopher',s ,,pupils4 ,to find a number of which the half1 fourth1 and seventh added to three shall be equal to itself4 ,this was a favorite problem among the ancient ,grecian arithmeticians1 who stated the question in the following manner3 ,tell us1 illustrious ,pythagoras1 how many pupils frequent thy school8 ,one half1 replied the philosopher1 study mathematics1 one fourth natural philosophy1 one seventh observe silence1 and there are three females besides4 ,the answer is1 #bh3 #ad #g #d #c #bh4 ,,to ,,discover ,a ,,square ,,number4 ,a square number is a number produced by the multiplication of any number into itself2 thus1 #d multiplied by #d is equal to #af1 and #af is consequently a square number1 #d being the square root from which it springs4 ,the extraction of the square root of any number takes some time2 and after all your labor you may perhaps find that the number is not a square number4 ,to save this trouble1 it is worth knowing that every square number ends either with a #a1 #d1 #e1 #f1 or #i1 or with two cyphers1 preceded by one of these numbers4 ,another property of a square number is1 that if it be divided by #d1 the remainder1 if any1 will be #a--thus1 the square of #e is #be1 and #be divided by #d leaves a remainder of #a2 and again1 #af1 being a square number1 can be divided by #d without leaving a remainder4 ,,the ,,sheep-,,fold4 ,a farmer had a pen made of #ej hurdles1 capable of holding #ajj sheep only2 supposing he wanted to make it sufficiently large to hold double that number1 how many additional hurdles would he have occasion for8 ,answer4--,two4 ,there were #bd hurdles on each side of the pen2 a hurdle at the top1 and another at the bottom2 so that1 by moving one of the sides a little back1 and placing an additional hurdle at the top and bottom1 the size of the pen would be exactly doubled4 ,,countrywoman ,,and ,,eggs4 ,a countrywoman carried eggs to a garrison1 where she had three guards to pass1 sold to the first guard half the number she had1 and half an egg more2 to the second1 the half of what remained1 and half an egg besides2 and to the third guard she sold the half of the remainder1 and half another egg4 ,when she arrived at the market-place1 she had three dozen still to sell2 how was this possible1 without breaking any of the eggs8 ,it would seem at the first view that this is impossible1 for how can half an egg be sold without breaking any of the eggs8 ,the possibility of this seeming impossibility will be evident1 when it is considered1 that by taking the greater half of an odd number1 we take the exact half #a_/b4 ,when the countrywoman passed the first guard1 she had #bie eggs2 by selling to that guard #adh1 which is the half #a_/b1 she had #adg remaining2 to the second guard she disposed of #gd1 which is the major half of #adg2 and1 of of course1 after selling #cg out of #gd to the last guard1 she had still three dozen remaining4 ,,how ,,to ,,rub ,,out ,,twenty ,,chalks ,,at ,,five ,,times1 ,,rubbing ,,out ,,every ,,time ,,an ,,odd ,,one4 ,to do this trick1 you must make twenty chalks1 or long strokes1 upon a board1 as in the margin3 #a ---- #b ---- #c ---- #d ---- #e ---- #f ---- #g ---- #h ---- #i ---- #aj ---- #aa ---- #ab ---- #ac ---- #ad ---- #ae ---- #af ---- #ag ---- #ah ---- #ai ---- #bj ---- ,then begin and count backwards1 as #bj1 #ai1 #ah1 #ag1 rub out these four2 then proceed saying1 #af1 #ae1 #ad1 #ac1 rub out these four2 and begin again1 #ab1 #aa1 #aj1 #i1 and rub out these2 and proceed again1 #h1 #g1 #f1 #e1 then rub out these2 and lastly say1 #d1 #c1 #b1 #a1 when these four are rubbed out4 ,the whole twenty are rubbed out at five times1 and every time an odd one1 that is1 #agth1 #acth1 #ith1 #eth1 and #ast4 ,this is a trick which1 if once seen1 may be easily retained2 and the puzzle at first is1 it not occurring immediately to the mind to begin to rub them out backwards4 ,it is as simple as any thing possibly can be4 ,,the ,,impossible ,,triangle4 ,the longest side of a triangle is #ajj rods2 and each of the other sides #ej4 ,required the value of the grass at #e per acre4 ,this is a catch question1 as a triangle cannot be formed unless any two of the lines are longer than the third4 ,,odd ,,or ,,even4 ,every odd number multiplied by an odd number produces an odd number2 every odd number multiplied by an even number produces an even number2 and every even number multiplied by an even number also produces an even number4 ,so1 again1 an even number added to an even number1 and an odd number added to an odd number1 produce an even number2 while an odd and even number added together produce an odd number4 ,if any one holds an odd number of counters in one hand1 and an even number in the other1 it is not difficult to discover in which hand the odd or even number is4 ,desire the party to multiply the number in the right hand by an even number1 and that in the left hand by an odd number1 then to add the two sums together1 and tell you the last figure of the product2 if it is even1 the odd number will be in the right hand2 and if odd1 in the left hand2 thus1 supposing there are #e counters in the right hand1 and #d in the left hand1 multiply #e by #b1 and #d by #c1 thus3 #e #b #aj1 #d #c #ab1 and then adding #aj to #ab1 you have #aj #ab #bb1 the last figure of which1 #b1 is even1 and the odd number will consequently be in the right hand4 ,,the ,,figures1 ,,up ,,to #ajj1 ,,arranged ,,so ,,as ,,to ,,make #eje ,,in ,,each ,,column1 ,,when ,,counted ,,in ,,ten ,,columns ,,perpendicularly1 ,,and ,,the ,,same ,,when ,,counted ,,in ,,ten ,,files ,,horizontally4 ---------------------------------------- - #aj #ib #ic #g #e #if #d #ih #ii #a #aa #ai #ah #hd #he #hf #hg #ac #ab #ij #ga #bi #bh #gg #gf #ge #bd #bc #bb #hj #gj #fb #fc #cg #cf #ce #cd #fh #fi #ca #da #eb #ec #dd #df #de #dg #eh #ei #fj #ea #db #dc #ed #ef #ee #eg #dh #di #ej #dj #cb #cc #fg #fe #ff #fd #ch #ci #fa #cj #gi #gh #bg #bf #be #gd #gc #gb #ba #ha #hi #hh #ad #ae #af #ag #hc #hb #bj #ajj #i #h #id #ie #f #ig #c #b #ia ---------------------------------------- - ,sidenote3 ,each of these files1 when added up1 makes #eje4 ,each of these ten columns1 when added up1 makes #eje4 ,,the ,,old ,,woman ,,and ,,her ,,eggs4 ,at a time when eggs were scarce1 an old woman who possessed some remarkably good-laying hens1 wishing to oblige her neighbors1 sent her daughter round with a basket of eggs to three of them2 at the first house1 which was the squire's1 she left half the number of eggs she had and half a one over2 at the second she left half of what remained and half an egg over2 and at the third she again left half of the remainder1 and half a one over2 she returned with one egg in her basket1 not having broken any4 ,required--the number she set out with4 ,ans4 #ae eggs4 ,,the ,,mathematical ,,fortune ,,teller4 ,procure six cards1 and having ruled them the same as the following diagrams1 write in the figures neatly and legibly4 ,it is required to tell the number thought by any person1 the numbers being contained in the cards1 and such numbers not to exceed #fj4 ,how is this done8 ------------------------ ------------------------ #c #e #g #i #aa #a #e #f #g #ac #ab #d ------------------------ ------------------------ #ac #ae #ag #ai #ba #bc #ad #ae #bj #ba #bb #bc ------------------------ ------------------------ #be #bg #bi #ca #cc #ce #bh #bi #cj #ca #cf #cg ------------------------ ------------------------ #cg #ci #da #dc #de #dg #eb #ch #ci #dd #de #df ------------------------ ------------------------ #di #ea #ec #ee #eg #ei #dg #ec #ed #ee #fj #ac ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------ #i #aj #aa #ab #ac #h #c #f #g #aj #aa #b ------------------------ ------------------------ #ad #ae #bd #be #bf #bg #ad #ae #ah #ai #bb #bc ------------------------ ------------------------ #bh #bi #cj #ca #dj #da #bf #bg #cj #ca #cd #ce ------------------------ ------------------------ #db #dc #dd #de #df #dg #ch #ci #db #dc #df #dg ------------------------ ------------------------ #ef #eg #eh #ei #fj #ac #ej #ea #ed #ee #eh #ei ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------ #ag #ah #ai #bj #ba #af #cc #cd #ce #cf #cg #cb ------------------------ ------------------------ #bb #bc #bd #be #bf #bg #ch #ci #dj #da #db #dc ------------------------ ------------------------ #bh #bi #cj #ca #dh #di #dd #de #df #dg #dh #di ------------------------ ------------------------ #ej #ea #eb #ec #ed #ee #ej #ea #eb #ec #ed #ee ------------------------ ------------------------ #ef #eg #eh #ei #cj #fj #ef #eg #eh #ei #fj #da ------------------------ ------------------------ ,request the person to give you the cards containing the number1 and then add the right hand upper corner figures together1 which will give the correct answer4 ,for example3 suppose #aj is the number thought of1 the cards with #b and #h in the corners will be given1 which makes the answer #aj1 and so on with the others4 ,,the ,,dice ,,guessed ,,unseen4 ,a pair of dice being thrown1 to find the number of points on each die without seeing them4 ,tell the person who cast the dice to double the number of points upon one of them1 and add #e to it2 then to multiply the sum produced by #e1 and to add to the product the number of points upon the other die4 ,this being done1 desire him to tell you the amount1 and1 having thrown out #be1 the remainder will be a number consisting of two figures1 the first of which1 to the left1 is the number of points on the first die1 and the second figure1 to the right1 the number on the other4 ,thus3 ,suppose the number of points of the first die which comes up to be #b1 and that of the other #c2 then1 if to four1 the double of the points of the first1 there be added #e1 and the sum produced1 #i1 be multiplied by #e1 the product will be #de2 to which1 if #c1 the number of points on the other die1 be added1 #dh will be produced1 from which1 if #be be subtracted1 #bc will remain2 the first figure of which is #b1 the number of points on the first die1 and the second figure #c1 the number on the other4 ,,the ,,sovereign ,,and ,,the ,,sage4 ,a sovereign being desirous to confer a liberal reward on one of his courtiers1 who had performed some very important service1 desired him to ask whatever he thought proper1 assuring him it should be granted4 ,the courtier1 who was well acquainted with the science of numbers1 only requested that the monarch would give him a quantity of wheat equal to that which would arise from one grain doubled sixty-three times successively4 ,the value of the reward was immense2 for it will be found by calculation that the sixty-fourth term of the double progression divided by #a1 #b1 #d1 #h1 #af1 #cb1 c41 is #ibbccgbjcfhedggehjh4 ,but the sum of all the terms of a double progression1 beginning with #a1 may be obtained by doubling the last term1 and subtracting from it #a4 ,the number of the grains of wheat1 therefore1 in the present case1 will be #ahddfgddjgcgjieeafae4 ,now1 if a pint contain #ibaf grains of wheat1 a gallon will contain #gcgbh2 and1 as eight gallons make one bushel1 if we divide the above result by eight times #gcgbh we shall have #cabgdiigdaabie for the number of the bushels of wheat equal to the above number of grains1 a quantity greater than what the whole surface of the earth could produce in several years1 and which in value would exceed all the riches1 perhaps1 on the globe4 ,,the ,,knowing ,,shepherd4 ,a shepherd was going to market with some sheep1 when he met a man who said to him1 ,good morning1 friend1 with your score4 ,no1 said the shepherd1 ,i have not a score2 but if ,i had as many more1 half as many more1 and two sheep and a half1 ,i should have just a score4 ,how many sheep had he8 ,he had #g sheep3 as many more #g2 half as many more1 #c2 and #b2 making in all #bj4 ,,the ,,certain ,,game4 ,two persons agree to take1 alternately1 numbers less than a given number1 for example1 #aa1 and to add them together till one of them has reached a certain sum1 such as #ajj4 ,by what means can one of them infallibly attain to that number before the other8 ,the whole artifice in this consists in immediately making choice of the numbers #a1 #ab1 #bc1 #cd1 and so on1 or of a series which continually increases by #aa1 up to #ajj4 ,let us suppose that the first person1 who knows the game1 makes choice of #a2 it is evident that his adversary1 as he must count less than #aa1 can at most reach #aa1 by adding #aj to it4 ,the first will then take #a1 which will make #ab2 and whatever number the second may add the first will certainly win1 provided he continually add the number which forms the complement of that of his adversary to #aa2 that is to say1 if the latter take #h1 he must take #c2 if #i1 he must take #b2 and so on4 ,by following this method he will infallibly attain to #hi1 and it will then be impossible for the second to prevent him from getting first to #ajj2 for whatever number the second takes he can attain only to #ii2 after which the first may say--and #a makes #ajj4 ,if the second take #a after #hi1 it would make #ij1 and his adversary would finish by saying--and #aj make #ajj4 ,between two persons who are equally acquainted with the game1 he who begins must necessarily win4 ,,the ,,astonished ,,farmer4 ,a and ,b took each #cj pigs to market1 ,a sold his at #c for a dollar1 ,b at #b for a dollar1 and together they received #be4 ,a afterwards took #fj alone1 which he sold as before1 at #e for #b1 and received1 but #bd2 what became of the other dollar8 ,this is rather a catch question1 the insinuation that the first lot were sold at the rate of five for #b1 being only true in part4 ,they commence selling at that rate1 but after making ten sales1 ,a's pigs are exhausted1 and they have received #bj3 ,b still has #aj which he sells at #b for a dollar and of course receives #e2 whereas had he sold them at the rate of #e for #b1 he would have received but #d4 ,hence the difficulty is easily settled4 ,,magical ,,century4 ,if the number #aa be multiplied by any one of the nine digits1 the two figures of the product will always be alike1 as appears in the following example3-- #aa #aa #aa #aa #aa #aa #aa #aa #aa #a #b #c #d #e #f #g #h #i -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- #aa #bb #cc #dd #ee #ff #gg #hh #ii -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ,now1 if another person and yourself have fifty counters a-piece1 and agree never to stake more than ten at a time1 you may tell him that if he permit you to stake first1 you always complete the even century before him4 ,in order to succeed1 you must first stake #a1 and remembering the order of the above series1 constantly add to what he stakes as many as will make one more than the numbers #aa1 #bb1 #cc1 c41 of which it is composed1 till you come to #hi1 after which your opponent cannot possibly reach the even century himself1 or prevent you from reaching it4 ,if your opponent has no knowledge of numbers1 you may stake any other number first1 under #aj1 provided you subsequently take care to secure one of the last terms1 #ef1 #fg1 #gh1 c42 or you may even let him stake first1 if you take care afterward to secure one of these numbers4 ,this exercise may be performed with other numbers2 but1 in order to succeed1 you must divide the number to be attained by a number which is a unit greater than what you can stake each time1 and the remainder will then be the number you must first stake4 ,suppose1 for example1 the number to be attained be #eb 7making use of a pack of cards instead of counters71 and that you are never to add more than #f2 then1 dividing #eb by #g1 the remainder1 which is #c1 will be the number which you must first stake2 and whatever your opponent stakes1 you must add as much to it as will make it equal to #g1 the number by which you divided1 and so in continuation4 ,,the ,,unlucky ,,hatter4 ,a blackleg passing through a town in ,ohio1 bought a hat for #h and gave in payment a #ej bill4 ,the hatter called on a merchant near by1 who changed the note for him1 and the blackleg having received his #db change went his way4 ,the next day the merchant discovered the note to be a counterfeit1 and called upon the hatter1 who was compelled forthwith to borrow #ej of another friend to redeem it with2 but on turning to search for the blackleg he had left town1 so that the note was useless on the hatter's hands4 ,the question is1 what did he lose--was it #ej besides the hat1 or was it #ej including the hat8 ,this question is generally given with names and circumstances as a real transaction1 and if the company knows such persons so much the better1 as it serves to withdraw attention from the question2 and in almost every case the first impression is1 that the hatter lost #ej besides the hat1 though it is evident he was paid for the hat1 and had he kept the #h he needed only to have borrowed #db additional to redeem the note4 ,,the ,,basket ,,of ,,nuts4 ,a person remarked that when he counted over his basket of nuts1 two by two1 three by three1 four by four1 five by five1 or six by six1 there was one remaining2 but when he counted them by sevens1 there was no remainder4 ,how many had he8 ,the least common multiple of #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 and #f being #fj1 it is evident1 that if #fa were divisible by #g1 it would answer the conditions of the question4 ,this not being the case1 however1 let #fj #b #a1 #fj #c #a1 #fj #d #a1 c41 be tried successively1 and it will be found that #cja #fj #e #a1 is divisible by #g2 and consequently this number answers the conditions of the question4 ,if to this we add #dbj1 the least common multiple of #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 #f and #g1 the sum #gba will be another answer2 and by adding perpetually #dbj1 we may find as many answers as we please4 ,,the ,,united ,,digits4 ,arrange the figures #a to #i in such order that1 by adding them together1 they amount to #ajj4 #ae #cf #dg -- #ih #b --- #ajj ,,december ,,and ,,may4 ,an old man married a young woman2 their united ages amounted to ,c4 ,the man's age multiplied by #d and divided by #i1 gives the woman's age4 ,what were their respective ages8 ,,answer4--,the man's age1 #fj years #ab weeks2 the woman's age1 #cj years #dj weeks4 ,,the ,,two ,,drovers4 ,two drovers1 ,a and ,b1 meeting on the road1 began discoursing about the number of sheep they each had4 ,says ,b to ,a1 ,pray give me one of your sheep and ,i will have as many as you4 ,nay1 replied ,a1 but give me one of your sheep and ,i will have as many again as you4 ,required to know the number of sheep they each had8 ,a had seven and ,b had five sheep4 ,,the ,,basket ,,and ,,stones4 ,if a hundred stones be placed in a straight line1 at the distance of a yard from each other1 the first being at the same distance from a basket1 how many yards must the person walk who engages to pick them up1 one by one1 and put them into the basket8 ,it is evident that1 to pick up the first stone1 and put it into the basket1 the person must walk two yards2 for the second1 he must walk four2 for the third1 six3 and so on increasing by two1 to the hundredth4 ,the number of yards1 therefore1 which the person must walk will be equal to the sum of the progression1 #b1 #d1 #f1 c41 the last term of which is #bjj 7#bb74 ,but the sum of the progression is equal to #bjb1 the sum of the two extremes1 multiplied by #ej1 or half the number of terms3 that is to say1 #aj1ajj yards1 which makes more than #e miles4 ,,the ,,famous ,,forty-,,five4 ,how can number #de be divided into four such parts that1 if to the first part you add #b1 from the second part you subtract #b1 the third part you multiply by #b1 and the fourth part you divide by #b1 the sum of the addition1 the remainder of the subtraction1 the product of the multiplication1 and the quotient of the division be all equal8 ,the #ast is #h2 to which add #b1 the sum is #aj ,the #bnd is #ab2 subtract #b1 the remainder is #aj ,the #crd is #e2 multiplied by #b1 the product is #aj ,the #dth is #bj2 divided by #b1 the quotient is #aj -- #de ,required to subtract #de from #de1 and leave #de as a remainder8 ,solution4--#i #h #g #f #e #d #c #b #a #de #a #b #c #d #e #f #g #h #i #de -------------------------------------- #h #f #d #a #i #g #e #c #b #de ,,subtraction4 ,from #a mile subtract #g furlongs1 #ci rods1 #e yards1 #a foot1 #e inches4 miles1 furlongs1 rods1 yards1 feet1 inches4 ,from #a #j #j #j #j #j ,take #j #g #ci #e #a #e -------------------------------------- #j #j #j #j #j #a ,in this problem1 instead of borrowing #a foot1 we borrow a foot #f inches1 from which we take #e inches1 and #a remains2 we then carry to #a1 and borrowing a yard #a feet1 we have #a from #a #j1 and afterwards proceed as usual4 ,,the ,,expunged ,,figure4 ,in the first place desire a person to write down secretly1 in a line1 any number of figures he may choose1 and add them together as units2 having done this1 tell him to subtract that sum from the line of figures originally set down2 then desire him to strike out any figure he pleases1 and add the remaining figures in the line together as units1 7as in the first instance17 and inform you of the result1 when you will tell him the figure he has struck out4 #gfedb-bd #bd ------ #gfeah ,suppose1 for example1 the figures put down are #gfedb2 these1 added together1 as units1 make a total of #bd3 deduct #bd from the first line1 and #gfeah remain2 if #e1 the center figure be struck out1 the total will be #bb4 ,if #h1 the first figure be struck out1 #ai will be the total4 ,in order to ascertain which figure has been struck out1 you make a mental sum one multiple of #i higher than the total given4 ,if #bb be given as the total1 then #c times #i are #bg1 and #bb from #bg show that #e was struck out4 ,if #ai be given1 that sum deducted from #bg shows #h4 ,should the total be equal multiplies of #i1 as #ah1 #bg1 #cf1 then #i has been expunged4 ,with very little practice any person may perform this with rapidity1 it is therefore needless to give any further examples4 ,the only way in which a person can fail in solving this riddle is1 when either the number #i or a cipher is struck out1 as it then becomes impossible to tell which of the two it is1 the sum of the figure in the line being an even number of nines in both cases4 ,,the ,,mysterious ,,addition4 ,it is required to name the quotient of five or three lines of figures--each line consisting of five or more figures--only seeing the first line before the other lines are even put down4 ,any person may write down the first line of figures for you4 ,how do you find the quotient8 ,,example4--,when the first line of figures is set down1 subtract #b from the last right-hand figure1 and place it before the first figure of the line1 and that is the quotient for five lines4 ,for example1 suppose the figures given are #hf1bad1 the quotient will be #bhf1bab4 ,you may allow any person to put down the two first and the fourth lines1 but you must always set down the third and fifth lines1 and in doing so1 always make up #i with the line above1 as in the following example3 ,therefore in the annexed diagram you will see that you have made #i in the third and fifth lines with the lines above them4 ,if the person desire to put down the figures should set down a #a or #j for the last figure1 you must say we will have another figure1 and another1 and so on until he sets down something above #a or #b4 #hf1bad #db1fhj #eg1cai #fb1hed #cg1ade ------ ,qt4 #bfh1bab #fg1hef #dg1bah #eb1gha ------ ,qt4 #afg1hee ,in solving the puzzle with three lines1 you subtract #a from the last figure1 and place it before the first figure1 and make up the third line yourself to #i4 ,for example3 #fg1hef is given1 and the quotient will be #afg1hee1 as shown in the above diagram4 ,,to ,,tell ,,at ,,what ,,hour ,a ,,person ,,intends ,,to ,,rise4 ,let the person set the hand of the dial of a watch at any hour he pleases1 and tell you what hour that is2 and to the number of that hour you add in your mind #ab2 then tell him to count privately the number of that amount upon the dial1 beginning with the next hour to that on which he proposes to rise1 and counting backwards1 first reckoning the number of the hour at which he has placed the hand4 ,for example3 ,suppose the hour at which he intends to rise be #h1 and that he has placed the hand at #e2 you will add #ab to #e1 and tell him to count #ag on the dial1 first reckoning #e1 the hour at which the index stands1 and counting backwards from the hour at which he intends to rise2 and the number #ag will necessarily end at #h1 which shows that to be the hour he chose4 ,,to ,,find ,,the ,,difference ,,between ,,two ,,numbers1 ,,the ,,greatest ,,of ,,which ,,is ,,unknown4 ,take as many nines as there are figures in the smallest number1 and subtract that sum from the number of nines4 ,let another person add the difference to the largest number1 and talking away the first figure of the amount add it to the last figure1 and that sum will be the difference of the two numbers4 ,for example3 ,john1 who is #bb1 tells ,thomas1 who is older1 that he can discover the difference of their ages2 he therefore privately deducts #bb from #ii 7his age consisting of two figures1 he of course takes two nines72 the difference1 which is #gg1 he tells ,thomas to add to his age1 and to take away the first figure from the amount1 and add it to the last figure and that will be the difference of their ages2 thus1 ,the difference between ,john's age and #ii is #gg ,to which ,thomas adding his age #ce --- ,the sum is #aab ,then by taking away the first figure #a1 and adding it to the figure #b1 the sum is #ac ,which add to ,john's age #bb --- ,gives the age of ,thomas #ce ,,the ,,remainder4 ,a very pleasing way to arrive at an arithmetical sum1 without the use of either slate or pencil1 is to ask a person to think of a figure1 then to double it1 then add a certain figure to it1 now halve the whole sum1 and finally to subtract from that the figure first thought of4 ,you are then to tell the thinker what is the remainder4 ,the key to this lock of figures is1 that ,,half of whatever sum you request to be added during the working of the sum is ,,the ,,remainder4 ,in the example given1 five is the half of ten1 the number requested to be added4 ,any amount may be added1 but the operation is simplified by giving only even numbers1 as they will divide without fractions4 ,example4 ,think of #g ,double it #ad ,add #aj to it #aj --- ,halve it #b7bd --- ,which will leave #ab ,subtract the number thought of #g --- ,,the ,,remainder will be #e ,a ,,person ,,having ,,an ,,equal ,,number ,,of ,,counters1 ,,or ,,pieces ,,of ,,money1 ,,in ,,each ,,hand1 ,,to ,,find ,,how ,,many ,,he ,,has ,,altogether4 ,request the person to convey any number1 as #d1 for example1 from the one hand to the other1 and then ask how many times the less number is contained in the greater4 ,let us suppose that he says the one is the triple of the other2 and1 in this case1 multiply #d1 the number of the counters conveyed1 by #c1 and add to the product the same number1 which will make #af4 ,lastly1 take #a from #c1 and if #af be divided by the remainder #b1 the quotient will be the number contained in each hand1 and consequently the whole number is #af4 ,this curious problem deserves another example4 ,let us again suppose that #d counters are passed from one hand to the other1 and the less number is contained in the greater #b times4 ,in this case1 we must1 as before1 multiply #d by #b1 which will give #i2 to which1 if #d be added1 we shall have #ac1 or #dj_/c2 if #a1 then1 be taken from #b1 the remainder will be #a1 or #d_/c1 by which1 if #dj_/c be divided1 the quotient #aj will be the number of counters in each hand4 ,,the ,,three ,,jealous ,,husbands4 ,three jealous husbands1 ,a1 ,b1 and ,c1 with their wives1 being ready to pass by night over a river1 find at the water side a boat which can carry but two at a time1 and for want of a waterman they are compelled to row themselves over the river at several times4 ,the question is how those six persons shall pass1 two at a time1 so that none of the three wives may be found in the company of one or two men1 unless her husband be present8 ,this may be effected in two or three ways2 the following may be as good as any3 ,let ,a and wife go over--let ,a return--let ,b's and ,c's wives go over--,a's wife returns--,b and ,c go over--,b and wife return1 ,a and ,b go over--,c's wife returns1 and ,a's and ,b's wives go over--then ,c comes back for his wife4 ,simple as this question may appear1 it is found in the works of ,alcuin1 who flourished a thousand years ago1 hundreds of years before the art of printing was invented4 ,,the ,,false ,,scales4 ,a cheese being put into one of the scales of a false balance1 was found to weigh #af lbs41 and when put into the other only #i lbs4 ,what is the true weight8 ,the true weight is a mean proportional between the two false ones1 and is found by extracting the square root of their product4 ,thus #af #i #add2 and square root #add #ab lbs41 the weight required4 ,,the ,,apple ,,woman4 ,a poor woman1 carrying a basket of apples1 was met by three boys1 the first of whom bought half of what she had1 and then gave her back #aj2 the second boy bought a third of what remained1 and gave her back #b2 and the third bought half of what she had now left1 and returned her #a2 after which she found she had #ab apples remaining4 ,what number had she at first8 ,from the #ab remaining1 deduct #a1 and #aa is the number she sold the last boy1 which was half she had2 her number at that time1 therefore1 was #bb4 ,from #bb deduct two1 and the remaining #bj was #b_/c of her prior stock1 which was therefore #cj4 ,from #cj deduct #aj1 and the remainder #bj is half her original stock2 consequently she had at first #dj apples4 ,,the ,,graces ,,and ,,muses4 ,the three ,graces1 carrying each an equal number of oranges1 were met by the nine ,muses1 who asked for some of them2 and each ,grace having given to each ,muse the same number1 it was then found that they had all equal shares4 ,how many had the ,graces at first8 ,the least number that will answer this question is twelve2 for if we suppose that each ,grace gave one to each ,muse1 the latter would each have three1 and there would remain three for each ,grace4 7,any multiple of #ab will answer the conditions of the question47 ,,the ,,jesuitical ,,teacher4 ,a teacher1 having fifteen young ladies under her care1 wished them to take a walk each day of the week4 ,they were to walk in five divisions of three ladies each1 but no two ladies were to be allowed to walk together twice during the week4 ,how could they be arranged to suit the above conditions8 ,,sun4 ,,mon4 ,,tues4 ,,wedn4 ,,thurs4 ,,frid4 ,,sat4 a b ca d ga k na e la h oa f pa i m d e fb e hb l ob f mb i pb d nb g k g h ic m pc f ic g nc d kc h lc e o k l mf k od h md i oe m ne i kd l p n o pi l ne g ph k pf g lg m oh f n ,,quaint ,,questions4 ,what is the difference between twenty four quart bottles1 and four and twenty quart bottles8 ,ans4--#ef quarts difference4 ,what three figures1 multiplied by #d1 will make precisely #e8 ,ans4--#a1 or #abe4 ,what is the difference between six dozen dozen1 and half-a-dozen dozen8 ,ans4--#gib3 ,six dozen dozen being #hfd1 and half-a-dozen dozen1 #gb4 ,place three sixes together1 so as to make seven4 ,ans4--#f_/4 ,add one to nine and make it twenty4 ,ans4 ,,ix--cross the #a1 it makes ,,xx4 ,place four fives so as to make six and a half4 ,ans4--#e_/ #e4 ,a room with eight corners had a cat in each corner1 seven cats before each cat1 and a cat on every cat's tail4 ,what was the total number of cats8 ,ans4--,eight cats4 ,prove that seven is the half of twelve4 ,ans4--,place the ,roman figures on a piece of paper1 and draw a line through the middle of it1 the upper will be ,,vii4 ,,the ,,fox1 ,,goose ,,and ,,corn4 ,a countryman having a ,fox1 a ,goose1 and a peck of ,corn1 came to a river1 where it so happened that he could carry but one over at a time4 ,now as no two were to be left together that might destroy each other1 he was at his wit's end1 for says he ,though the corn can't eat the goose1 nor the goose eat the fox2 yet the fox can eat the goose1 and the goose eat the corn4 ,how shall he carry them over1 that they shall not destroy each other8 ,let him first take over the ,goose1 leaving the ,fox and ,corn2 then let him take over the ,fox and bring the ,goose back2 then take over the ,corn2 and lastly take over the ,goose again4 ,,multiplying ,,money ,,by ,,money4 ,amongst the various questions that are given for the purpose of puzzling the unwary arithmetician1 the multiplication of money by money is one of the most curious3 take for instance the following problems3 ,multiply #ii #ais4 #aa-c_/d;d4 by #ii #ais4 #aa-c_/d;d4 ,multiply #aa #aas4 #aa;d4 by #aa #aas4 #aa;d4 ,to the uninitiated they usually appear easy of solution but the various modes of working them out1 and the different results obtained1 prove that there is something absurd and wrong in the questions themselves4 ,some reduce all to farthings1 and after multiplying one term by the other1 return the product into pounds1 shillings1 and pence4 ,others convert them into decimals2 whilst some work the problem in the style of duodecimals4 ,having sufficiently puzzled the tyros1 the querist remarks3 ,the problem itself is absurd1 it is incapable of solution2 for what is the nature of the product of pounds1 shillings1 and pence multiplied by pounds1 shillings and pence8 ,we know that a yard multiplied by a yard is a square yard1 but who can tell what is a penny multiplied by a penny1 or a penny by a pound8 ,now all this is quite correct1 provided the question is limited1 as above to the product of pounds1 shillings1 and pence1 into pounds1 shillings1 and pence2 but suppose the problem were put in this form--,if a capital of #a produces by compound interest1 in a certain time1 #ii #ais4 #aa;d41 how much would be produced by a capital of #ii #ais4 #aa;d48 ,it is evident that1 to answer this1 we must multiply #ii #ais4 #aa;d4 by #ii #ais4 #aa;d43 these are in fact the second and1 third terms of an ordinary rule of three2 and though one of the terms is a concrete quantity of pounds1 shillings1 and pence1 the other must be regarded as an abstract mathematical quantity1 being #ii and a fraction1 of which the number of farthings in a pound is the denominator #ifj1 and the number of farthings in the third term is the numerator1 #iei2 or1 instead of this1 the shillings and pence might be converted into decimals of a pound1 or into aliquot parts4 ,the product of multiplying #ii #ais4 #aa;d4 by #ii-iei_/ifj is #i1iii #aes4 #aj #a_/chdj;d42 the quickest way of doing this1 is to multiply by #ajj1 and to subtract from the product the #ifjth part of the multiplicand4 ,in the other question proposed1 the product of #aa #aas4 #aa;d4 into #aa #aas4 #aa;d41 or #aa #adc_/bdj1 is #acd #is4 #c #di_/bdj;d4 ,number and value are distinct abstract ideas1 and cannot1 without committing a logical absurdity1 be confused4 ,to multiply is to repeat a certain number of times1 and it is obviously impossible to bring value into the question4 ,value is arbitrary2 number is fixed4 ,put it in this way1 and the absurdity is evident3 ,one pound is equivalent to #bj shillings1 or #bdj pence1 or #ifj farthings4 ,in value there is no difference whatever2 but what an enormous difference between multiplying by #a1 #bj1 #bdj1 or #ifj6 ,,the ,,unfair ,,division4 ,a gentleman rented a farm1 and contracted to give to his landlord #b_/e of the produce2 but prior to the time of dividing the corn1 the tenant used #de bushels4 ,when the general division was made1 it was proposed to give to the landlord #ah bushels from the heap1 in lieu of his share of the #de bushels which the tenant had used1 and then to begin and divide the remainder as though none had been used4 ,would this method have been correct8 ,the landlord would lose #g bushels by such an arrangement1 as the rent would entitle him to of the #ah4 ,the tenant should give him #ah bushels from his own share after the division is completed1 otherwise the landlord would receive but #b_/g of the first #fc bushels4 ,a ,,popular ,,fallacy4 ,it is often suggested from the pulpit and elsewhere1 that enough persons have lived and died in the world to cover its whole surface with bodies2 and even two or three strata deep4 ,is this probable8 ,say the earth has existed #fjjj years1 the population always having been #hjj1jjj1jjj1 and the average life of man #cj years2 this being the utmost that could be claimed4 ,allow then the ,state of ,virginia to contain #gj1jjj square miles1 and each grave to occupy a space of #f feet by #b2 the territory of the ,state would contain #afb1fbd1jjj1jjj2 while the mighty army of the dead would number only #afj1jjj1jjj1jjj2 leaving #b1fbd1jjj1jjj graves yet unoccupied4 ,how wide of truth then is the position often set forth so positively6 ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #aj3 ,ancestor of the fighting and writing ,napiers of our day4 ,footnote #aa3 ,when an exact half cannot be taken without a fraction1 he must take the larger half--you must tell him this before he commences4 ,here it is the larger half4 ,footnote #ab3 ,from ,parkes' ,philosophy of ,arithmetic1 a capital work published by ,moss ,bro4 ,philadelphia4 ,,tricks ,,in ,,geometry4 ,let young beginners come and try ,their hands at our geometry4 ,the word ,geometry is derived from the ,greek1 and signifies the art of measuring land4 ,the invention of it is ascribed by some to the ,chaldeans and ,babylonians1 by others to the ,egyptians1 who were obliged to determine the boundaries of their fields after the inundation of the ,nile1 by geometrical measurements4 ,according to ,cassiodorus1 the ,egyptians either derived the art from the ,babylonians1 or invented it after it was known to them4 ,thales1 a ,phnician1 who died #edh years ,b4,c41 and ,pythagoras of ,samos1 who flourished about #ebj ,b4,c41 introduced it from ,egypt into ,greece4 ,in elementary geometry1 ,euclid of ,alexandria1 as everybody knows1 is particularly distinguished4 ,archimedes measured the sphere1 and after him other philosophers prosecuted the science with the utmost assiduity4 ,in ,italy1 where the sciences first revived after the dark ages1 several mathematicians were distinguished in the #afth century4 ,the ,french1 and after them the ,germans1 followed2 while in ,england1 ,hook1 ,newton1 and others1 carried the science to the highest pitch of usefulness1 and through its aid made the most prodigious discoveries4 ,it is not1 however1 our province to enter into a long disquisition on the subject1 but simply to set before the young reader some of the more curious properties of the science1 that he may be excited to study it for himself2 and we will promise him that should he devote his mind to its study1 he will be amply repaid for any amount of labor he may bestow upon it4 ,,geometrical ,,definitions4 ,in geometry a point is said to have neither breadth1 length1 nor thickness4 ,a line is the distance between two points2 parallel lines always keep at the same distance from each other4 ,a right line is what is commonly called a straight line4 ,a curve is a line which continually changes its direction4 ,an angle is the inclination or opening of two lines meeting in a point4 ,a figure is a bounded space1 and is either a superficies or a solid4 ,a triangle is a figure with three sides and three angles4 ,a square has four equal sides1 and four right angles4 ,a circle is a plane figure bounded by a curved line running into itself4 ,its diameter is a straight line drawn from one extremity of its circumference to the other1 and its center is equally distant from every part of the circumference4 ,a solid is any body which has length1 breadth1 and thickness2 and a sphere is a solid1 terminated by a convex surface1 every part of which is at an equal distance from a point within1 called its center4 ,,the ,,five ,,geometrical ,,solids4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d4 ,the following figures will show how the five geometrical solids may be cut out of a piece of cardboard4 ,where the lines are drawn the board is to be partly cut through with a penknife1 so as to render the angles of the models as sharp and as straight as possible4 ,the edges which require joining are to be fastened together with a slip of thin paper and gum dissolved in just sufficient water to bring it to the consistence of treacle4 ,fig4 #a will form a tetrahedron1 a figure with four sides1 each shaped like an equilateral triangle4 ,fig4 #b forms a cube or hexahedron4 ,fig4 #c an octohedron1 with eight triangular sides4 ,fig4 #d1 a dodecahedron1 with twelve sides shaped like pentagons1 with five equal sides4 ,fig4 #e1 an isocahedron1 with twenty sides1 formed of equilateral triangles4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e4 ,,how ,,to ,,make ,,five ,,squares ,,into ,a ,,large ,,one ,,without ,,any ,,waste ,,of ,,stuff4 ,suppose you have five squares of cloth1 or anything else1 as in ,fig4 #g2 find the center of one side of four of these squares1 and cut them from that point to the opposite corner1 then place the perfect square in the centre1 and the other pieces round1 as seen in ,fig4 #h4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h4 ,,deceptive ,,vision4 ,illustration ,the following sleight shows how easily the eye may be deceived4 ,take a piece of pasteboard1 an inch and a half in width1 and five inches in length1 and divide it by inked lines into thirty squares1 then cut it from corner to corner1 so as to form two triangles4 ,after this cut off the top of these triangles at ,c and ,d1#ac and arrange the pieces in this manner3-- ,illustration ,on counting the squares in the first figure1 there appear to be thirty1 but the other arrangement of the same card seems to contain thirty-two4 ,it does so1 however1 only in appearance1 but it is only a very correct eye that can detect the imperfection4 ,,the ,,carpenter ,,puzzled4 ,illustration ,a carpenter having a piece of mahogany of a triangular form1 7see ,fig47 wished to know how he could make it up to the best advantage4 ,his first idea was to make an oblong square table of it1 but he found that if he did so the waste of the wood would be very great4 ,after consideration he discovered that the most economical method of using the wood would be to form it into an oval4 ,to make this oval contain as much wood as possible1 he proceeded in the following manner3 ,let ,b ,g ,d be the triangular piece of wood2 take ,g ,h one half of the base1 and divide the triangle by drawing a line from ,h to ,b4 ,take ,g ,h in the compasses1 and set it off on one of the sides from ,g to ,e1 draw the line ,e ,f1 and the point ,i will be the center of the oval2 draw ,k ,l parallel to ,e ,f1 and at the same distance from the center as the base ,g4 ,the points ,a and ,c are found by dividing the line from ,e to ,k and drawing ,a ,c1 or by drawing the dotted lines ,d ,a and ,g ,c through the center at ,i4 ,these points being found1 the oval must be completed by the eye of the draughtsman4 ,,the ,,bricklayer ,,puzzled4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,a bricklayer had to construct a wall1 whose length in the direction ,a ,b ,c was twenty-four feet4 ,the one half of this wall1 namely from ,b to ,c1 had to be built over a piece of rising ground1 so that the base of this part of the wall would necessarily be more than twelve feet4 ,in making out his account he charged more for this half of the wall than for that which was built on level ground from ,a to ,b4 ,a geometrician assured him that the square contents of both portions of the wall were exactly alike2 which may be proved in the following manner3-- ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d4 ,cut two pieces of cardboard1 in the form shown in ,figs4 #b and #c1 to represent the two parts of the wall2 lay the piece representing the straight wall on the curved piece1 and it will be found that the angles which project at ,a and ,b will exactly fill up the spaces at ,e and ,f4 ,the piece of board representing the straight wall may thus be found to be exactly sufficient to form a piece equal to that representing the curved wall4 ,you may then lay the curved piece upon the straight one1 and reversing the experiment prove that the curved piece is capable of forming a rectangular piece equal to the other4 ,,triangular ,,problem4 ,take four square pieces of pasteboard of the same dimensions1 and divide them diagonally1 that is1 by drawing a line from two opposite angles1 as in the figures1 into eight triangles4 ,paint seven of these triangles with the prismatic colors1 red1 orange1 yellow1 green1 blue1 indigo1 violet1 and let the eighth be white4 ,to find how many chequers or regular four-sided figures1 different either in form or color1 may be made out of these eight triangles4 ,illustration ,first1 by combining two of these triangles there may be formed1 either the triangular square ,a1 or the inclined square ,b1 called a ,rhomb4 ,secondly1 by combining four of the triangles the large square ,c may be formed1 or the long square ,d1 called a parallelogram4 ,now the first two squares1 consisting of two parts out of eight1 may each of them by the eighth rank of the triangle be taken twenty-eight different ways1 which makes fifty-six4 ,and the last two squares1 consisting of four parts1 may each be taken by the same rank of the triangle seventy times1 which makes #adj4 ,,to ,,form ,a ,,square4 ,take a piece of card of the shape and size or proportions of the subjoined1 and cut it into three parts1 and with these three form a perfect square4 ,illustration ,to do this1 cut it in the direction of the dotted lines1 and it will then be easy to lay down the pieces to form a perfect square4 ,,squaring ,,the ,,circle4 ,squaring the circle1 as it is called1 is the puzzle of puzzles1 and there are many persons who fancy this can be accomplished1 as there are also many who believe that they can discover perpetual motion4 ,the meaning of this phrase squaring is scientifically expressed by the term finding the quadrature of the circle2 that is1 the act of producing a square equal to a given circle2 and many persons but slightly acquainted with mathematics have puzzled their brains to effect this object4 ,the ,cardinal de ,cusa rolled a cylinder over a plane1 till the point which was first in contact with the plane touched it again2 and then1 by a train of reasoning very unmathematical1 he endeavored to determine the length of the line thus described4 ,oliver de ,serras worked a circle1 and also a triangle equal to an equilateral triangle1 inscribed within the circle1 and imagined that the former was exactly equal to two of the latter1 forgetting that the double of this triangle is equal to the hexagon inscribed within the circle1 and therefore smaller than the circle itself4 ,a ,frenchman challenged the world1 and deposited #aj1jjj livres as a stake1 that he could accomplish the feat4 ,he reduced the problem to the mechanical process of dividing a circle into four quarters1 and then turning these with their angles outwards1 so as to form a square1 which he asserted to be equal to the circle2 this however was soon proved to be ridiculous4 ,some persons have taken a piece of pasteboard1 and cutting it out into a circular form1 and by cutting that circular disc into pieces of a square form and definite dimensions1 and fitting the same turned pieces one into the other1 have come near to a notion of the superficial area of a circle4 ,but this kind of demonstration is purely mechanical1 and is neither geometrical nor scientific1 and1 is in fact1 no demonstration according to mathematics4 ,for if we take the pieces of card1 however exactly they may appear to be formed1 and examine them with a microscope1 we shall soon find that none of them are geometrically true1 nor of the same length or breadth1 and therefore the conclusion arrived at is a false one4 ,illustration ,the early mathematicians1 in their attempts to solve this problem1 generally proceeded on the following plan4 ,if we draw a square exterior to a circle1 that is1 touching the square in four points1 each side of the square being equal to the diameter of the circle1 we can soon convince ourselves that the boundary of the square will be greater than the circumference of the circle1 and the area of the former greater than that of the latter4 ,but if the square be drawn within the circle1 so that only the four corners touch it1 then it is equally evident that the circle is larger1 both in boundary and area1 than the square4 ,by this proceeding1 we arrive at the conclusion that a circle is smaller than a square external to it1 and larger than one internal to it4 ,let us next suppose that we draw a regular pentagon1 that is1 a figure of five equal sides1 exterior to the circle1 and touching it on five points2 then it is evident that as the circle is wholly contained within the pentagon1 it must be smaller than that which contains it4 ,but if the pentagon be described within the circle1 touching it at the five angular points1 then of course the circle is larger than the pentagon which it contains4 ,now1 in geometry1 my young readers must bear in mind1 the exact periphery or circumference1 and the exact area of any figure bounded by straight lines1 may be determined with rigorous accuracy2 and if we draw two polygons--say of one hundred sides1 one within and one without the circle--we can ascertain the exact area of those polygons1 and affirm that the area of a circle is greater than a certain amount1 and less than another certain amount4 ,these two amounts1 if the number of the sides of the polygon be so large as we here suppose1 may be so very nearly alike1 that either one will give the area of the circle with great closeness4 ,illustration ,by some such means as these ,archimedes found that if the diameter of a circle be called #g1 then the circumference will be nearly #bb2 and that if the square of the diameter be #ad1 then the area of the circle will be equal to about #aa2 but this computation was slightly in error1 and gave to the area of the circle too great a measure by about one three-thousandth part of the whole4 ,at a later period1 however1 a ,european mathematician1 named ,metius1 discovered a method which makes an extraordinary approach to accuracy1 and is at the same time easily remembered4 ,he found that if the diameter be considered equal to #aac1 then the circumference would equal #cee2 or if we multiply the square of the radius by #cee1 and divide it by #aac1 the area will be given4 ,now this method is so very nearly correct1 that the area of a circle one foot in diameter is given within the fifty-thousandth part of a square inch4 ,other mathematicians have carried the approximation still further4 ,ludolph ,van ,ceulen worked it out to #cf places of figures1 showing that if the diameter be #a1 the circumference will be #c4ad1aei1bfe1ceh1igi1cbc1hdf1bfd1cch1cb g1iej1bhh4 or that if the last figure be #h1 the result will be a little below the truth1 and if #i1 a little above it4 ,since this1 ,mr4 ,sharp1 an ,english mathematician1 carried the approximation to #gb places of figures2 ,mr4 ,john ,machin to #ajj figures1 and eclipsed all others4 ,m4 de ,lagny worked it out to #abh places of figures1 and of the degree of nearness to which this computation brings the proportion1 ,montucla says1 ,if we suppose a circle1 the diameter of which is a thousand million times greater than the distance between the sun and the earth1 the error in the proportion of the circumference would be a thousand million times less than the thickness of a hair4 ,but after all1 none of these computations are quite correct2 they all deviate from the truth1 and bring us to the conclusion that there are no numbers or collection of numbers which will give the exact ratio of the circumference1 or of the area of a circle to its diameter4 ,we offer this explanation on the subject to our young friends that they may not be puzzled by the question2 and that should they be asked to square the circle1 or hear any one assert that he can do so1 they may be able to show that they are awake to the question1 and know how to explain it4 ,illustration ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #ac3 ,i4 e41 at the fourth square from the right angle4 ,,practical ,,paradoxes ,,and ,,puzzles4 ,illustration ,a puzzle is not solved1 impatient sirs1 ,by peeping at its answer1 in a trice-- ,when ,gordius1 the plow-boy1 king of ,phrygia1 ,tied up his implements of husbandry ,in the far-famed knot1 rash ,alexander ,did not undo1 by cutting it in twain4 ,paradoxes and ,puzzles1 although by many persons looked upon as mere trifles1 have1 in numerous instances1 cost their inventors considerable time1 and exhibit a great degree of ingenuity4 ,we can readily imagine that some of the complicated puzzles in the ensuing pages may have been originally constructed by captives1 to pass away the hours of a long and dreary imprisonment2 thus does the misery of a few frequently conduce to the amusement of many4 ,we look upon a ,paradox as a sort of superior riddle1 and a tolerable ,puzzle1 in our opinion1 takes precedence of a first-rate rebus4 ,there is often considerable thought1 calculation1 patience1 and management1 required to solve some of these strange enigmas2 and we have1 ere now1 followed the mazes of a ,puzzle so ardently1 as to be entirely absorbed in devising means to extricate ourself from its bewildering difficulties2 and felt almost as much pleasure in eventually achieving victory over it1 as we have in conquering an adversary at some superior game of skill4 ,it is in good sooth1 a right dainty and pleasant pastime1 to watch the stray wanderings of another person attempting to elucidate a ,paradox1 or perform a ,puzzle1 with which one is previously acquainted4 ,it is laughable to see him elated with hope at the apparent speedy end of his troubles1 when you know that1 at that moment1 he is actually farther from his object than he was when he began2 and it is no less amusing to watch his increasing despair1 as he conceives himself to be getting more and more involved1 when you are well aware that he is within a single turn of a happy termination of his toils2 but what a mirthful moment is that1 when there being only two ways to turn1 the one right and the other wrong1 as is usually the case1 he takes the latter1 and becomes more than ever ,pozed1 puzzled1 and perplexed4 ,puzzles are by no means of modern origin2 the ,sphynx puzzled the brains of some of the heroes of antiquity1 and even ,alexander the ,great1 as it is written1 made several essays to untie the knot with which ,gordius1 the ,phrygian king1 who had been raised from the plow to the throne1 tied up his implements of husbandry in the temple1 in so intricate a manner1 that universal monarchy was promised to the man who could undo it3 after having been repeatedly baffled1 he1 at length1 drew his sword1 considering that he was entitled to the fulfillment of the promise1 by cutting the ,gordian knot4 #a4 ,,the ,,chinese ,,cross4 ,illustration ,have six pieces of wood1 bone1 or metal1 made of the same length as ,no4 #f1 in the above figures1 and each piece of the same size as ,no4 #g4 ,it is required to construct a cross1 with six arms1 from these pieces1 and in such a manner that it shall not be displaced when thrown upon the floor4 ,the shaded parts of each figure represent the parts that are cut out of the wood1 and each piece marked a is supposed to be facing the reader1 while the pieces marked b are the right side of each piece turned over towards the left1 so as to face the reader4 ,no4 #g represents the end of each piece of wood1 c41 and is given to show the dimensions4 #b4 ,,the ,,parallelogram4 ,illustration ,a parallelogram1 as in the illustration1 fig4 #a1 may be cut into two pieces1 so that by shifting the position of the pieces1 two other figures may be formed1 as shown by figs4 #b and #c4 #c4 ,,the ,,divided ,,garden4 ,illustration ,a person let his house to several inmates1 who occupied different floors1 and having a garden attached to the house1 he was desirous of dividing it among them4 ,there were ten trees in the garden1 and he was desirous of dividing it so that each of the five inmates should have an equal share of garden and two trees4 ,how did he do it8 #d4 ,,the ,,endless ,,string4 ,illustration ,now1 sir1 your coat is off6 ,and see-- ,your right-hand pocketed6 ,so let it be3 ,while o'er your arm ,an endless string-- ,some three yards round-- ,hangs like a sling4 ,take the string off-- ,but1 just for fun1 ,it must be done ,keeping your right-hand in its place1 ,and not a smile must stir your face4 ,until you find this puzzle out1 ,no coat shall wrap your back about4 #e4 ,,chinese ,,maze4 ,,the ,,willow-,,pattern ,,plate4 ,illustration ,ye fair ones who1 in continent or isle1 ,long for delights which love alone can bring2 ,whilst ruby lips display affection's smile1 ,haste through the maze1 and reach the wedding ring ,the sweet ,koong-see1 whose spirit hovers near1 ,shall watch thee wand'ring through the doubtful way2 ,and when thou showest aught of hope or fear1 ,shall whisper to thee1 as thy footsteps stray6 #f4 ,,the ,,vertical ,,line ,,puzzle4 ,draw six vertical lines1 as below1 and1 by adding five other lines to them1 let the whole form nine4 ,illustration3 #g4 ,,the ,,three ,,rabbits4 ,draw three rabbits1 so that each shall appear to have two ears1 while1 in fact1 they have only three ears between them4 #h4 ,,the ,,accommodating ,,square4 ,make eight squares of card1 then divide four of them from corner to corner1 so that you will now have twelve pieces4 ,form a square with them4 #i4 ,,the ,,circle ,,puzzle4 ,draw a circle upon a piece of paper1 and thrust a pin through it without crossing the circle1 or thrusting it downward through the center4 #aj4 ,,the ,,cardboard ,,puzzle4 ,take a piece of cardboard or leather1 of the shape and measurement indicated by the diagram1 cut it in such a manner that you yourself may pass through it1 still keeping it in one piece4 ,illustration3 ----------- #c ,inches4 #f ,i n c h e s 4 ----------- #aa4 ,,the ,,button ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,in the center of a piece of leather make two parallel cuts with a penknife1 and just below a small hole of the same width2 then pass a piece of string under the slit and through the hole1 as in the figure1 and tie two buttons much larger than the hole to the ends of the string4 ,the puzzle is1 to get the string out again without taking off the buttons4 #ab4 ,,the ,,quarto ,,puzzle4 ,illustration3 _/ _/ _/ _/ _/ _/ _/ -------------- ,divide this figure into four equal parts1 each of the same figure4 #ac4 ,,the ,,puzzle ,,of ,,fourteen4 ,illustration ,cut out fourteen pieces of paper1 card1 or wood1 of the same size and shape as those shown in the diagram1 and then form an oblong with them4 #ad4 ,,the ,,square ,,and ,,circle ,,puzzle4 ,illustration3 --------------- o o o o oo o oo o o o --------------- ,get a piece of cardboard1 the size and shape of the diagram1 and punch in it twelve circles or holes in the position shown4 ,the puzzle is1 to cut the cardboard into four pieces of equal size1 each piece to be of the same shape1 and to contain three circles1 without cutting into any of them4 #ae4 ,,the ,,scale ,,and ,,ring ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,provide a thin piece of wood of about two inches and a half square2 make a round hole at each corner1 sufficiently large to admit three or four times the thickness of the cord you will afterwards use1 and in the middle of the board make four smaller round holes in the form of a square1 and about half an inch between each4 ,then take four pieces of thin silken cord1 each about six inches long1 pass one through each of the four corner holes1 tying a knot underneath at the end1 or affixing a little ball or bead to prevent its drawing through2 take another cord1 which1 when doubled1 will be about seven inches long1 and pass the two ends through the middle holes a a1 from the front to the back of the board1 7one cord through each hole17 and again from back to front through the other holes b b2 tie the six ends together in a knot1 so as to form a small scale1 and proportioning the length of the cords1 so that when you hold the scale suspended1 the middle cord1 besides passing through the four center holes1 will admit of being drawn up into a loop of about half an inch from the surface of the scale2 provide a ring of metal or bone1 of about three quarters of an inch in diameter1 and place it on the scale1 bringing the loop through its middle2 then1 drawing the loop a little through the scale toward you1 pass it1 double as it is1 through the hole at the corner ,a1 over the knot underneath1 and draw it back2 then pass it in the same way through the hole at corner ,b1 over the knot1 and draw it back2 then1 drawing up the loop a little more1 pass it over the knot at top1 and afterward through the holes ,c and ,d in succession1 like the others1 and the ring will be fixed4 #af4 ,,the ,,heart ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,cut a piece of thin wood the shape indicated by the diagram1 and having perforated it as above1 draw a piece of string1 with a smaller heart attached at the end1 through ,no4 #a1 pass it behind1 and bring it through #b before1 and through #c1 and so on to #f1 when a loop must be made so as to enclose that part of the string which runs from #b to #c4 ,the puzzle is to remove the string from the large heart altogether1 without unfastening the loop4 ,care should be taken to avoid twisting or entangling the string4 ,the length of the string should be proportioned to the size of the heart2 if you make the heart two inches and a half high1 the string when doubled should be about nine inches long4 #ag4 ,,the ,,cross ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,cut three pieces of paper to the shape of ,no4 #a1 one to the shape of ,no4 #b1 and one to that of ,no4 #c4 ,let them be of proportional sizes4 ,then place the pieces together so as to form a cross4 #ah4 ,,the ,,yankee ,,square4 ,illustration ,cut as many pieces of each figure in cardboard as they have numbers marked on each2 then form the pride of the ,american army4 #ai4 ,,the ,,card ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,one of the best puzzles hitherto made is represented in the annexed cut4 ,a is a piece of card2 b b a narrow slip divided from its bottom edge1 the whole breadth of the card1 except just sufficient to hold it on at each side2 c c is another small slip of card with two large square ends1 e e2 d is a bit of tobacco-pipe1 through which c c is passed1 and which is kept on by the two ends e e4 ,the puzzle consists in getting the pipe off without breaking it or injuring any other part of the puzzle4 ,this1 which appears to be impossible1 is done in the most simple manner4 ,on a moment's consideration it will appear plainly that there must be as much difficulty in getting the pipe in its present situation1 as there can be in taking it away4 ,the way to put the puzzle together is as follows3 ,the slip c c e e is cut out of a piece of card in the shape delineated in ,fig4 #c4 ,the card in the first figure must then be gently bent at ,a1 so as to allow of the slip at the bottom of it being also bent sufficiently to pass double through the pipe1 as in ,fig4 #b4 ,the detached slip with the square ends 7,fig4 #c7 is then to be passed half way through the loop f at the bottom of the pipe2 it is next to be doubled in the center at a1 and pulled through the pipe1 double2 by means of the loop of the slip to the card4 ,upon unbending the card the puzzle will be complete1 and appear as represented in ,fig4 #a4 #bj4 ,,three ,,square ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,cut seventeen slips of cardboard of equal lengths1 and place them on a table to form six squares1 as in the diagram4 ,it is now required to take away five of the pieces1 yet to leave but three perfect squares4 #ba4 ,,the ,,cylinder ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,cut a piece of cardboard about four inches long1 of the shape of the diagram1 and make three holes in it1 as represented4 ,the puzzle is1 to make one piece of wood to pass through1 and also exactly to fill1 each of the three holes4 #bb4 ,,puzzle ,,of ,,the ,,four ,,tenants4 ,illustration ,i have a square plot of ground1 in one quarter of which ,i have built a house1 which ,i have let to four tenants4 ,i tell them that if they can divide the remaining ground into four equal plots1 alike in shape1 and each containing one of the four apple trees ,i have planted1 they shall have it without any increase of rent4 ,how may they succeed8 #bc4 ,,the ,,puzzle ,,wall4 ,suppose there was a pond1 around which four poor men built their houses1 thus3 ,illustration ,suppose four evil-disposed rich men afterwards built houses around the poor people1 thus3 ,illustration and wished to have all the water of the pond to themselves4 ,how could they build a high wall1 so as to shut out the poor people from the pond8 #bd4 ,,the ,,nuns4 ,illustration ,twenty-four nuns were arranged in a convent by night1 by a sister1 to count nine each way1 as in the diagram4 ,four of them went out for a walk by moonlight4 ,how were the remainder placed in the square so as still to count nine each way8 ,the four who went out returned1 bringing with them four friends2 how were they all placed still to count nine each way1 and thus to deceive the sister1 as to whether there were #bj1 #bd1 #bh1 or #hb1 in the square8 #be4 ,,the ,,horse ,,shoe ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,cut a piece of apple or turnip into the shape of a horse shoe1 stick six pins in it for nails1 and then1 by two cuts1 divide it into six parts1 each to contain one pin4 #bf4 ,,the ,,card ,,square4 ,illustration ,with eight pieces of card or paper1 of the shape of ,fig4 a1 four of ,fig4 b1 and four of ,fig4 c1 and of proportionate sizes1 form a perfect square4 #bg4 ,,the ,,dog ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,the dogs are1 by placing two lines upon them1 to be suddenly aroused to life and made to run4 ,query1 ,how and where should these lines be placed1 and what should be the forms of them8 #bh4 ,,puzzle ,,of ,,the ,,two ,,fathers4 ,two fathers have each a square of land4 ,one father divides his so as to reserve to himself one fourth2 thus-- ,illustration3 ---------------- ------ --------------- ,the other father divides his so as to reserve to himself one fourth in the form of a triangle2 thus-- ,illustration3 -------- _/ _/ _/ _/ -------- ,they each have four sons1 and each divides the remainder among his sons in such a way that each son will share equally with his brother1 and in similar shape4 ,how were the two farms divided8 #bi4 ,,the ,,triangle ,,puzzle4 ,cut twenty triangles out of ten square pieces of wood2 mix them together1 and request a person to make an exact square with them4 #cj4 ,,cutting ,,out ,a ,,cross4 ,illustration ,how can be cut out of a single piece of paper1 and with one cut of the scissors1 a perfect cross1 and all the other forms as shown in the cuts8 #ca4 ,,another ,,cross ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,with three pieces of cardboard of the shape and size of ,no4 #a1 and one each of ,no4 #b and #c1 to form a cross4 #cb4 ,,the ,,fountain ,,puzzle4 ,a is a wall1 ,b ,c ,d three houses1 and ,e ,f ,g three fountains or canals4 ,illustration ,it is required to bring the water from ,e to ,d1 from ,g to ,b1 and from ,f to ,c1 without one crossing the other1 or passing outside of the wall ,a4 #cc4 ,,the ,,puzzle ,,of ,,the ,,stars4 ,friends one and all1 ,i pray you show ,how you nine stars would so bestow1 ,ten rows to form--in each row three-- ,tell me1 ye wits1 how this can be8 #cd4 ,,the ,,counter ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,place eight counters or coins1 as in the diagram2 it is then required to lay them in four couples1 removing only one at a time1 and in each removal passing the one in the hand over two on the table4 #ce4 ,,the ,,japan ,,square ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,cut out ten pieces of card or wood of the same sizes and shapes as in the diagram1 and then form a square with them4 #cf4 ,,the ,,cabinet ,,maker',s ,,puzzle4 ,a cabinet-maker has a circular piece of veneering with which he has to veneer the tops of two oval stools2 but it so happens that the area of the stools1 exclusive of the hand-holes in the center1 and that of the circular piece1 are the same4 ,how must he cut his stuff so as to be exactly sufficient for his purpose8 #cg4 ,,the ,,string ,,and ,,balls ,,puzzle4 ,get an oblong strip of wood or ivory1 and bore three holes in it1 as shown in the cut4 ,then take a piece of twine1 passing the two ends through the holes at the extremities1 fastening them with a knot1 and thread upon it two beads or rings1 as depicted above4 ,the puzzle is to get both beads on the same side1 without removing the string from the holes1 or untying the knots4 ,illustration #ch4 ,,the ,,double-,,headed ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,cut a circular piece of wood as in the cut ,no4 #a1 and four others1 like ,no4 #b4 ,the puzzle consists in getting them all into the cross-shaped slit1 until they look like ,fig4 #c4 #ci4 ,,arithmetical ,,puzzle4 ,the sum of four figures in value will be4 ,above seven thousand nine hundred and three2 ,but when they are halved1 you'll find very fair ,the sum will be nothing1 in truth ,i declare4 #dj4 ,,grammatical ,,puzzle4 ,let the rich1 great1 and noble1 banquet in the festal halls1 ,and pass the hours away1 as the most thoughtless revel2 ,then seek the poor man's dreary home1 whose very dingy walls ,proclaim full well to all how low his rank and level4 ,take away one letter from a word in the above stanza1 and substitute another1 leaving the word so metamorphosed still a word of the ,english language2 and1 by that change1 totally after the syntactical construction of the whole sentence1 changing the moods and tenses of verbs1 turning verbs into nouns1 nouns into adjectives1 and adjectives into adverbs1 c41 and so make the entire stanza bear quite a different meaning from that which it has as it stands above4 #da4 ,,the ,,tree ,,puzzle4 ,plant an orchard of twenty-one trees1 so that there shall be nine straight rows1 with five trees in each row1 the outline a regular geometrical figure1 and the trees all at unequal distances from each other4 #db4 ,,an ,,epitaph ,,on ,,ellinor ,,bachellor1 ,,an ,,old ,,pye ,,woman4 ,bene ,a4 ,thin ,thed ,ustt ,,hemo4 ,uld yo ,l4,d4,c4 ,,rusto6 ,fnel ,l4,b4 ,ach ,el ,lor4 ,lat4 ,,ely1 ,wa4 ,s4 shove ,n4 ,w4 ,how--,ass6 kill'd ,i4 ,n4 ,t4 ,h4 ,ear ,t4 ,sofp1 ,i1 ,escu ,star4 ,d4 ,san ,d ,t ,art4 ,san ,d ,k4 ,n ,e4 ,w4 ,e ,ver----,yus ,e4--,oft ,he ove ,n ,w4 ,hens ,he ',dli ,v',,dl4 on geno ,ug ,h ,s hem ,a4,d4,e4 he ,r4 la ,stp4 ,uf----fap ,uf4 ,f4 ,b ,y he4 ,r hu ,s4 ,ban ,d4 ,m4 ,uch pra is ',d4 ,no4 ,wheres ,hedot ,,hl4 i4 e4 ,tom4 ,a kead ,i4,r4,t4,p4 ,yein hop ,esthathe ,r4 ,c4 ,,rustwi1 ,l ,l ,b4 ,era is '----,d6 #dc4 ,a ,,curious ,,letter4 ,friends ,sir1 friends1 stand your disposition2 ,i bearing a man the world is whilst the contempt1 ridicule4 are ambitious4 #dd4 ,a ,,puzzling ,,inscription4 ,p ,r ,s ,v ,r ,y ,p ,r ,f ,c ,t ,m ,n ,v ,r ,k ,p ,t ,h ,s ,p ,r ,c ,p ,t ,s ,t ,n4 ,the two lines above were affixed to the communion table of a small church in ,wales1 and continued to puzzle the learned congregation for several centuries1 but at length the inscription was deciphered4 ,what was it8 #de4 ,,the ,,puzzling ,,rings4 ,this perplexing invention is of great antiquity1 and was treated on by ,cardan1 the mathematician1 at the beginning of the sixteenth century4 ,it consists of a flat piece of thin metal or bone1 with ten holes in it2 in each hole a wire is loosely fixed1 beaten out into a head at one end1 to prevent its slipping through1 and the other fastened to a ring1 also loose4 ,each wire has been passed through the ring of the next wire1 previously to its own ring being fastened on2 and through the whole of the rings runs a wire loop or bow1 which also contains1 within its oblong space1 all the wires to which the rings are fastened2 the whole presenting so complicated an appearance1 as to make the releasing the rings from the bow appear an impossibility4 ,the construction of it would be found rather troublesome to the amateur1 but it may be purchased at most of the toy shops very lightly and elegantly made4 ,it also exists in various parts of the country1 forged in iron1 perhaps by some ingenious village mechanic1 and aptly named ,the ,tiring ,irons4 ,the following instructions will show the principle on which the puzzle is constructed1 and will prove a key to its solution4 ,take the loop in your left hand1 holding it at the end1 ,b1 and consider the rings as being numbered #ast to #ajth4 ,the #ast will be the extreme ring to the right1 and the #ajth the nearest your left hand4 ,illustration ,it will be seen that the difficulty arises from each ring passing round the wire of its right-hand neighbor4 ,the extreme ring at the right hand1 of course1 being unconnected with any other wire than its own1 may at any time be drawn off the end of the bow at ,a1 raised up1 dropped through the bow1 and finally released4 ,after you have done this1 try to pass the second ring in the same way1 and you will not succeed1 as it is obstructed by the wire of the first ring2 but if you bring the first ring on again1 by reversing the process by which you took it off1 viz41 by putting it up through the bow1 and on to the end of it1 you will then find that by taking the first and second rings together1 they will both draw off1 lift up1 and drop through the bow4 ,having done this1 try to pass the third ring off1 and you will not be able2 because it is fastened on one side to its own wire1 which is within the bow1 and on the other side to the second ring1 which is without the bow4 ,therefore1 leaving the third ring for the present1 try the fourth ring1 which is now at the end all but one1 and both of the wires which affect it being within the bow1 you will draw it off without obstruction2 and1 in doing this1 you will have to slip the third ring off1 which will not drop through for the reasons before given2 so1 having dropped the fourth ring through1 you can only slip the third ring on again4 ,you will now comprehend that 7with the exception of the first ring7 the only ring which can at any time be released is that which happens to be second on the bow1 at the right-hand end2 because both the wires which affect it being within the bow1 there will be no impediment to its dropping through4 ,you have now the first and second rings released1 and the fourth also--the third still fixed2 to release which we must make it last but one on the bow1 and to effect which pass the first and second rings together through the bow1 and on to it2 then release the first ring again by slipping it off and dropping it through1 and the third ring will stand as second on the bow1 in its proper position for releasing1 by drawing the second and third off together1 dropping the third through1 and slipping the second on again4 ,now to release the second1 put the first up1 through and on the bow2 then slip the two together off1 raise them up1 and drop them through4 ,the sixth will now stand second1 consequently in its proper place for releasing2 therefore draw it toward the end1 ,a1 slip the fifth off1 then the sixth1 and drop it through2 after which replace the fifth1 as you cannot release it until it stands in the position of a second ring2 in order to effect this you must bring the first and second rings together1 through and on to the bow2 then in order to get the third on1 slip the first off and down through the bow2 then bring the third up1 through and on to the bow2 then bring the first ring up and on again1 and1 releasing the first and second together1 bring the fourth through and on to the bow1 replacing the third2 then bring the first and second together on1 drop the first off and through1 then the third the same1 replace the first on the bow1 take off the first and second together1 and the fifth will then stand second1 as you desired2 draw it toward the end1 slip it off and through1 replace the fourth1 bring the first and second together up and on again1 release the first1 bring on the third1 passing the second ring on to the bow again1 replace the first1 in order to release the first and second together2 then bring the fourth toward the end1 slipping it off and through1 replace the third1 bring the first and second together up and on again1 release the first1 then the third1 replacing the second1 bring the first up and on1 in order to release the first and second together1 which having done1 your eighth ring will then stand second1 consequently you can release it1 slipping the seventh on again4 ,then to release the seventh1 you must begin by putting the first and second up and on together1 and going through the movements in the same succession as before1 until you find you have only the tenth and ninth on the bow2 then slip the tenth off and through the bow1 and replace the ninth4 ,this dropping of the tenth ring is the first effectual movement toward getting the rings off1 as all the changes you have gone through were only to enable you to get at the tenth ring4 ,you will then find that you have only the ninth left on the bow1 and you must not be discouraged on learning1 that in order to get that ring off1 all the others to the right hand must be put on again1 beginning by putting the first and second together1 and working as before1 until you find that the ninth stands as second on the bow1 at which time you can release it4 ,you will then have only the eighth left on the bow2 you must again put on all the rings to the right hand1 beginning by putting up the first and second together1 till you find the eighth standing as second on the bow1 or in its proper position for releasing2 and so you proceed until you find all the rings finally released4 ,as you commence your operations with all the rings ready fixed on the bow1 you will release the tenth ring in one hundred and seventy moves2 but as you then have only the ninth on1 and as it is necessary to bring on again all the rings up to the ninth1 in order to release the ninth1 and which requires fifteen moves more1 you will1 consequently1 release the ninth ring in two hundred and fifty-six moves2 and1 for your encouragement1 your labor will diminish1 by one half1 with each following ring which is finally released4 ,the eighth comes off in one hundred and twenty-eight moves1 the seventh in sixty-four moves1 and so on1 until you arrive at the second and first rings1 which come off together1 making six hundred and eighty-one moves1 which are necessary to take off all the rings4 ,with the experience you will by this time have acquired1 it is only necessary to say1 that to replace the rings1 you begin by putting up the first and second together1 and follow precisely the same system as before4 #df4 ,,moving ,,the ,,knight ,,over ,,all ,,the ,,squares ,,alternately4 ,illustration3 ,,euler',s ,,method4 ,the problem respecting the placing the knight on any given square1 and moving him from that square to any house on the board1 has not been thought unworthy the attention of the first mathematicians4 ,euler1 ,ozanam1 ,de ,montmart1 ,de ,moivre1 ,de ,majron1 and others1 have all given methods by which this feat might be accomplished4 ,it was reserved1 however1 for the present century to lay this down on a general plan2 and the only ,english writer who has noticed this is ,mr4 ,george ,walker1 in his ,treatise on ,chess4 ,the plan is this3 ,let the knight be placed on any square1 and move him from square to square1 on the principle of always playing him to that point1 from which1 in actual play1 he would command the fewest other squares2 observing1 that in reckoning the squares commanded by him you must omit such as he has already covered4 ,if1 too1 there are two squares1 on both of which his powers would be equal1 you may move him to either4 ,try this on the board1 with some counters or wafers1 placing one on every square2 and1 when you clearly understand it1 you may astonish your friends by inviting them to station the knight on any square they like1 and engaging to play him1 from that square1 over the remaining sixty-three in sixty-three moves4 ,when the automaton ,chessplayer was last exhibited in ,england1 this was made part of the wonders he accomplished1 though as the above plan was not then known here1 he could not adopt it1 but used something like the method laid down by ,euler1 and which we subjoin4 ,our young ,chess-players must remember that it does not matter on which square the knight is placed at starting2 as1 by acquiring the plan by heart1 which is soon done1 he can play him over all the squares from any given point1 his last square being at the distance of a knight's move from his first4 ,it is obvious that this route may be varied many ways1 and we have often amused ourselves by trying to work it on a slate4 ,,another ,,method4 ,the problem of the knight's covering successively each square of the board1 has1 in all ages1 attracted the attention of the first mathematicians2 it is only lately1 however1 that this very ingenious system for performing the feat without seeing the board1 has been invented by an ,edinburgh gentleman4 ,we well recollect the surprise occasioned among chess-amateurs when it was first performed2 indeed it was generally considered a greater mental effort than that of playing three games of chess at the same time1 without seeing the board4 ,the general rule for moving the ,knight upon all the squares of the board1 is to commence by moving him to that square which commands the fewest points of attack1 and by continuing this principle he will occupy all the squares in rotation1 observing1 that if on any two or more squares his power would be equal1 he may be placed indifferently on either of such squares4 ,thus we see1 that there are different routes which the ,knight-errant may take in his progress over all the board2 still1 whichever of these routes for covering the sixty-four squares may be adapted1 each move forms1 if we may so express ourselves1 a link in an endless chain1 so that whatever square we start from1 by taking one known route1 we are sure to arrive at a square1 the last link of the chain1 a ,knight's move distant from the square of our departure4 ,consequently1 if any person could commit to memory the consecutive moves of any one route over the board1 he would be able to start from any one square in that route1 in the same manner that any of us1 if required to mention the numerals up to sixty-four1 could as easily start at thirty and end at twenty-nine1 as if we started at one and ended at sixty-four4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,met4 ,let4 ,ket4 ,het4 ,get4 ,fet4 ,det4 ,bet4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,men4 ,len4 ,ken4 ,hen4 ,gen4 ,fen4 ,den4 ,ben4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,mix4 ,lix4 ,kix4 ,hix4 ,gix4 ,fix4 ,dix4 ,bix4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,miv4 ,liv4 ,kiv4 ,hiv4 ,giv4 ,fiv4 ,div4 ,biv4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,mor4 ,lor4 ,kor4 ,hor4 ,gor4 ,for4 ,dor4 ,bor4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,mee4 ,lee4 ,kee4 ,hee4 ,gee4 ,fee4 ,dee4 ,bee4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,moo4 ,loo4 ,koo4 ,hoo4 ,goo4 ,foo4 ,doo4 ,boo4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,mun4 ,lun4 ,kun4 ,hun4 ,gun4 ,fun4 ,dan4 ,bun4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,m ,l ,k ,h ,g ,f ,d ,b ,these considerations greatly reduce the apparent impossibility of performing the feat2 but the reader will exclaim1 ,what an immense undertaking it would be1 to commit to memory the moves forming a ,knight's route over the sixty-four squares6 and we reply1 ,certainly it would be1 if we used the language of ,chess to designate the squares2 and herein lies the beauty of the invention4 ,a set of names1 whose application can be understood at a glance1 are invented for the squares1 and the performer of the feat1 having learned a route of the ,knight1 expressed by these invented names1 thinks in the new language which he directs the moves in the terms of chess--just as many of us think in ,english1 when we are writing or speaking ,french4 ,the diagram given above represents the chess-board2 the distinction of white and black squares is not necessary for our purpose4 ,the files1 commencing from the right hand are distinguished by the consonants in alphabetical succession 7,c and ,j are1 for obvious reasons1 omitted47 ,thus1 the ,king's rook's file is known as ,b1 the ,king's ,knight's as ,d1 the ,king's ,bishops as ,f1 the ,king's as ,g1 the ,queen's as ,h1 the ,queen's ,bishop's as ,k1 the ,queen's ,knight's as ,l1 and the ,queen's ,rook's as ,m4 ,this is all that has to be learned1 in this system of ,chess notation2 for the lines of squares tell their own numbers--one being un1 two oo1 three ee1 four or1 six ix1 seven en1 eight et--being1 in fact1 the terminal sounds of the first eight numerals4 ,bun being ,b one1 or ,king's ,rook's square2 ,gix1 ,g six1 or ,king's sixth square4 ,we consider it quite unnecessary to say another word in explanation of this system2 its ingenious simplicity causes it to be understood and learned at a glance4 ,all that is required now is1 to select a ,knight's route over all the squares of the board1 and commit it to memory1 not in the complicated terms of ,chess1 but in these simple equivalents4 ,suppose we start from the ,queen's ,knights seventh square1 len1 the route will be as follows3 ,len het fen bet4 ,dix bor doo gun ,koo mun lee kun4 ,moo kee goo dun4 ,bee div ben fet4 ,hen let mix lor4 ,hee kiv gor hix4 ,liv men ket gen4 ,kix giv fee hor4 ,gix for hiv gee4 ,fiv den biv dee4 ,bun foo hun loo4 ,mor lix met ken4 ,get fix det bix4 ,dor boo fun hoo4 ,lun mee kor miv ,the only trouble is to commit this cabalistical-looking table to memory1 which may be all accomplished in half an hour2 the process will be greatly facilitated by the learner frequently playing the route over on the chess-board4 ,he will be amply rewarded by the astonishment he will cause to the natives of his locality1 who may have the great misfortune of being unacquainted with our book's enlightening pages2 and1 if not quite a first-rate player1 he will acquire an intimate knowledge of the peculiar powers and perplexing peregrinations of the eccentric ,caballeros1 who ----fiery coursers guide ,with headlong speed throng wars empurpled tide2 ,alert and brave they spring amidst the fight1 ,from white to black1 from black to candid white4 ,illustration ,,another ,,method4 ,let ,black ,queen's ,rook's ,square count #a1 7as in the diagram17 ,black ,king's ,rook #h1 and count all the other ,squares in the same way from #i to #fd4 ,place the ,knight upon ,black ,king's ,rook's ,square1 #h1 and move as follows3 #bc1 #dj1 #ee1 #fa1 #ea1 #eg1 #db1 #be1 #aj1 #d1 #ad1 #bd1 #ci1 #ef1 #fb1 #eb1 #eh1 #da1 #bf1 #i1 #c1 #ac1 #g1 #bb1 #cb1 #dg1 #fd1 #ed1 #fj1 #ej1 #cc1 #ah1 #a1 #aa1 #e1 #ae1 #ba1 #f1 #af1 #ca1 #dh1 #fc1 #ec1 #ei1 #di1 #cd1 #ag1 #b1 #ab1 #bg1 #dd1 #ch1 #bh1 #dc1 #cg1 #bj1 #ce1 #de1 #cj1 #cf1 #ah1 #bi1 and #df4 ,it may be well to chalk the figures on the board1 as a guide1 until the feat is well understood4 #dg4 ,,rosamond',s ,,bower4 ,the subjoined cut represents1 it is said1 the ,maze at ,woodstock1 in which ,king ,henry placed ,fair ,rosamond to protect her from the ,queen4 ,it certainly is a most ingenious contrivance1 and may be made productive of much amusement4 ,the puzzle consists in getting1 from one of the numerous outlets1 to the bower in the center1 without crossing any of the lines4 ,,rosamond',s ,,bower4 ,illustration #dh4 ,a ,,maze ,,or ,,labyrinth4 ,illustration ,this maze is a correct ground-plan of one in the gardens of the ,palace of ,hampton ,court4 ,no legendary tale is attached to it1 of which we are aware1 but its labyrinthine walks occasion much amusement to the numerous holiday parties who frequent the palace grounds4 ,the puzzle is to get into the center1 where seats are placed under two lofty trees2 and many are the disappointments experienced before the end is attained2 and even then1 the trouble is not over1 it being quite as difficult to get out as to get in4 #di4 ,,the ,,chinese ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,illustration ,this puzzle1 being one for the purpose of constructing different figures by arranging variously-shaped pieces of card or wood in certain ways1 requires no separate explanation4 ,cut out of very stiff cardboard1 or thin mahogany1 which is decidedly preferable1 seven pieces1 in shape like the annexed figures and bearing the same proportion to each other2 one piece must be made in the shape of figure #a1 one of figure #b1 and one of figure #c1 and two of each of the other figures4 ,the combinations of which these figures are susceptible1 are almost infinite2 and we subjoin a representation of a few of the most curious4 ,it is to be borne in mind1 that all the pieces of which the puzzle consists1 must be employed to form each figure4 #ej4 ,,trouble-,,wit4 ,take a sheet of stiff paper1 fold it down the middle of the sheet1 longways2 then turn down the edge of each fold outward1 the breadth of a penny2 measure it as it is folded1 into three equal parts1 with compasses1 which make six divisions in the sheet2 let each third part be turned outward1 and the other1 of course1 will fall right2 then pinch it a quarter of an inch deep1 in plaits1 like a ruff1 so that1 when the paper lies pinched in its form1 it is in the fashion represented by ,a2 when closed together1 it will be like ,b2 unclose it again1 shuffle it with each hand1 and it will resemble the shuffling of a pack of cards2 close it and turn each corner inward with your fore finger and thumb1 it will appear as a rosette for a lady's shoe1 as ,c2 stretch it forth1 and it will resemble a cover for an ,italian couch1 as ,d2 let go your fore finger at the lower end1 and it will resemble a wicket1 as ,e2 close it again1 and pinch it at the bottom1 spreading the top1 and it will represent a fan1 as ,f2 pinch it half way1 and open the top1 and it will appear in the form shown by ,g2 hold it in that form1 and with the thumb of your left hand turn out the next fold1 and it will be as ,h4 ,illustration ,in fact1 by a little ingenuity and practice1 ,trouble-wit may be made to assume an infinite variety of forms1 and be productive of very considerable amusement4 ,,answers ,,to ,,practical ,,puzzles4 #a4 ,,the ,,chinese ,,cross ,,answer4 ,place ,nos4 #a and #b close together1 as in ,fig4 #a2 then hold them together with the finger and thumb of the left hand horizontally and with the square hole to the right4 ,push ,no4 #c--placed in the same position facing you 7a7 in ,no4 #d--through the opening at ,k1 and slide it to the left at ,a1 so that the profile of the pieces should be as in ,fig4 #b4 ,now push ,no4 #d partially through the space from below upwards1 as seen in f1 ,fig4 #b4 ,place ,no4 #e cross-ways upon the part ,y1 so that the point ,r is directed upwards to the right hand side2 then push ,no4 #d quite through1 and it will be in the position shown by the dotted lines in ,fig4 #b4 ,all that now remains is to push ,no4 #f--which is the key--through the opening ,m and the cross is completed as in ,fig4 #c4 ,illustration3 ,fig #a ,fig #b ,fig #c #b4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,parallelogram4 ,illustration ,divide the piece of card into five steps1 and by shifting the position of the pieces1 the desired figures may be obtained4 #c4 ,,the ,,divided ,,garden ,,answer4 ,illustration #d4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,endless ,,string4 ,the string must be put through the armhole1 and over the head1 then through the opposite armhole2 then the hand must be put up underneath the waistcoat1 and the string drawn down around the body until the former drops down about the waist1 when the experimenter may jump out of it and claim his coat4 #e4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,chinese ,,maze4 ,,koong-,,see',s ,,whispers4 ,a ,why linger near the fence8 a word or two ,would kindle up a flame for ever true4 ,b ,beware of rivals--mischief hovers near2 ,or1 worse mischance1 parental frowns appear4 ,c ,favored indeed1 the open door to gain-- ,let no dishonor now your conduct stain4 ,e ,the ground is rough1 and difficult the road2 ,but1 faint not1 thou shalt reach thy love's abode6 ,f ,against thy course runs the opposing tide1 ,and waves of trouble cast thy hopes aside4 ,g ,a modest competence thy lot will be2 ,but richer joys than wealth are stored for thee4 ,a ,take heed6 take heed6 a strange transforming doom ,may fix thy love1 but never let it bloom4 ,j ,be not too rash--nor leap the ,bridge of ,love1 ,leaving fond eyelids1 moist with tears1 above4 ,k ,what dost thou on the house top8 do not steal ,thy love1 but win by dutiful appeal6 ,l ,a barren path this way thy footsteps tread2 ,thy heart will soon grow cold1 thy love be fled4 ,m ,thou hast a friend can help thy onward way-- ,and such a friend will ne'er thy trust betray4 ,d ,joy6 thou hast reached1 at length1 the wedding ring2 ,let white-robed maidens orange blossoms bring2 ,oh may your years of happy wedlock be ,bright as your hopes1 and from misgiving free4 #f4 ,,answer ,,to ,,vertical ,,line ,,puzzle4 ,illustration3 ----- ----- ----- #g4 ,,the ,,three ,,rabbits1 ,,answer4 ,illustration #h4 ,,the ,,accommodating ,,square4 ,illustration #i4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,circle ,,puzzle4 ,thrust it upwards from the other side4 #aj4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,cut ,,card ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,double the cardboard or leather lengthways down the middle1 and then cut first to the right1 nearly to the end1 7the narrow way17 and then to the left1 and so on to the end of the card2 then open it and cut down the middle1 except the two ends4 ,the diagram shows the proper cuttings4 ,by opening the card or leather1 a person may pass through it4 ,a laurel leaf may be treated in the same manner4 #aa4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,button ,,puzzle4 ,draw the narrow slip of the leather through the hole1 and the string and buttons may be easily released4 #ab4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,quarto ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,divide the figure in the direction shown by the lines1 and you will have four pieces of the same size and shape4 #ac4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,puzzle ,,of ,,fourteen4 ,illustration #ad4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,square ,,and ,,circle ,,puzzle4 ,illustration3 --------------- o o o ------- oo o ------ o oo ------- o o o --------------- #ae4 ,,the ,,scale ,,and ,,ring ,,puzzle4 ,the puzzle consists in releasing the ring2 to effect which1 you have only to reverse the former process1 by passing the loop through the holes ,d1 ,c1 ,b1 and ,a1 in the manner before described4 #af4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,heart ,,puzzle4 ,loosen the string1 and draw the loop through the hole ,no4 #b2 pass it behind1 and bring it through ,no4 #a1 and slip it over the smaller heart2 then the string may be easily drawn out4 #ag4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,cross ,,puzzle4 ,illustration #ah4 ,,answer #aj ,,the ,,yankee ,,square4 ,illustration ,arrange the pieces as shown in the figure above4 #ai4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,card ,,puzzle4 ,in order to take the pipe off1 the card must be doubled 7as in ,fig4 #b71 the slip passed through it1 until there is sufficient of the loop below the pipe to allow one of the square ends of the slip 7,fig4 #c7 being passed through it4 ,fig4 #c is then to be taken away1 and the pipe slipped off4 ,the card for this puzzle must be cut very neatly1 the puzzle handled gently1 and great care taken that1 in doubling the card to put on the pipe no creases are made in it1 as they would in all probability spoil your puzzle1 by betraying to an acute spectator the mode of operation4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c #bj4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,three ,,square ,,puzzle4 ,takeaway the pieces numbered #h1 #aj1 #a1 #c1 #ac1 and three squares only will remain4 #ba4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,cylinder ,,puzzle4 ,take a round cylinder of the diameter of the circular hole1 and of the height of the square hole4 ,having drawn a straight line across the end1 dividing it into two equal parts1 cut an equal section from either side to the edge of the circular base1 a figure like that represented by the woodcut in the margin would then be produced1 which would fulfill the required conditions4 ,illustration #bb4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,four ,,tenants4 ,illustration ,my ground is divided1 ,my tenants at work1 ,and he'll profit most ,who does not labor shirk ,so let them toil on ,till cabbages rise1 ,and carrots and turnips ,to gladden their eyes4 ,gooseberries and currants1 ,and raspberries too1 ,shall amply repay ,the work they may do4 #bc4 ,,the ,,puzzle ,,wall4 ,illustration #bd4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,nun',s ,,puzzle4 ,illustration #be4 ,,horse ,,shoe ,,puzzle4 ,by cutting off the upper circular part containing two of the pins1 and by changing the position of the pieces1 another cut will divide the horse shoe into six portions1 each containing one pin4 #bf4 ,,answer ,,to ,,card ,,square ,,puzzle4 ,illustration #bg4 ,,the ,,dogs ,,puzzle ,,answered ,,see ,,dotted ,,lines4 ,illustration #bh4 ,,puzzle ,,of ,,the ,,two ,,fathers4 ,the first father divided the land in this way3 ,illustration ,the second father divided the land in the following manner3 ,illustration ,the different colors represent the several sons' portions4 #bi4 ,,the ,,triangle ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,the solution of this puzzle may be easily acquired by observing the dotted lines in the engraving2 by which it will be seen that four triangles are to be placed at the corners1 and a small square made in the center4 ,when this is done1 the rest of the square may be quickly formed4 #cj4 ,,answer ,,to ,,cutting ,,out ,a ,,cross ,,puzzle4 ,take a piece of writing paper about three times as long as it is broad1 say six inches long and two wide4 ,fold the upper corner down1 as shown in ,fig4 #a2 then fold the other upper corner over the first1 and it will appear as in ,fig4 #b2 you next fold the paper in half lengthwise1 and it will appear as in ,fig4 #c4 ,then the last fold is made lengthwise also1 in the middle of the paper1 and it will exhibit the form of ,fig4 #d1 which1 when cut through with the scissors in the direction of the dotted line1 will give all the forms mentioned4 ,illustration #ca4 ,,answer ,,to ,,another ,,cross ,,puzzle4 ,illustration #cb4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,fountain ,,puzzle4 ,illustration #cc4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,star ,,puzzle4 ,good-tempered friends6 here nine stars see3 ,ten rows there are1 in each row three6 ,illustration #cd4 ,,the ,,counter ,,puzzle ,,answer4 ,place #d on #g1 #f on #b1 #a on #c1 and #h on #e2 or1 #e on #b1 #c on #g1 #h on #f1 #d on #a1 c4 #ce4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,japan ,,square4 ,illustration #cf4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,cabinet ,,makers' ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,the cabinet-maker must find the center of the circle1 and strike another circle1 half the diameter of the first1 and having the same center4 ,then cut the whole into four parts1 by means of two lines drawn at right angles to each other1 then cut along the inner circle1 and put the pieces together as in the above diagram4 #cg4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,string ,,and ,,balls ,,puzzle4 ,draw the loop well down1 slipping either ball through it4 ,push it through the hole at the extremities1 pass it over the knot1 and draw it through again4 ,the same process must be repeated with the other ball2 the loop can then be drawn through the hole in the center1 and the ball will slide along the cord until it reaches the other side4 ,the string is then replaced1 having both balls on the same side4 ,there is another and perhaps a neater way of performing this trick4 ,draw the loop through the central hole1 and bring it through far enough to pass one of the balls through4 ,having done this1 draw the string back1 and both balls will be found on the same side4 #ch4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,double-,,headed ,,puzzle4 ,illustration ,arrange them side by side in the short arms of the cross1 draw out the center piece1 and the rest will follow easily4 ,the reversal of the same process will put them back again4 #ci4 ,,arithmetical ,,puzzle4 ,the four figures are #hhhh1 which being divided by a line drawn through the middle1 become #jjjj_/jjjj1 the sum of which is eight #js1 or nothing4 #dj4 ,,grammatical ,,puzzle4 ,take away ,l in the subjunctive ,let at the beginning of the first line1 and substitute ,s1 and so turn it into the imperative ,set1 when the changes which necessarily follow will be immediately apparent4 #da4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,tree ,,puzzle4 ,illustration #db4 ,,answer ,,to ,,an ,,epitaph ,,on ,,ellinor ,,bachellor1 ,,an ,,old ,,pie ,,woman4 ,beneath in the dust ,the mouldy old crust ,of ,nell ,bachellor lately was shoven3 ,who was skilled in the arts ,of pies1 custards1 and tarts1 ,and knew every use of the oven4 ,when she'd liv'd long enough1 ,she made her last puff1 ,a puff by her husband much prais'd3 ,now here she doth lie1 ,to make a dirt pie1 ,in hopes that her crust will be rais'd4 #dc4 ,,answer ,,to ,a ,,curious ,,letter4 ,sir1 between friends1 ,i understand your overbearing disposition2 a man even with the world is above contempt1 whilst the ambitious are beneath ridicule4 #dd4 ,,answer ,,to ,,the ,,puzzle ,,inscription4 ,by the use of the single vowel ,e1 the following couplet was formed1 ,,persevere ,,ye ,,perfect ,,men1 ,,ever ,,keep ,,these ,,precepts ,,ten4 ,illustration ,,the ,,magic ,,of ,,art4 ,tired at first sight with what the ,muse imparts1 ,in fearless youth we tempt the height of arts4 ,an almost endless source of amusement1 combining at the same time a considerable amount of instruction1 may be obtained in the following manner4 ,take a card or piece of pasteboard1 or even stiff paper1 and draw upon it the form of an egg--an oval in outline4 ,the dimensions of the oval are immaterial1 and the experimenter may suit his own fancy in this respect4 ,with a stout needle1 or tracing point1 prick quite through the outline1 for the purposes of tracing4 ,some of our readers may be unacquainted with the mode of tracing an outline1 and it may be advisable to particularize one method among many4 ,having pricked out the oval upon the card1 get a little red or black lead1 powdered1 and placing the card upon apiece of drawing paper--any white paper will however do--rub it over the pricked-out oval1 which will be found to be transferred to the white paper beneath1 thus3 ,illustration ,the powder may be applied either with a piece of wool or wadding1 or by means of a dry camel's-hair pencil2 care should be taken not to let the tracing-powder get beyond the edge of the pricked card1 as in that case a soiled1 dirty appearance is given to the tracing4 ,the pierced card will serve1 if carefully done1 for hundreds of tracings1 and it is obviously the best plan to take a little extra pains with that in the first instance4 ,with this traced oval for a basis1 7a little further on we shall speak of other figures1 to be used singly or in combination with each other7 any one with a very little skill will be able to form an infinite number of objects4 ,the best drawing tool will be found to be an ordinary black lead pencil4 ,figs4 #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e1 #f are very easy results1 suggestive also of others4 ,the rules of procedure are the same in all4 ,leaving the traced-out oval at first in its dotted form1 with the pencil you draw a horizontal line as the basis of your figure4 ,let this and the other lines1 which serve merely as the scaffolding of your figure1 be done faintly or in dots4 ,next1 draw a line through the center of the oval and perpendicular to the first4 ,these will ensure your making the object square and properly balanced4 ,after this you may draw lines parallel to the others3 but these are not so material1 although they serve as guides4 ,illustration ,now the imagination and fancy may step in to produce forms having the oval for a foundation2 and not only is a very rational source of amusement opened out1 but the opportunity is given to a cultivation of the noble art of design1 whether as applied to utility or ornament4 ,illustration ,illustration ,it is obvious to remark that the hand of many an amateur artist will readily be able to form the oval without having recourse to the pierced card2 but as this portion of our work is intended for all1 we have suggested the above mode as sure to succeed under every circumstance4 ,following the same plan in every particular1 we subjoin some examples of what may be done with the square4 ,illustration ,the dotted lines 7figs4 #g1 #h7 represent the traced or sketched square and plan lines2 the firmer lines suggest objects formed upon that figure4 ,in the same way the thin square outline 7fig4 #i7 suggests the inner sketch of a church4 ,i stated before that the size of the fundamental oval or square made little difference2 but ,i would recommend my younger readers to get these as large as possible1 or convenient4 ,if a large black board1 such as is used in most schools1 could be obtained1 and the tracings prepared proportionably large 7pounded chalk being used instead of the black or red powder in transferring the forms thereto71 and the designs made upon these with a piece of chalk1 so much the better4 ,however1 this matters little2 and each one will suit his or her own taste in that respect4 ,i now proceed to submit some examples of what may be done with other rudimentary forms4 ,illustration ,following the instructions previously given1 in place of the square suggested in ,figs4 #g1 #h1 #i1 describe a circle4 ,this may be done with a pair of compasses1 or simply sketched or traced by means of any round object1 such as a coin laid flat upon the paper4 ,figs4 #aj1 #aa1 #ab1 #ac1 #ad1 #ae1 are given merely as suggestions1 the circle forming an important part of their figure4 ,the mind of the experimenter will immediately revert to other objects--thousands such are to be met with around us--having the circle or the sphere for their basis4 ,and it will be no mean result of my labors1 if any number of my younger readers are led thereby to a habit of observation1 whereby they will not fail to notice that nearly all natural objects have the curved line for a basis1 if they are not actually distinguishable thereby from those that are artificial4 ,illustration ,fig4 #af is drawn upon two circles in combination with each other4 ,the dotted lines of the plan will be readily perceived2 but lest there should be any difficulty1 they have been drawn separately in ,fig4 #ag4 ,with this duplex figure little skill will be required to present the lord of the farm yard4 ,the three outlines1 ,figs4 #ah1 #ai1 #bj1 are based upon the square turned diamond-wise1 and will need no further remark3 examples upon this plan may be multiplied easily4 ,those given will serve as hints in the several directions of flowers1 foliage1 and landscapes generally4 ,illustration ,before proceeding to show what may easily be done by a simple combination of the figures we have constructed1 i4 e41 the oval1 square1 and circle1 let me introduce another1 which enters1 by a kind of natural law1 into almost all forms or groups of forms1 namely1 the triangle4 ,observe in the annexed cut1 ,fig4 #ba1 how naturally1 although unconsciously1 the girl seats herself within one4 ,illustration ,a moment's reflection will show1 that from the little nymph in the cut to the great pyramid1 everything that rests solidly upon the earth must take the form1 more or less1 of this broad-based tapering figure4 ,roofs of houses1 churches1 and towers1 are all triangular in their form1 as are all great trees1 differing from each other only in the width of their angles4 ,illustration ,construct a triangle1#ad and trace it according to former directions1 and from the examples1 ,figs4 #bb1 #bc1 #bd1 look around you for others1 and make various exercises upon this foundation4 ,illustration ,now1 to proceed to something more complicated4 ,suppose you had either in your mind1 or sketched out upon paper1 the plan of a garden2 that is to say1 suppose you had the dimensions of a piece of ground1 and intended to lay it out as a garden1 allotting so much space to this and that bed1 so much to gravel walks1 and wanted to see how such an arrangement would look in perspective1--in other words1 in reality1 for perspective1 however alarming it may look in books1 with its net-work of lines1 cross and across1 like an insoluble riddle or a monster cobweb1 is nothing more than the actual representation of things as they meet the eye4 ,illustration3 #be ,illustration3 #bf ,let your plan be what is shown in the square portion of ,fig4 #be2 at the top of this plan place your triangle1 draw a line through the center of the square upwards1 until it meets the top ,a of the triangle4 ,next draw lines from the corner of the beds parallel to the center line until they meet the base line of the triangle4 ,from thence continue all these lines to the point ,a4 ,these give you the width of the beds in perspective4 ,the other sides of their figure may be easily enough found4 ,fig4 #bf is the perspective view sought1 and is what your experimental drawing would be if1 having done the plan and guide-lines in pencil and the rest in pen and ink1 you had erased the former with a piece of india rubber4 ,illustration3 #bg ,i do not know whether my readers regard the matter in the same light1 but it appears to the present writer that this little figure--the triangle--is capable of working wonders in the hands of an amateur draughtsman1 if only properly used4 ,of course1 those regularly educated1 or submitted to a long course of training as artists1 are not referred to1 but only the general public1 which by the by1 means nineteen out of every twenty individuals4 ,i ask whether the preceding cut is any exaggeration on the average sort of result attained1 not only amongst very juvenile experimenters1 but those of maturer age8 ,illustration3 #bh ,everybody possessed of vision can tell1 ordinarily1 whether a building or other object is upright1 or in the position proper to it1 or necessary to its stability4 ,by accustoming the hand to form lines1 ovals1 circles1 squares1 and triangles1 and by habituating the mind to form comparisons between objects1 and these and other figures1 a person is put imperceptibly1 as it were1 in the way of depicting them with accuracy4 ,to proceed--let us take the above misrepresented country residence1 and applying to it the previously given rules1 see what we can make of it4 ,we would first draw or trace the parallelogram shown in dotted lines2 over this1 we place a triangle2 then drawing an upright line through the center of both1 make that the base of another and lengthened triangle1 as shown 7see ,fig4 #bh74 ,thus we get the three lines of the side and roofs2 and if we knew the proportionate height of the side window1 by marking the same at a1 b1 and carrying the lines from those points to the apex of the triangle1 we get its true perspective dimensions4 ,the difference between the two results is as great as possible4 ,in ,fig4 #bi the triangle placed at the side of the soldier in front gives the perspective of the whole line4 ,illustration3 #bi ,illustration3 #cj ,fig4 #cj shows how two parallelograms in combination assist in giving the perspective of a block of stone or bale of goods4 ,fig4 #ca exhibits the parallelogram and triangle in combination4 ,perhaps nothing is more puzzling to the tyro in sketching than the interior of rooms and halls4 ,in ,fig4 #cb a very easy method is given4 ,trace the outer parallelogram1 and within it1 a smaller one2 then connect the corners of the two as shown in the cut4 ,illustration3 #ca ,illustration3 #cb ,illustration3 #cc ,fig4 #cc is the application of the preceding4 ,illustration3 #cd ,illustration3 #ce ,by the present paper ,i intend to let you into a great secret1 the secret1 namely1 of ,comic or ,funny ,drawing--a method1 in fact1 which is at the bottom of all humorous1 or caricature sketching4 ,don't let any one be alarmed1 and suppose that it is intended to set you quizzing and caricaturing your friends4 ,far from it4 ,illustration3 #cf ,illustration3 #cg ,draw the oval1 ,fig4 #cd4 ,divide it by transverse lines into about equal portions4 ,you have now the basis for a face4 ,let the central line 7across7 mark the position of the eyes1 the line above that the top of the forehead1 the one below the bottom of the nose4 ,by ,fig4 #ce you will see this worked out1 and have what is considered a well proportioned face4 ,illustration3 #ch ,now oddity of feature or expression is simply the result of a deviation from this regularity2 and if1 as you will perceive by the other ,figs41 #cf1 #cg and #ch1 these lines are placed higher or lower1 or out of their1 strictly speaking1 proper places1 you have1 as a necessary result of such disarrangement1 oddity1 or comicality1 which is founded upon irregularity or incongruity in things4 ,illustration3 #ci ,illustration3 #dj ,i shall carry out this hint more fully1 at present merely pointing out1 in reference to the next two figures1 how the end is attained by placing a pair of dark spectacles upon a regularly-featured face1 or adding a little flesh to the lower portion of that at ,fig4 #ci4 ,but not to forget the ,art in the ,sport1 let me add1 that by sketching the plain oval1 and remarking whereabout the lines of their features would cut it1 you may1 without difficulty1 attempt likenesses of your friends and companions4 ,now fill your slates or sketch-books with ovals1 and try the effects of which the above are but indications4 ,your imaginations will furnish an endless variety of subjects4 ,the omission of one eye1 or its being covered by a shade1 or closed while the other stares2 the nose slightly on one side1 the mouth a little wider than usual--these are all sources of the humorous1 which1 however1 is far from being heightened by ugliness4 ,indeed1 it should be borne in mind1 that great distortion or hideousness1 so far from contributing to humor1 destroys it by raising painful images in the mind4 ,true humor is closely allied to kindness4 ,now let us take the simplest elements of the profile or side face4 ,this is also formed upon the oval1 with a slight variation4 ,and here we must go a little more into the ,art than at first sight the ,sport seems to warrant4 ,you will perceive by ,fig4 #da that the oval used for profile purposes is divided as before into four about equal portions1 which are appropriated in the same manner4 ,that is to say1 the central line across is for the eye1 and the other two for the limit of the hair and the bottom of the nose4 ,illustration3 #da ,but take notice that portions are cut off--e4 g41 at the back where the neck is inserted2 a little has to be added for forehead1 chin1 and hair2 and some modification takes place about the region of the eye4 ,suffice it that the oval forms essentially the basis of the structure of a well proportioned face1 such as is shown in the ,fig4 7#da74 ,draw for yourself1 or trace from ,fig4 #da1 a figure for your basis4 ,next make a number of these tracings upon a clean sheet of drawing paper1 and marking them in very lightly1 in pencil1 proceed as directed in the case of the front face in the last lesson2 altering the feature lines1 lengthening or shortening the chin1 nose1 and forehead according to your fancy4 ,this will be a sufficient guide for you1 and illustrations of this are accordingly omitted here4 ,illustration3 #db ,illustration3 #dc ,let us proceed a step further4 ,the last hint only dealt with the depth relatively of the several parts of the face4 ,now1 as to their prominence4 ,how very easily1 by means of a few magic touches1 which1 by this time1 you are magicians enough to impart1 may you summon up our ancient acquaintance ,mother ,hubbard1 or the modern hero ,punch4 7,see ,figs4 #db1 #dc47 ,illustration3 #dd ,illustration3 #de ,observe that the peculiarity of these comic physiognomies consists merely in their deviation from the regularly formed head of ,fig4 #da4 ,they are constructed upon that figure1 which may be seen underneath in dotted lines4 ,the variety of ways in which this exercise may be worked is infinite4 ,subjoined are a few4 ,in ,figs4 #dd and #de1 beards1 mustaches1 eyebrows1 the hair cut absurdly short1 or left redundant1 joined to the sinking in of the facial angle1 produce the effect of comicality4 ,in ,figs4 #df1 #dg1 the same end is attained by the simplest means1 and with even less exaggeration4 ,and here ,i again repeat1 that the less deviation there is from the proper proportions the better4 ,illustration3 #df ,illustration3 #dg ,as a pendant to the comical landscape given ,no4 #bg ,i give you the annexed 7,fig4 #dh74 ,illustration3 #dh ,illustration3 #di ,every one will recognize it as a model drawing--such as is to be found upon walls1 and occasionally upon the margins of school-books4 ,this the artist 767 intends from a comic drawing4 ,of course it is no such thing4 ,we will new take up the grandest object of art the ,human ,figure4 ,in designing the human figure1 there are three principal rules to be observed3 ,first1 the standard height of the human body may be reckoned as eight times the length of the face4 ,dividing the entire length by eight1 as shown in the annexed diagram 7,fig4 #di71 it will be perceived that the face comprises one of the spaces3 the second reaching to the chest3 the third1 to above the hips2 the fourth cuts the entire length into two equal parts2 the fifth extends to the center of the thigh3 the sixth1 to the knee joint2 the seventh to half way down the leg2 and the eighth1 to the sole of the foot4 ,the second rule is1 that no part of the body1 viewed laterally1 is more than twice the thickness of the head4 ,in very young children1 however1 the rule is1 that where the head will go1 any part of the body will follow1 as the experience of most people has tested4 ,the third rule concerns the center of gravity4 ,by reference to the fig4 7#di71 a vertical line will be perceived1 drawn through the center of the figure4 ,whenever the body is at rest upon its legs1 standing at ease1 as one may say1 this imaginary line must always pass through its center4 ,we shall see more about this hereafter1 at present confining ourselves to the consideration of the first two rules ,these must be considered as only generally true4 ,illustration3 #ej ,they have1 however1 to be well considered in connection with our present subject2 for as we said with the face1 any great deviation from them leads to oddity1 and is at the root of caricature drawing4 ,trace out1 or sketch out any size1 the figures 7,fig4 #di and #ej71 or any others for yourselves3 or taking any well drawn figure in a print which may not be too costly to use so1 draw with a black lead pencil upon the print similar lines to those in the figures1 that is to say1 divide its length into eight parts1 first dropping a central line perpendicular to the ground4 ,you will thus test the accuracy of the rule1 and familiarize yourself with the proportions of the figure4 ,then1 for the purpose of comic drawing1 you will vary these proportions4 ,a face too long or too short1 a body too large or too small for the legs1 or legs otherwise disproportionate to the rest of the body1 will yield the desired results4 ,it will be seen by the ,figs4 #ea and #eb that their oddity has been arrived at simply by this rule1 or by the deviation from the strict rule of proportion4 ,illustration3 #ea ,illustration3 #eb ,illustration3 #ec ,fig4 #ec is given in illustration of the remarks upon the second rule4 ,the form is correct enough as regards height1 and deviates in the matter of lateral proportion4 ,we now come to consider the third principle--that of the center of gravity4 ,observe in the annexed figures how the first 7,fig4 #ed7 being at rest1 commends itself to the reason like a mathematical demonstration4 ,the next diagram shows a partial deviation from the center of gravity1 is in a false position1 and we begin either to pity or to laugh--poor diagram6 ,the two following figures are other cases of the same sort--we feel instinctively for them--they are very far gone4 ,try this rule upon your slates or sketching blocks2 and after that we will go on to the next subject4 ,in the diagrams 7,figs4 #eh1 #ei71 the same principle is enforced4 ,the first is at rest1 because the line passing through the center of the figure is a vertical line4 ,in the next figure1 that line being out of the vertical1 the balance is disturbed1 and the figure topples2 so with the next4 ,this is so plain that argument is not needed to demonstrate it4 ,illustration3 #ed ,illustration3 #ee ,illustration3 #ef ,illustration3 #eg ,illustration3 #eh ,illustration3 #ei ,illustration3 #fj ,try this also for yourselves as before4 ,nor need we confine our experiments to figures comparatively at rest3 forms in every variety of action come under the same rule--it is a law of nature4 ,there is a central line drawn through the whole system of the universe1 through every tree1 and plant1 and stone1 and every upright thing1 could we but see it4 ,illustration3 #fa ,illustration3 #fb ,the first of the following figures is in full action1 but it may go on for ever1 as its balance is not in any way disturbed4 ,the second is fast hastening to its fall4 ,the third is much nearer still to that consummation4 ,illustration3 #fc ,illustration3 #fd ,illustration3 #fe ,illustration3 #ff ,it will suggest itself to every reader to apply the rule to other objects than the human figure4 ,trees in the positions of ,figs4 #fd and #fe are never seen unless through some violent accident2 they may bend1 and twist1 and meander1 but taking the objects as a whole1 a central line1 vertical to the horizon1 will be detected1 as shown in ,fig4 #fe4 ,if we turn our attention in any direction upon natural objects1 the clouds1 the earth1 the sea1 flowers1 trees1 or animal bodies1 we cannot fail to see that a curved line is always to be made out in their forms4 ,indeed1 just so far as they are graceful and pleasing objects to the eye1 this curved line is distinguishable4 ,on the contrary1 square lines offend the eye when met with under such circumstances4 ,it is almost impossible indeed to imagine a square cloud1 a square flower1 or a square horse4 ,when we see a square headed man1 we are not impressed in his favor4 ,we may have met with representations of natural objects1 such as rocks1 hill tops1 mountain precipices1 and the like1 which had a square or nearly square appearance2 but such things are almost always presented to our view as phenomena--i4 e4 things violating the regular order or general rule of nature4 ,this curved line1 which is the line of beauty1 must pervade all nature2 it is the natural law2 and we cannot sufficiently admire the truth that that which is most necessary is also most beautiful4 ,does any one ask what particular reference these observations have to ,art in ,sport8 ,let us say that they alone can properly understand what is comic who have learned to appreciate what is not comic4 ,the distance between the sublime and the ridiculous is said to be very small--only one step4 ,at any rate1 the student who best understands the first will best appreciate the second4 ,socrates did not disdain to write an essay upon this subject1 insisting that the very same qualities were essential in the comic and the tragic artist4 ,but this is digressive4 ,illustration3 #fg ,let us resume3 ,in the annexed figure 7#fg7 you perceive the curved line4 ,in proportion as you are able to make this perfectly1 you will succeed in drawing gracefully4 ,i must presume that very many of my readers will have no difficulty in copying the few natural objects suggested below4 ,practice upon your slate or board the figure 7#fg7 until you can do it easily4 ,then1 for the purposes of sport1 proceed as follows4 ,you wish to produce a droll bit of landscape4 ,take any simple view1 such as submitted in ,fig4 #fh4 ,illustration3 #fh ,in this you will readily discover1 as ,i said above1 the curved1 graceful lines of beauty--in the clouds1 the outline of the distant hills1 the foliage1 the meandering stream4 ,let me advise you to practice this lesson somewhat perseveringly2 apart from the new source of amusement which it is the object of these papers to open up1 a beautiful lesson could be impressed upon the mind4 ,nothing is more calculated to refine the mind1 to ennoble the thoughts1 than to withdraw one's self from the artificial world1 and to gaze upon the fresh face of nature4 ,and if we are able to do this intelligently--in other words1 if1 having learned the alphabet1 we are able to peruse as it were the book of nature--the delight and the advantage is proportionably increased4 ,now turn to the example shown in ,fig4 #fi4 ,what do we see8 ,the lines of beauty have given place to others less pleasing to the eye1 and 7except as a source of merriment7 less acceptable to the mind4 ,fig4 #fi is a comic landscape2 how it has become so must be clearly apparent4 ,illustration3 #fi ,in ,fig4 #gj1 the same process is carried out1 and the result is similar4 ,illustration3 #gj ,i hope that ,i shall not be understood to mean1 that in order to be graceful everything must be round1 or that everything round is graceful1 or that every square object is ungraceful2 or1 again1 that by making any curved line into a square or straight one the end we propose is to be obtained4 ,doubtless many round things are ungraceful1 as many others composed entirely of straight lines at various angles to each other are exceedingly graceful4 ,but what is meant is this3 that natural objects1 in which1 left to themselves1 the curved line predominates1 are made odd and comic-looking when drawn upon the square4 ,illustration3 #ga ,in ,fig4 #ga1 not only the lines of the shepherd's form are curved lines1 and1 therefore1 conducive in a degree to its general pleasing character1 but the attitude is formed upon a curved line4 ,this will be perceived clearer by reference to the next figure1 7#gb17 in which1 without using a single straight line in the parts of the form1 the oddity is attained by making the whole attitude stiff and angular4 ,illustration3 #gb ,the student will find no difficulty in multiplying examples for himself3 those given will suffice as hints4 ,we must now proceed to show how comic designs may be made and applied to the slides of magic lanterns4 ,the proper course of procedure is as follows3 ,procure a piece of clear common window glass1 without specks or scratches2 let this be made perfectly clean4 ,prepare your design1 which should be made the exact size you intend it to be painted upon the glass2 color it2 and when quite dry1 place it beneath your slide of glass1 to which it might be fastened at the corners by means of a little gum or varnish4 ,now commence to paint upon the glass an exact fac simile of the design1 which1 of course1 you see clearly enough through the glass4 ,common camel's hair brushes will do2 those made of sable are1 however1 much better2 but the first will suffice for ordinary purposes4 ,the colors necessary are what are called silica colors1 and are procurable of most artist's color makers4 ,it will be necessary to let your first colors dry before putting on your shades2 and it is desirable not to work in too hot a room1 as the nature of the varnish with which you work is to dry very rapidly4 ,bear in mind too1 that upon glass you cannot wash in a tint4 ,broad surfaces1 such as skies1 must be stippled in1 as in painting upon ivory4 ,in originating this paper on ,the ,magic of ,art1 the author did not propose to himself to give a complete treatise1 but simply to point out1 by some very easy processes1 at source of amusement and instruction1 available to almost every intelligent reader4 ,it is hoped that1 in this subject1 he has not entirely failed1 and that all will find some entertainment from1 ,art in ,sport4 ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #ad3 ,this is done easily enough1 but the following directions may not be needless for some4 ,draw a straight line for a base of any length4 ,if you wish to form a equilateral triangle1 i4 e4 one of which the three sides are equal1 divide this base line by two1 and at the point of division set up an upright line2 then from each end of the base line slant against the central upright line one the length of the base4 ,these1 of course1 will meet at the top1 and the triangle is formed4 ,any other triangle may be formed in a similar manner1 the length of the sides being at the choice of the artist4 ,,secret ,,writing4 ,illustration ,the art of communicating secret information by means of writing1 which is intended to be illegible except by the person for whom it is destined1 is very ancient4 ,the ancients sometimes shaved the head of a slave1 and wrote upon the skin with some indelible coloring matter1 and then sent him1 after his hair had been grown again1 to the place of his destination4 ,this is not1 however1 properly secret writing1 but only a concealment of writing4 ,another kind1 which corresponds better with the name1 is the following1 used by the ancients4 ,they took a small stick1 and wound around it bark or papyrus1 upon which they wrote4 ,the bark was then unrolled and sent to the correspondent1 who was furnished with a stick of the same size4 ,he wound the bark again round this1 and thus was enabled to read what had been written4 ,this mode of concealment is evidently very imperfect4 ,cryptography properly consists in writing with signs1 which are legible only to him for whom the writing is intended1 or who has a key or explanation of the signs4 ,the most simple method is to choose for every letter of the alphabet some sign1 or only another letter4 ,but this sort of cryptography 7chiffre7 is also easy to be deciphered without a key4 ,hence many illusions are used4 ,no separation is made between the words1 or signs of no meaning are inserted between those of real meaning4 ,various keys are also used according to rules before agreed upon4 ,by this means the deciphering of the writing becomes difficult for a third person not initiated1 but it is also extremely troublesome to the correspondents themselves1 and a slight mistake often makes it illegible even to them4 ,another mode of communicating intelligence secretly1 viz4 to agree upon some printed book1 and mark the words out1 is also troublesome1 and not at all safe4 ,the method of concealing the words which are to convey the information intended in matter of a very different character1 in a long letter which the correspondent is enabled to read by applying a paper to it1 with holes corresponding to the places of the significant words1 is attended with many disadvantages3 the paper may be lost1 the repetition of certain words may lead to a discovery1 and the difficulty of connecting the important with the unimportant matter1 so as to give to the whole the appearance of an ordinary letter1 is considerable4 ,there are many kinds of sympathetic inks4 ,they are so called because the writings or drawings made by them are illegible1 till by the action of some chemical agents1 such as light1 heat1 acids1 or other substances are brought in contact with them1 when they appear4 ,a weak sulphate of iron will be invisible in writing till washed over with a weak solution of prussiate of potass1 which turns it of a beautiful blue4 ,if we write with the nitro-muriate of gold1 and afterwards brush the letters over with dilute muriate of tin1 the writing will appear of a beautiful purple4 ,if we write with a diluted solution of muriate of copper1 and when dry present it to the fire1 it will be of a yellow color4 ,chemistry was also in great request for secret writing1 and various substances were found to afford a fluid which would leave no mark behind the pen1 until some chemical agent were applied4 ,for example1 if a letter be written with a pen dipped in the juice of lemon1 the words will be invisible until the paper is held before the fire4 ,this is caused by the action of the heat4 ,again1 if a solution of nitrate of iron be the fluid used1 the writing cannot be seen until it is dipped into a solution of galls1 or even into tea1 which will act upon the iron1 and become ink4 ,it was found that if a plain sheet of paper were sent1 and intercepted1 the very fact of its being plain rendered it suspicious1 and every means were used to render visible any writing that might be on it4 ,a letter was therefore written with ordinary ink1 on indifferent subjects1 and between the lines the required information was added in some sympathetic ink4 ,but writing with these or other sympathetic inks is unsafe1 because the agents employed to render them visible are too generally known4 ,hence1 the chiffre indchiffrable1 as it is called1 has come very much into use1 because it is easily applied1 difficult to be deciphered1 and the key may be preserved in the memory and easily changed4 ,it consists of a table in which the letters of the alphabet1 or any other signs agreed upon1 are arranged as follow3 z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d c f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z a b c d e f g h i k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z ,any word is now taken for a key4 ,the word ,paris1 for example4 ,this is a short word1 and for the sake of secresy it would be well to choose for the key some one or more words less striking4 ,suppose we wish to write in this cypher with this key the phrase1 ,we lost a battle1 we must write ,paris over the phrase1 repeating it as often as is necessary1 thus3 ,pa ris,p a ris,par ,we lost a battle4 ,we now take cypher for w1 the letter which we find in the square opposite w in the left margin column1 and under p on the top1 which is m4 ,instead of e we take the letter opposite e1 and under a1 which is f2 for l1 the letter opposite c1 and under z1 and so on4 ,proceeding thus1 we should obtain the following series of letters3 mf cxli b tkmimw ,the person who receives the epistle writes the key over the letters ,p a r i s ,p a r i s ,p a r m f c x l i b t k m i m w ,he now goes down in the perpendicular line1 at the top of which is p1 until he meets m1 opposite to which1 in the left marginal column1 he finds w4 ,next1 going in the line of a down to f he finds1 on the left1 e4 ,in the same way r gives l1 i gives o1 and so on4 ,or you may reverse the process2 begin with p1 in the left marginal column1 and look along horizontally till you find m1 over which1 in the top line1 you will find w4 ,it is easily seen that the same letter is not always designated by the same cypher2 thus e and a occur twice in the phrase selected1 and they are designated respectively by the cyphers f and w1 b and k4 ,thus the possibility of finding out the secret writing is almost impossible4 ,the key may be changed from time to time1 and a different key may be used with each correspondent4 ,the utmost accuracy is necessary1 because one character accidentally omitted changes the whole cypher4 ,the best way of determining the key word is to arrange that any word which occurs at a certain distance from the beginning or end shall be the key word--the tenth from the beginning1 for example4 ,the key word will thus change every time1 and any combination of letters will make it4 ,this will make it impossible to be guessed4 ,the easiest method of working this square is to cut a piece of thin wood like a carpenter's square1 and by applying it to the alphabet the letter is at once seen in the angle4 ,for example1 supposing such a square to be applied so that one side is on the letter p at the top1 and the other on the letter w at the left hand1 the letter m will be in the angle1 so that the trouble of following the lines with the eye will be avoided4 ,here is another specimen of secret writing4 ,a ,,lock ,,for ,,mr4 ,,hobbs ,,to ,,pick4 ,t3#b #bart3717t3#b s#ba717t3#b st#arr#f s1#f717 #ar#b #hfp 3 #brs wr#ct #gf 3 #a-i #icv#c-b717 ,t 3 #at 3 #a-i w3#ch3 t#e-bi t3#bcr 3 #ar 8 #d-f717 #a-i #gaib t3#bcr v#ar#cbi 46#dr#cbe s3#c-b737 #c- t3#b8 #bb- 3#bat3#b-s #bfb 8#af s#bb ,s#f8gd6s #c- #e-b 4r#a-i tr#ct3 #hd8ge-b727 #gft #c- t3#b #gdd1 #dj #gdd1s t3#br#b 6#cbs #a 1#bf #cd r#bai t3#bcr 8#fst#br#cbs 747 ,t3#b- 6#bt -#dt #jact36#bss t#d-4eb #aiv#a-hb #cts s3#a66dw v#ae-ts717-#dr s#hdjjbr #iar#b #ep#d- t3#b #gasl#b #dj #c4-dr#a-hb ,t#d r#acs#b #a str#eht#er#b #dj #ibsp#acr767 ,t3#de43 #jdd6s 8#af 4#cv#b t3#b w#dr6#is t#d #h3a-hb717 #ibs#c4- #a-i pr#dv#cib-hb #ar#b t3#br#b747 3#dw #g6c-ibi717w3#d #at #ibat3 #a6d-b ,t3#bcr #ibbp s#c4-cjcha-hf #dw-767 ,,here ,,is ,,the ,,answer4 ,the letters are represented by the figures and symbols below them4 ,with this key the lock may be opened4 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o u y #a #g #h #i #b #j 4 3 #c 2 1 6 8 - #d #e #f ,the stops enclosed in brackets1 are used in their capacity of stops3 thus1 717 727 c4 ,the earth1 the sea1 the starry sky1 ,are cyphers writ by hand divine1 ,that hand which tuned their harmony1 ,and bade their varied glories shine2 ,in them e'en heathen's eye may see ,symbols in one grand ,truth combine2 ,but in the book of books there lies ,a key to read their mysteries4 ,then let not faithless tongue advance ,its shallow vaunts1 nor scoffer dare ,upon the base of ignorance ,to raise a structure of despair6 ,though fools may give the world to chance ,design and ,providence are there3 ,how blinded1 who at death alone ,their deep significancy own6 ,,the ,,circular ,,cypher4 ,to carry on a correspondence without the possibility of the meaning of the letter being detected1 in case it should be opened by any other person1 has employed the ingenuity of many4 ,no method will be found more effectual for this purpose1 or more easy1 than the following4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,provide a piece of square card or pasteboard1 and draw a circle on it1 which circle is to be divided into #bg equal parts1 in each of which parts must be written one of the capital letters of the alphabet1 and the 1 as in the figure4 ,let the center of this circle be blank4 ,then draw another circle1 also divided into #bg equal parts1 in each of which write one of the small letters of the alphabet1 and the 4 ,this circle must be cut round1 and made exactly to fit the blank space in the center of the large circle1 and must run round a pivot or pin4 ,the person with whom you correspond must have a similar dial1 and at the beginning of your letter you must put the capital letter1 and at the end the small letter1 which answer to each other when you have fixed your dial4 ,suppose what you wish to communicate is as follows3 ,i am so watched ,i cannot see you as ,i promised2 but ,i will meet you to-morrow in the park1 with the letters1 c4 ,you begin with the letter ,t1 and end with the letter m1 which shows how you have fixed the dial1 and how your correspondent must fix his1 that he may decipher your letter4 ,then1 for ,i am1 you write b uf1 and so of the rest1 as follows3 ,t b uf lh pumwayx b wugghm lyy rhn ul b ikhfblyx vnm b pbee fyym rhn mh fhkkhp bg may iukd pbma may eymmykl1 tw4 m4 ,another ,way4 ,take two pieces of card1 pasteboard1 or stiff paper1 through which you cut long squares at different distances4 ,one of these you keep yourself1 and the other you give to your correspondent4 ,you lay the pasteboard on a paper1 and1 in the spaces cut out write what you would have understood by him only2 then fill the intermediate spaces with any words that will connect the whole together1 and make a different sense4 ,when he receives it1 he lays his pasteboard over the whole1 and those words which are between crotchets form the intelligence you wish to communicate4 ,for example3 suppose you want to express these words1 ,don't trust ,robert3 ,i have found him a villain4 ,don't fail to send my books4 ,i trust they will be ready when ,robert calls on you4 ,i have heard that you have found your dog4 ,i call him a villain who stole him4 ,you may place a pasteboard of this kind three other ways--the bottom at top--the top at bottom1 or by turning it over2 but in this case you must previously apprize your correspondent1 or he may not be able to decipher your meaning4 ,,secret ,,correspondence ,,by ,,music4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4 ,form a circle like ,fig4 #b1 divided into twenty-six parts1 with a letter of the alphabet written in each4 ,the interior of the circle is movable1 like that in ,fig4 #a1 and the circumference is to be ruled like music paper4 ,place in each division a note different in figure or position4 ,within the musical lines place the three keys1 and on the outer circle the figures to denote time4 ,then get a ruled paper1 and place one of the keys 7suppose ge-re-sol7 against the time #b-dths1 at the beginning of the paper1 which will inform your correspondent how to place his circle4 ,you then copy the notes that answer to the letters of the words you intend to write1 in the manner expressed above4 ,illustration ,,the ,,magic ,,of ,,strength4 ,not two strong men the enormous weight could raise1 ,such men as live in these degenerate days4--,,pope',s ,,homer4 ,the mechanical knowledge of the ancients was principally theoretical2 and though they seem to have executed some minor pieces of mechanism which were sufficient to delude the ignorant1 yet there is no reason for believing that they have executed any machinery that was capable of exciting much surprise1 either by its ingenuity or its magnitude4 ,the properties of the mechanical powers1 however1 seem to have been successfully employed in performing feats of strength which were beyond the reach even of strong men1 and which could not fail to excite the greatest wonder when exhibited by persons of ordinary size4 ,firmus1 a native of ,seleucia1 who was executed by the ,emperor ,aurelian for espousing the cause of ,zenobia1 was celebrated for his feats of strength4 ,in his account of the life of ,firmus1 who lived in the third century1 ,vopiscus informs us that he could suffer iron to be forged upon an anvil placed upon his breast4 ,in doing this1 he lay upon his back1 and1 resting his feet and shoulders against some support1 his whole body formed an arch1 as we shall afterward more particularly explain4 ,until the end of the sixteenth century1 the exhibition of such feats does not seem to have been common4 ,about the year #agjc1 a native of ,kent1 of the name of ,joyce1 exhibited such feats of strength in ,london and other parts of ,england1 that he received the name of the second ,samson4 ,his own personal strength was very great2 but he had also discovered1 without the aid of theory1 various positions of his body in which men even of common strength could perform very surprising feats4 ,he drew against horses1 and raised enormous weights2 but as he actually exhibited his powers in ways which evinced the enormous strength of his own muscles1 all his feats were ascribed to the same cause4 ,in the course of eight or ten years1 however1 his methods were discovered1 and many individuals of ordinary strength exhibited a number of his principal performances1 though in a manner greatly inferior to ,joyce4 ,some time afterward1 ,john ,charles ,van ,eckeberg1 a native of ,harzgerode1 in ,anhault1 traveled through ,europe under the appellation of ,samson1 exhibiting very remarkable examples of his strength4 ,this1 we believe1 is the same person whose feats are particularly described by ,dr4 ,desaguliers4 ,he was a man of the middle size1 and of ordinary strength2 and as ,dr4 ,desaguliers was convinced that his feats were exhibitions of skill1 and not of strength he was desirous of discovering his methods1 and1 with this view1 he went to see him1 accompanied with the ,marquis of ,tullibardine1 ,dr4 ,alexander ,stuart1 ,dr4 ,pringle1 and his own mechanical operator4 ,they placed themselves round the ,german1 so as to be able to observe accurately all that he did1 and their success was so great1 that they were able to perform most of the feats the same evening by themselves1 and almost all the rest when they had provided the proper apparatus4 ,dr4 ,desaguliers exhibited some of the experiments before the ,royal ,society1 and has given such a distinct explanation of the principles on which they depend1 that we shall endeavor to give a popular account of them4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 #a4 ,the performer sat upon an inclined board ,a ,b1 placed upon a frame ,c ,d ,e1 with his feet abutting against the upright board ,c4 ,round his loins was placed a strong girdle ,,fg1 to the iron ring of which at ,g was fastened a rope by means of a hook4 ,the rope passed between his legs through a hole in board ,c1 and several men1 or two horses1 pulling at the other end of the rope1 were unable to draw the performer out of his place4 ,his hands at ,g seemed to pull against the men1 but they were of no advantage to him whatever4 #b4 ,another of the ,german's feats is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,having fixed the rope above mentioned to a strong post at ,a1 and made it pass through a fixed iron eye at ,b1 to the ring in his girdle1 he planted his feet against the post at ,b1 and raised himself from the ground by the rope1 as shown in the figure4 ,he then suddenly stretched out his legs and broke the rope1 falling back on a feather bed at ,c1 spread out to receive him4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4 #c4 ,in imitation of ,firmus1 he laid himself down on the ground1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 and when an anvil ,a was placed upon his breast1 a man hammered with all his force the piece of iron ,b1 with a sledge hammer1 and sometimes two smiths cut in two with chisels a great cold bar of iron laid upon the anvil4 ,at other times a stone of huge dimensions1 half of which is shown at ,c1 was laid upon his belly1 and broken with a blow of the great hammer4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d4 #d4 ,the performer then placed his shoulders upon one chair1 and his heels upon another1 as in ,fig4 #d1 forming1 with his back-bone1 thighs1 and legs1 an arch springing from its abutments at ,a and ,b4 ,one or two men then stood upon his belly1 rising up and down while the performer breathed4 ,a stone1 one and a half feet long1 one foot broad1 and half a foot thick1 was then laid upon his belly and broken by a sledge hammer1 an operation which may be performed with much less danger than when his back touched the ground1 as in ,fig4 #c4 #e4 ,his next feat was to lie down on the ground1 as in ,fig4 #e4 ,a man being then placed on his knees1 he draws his heels towards his body1 and1 raising his knees1 he lifts up the man gradually1 till1 having brought his knees perpendicularly under him1 as in ,fig4 #f1 he raises his own body up1 and1 placing his arms around the man's legs1 he rises with him1 and sets him down on some low table or eminence of the same height as his knees4 ,this feat he sometimes performed with two men in place of one4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g4 #f4 ,the last1 and apparently the most wonderful1 performance of the ,german1 is shown in ,fig4 #g1 where he appears to raise a cannon ,a1 placed upon a scale1 the four ropes of the scale being fixed to a rope or chain attached to his girdle1 in the manner already described4 ,previous to the fixing of the ropes1 the cannon and scale rest upon two rollers ,b ,c1 but when all is ready1 the two rollers are knocked from beneath the scale1 and the cannon is sustained by the strength of his loins4 ,the ,german also exhibited his strength in twisting into a screw a flat piece of iron like ,a1 ,fig4 #h4 ,he first bent the iron into a right angle1 as at ,b1 and then wrapping his handkerchief about its broad upper end1 he held that end in his left hand1 and with his right applied to the other end1 twisted about the angular point1 as shown at ,c4 ,lord ,tullibardine succeeded in doing the same thing1 and even untwisted one of the irons which the ,german had twisted4 ,it would lead into details by no means popular1 were ,i to give a minute explanation of the mechanical principles upon which these feats depend4 ,a few general observations will perhaps be sufficient for ordinary readers4 ,the feats ,no4 #a1 #b1 and #g1 depend entirely on the natural strength of the bones of the pelvis1 which form a double arch1 which it would require an immense force to break1 by any external pressure directed to the center of the arch2 and1 as the legs and thighs are capable of sustaining four or five thousand pounds when they stand quite upright1 the performer has no difficulty in resisting the force of two horses1 or of sustaining the weight of a cannon weighing two or three thousand pounds4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h4 ,the feat of the anvil is certainly a very surprising one4 ,the difficulty1 however1 really consists in sustaining the anvil2 for when this is done1 the effect of the hammering is nothing4 ,if the anvil were a thin piece of iron1 or even two or three times heavier than the hammer1 the performer would be killed by a few blows2 but the blows are scarcely felt when the anvil is very heavy1 for the more matter the anvil has1 the greater is its inertia1 and it is the less liable to be struck out of its place2 for when it has received by the blow the whole momentum of the hammer1 its velocity will be so much less than that of the hammer1 as its quantity of matter is greater4 ,when the blow1 indeed1 is struck1 the man feels less of the weight of the anvil than he did before1 because1 in the reaction of the stone1 all the parts of it round about the hammer rise towards the blow4 ,this property is illustrated by the well known experiment of laying a stick with its ends upon two drinking glasses full of water1 and striking the stick downwards in the middle with an iron bar4 ,the stick will in this case be broken without breaking the glasses1 or spilling the water4 ,but if the stick is struck upwards1 as if to throw it up in the air1 the glasses will break if the blow be strong1 and if the blow is not very quick1 the water will be spilled without breaking the glasses4 ,when the performer supports a man upon his belly1 as in ,fig4 #d1 he does it by means of the strong arch formed by his backbone1 and the bones of his legs and thighs4 ,if there were room for them1 he could bear three or four1 or1 in their stead1 a great stone to be broken with one blow4 ,a number of feats of real and extraordinary strength were exhibited about a century ago1 in ,london1 by ,thomas ,topham1 who was five feet ten inches high1 and about thirty-one years of age4 ,he was entirely ignorant of any of the methods for making his strength appear more surprising2 and he often performed1 by his own natural powers1 what he learned had been done by others by artificial means4 ,a distressing example of this occurred in his attempt to imitate the feat of the ,german ,samson by pulling against horses4 ,ignorant of the method which we have already described1 he seated himself on the ground with his feet against two stirrups1 and by the weight of his body he succeeded in pulling against a single horse2 but in attempting to pull against two horses1 he was lifted out of his place1 and one of his knees was shattered against the stirrups1 so as to deprive him of most of the strength of one of his legs4 ,the following are the feats of real strength which ,dr4 ,desaguliers saw him perform4 #a4 ,having rubbed his fingers with coal-ashes to keep them from slipping1 he rolled up a very strong and large pewter plate4 #b4 ,having laid seven or eight short and strong pieces of tobacco-pipe on the first and third fingers1 he broke them by the force of his middle finger4 #c4 ,he broke the bowl of a strong tobacco-pipe placed between his first and third fingers1 by pressing his fingers together sideways4 #d4 ,having thrust such another bowl under his garter1 his legs being bent he broke it to pieces by the tendons of his hams1 without altering the bending of his leg4 #e4 ,he lifted with his teeth1 and held in a horizontal position for a considerable time1 a table six feet long1 with half a hundred weight hanging at the end of it4 ,the feet of the table rested against his knees4 #f4 ,holding in his right hand an iron kitchen poker three feet long and three inches round1 he struck upon his bare left arm1 between the elbow and the wrist1 till he bent the poker nearly to a right angle4 #g4 ,taking a similar poker1 and holding the ends of it in his hands1 and the middle against the back of his neck1 he brought both ends of it together before him1 and he then pulled it almost straight again4 ,this last feat was the most difficult1 because the muscles which separate the arms horizontally from each other are not so strong as those which bring them together4 #h4 ,he broke a rope about two inches in circumference1 which was partly wound about a cylinder four inches in diameter1 having fastened the other end of it to straps that went over his shoulder4 #i4 ,dr4 ,desaguliers saw him lift a rolling stone of about #hjj pounds' weight with his hands only1 standing in a frame above it1 and taking hold of a frame fastened to it4 ,hence ,dr4 ,desaguliers gives the following relative view of the strengths of individuals3 ,strength of the weakest men1 #abe pounds4 ,strength of very strong men1 #djj ,strength of ,topham1 #hjj ,the weight of ,topham was about #bjj4 ,one of the most remarkable and inexplicable experiments relative to the strength of the human frame1 which we have ourselves seen and admired1 is that in which a heavy man is raised with the greatest facility1 when he is lifted up the instant that his own lungs1 and those of the persons who raise him1 are inflated with air4 ,this experiment was1 ,i believe1 first shown in ,england a few years ago by ,major ,h41 who saw it performed in a large party at ,venice under the direction of an officer of the ,american navy4 ,as ,major ,h4 performed it more than once in my presence1 ,i shall describe1 as nearly as possible1 the method which he prescribed4 ,the heaviest person in the party lies down upon two chairs1 his legs being supported by the one and his back by the other4 ,four persons1 one at each leg and one at each shoulder1 then try to raise him1 and they find his dead weight to be very great1 from the difficulty they experience in supporting him4 ,when he is replaced in the chairs1 each of the four persons takes hold of the body as before1 and the person to be lifted gives two signals by clapping his hands4 ,at the first signal he himself and the four lifters begin to draw a long and full breath1 and when the inhalation is completed1 or the lungs filled1 the second signal is given1 for raising the person from the chairs4 ,to his own surprise and that of his bearers1 he rises with the greatest facility1 as if he were no heavier than a feather4 ,on several occasions ,i have observed that when one of the bearers performs his part ill1 by making the inhalation out of time1 the part of the body which he tries to raise is left1 as it were1 behind4 ,as we have repeatedly seen this experiment1 and have performed the part both of the load and of the bearer1 we can testify how remarkable the effects appear to all parties1 and how complete is the conviction1 either that the load has been lightened1 or the bearer strengthened by the prescribed process4 ,at ,venice1 the experiment was performed in a much more imposing manner4 ,the heaviest man in the party was raised and sustained upon the points of the fore fingers of six persons4 ,major ,h4 declared that the experiment would not succeed if the person lifted were placed upon a board1 and the strength of the individuals applied to the board4 ,he conceived it necessary that the bearers should communicate directly with the body to be raised4 ,i have not had an opportunity of making any experiments relative to these curious facts2 but whether the general effect is an illusion1 or the result of known or of new principles1 the subject merits a careful investigation4 ,among the remarkable exhibitions of mechanical strength and dexterity1 we may enumerate that of supporting pyramids of men4 ,this exhibition is a very ancient one4 ,the simplest form of this feat consists in placing a number of men upon each other's shoulders1 so that each row consists of a man fewer till they form a pyramid terminating in a single person1 upon whose head a boy is sometimes placed with his feet upwards4 ,,miscellaneous ,,curious ,,tricks ,,and ,,fancies4 ,youth loves and lives on change1 ,till the soul sighs for sameness1 which at last ,becomes variety1 and takes its place4 ,,an ,,artificial ,,memory4 ,the reader must have observed1 that to perform several of the recreations in this book1 it is necessary to have a good memory2 but as that is a gift every one has not from nature1 many methods have been contrived to supply that defect by art--the most material of which we shall here describe4 ,an artificial memory respects either figures or words2 for the former1 let the five vowels1 a1 e1 i1 o1 u1 represent the first five digits2 the diphthongs that begin with the first four vowels1 as au1 ea1 ie1 ou1 representing the remaining four digits1 let y stand for an #j1 or cypher4 ,let the ten first consonants also stand for the nine digits and the cypher1 as in the following table3 ---------------------------------------- a e i o u au ea ie ou y #a #b #c #d #e #f #g #h #i #j b c d f g h k l m n ---------------------------------------- ,then to represent any number1 let the first letter be a vowel or diphthong1 the second a consonant1 the third a vowel1 the fourth a consonant1 c4 ,thus for the number #agfc1 you write or remember the word akaud2 if there are several sums to be retained1 you place the words in form of verses--which will make them more pleasing to repeat and more easy to remember2 for example1 if you would remember the dates of the discovery of ,america by ,columbus1 the settlement of ,virginia by ,captain ,smith1 the landing of the ,pilgrims at ,plymouth1 the ,battle of ,bunker ,hill1 the ,declaration of ,independence1 and the ,battle of ,new ,orleans1 which were in #adib1 #afje1 #afbj1 #agge1 #aggf1 and #ahae1 you write as follows--for you are to observe that in this1 as well as similar cases1 when the first figure is always the same1 it is unnecessary to write it after the first time3 ,afouc hyh hen keag keah lag4 ,when several cyphers come together1 instead of repeating y or n1 you may write y or n #b1 #c1 c42 thus1 for #cdjj1 write ify#b1 and for #bef1jjj1 write ehun#c4 ,to remember any number of words1 select the initial letters of those words1 and to the first add a1 if it begins with a consonant1 or b1 if it begins with a vowel4 ,in like manner e or c to the second initial letter2 to the third add i or d2 to the fourth o or f2 to the fifth u or g1 so that of the five initials you make five syllables1 which are joined together in one word--then of the next five initials you make1 in the same manner1 another word1 and of every two words you make a verse2 for example1 suppose you would remember the names of all the kings of ,england since the ,norman conquest in the order in which they reigned1 you then write as follows3 ,wa we hi so hu ,ra je hi ef eg ,eb re hi ho hu ,eb ec ri ho hu ,eb me ed jo cu ,ca je wi af gu ,ga ge gi go wu ,va4 ,or1 if you would remember the letters that begin any number of verses1 suppose the twenty first lines of ,pope's ,essay on ,man1 you write as follows3 ,abtelitoeg ,abacodtotu ,taocedaflu ,basewioffu4 ,,the ,,magician',s ,,mirror4 ,construct a box of wood1 of a cubical shape1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 of about fifteen inches every way4 ,let it be fixed to the pedestal ,p1 at the usual height of a man's head4 ,in each side of this box let there be an opening1 of an oval form1 ten inches high1 and seven wide4 ,in this box place two mirrors1 ,a ,d1 with their backs against each other4 ,let them cross the box in a diagonal line1 and in a vertical position4 ,decorate the openings in the side of this box with four oval frames and transparent glasses1 and cover each with a curtain so contrived as all to draw up together4 ,illustration ,place four persons in front of the four sides1 and at equal distances from the box1 and then draw them up that they may see themselves in the mirrors1 when each of them1 instead of his own figure1 will see that of the person next to him1 but who will appear to him to be placed on the opposite side4 ,their confusion will be the greater1 as it will be very difficult1 if not impossible1 for them to discover the mirrors concealed in the box4 ,the reason of this phenomenon is evident2 for though the rays of light may be turned aside by a mirror1 yet they always appear to proceed in right lines4 ,,the ,,perspective ,,mirror4 ,illustration ,provide a box1 ,a ,b ,c ,d1 of about two feet long1 fifteen inches wide1 and #ab inches high4 ,at the end ,a ,c1 place the concave mirror1 the focus of whose parallel rays is eighteen inches from the reflecting surface4 ,at ,i ,l place a pasteboard1 blacked1 in which a hole is cut1 sufficiently large to see on the mirror ,h the object placed at ,b ,e ,f ,d4 ,cover the top of the box1 from ,a to ,i1 close1 that the mirror ,h may be entirely darkened4 ,the other part1 ,i ,b1 must be covered with glass1 under which is placed a gauze or oiled paper1 to prevent the inside from being seen4 ,make an aperture at ,g1 near the top of the side ,e ,b1 beneath which1 on the inside1 place in succession1 paintings of vistas1 landscapes1 figures1 c4 so that they may be in front of the mirror ,h4 ,let the box be placed that the object may be strongly illuminated by the sun1 or by wax-lights placed under the inclosed part of the box ,a ,i4 ,by this simple construction1 the objects placed at ,g ,d will be thrown into their natural perspective1 and if the subjects be properly chosen and well executed1 the appearance will be both wonderful and pleasing4 ,,the ,,magical ,,gyroscope4 ,a little instrument has been constructed lately1 exhibiting such remarkable results in connection with rotary motion1 that it has greatly puzzled most of those who have witnessed its strange performances4 ,although many of our readers may have seen the instrument1 yet from the numberless inquiries that have been made for the rationale of its peculiar feats1 and also from the fact that we have not yet heard a solution that appears to be the true one1 we are induced to furnish a brief description and explanation of the whole4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,it consists of a brass wheel1 ,b1 four or five inches in diameter1 with a thick lead rim1 or circumference1 so as to impart to the wheel when revolving rapidly sufficient momentum to cause it to spin for some minutes4 ,the axis of this wheel terminates in pivots1 set in a circular ring at right angles to the wheel1 as the figure represents4 ,two small flat pieces of brass 7,a and ,c7 are soldered outside to opposite sides of this ring1 and a small cavity is made on the under side of each piece1 so that the whole may rest on a pointed upright wire1 placed in one of these cavities1 this wire being inserted in a heavy metallic base to give it solidity4 ,a small hole is made in the axis of the wheel1 so that the end of a cord may be thrust through1 the cord wound around it1 and rapid motion imparted to the wheel like the spinning of a top4 ,this constitutes the whole of the apparatus1 which is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,now1 by placing the wheel and its ring1 on the upper end of the pointed wire1 as shown in the figure1 only one side being supported1 the wheel and ring would of course1 immediately fall by the force of gravity1 there being no support at the other side1 ,c4 ,but if a rapid spinning motion is given to the wheel by means of the cord already described1 and it be placed on the point at ,a1 it will not fall1 but will move slowly around on the upright point1 performing a steady1 revolving horizontal motion1 as long as the rapid rotary motion of the wheel continues4 ,so steady and uniform is this horizontal movement1 that it generally suggests the motion of the planets round the sun4 ,this self-upholding property constitutes the wonder and puzzle of the instrument1 and many explanations have been attempted4 ,some ascribe it to atmospheric influence2 others to electricity2 while others confidently remark1 ,ah1 yes1 ,i understand it--it is the motion which keeps it from falling--it is the momentum--the centrifugal force2 but why this result is produced by centrifugal force1 we are not told4 ,the true explanation is this3 #a4 ,the wheel when at rest1 may of course be easily moved about so as to alter the position of its axis1 in any direction4 ,but this is not so when it is made to spin rapidly2 if the ring is held in the hands1 the wheel will be found strongly to resist any side or twisting movement--so much so1 that a novice will start1 and almost let it drop1 supposing there is something alive in it or1 as they sometimes remark2 ,why6 it feels as if there was a snake in the wheel6 ,this is owing to nothing but the strong momentum of the lead rim 7already described7 tending to keep the wheel in its position2 for an attempt to alter its position1 throws all this swiftly flying matter into a different course1 which1 it is evident1 cannot easily be done4 #b4 ,the slowly revolving1 horizontal motion on the pivot at ,a is in a contrary direction to the spinning motion of the top of the wheel1 as the arrows show in ,fig4 #a4 ,in other words1 the forward portion of the wheel flies upwards1 and the back portion downwards4 ,this will be found to be always the case4 #c4 ,now1 when the wheel is moving on horizontally around the pivot at a1 the forward portion of the rim is continually moving to the left1 and the hinder portion to the right1 as represented in ,fig4 #b4 ,the combined motion of the forward part of the wheel both upward and to the left1 is therefore not perpendicularly upward1 but inclined to the left1 and the tendency of its momentum is to throw the top of the wheel also to the left4 ,in the same way1 the downward momentum behind throws the bottom to the right4 ,throwing the top to the left and the bottom to the right1 of course raises the wheel as it rests on the pivot ,a4 ,in other words1 the combined motion of the wheel on its axis1 and on the pivot ,a1 constantly tends to raise it1 thus overcoming gravity1 and maintaining the wheel in its position1 supported only at one end4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b #d4 ,the momentum of the lead rim1 as described in 7#a47 tending to keep the wheel in its position1 keeps it also in a uniformly horizontal attitude2 if placed by the hand1 inclining upwards1 it will move around on the pivot at a1 without altering this inclination2 or the same result takes place1 if inclined below the horizontal4 #e4 ,the reason of the forward horizontal movement1 is this3 the spinning force of the wheel tends to throw it to the left1 and consequently to lift it upwards1 as shown in 7#c47--;gravity1 on the opposite hand1 tends to draw it downward2 the resultant 7or mid-way7 motion is therefore between them1 or horzontally4 ,as a proof that gravity thus produces the onward movement--when the wheel spins with the greatest rapidity1 and consequently has the greatest relative force to gravity1 the horizontal movement is slowest2 but it continues constantly to increase as the motion of the wheel is retarded1 and as gravity assumes a greater proportionate force4 ,,the ,,artificial ,,landscape4 ,procure a box1 as in cut1 of about a foot long1 eight inches wide1 and six inches high1 or any other dimensions you please1 so they do not greatly vary from these proportions4 ,at each of its opposite ends1 on the inside of this box1 place a piece of looking-glass1 that shall exactly fit2 but at that end where the sight hole ,a is1 scrape the quicksilver off the glass1 through which the eye can view the objects4 ,cover the box with gauze1 over which place a piece of transparent glass1 which is to be well fastened in4 ,let there be two grooves at each of the places ,c ,d ,e ,f1 to receive two printed scenes1 as follow3 ,on two pieces of pasteboard1 let there be skillfully painted1 on both sides1 any subject you think proper1 as woods1 bowers1 gardens1 houses1 c42 and on two other boards1 the same subject on one side only1 and cut out all the white parts3 observe also1 that there ought to be in one of them some object relative to the subject1 placed at ,a1 that the mirror placed at ,b may not reflect the hole on the opposite side4 ,illustration ,the boards painted on both sides are to slide in the grooves ,c ,d ,e ,f1 and those painted on one side are to be placed against the opposite mirrors ,a and ,b2 then cover the box with its transparent top4 ,this box should be placed in a strong light1 to have a good effect4 ,when it is viewed through the sight hole1 it will present an unlimited prospect of rural scenery1 gradually losing itself in obscurity2 and be found well worth the pains bestowed on its construction4 ,,easy ,,and ,,curious ,,methods ,,of ,,foretelling ,,rainy ,,or ,,fine ,,weather4 ,if a line be made of good whipcord1 that is well dried1 and a plummet affixed to the end of it1 and then hung against a wainscot1 and a line drawn under it1 exactly where the plummet reaches1 in very moderate weather it will be found to rise above it before rain1 and to sink below when the weather is likely to become fair4 ,but the best instrument of all1 is a good pair of scales1 in one of which let there be a brass weight of a pound1 and in the other a pound of salt1 or of saltpeter1 well dried2 a stand being placed under the scale so as to hinder it falling to low4 ,when it is inclined to rain1 the salt will swell1 and sink the scale3 when the weather is growing fair1 the brass weight will regain its ascendancy4 ,another very simple method is1 to take a strip of pine wood1 about twenty inches long1 one wide1 and a quarter thick1 and cut across the grain4 ,then take a strip of cedar1 of the same dimensions1 but cut along the grain4 ,glue them firmly face to face1 and set them upright in a stand4 ,some time before rain falls1 the pores of the pine will absorb moisture from the atmosphere1 and swell until the whole forms a bow1 which will straighten itself as fine weather approaches4 ,it is needless to say that the rods should not be painted or varnished4 ,,the ,,magical ,,measure4 ,the line to be measured must not be extravagantly long1 otherwise it will be difficult to measure it accurately2 for the least failure of a just aim1 or departure from an upright position1 would make very sensible errors in the measure of a very long line1 especially if the ground was very uneven4 ,to measure then the line ,a ,b1 accessible at the extremity ,a1 suppose the breadth of a small river1 he who pretends to measure must stand very straight at the extremity ,a1 and support his chin with a little stick resting upon one of the buttons of his coat1 so as to keep his head steady in one position4 ,he must pull his hat down upon his forehead till the brim of his hat covers from his view the inaccessible extremity ,b of the line to be measured ,a ,b1 then he must turn himself to a level1 uniform piece of ground1 and with the same position of his hat1 observe the point of the ground where his view terminates1 as ,c1 then measuring with a line or chain the distance ,a ,c1 he has the length of the line proposed ,a ,b4 ,illustration ,,the ,,boundless ,,prospect4 ,take a square box1 about six inches long and twelve high1 or of any other proportionate dimensions4 ,cover the inside with four flat pieces of looking glass placed perpendicular to the bottom of the box4 ,place at the bottom any objects you please1 as a piece of fortification1 a castle1 tents1 soldiers1 c4 ,on the top1 place a frame of glass shaped like the bottom of a pyramid1 as in the figure1 and so formed as to fit on the box like a cover4 ,the four sides of this cover are to be composed of ground glass1 or covered inside with gauze1 so that the light may enter1 and yet the inside be invisible1 except at the top1 which must be covered with transparent glass3 when you look through this glass1 the inside will present a pleasing prospect of a boundless extent2 and1 if managed with care1 will afford a deal of amusement4 ,illustration ,,the ,,hour ,,of ,,the ,,day ,,or ,,night ,,told ,,by ,a ,,suspended ,,shilling4 ,however improbable the following experiment may appear1 it has been proved by repeated trials3 ,sling a shilling or sixpence at the end of a piece of thread by means of a loop4 ,then resting your elbow on a table1 hold the other end of the thread betwixt your fore finger and thumb1 observing to let it pass across the ball of the thumb1 and thus suspend the shilling into an empty goblet4 ,observe1 your hand must be perfectly steady2 and if you find it difficult to keep it in an immovable posture1 it is useless to attempt the experiment4 ,premising1 however1 that the shilling is properly suspended1 you will observe1 that when it has recovered its equilibrium1 it will for a moment be stationary3 it will then of its own accord1 and without the least agency from the person holding it1 assume the action of a pendulum1 vibrating from side to side of the glass1 and1 after a few seconds1 will strike the hour nearest to the time of day2 for instance1 if the time be twenty-five minutes past six1 it will strike six2 if thirty-five minutes past six1 it will strike seven2 and so on of any other hour4 ,it is necessary to observe1 that the thread should lie over the pulse of the thumb1 and this may in some measure account for the vibration of the shilling2 but to what cause its striking the precise hour is to be traced1 remains unexplained2 for it is no less astonishing than true1 that when it has struck the proper number1 its vibration ceases1 it acquires a kind of rotary motion1 and at last becomes stationary1 as before4 ,,contrivance ,,for ,a ,,watch ,,lamp1 ,,perfectly ,,safe1 ,,which ,,will ,,show ,,the ,,hour ,,of ,,the ,,night1 ,,without ,,any ,,trouble1 ,,to ,a ,,person ,,lying ,,in ,,bed4 ,it consists of a stand1 with three claws1 the pillar of which is made hollow1 for the purpose of receiving a water candlestick of an inch diameter4 ,on the top of the pillar1 by means of two hinges and a bolt1 is fixed on a small proportionate table1 a box of six sides1 lined with brass1 tin1 or any shining metal1 nine inches deep1 and six inches in diameter4 ,in the center of one of these sides is fixed a lens1 double convex1 of at least three inches and a half diameter4 ,the center of the side directly opposite to the lens is perforated so as to receive the dial-plate of the watch1 the body of which is confined on the outside1 by means of a hollow slide4 ,when the box is lighted by a common watch-light1 the figures are magnified nearly to the size of those of an ordinary clock4 ,,the ,,enchanted ,,palace4 ,illustration ,on the six-sided plane ,a ,b ,c ,d ,e ,f of the figure1 draw six semi-diameters2 and on each of these place perpendicularly two plane mirrors1 which must join exactly at the center1 and which1 placed back to back1 must be thin as possible4 ,decorate the exterior boundary of this piece1 7which is at the extremity of the angles of the hexagon17 with six columns1 that at the same time serve to support the mirrors by grooves formed on their inner sides4 ,add to these columns their entablatures1 and cover the edifice in whatever manner you please4 ,in each one of these six triangular spaces1 contained between two mirrors1 place little figures of pasteboard1 in relief1 representing such subjects1 as when seen in an hexagonal form1 will produce an agreeable effect4 ,to these add small figures of enamel1 and take particular care to conceal by some object that has no relation to the subject1 the place where the mirrors join1 which1 as before observed1 all meet in the common center4 ,when you look into any one of the six openings of this palace1 the objects there contained1 being reflected six times1 will seem entirely to fill up the whole of the building4 ,this illusion will appear very remarkable1 especially if the objects chosen are properly adapted to the effect which the mirrors are intended to produce4 ,if you place between two of these mirrors part of a fortification1 as a curtain1 and two demi-bastions1 you will see an entire citadel with six bastions2 or if you place part of a ball-room1 ornamented with chandeliers and figures1 all these objects being here multiplied1 will afford a very pleasing prospect4 ,,to ,,know ,,which ,,of ,,two ,,different ,,waters ,,is ,,the ,,lightest ,,without ,,any ,,scales4 ,take a solid body1 the specific gravity of which is less than that of water1 pine1 or fir wood1 for instance1 and put it into each of the two waters1 and rest assured that it will sink deeper in the lighter than in the heavier water2 and so by observing the difference of the sinking1 you will know which is the lightest water1 and consequently the most wholesome for drinking4 ,,to ,,know ,,if ,a ,,suspicious ,,piece ,,of ,,money ,,is ,,good ,,or ,,bad4 ,if it be a piece of silver that is not very thick1 as a dollar or a half dollar1 the goodness of which you want to try1 take another piece of good silver of equal balance with it1 and tie both pieces with thread or horse-hair to the scales of an exact balance 7to avoid the wetting of the scales themselves7 and dip the two pieces thus tied in water2 for then1 if they are of equal goodness1 that is1 of equal purity1 they will hang in equilibrio in the water as well as in the air2 but if the piece in question is lighter in the water than the other1 it is certainly false1 that is1 there is some other metal mixed with it that has less specific gravity than silver1 such as copper4 ,if it is heavier than the other1 it is likewise bad1 as being mixed with a metal of greater specific gravity than silver1 such as lead4 ,if the piece proposed is very thick1 such as that crown of gold that ,hiero1 king of ,syracuse1 sent to ,archimedes to know if the goldsmith had put into it all the eighteen pounds of gold that he had given him for that end1 take a piece of pure gold of equal weight with the crown proposed1 viz41 eighteen pounds1 and without taking the trouble of weighing them in water1 put them into a vessel full of water1 one after another1 and that which drives out most water must necessarily be mixed with another metal of less specific gravity than gold1 as taking up more space1 though of equal weight4 ,,pyramid ,,of ,,alum4 ,put a lump of alum into a tumbler of water1 and as the alum dissolves it will assume the shape of a pyramid4 ,the cause of the alum decreasing in this peculiar form is briefly as follows3 at first1 the water dissolves the alum very fast1 but as the alum becomes united with the water1 the solvent power of the latter diminishes4 ,the water1 which combines first with the alum1 becomes heavier by the union1 and falls to the bottom of the glass1 where it ceases to dissolve any more1 although the water which it has displaced from the bottom has risen to the top of the glass1 and is there acting upon the alum4 ,when the solution has nearly terminated1 if you closely examine the lump1 you will find it covered with geometrical figures1 cut out1 as it were1 in relief upon the mass2 showing1 not only that the cohesion of the atoms of the alum resists the power of solution in the water1 but that1 in the present instance1 it resists it more in some directions than in others4 ,indeed1 this experiment beautifully illustrates the opposite action of cohesion and solution4 ,,the ,,dancing ,,automaton4 ,procure a piece of silk thread about six feet long1 and fasten a small wire hook at one end1 and a fine needle at the other1 then make a knot in the thread about ten inches from the end upon which the hook is fastened4 ,you also procure a small pasteboard figure about four inches long1 and pierce a hole through the center of the same just large enough to easily admit the needle4 ,having done this1 take a convenient opportunity and fasten the hook in the carpet about five and a half feet from the chair upon which you intend to sit while performing the trick4 ,you then can inform your audience that you intend to make the figure dance and keep time to any tune they may name4 ,you then slip the needle through the hole in the figure and throw it down on the floor1 with sufficient force to make it slip on the thread until it reaches the knot1 being careful to retain the needle still in your hand1 then whistle any air the company may suggest1 and appear to beat time with your hands upon your knees4 ,this will make the figure dance1 to the great astonishment of the spectators4 ,after you have continued this for a few minutes1 you must drop the needle and pick up the figure1 when the needle will again slide through the hole in the figure1 and the automaton being free from the thread1 you can hand it to the audience for examination4 ,this is an excellent trick for the parlor1 and1 if well performed1 will defy detection4 ,,to ,,melt ,a ,,piece ,,of ,,money ,,in ,a ,,walnut ,,shell1 ,,without ,,injuring ,,the ,,shell4 ,bend any thin coin1 and put it into half a walnut shell2 place the shell on a little sand1 to keep it steady4 ,then fill the shell with a mixture made of three parts of very dry pounded niter1 one part of flowers of sulphur1 and a little sawdust well sifted4 ,if you then set light to the mixture1 you will find1 when it is melted1 that the metal will also be melted at the bottom of the shell1 in form of a button1 which will become hard when the burning matter round it is consumed3 the shell will have sustained very little injury4 ,,the ,,invisible ,,springs4 ,take two pieces of white cotton cord1 precisely alike in length2 double each of them separately1 so that their ends meet2 then tie them together very neatly1 with a bit of fine cotton thread1 at the part where they double 7i4 e4 the middle74 ,this must all be done beforehand4 ,when you are going to exhibit the trick1 hand round two other pieces of cord1 exactly similar in length and appearance to those which you have prepared1 but not tied1 and desire your company to examine them4 ,you then return to your table1 placing these cords at the edge1 so that they fall 7apparently accidentally7 to the ground1 behind the table2 stoop to pick them up1 but take up the prepared ones instead1 which you had previously placed there1 and lay them on the table4 ,you then take round for examination three ivory rings2 those given to children when teething1 and which may be had at any of the toyshops1 are the best for your purpose4 ,when the rings have undergone a sufficient scrutiny1 pass the prepared double cords through them1 and give the two ends of one cord to one person to hold1 and the two ends of the other to another4 ,do not let them pull hard1 or the thread will break1 and your trick be discovered4 ,request the two persons to approach each other1 and desire each to give you one end of the cord which he holds1 leaving to him the choice4 ,you then say that1 to make all fast1 you will tie these two ends together1 which you do1 bringing the knot down so as to touch the rings2 and returning to each person the end of the cord next to him1 you state that this trick is performed by the rule of contrary1 and that when you desire them to pull hard1 they are to slacken1 and vice versa1 which is likely to create much laughter1 as they are certain to make many mistakes at first4 ,during this time you are holding the rings on the fore fingers of each hand1 and with the other fingers preventing your assistants from separating the cords prematurely1 during their mistakes2 you at length desire them1 in a loud voice1 to slack1 when they will pull hard1 which will break the thread1 the rings remaining in your hands1 whilst the strings will remain unbroken3 let them be again examined1 and desire them to look for the springs in the rings4 ,,the ,,flight ,,of ,,the ,,ring4 ,you may cause a ring to shift from one hand to another and make it go on any finger required on the other hand1 while somebody holds both your arms1 in order to prevent communication between them1 by attending to these instructions3 ,desire some lady in company to lend you a gold ring1 recommending her at the same time to make a mark on it1 that she may know it again4 ,have a gold ring of your own4 which fasten by a small piece of catgut string to a watch barrel1 and sew it to the left sleeve of your coat4 ,take the ring that is given you in your right hand2 then putting1 with dexterity1 the other ring fastened to the watch-barrel near the entrance of your sleeve1 draw it privately to the fingers' ends of your left hand4 ,during this operation1 hide the ring that has been lent you between the fingers of your right hand1 and fasten it dexterously on a little hook sewed for the purpose1 on your waistcoat1 and hidden by your coat4 ,after that1 show your ring1 which hold in your left hand2 then ask the company on which finger of the other hand they wish it to pass4 ,during this interval1 and as soon as the answer has been given1 put the before mentioned finger on the little hook1 in order to slip the ring on it3 at that moment let go the other ring1 by opening your fingers4 ,the spring which is in the watch-barrel1 being confined no longer1 will contract1 and make the ring slip under the sleeve1 without any body perceiving it1 not even those who hold your arms1 as their attention will be occupied to prevent your hands from communicating4 ,after this operation1 show the assembly that the ring is come on the other hand1 and make them remark that it is the same that had been lent to you1 or that the mark is right4 ,much dexterity is required in this trick1 so that the deception may not be suspected4 ,,musical ,,figures ,,resulting ,,from ,,sound4 ,cover the mouth of a wine glass1 having a foot-stalk1 with a thin sheet of membrane1 over which scatter a layer of fine sand4 ,the vibrations excited in the air by the sound of a musical instrument1 held within a few inches of the membrane1 will cause the sand on its surface to form regular lines and figures with astonishing celerity1 which vary with the sound produced4 ,,to ,,make ,a ,,card ,,jump ,,out ,,of ,,the ,,pack4 ,let any person draw a card1 and afterwards put it into the pack1 but take care that you know where to find it at pleasure4 ,this you may do by having forced it4 ,then put a piece of wax under the thumb-nail of your right hand1 and fasten a hair by it to your thumb1 and the other end of the hair1 by the same means1 to the card chosen3 spread the pack upon the table1 and1 making use of any words you think fit1 make it jump from the pack about the table4 ,,the ,,tell-,,tale ,,cards4 ,tell any one to shuffle the pack1 to take off the upper card1 and to notice it1 then to lay it on the table1 with its face downward1 and put so many cards upon it as will make up thirteen with the number of spots on the noted card4 ,for instance3 if the card which the person first looked at was a king1 queen1 knave1 or ten1 bid him lay that card with its face downward1 calling it ten2 upon that let him lay another1 calling it eleven2 upon that1 another1 calling it twelve2 and upon that1 another1 calling it thirteen2 then bid him take off the next uppermost card3 suppose it to be an eight1 let him lay it down on another part of the table1 calling it eight2 upon the latter another1 calling it nine1 and so on in the same way1 until he makes that heap up to thirteen2 then let him go to the next uppermost card1 and so proceed to lay out the third parcel in the same way as the two preceding1 and should the uppermost card be an ace1 he must lay it down1 calling it one1 the next two1 c4 ,all this should be done either while you are out of the room1 or your back is turned2 upon your turning round1 you take the cards which have been left2 your object being to count1 without its being perceived1 how many there are remaining1 you throw aside the three top cards1 and lay the next three on the table1 with their faces upward2 then throw away one1 then turn up one1 and so on in the same way1 until you ascertain how many cards they are2 we will suppose that you find twenty-five cards left2 deduct ten1 when the remaining fifteen will be the number of all the spots contained in all the bottom cards of the three heaps1 counting the court cards as ten2 you must recollect that ten is1 in all cases1 the number to be deducted from the cards remaining4 ,having found that fifteen is the number of spots on the cards1 do not declare it at once2 but select from those cards which lie on the table1 face uppermost1 three or four which added together will make fifteen4 ,for instance3 should there be a deuce1 a five1 and an eight1 lay them aside for a moment1 and taking the other cards from which you selected the three1 put them along with those which you previously rejected2 you now hand the three telltale cards to any person1 assuring him that the number of pips on those cards will be the same as those on the bottom cards of the three heaps1 which will be found to be the case4 ,,the ,,double ,,dozen4 ,present a pack of cards to one of the company1 desiring him to shuffle them well1 and to get them shuffled by whomsoever he pleases2 then make several persons cut them2 after which you will propose to one of the company to take the pack and think of a card1 and remember it1 and likewise its order in the pack1 by counting one1 two1 three1 four1 c41 till he comes1 exclusively1 to the one thought of2 offer to go into another room1 or to be blindfolded1 while he is doing this4 ,now declare in what order the card shall be in the pack2 say1 for instance the twenty-fourth2 and1 by attending to the following instructions1 it will prove to be so3--,suppose the person who thinks of the card stops at thirteen1 and that the thirteenth card was the queen of hearts1 the number you have stated it shall be in the pack being twenty-four2 you return to the room1 in case you had left it1 or desire the handkerchief to be removed1 if you have been blindfolded2 and1 without asking any question of the person who has thought of the card1 ask only for the pack1 and apply it to your nose1 as if to smell it2 then passing it behind your back1 or under the table1 take1 from the bottom of the pack1 twenty-three cards2 that is to say1 one less than the number you have stated the card thought of shall be2 place these twenty-three cards on the top4 ,this being done1 return the pack to the person who had thought of the card1 requesting him to reckon the cards from the top of the pack1 beginning by the number of the card he thought of4 ,his card being the thirteenth1 he will be compelled to count fourteen1 and you are to stop him when he comes to twenty-three1 reminding him that the number you have mentioned is twenty-four1 and that1 consequently1 the twenty-fourth card1 which he is going to take up1 will be the card thought of2 and so it will most certainly be4#ae ,,the ,,housebreakers4 ,take a pack of cards1 and place all the aces together1 the twos1 the threes1 and so on up to the kings4 ,there will then be thirteen different heaps4 ,you say1 ,here are four houses 7laying down the four aces separately71 which four knaves enter for the purpose of robbing 7laying a knave upon each ace71 and take with them their implements for housebreaking 7and upon each of the knaves you lay a two1 three1 four1 five1 six1 seven1 and eight74 ,the mistresses of the houses come home 7laying a queen upon each of the heaps71 bringing their money with them 7laying a nine upon each queen74 ,shortly after1 their husbands also return 7laying a king upon each queen71 also bringing money with them 7laying a ten upon each heap74 ,you have now disposed of all the cards1 which form four distinct heaps4 ,then lay one heap over the other1 and let as many persons cut them as please4 ,when this is done1 if you commence at the top of the pack1 and lay the cards face downwards1 one by one1 so as to make thirteen separate heaps1 you will find all the aces together1 the twos1 and so on1 as you originally placed them4 ,,the ,,magic ,,book4 ,provide an octavo book of plain paper1 of whatever thickness you please4 ,turn over seven leaves from the beginning1 and paint a group of flowers2 then turn over seven more leaves1 and paint the same again1 and so on1 until you have turned the book through to the end4 ,then paste a slip of paper or parchment to each of the painted leaves4 ,turn the book over again1 and paint upon every sixth leaf a parrot1 and then paste strips upon them as you did upon the first1 only a little lower down4 ,proceed in this manner until you have painted the book full of pictures of various sorts1 taking care one side of the leaves is left white paper4 ,when you use the book1 hold it in your left hand1 and set the thumb of your right hand upon the first of the parchment stays2 run the book through1 and it will appear full of flowers2 then stop and1 blowing upon the book1 run it through again1 with the thumb upon the second slips of parchment1 and it will1 appear full of parrots4 ,afterwards1 reverse the book1 and run it through as before1 and it will appear composed of blank paper4 ,,the ,,tape ,,trick4 ,this trick consists in suffering a person to tie your thumbs together tightly1 and yet that you shall be able to release them in a moment1 and tie them together again4 ,the mode of performing this trick is as follows3--,lay a piece of tape across the palms of your hands1 placed side by side1 letting the ends hang down2 then bring your palms quickly together1 at the same time privately catching hold of the middle of the tape with your fourth and fifth fingers4 ,then direct any person to tie your thumbs together as tight as he pleases1 but he will not1 of course1 in reality be tying them1 because you have hold of the tape1 yet it will nevertheless appear to him that he is doing so4 ,request him to place a hat over your hands2 then blow upon the hat1 and say1 ,be loose1 slipping your thumbs from under the tape2 direct him to remove the hat1 and show your thumbs free4 ,you then request the hat may again be placed over your hands1 and blowing upon it1 you say ,be tied1 slipping your thumbs under the tape again2 and when the hat is removed1 your thumbs will appear tied as at first4 ,after performing the trick1 convey the tape away1 lest it be detected4 ,,more ,,than ,,full4 ,fill a glass to the brim with water1 and you may add to it spirit of wine without causing the water to overflow4 ,,floating ,,needles4 ,fill a cup with water1 gently lay on its surface small fine needles1 and they will float4 ,,the ,,knotted ,,thread4 ,considerable amusement1 not unmixed with wonder1 may be occasioned among a party of ladies1 by a clever performance of this trick4 ,it is most frequently performed by a female1 but the effect of it is considerably increased when it is displayed by a youth4 ,a piece of calico1 muslin1 or linen1 is taken in the left hand1 a needle is threaded in the presence of the spectators1 and the usual1 or even a double or treble knot1 made at the extremity of one of the ends of it4 ,the operator commences his work by drawing the needle and the thread in it quite through the linen1 notwithstanding the knot1 and continues to make several stitches in like manner successively4 ,the mode of performing this seeming wonder is as follows3 ,a bit of thread1 about a quarter of a yard long1 is turned once round the top of the middle finger of the right hand1 upon which a thimble is then placed1 to keep it secure4 ,this must be done privately1 and the thread kept concealed1 while a needle is threaded with a bit of thread of a similar length4 ,the thread in the needle must have one of its ends drawn up nearly close1 and be concealed between the forefinger and thumb2 the other should hang down nearly as long as1 and by the side of the thread1 which is fastened under the thimble1 so that these two may appear to be the two ends of the thread4 ,the end of the piece that is fastened under the thimble is then knotted1 and the performer begins to sew1 by moving his hand quickly after he has taken up the stitch4 ,it will appear as though he actually passed the knotted thread through the cloth4 ,,the ,,bacchus ,,experiment4 ,this experiment1 showing the elasticity of air1 is performed with a pleasing toy4 ,it represents a figure of ,bacchus sitting across a cask1 in which are two separate compartments4 ,put into one of them a portion of wine or colored liquid1 and place the apparatus under the exhausted receiver of an air-pump1 when the elastic force of the confined air will cause the liquid to ascend a transparent glass tube 7fitted on purpose71 into the mouth of the ,bacchanalian figure4 ,to render the experiment more striking1 a bladder1 with a small quantity of air therein1 is fastened around the figure1 and covered with a loose silken robe1 when the air in the bladder will expand1 and produce an apparent increase in the bulk of the figure1 as if occasioned by the excess of liquor drunk4 ,,curious ,,method ,,of ,,measuring ,,the ,,height ,,of ,a ,,tree4 ,to ascertain the height of an object a peculiar method of measurement is in use among the ,isthmus ,indians4 ,in measuring the height of a tree1 for instance1 a man proceeds from its base to a point where1 on turning the back towards it1 and putting the head between the legs1 he can just see the top2 at the spot where he is able to do this he makes a mark on the ground to the base of the tree2 this distance will be equal to the height4 ,,the ,,transposable ,,pieces4 ,take two quarter eagles and two dimes1 and grind part of them away1 on one side only1 so that they may be but half the common thickness2 and observe1 that they must be quite thin at the edge2 then rivet a quarter eagle and a dime together4 ,lay one of these double pieces1 with the dime upwards1 on the palm of your hand1 at the bottom of your three first fingers1 and lay the other piece with the quarter eagle upwards in like manner1 in the other hand4 ,let the company take notice in which hand is the quarter eagle1 and in which is the dime4 ,then1 as you shut your hands1 you naturally turn the pieces over1 and when you open them again1 the dime and the quarter eagle will appear to have changed their places4 ,,footnotes3 ,footnote #ae3 ,be sure and have the number you name greater than that of the first position of the card in the pack2 for instance1 twenty-four is greater than thirteen4 ,,inquire ,,within ,for ,anything ,you ,wish to ,know3 --,,or1-- ,,over #c1gjj ,,facts ,,for ,,the ,,people4 ,a large ,vol4 of #dcf pp41 cloth1 gilt1 ,price #a4 ,sent free of postage4 ,this ,book1 as its title imports1 will give you correct information on every possible subject that you ever heard or thought of6 ,it tells you how to cook a dinner--to cure a sick friend1 or cut an acquaintance--to get up a dinner party1 or dine abroad--to play at cards1 chess1 or any other popular game1--whether you wish to establish yourself in life according to the rules of etiquette--to get up a sumptuous entree for the dinner table1 or arrange a plain dinner--to fold fancy napkins--to start business--to make money--to dress with taste--to conduct a courtship--to tie any kind of a knot--to get married--to give an evening party to your friends--to behave well in company--to keep house properly--to dance--to make ornamental vases1 by the new art of ,potichomanie1 or ,wax work1 and other fancy employments for the ladies--to establish acquaintances according to the rules of etiquette--to enjoy an hour at curious puzzles and arithmetical questions--to do up a neat parcel--to relieve the invalid--to acquaint yourself with the technical terms in literature1 law1 and medicine--in short1 to do every useful thing that can be thought of or imagined1 whether at home or abroad1 or among your friends1 or in your business1 or on your farm1 or in your garden1 or at a public meeting1 or at a private assembly4 ,it contains tables of all weights and measures2 ,interest ,tables from #a to #aj1jjj at six and seven per cent1 besides innumerable tables on interesting and curious subjects4 ,it gives complete directions how to wash1 starch1 and iron--how to keep the eyes1 hair1 teeth1 and complexion in perfect order--how to punctuate1 spell1 and write correctly--how to compose all kinds of letters1 from the billet-doux to the business letter--how to clean furniture1 take care of pet animals--how to measure all kinds of mechanics' work--how to detect fraudulent scales--and all about the properties and uses of different medicines4 ,indeed this is really and truly one of the most wonderful and valuable books ever printed4 ,besides all this information--and we have not room to give an idea of a hundredth part of it--it contains so many valuable and useful receipts that an enumeration of them requires ,,seventy-,,two ,,columns ,,of ,,fine ,,type ,,for ,,the ,,index4 ,it is no collection of ancient sayings and receipts1 but the whole are fresh and new1 and suited to the present times4 ,as a book to keep in the family for reference1 it is unequaled1 comprising as it does all kinds of ,books of ,information in a single volume4 ,send cash orders to ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 ,no4 #ah ,ann ,street1 ,n4 ,y4 ,,the ,,reason ,,why ,,series ,these useful works will1 when completed1 supply all the ,reasons which the human mind has discovered for the varied and interesting phenomena of ,nature2 and for events1 and their consequences1 in religious and civil history4 ,such a series1 entirely original in their plan1 and executed with the most conscientious care--embracing the very essence of demonstrative truth and inductive reasoning--must become as widely diffused as the language in which they are written4 ,each work is complete in itself4 ,the ,reason ,why3 ,general ,science4 ,a careful collection of some thousands of reasons for things1 which1 though generally known1 are imperfectly understood4 ,a book of condensed scientific knowledge for the million4 ,by the author of ,inquire ,within4 ,it is a handsome #abmo volume1 of #cef pages1 printed on fine paper1 bound in cloth1 gilt1 and embellished with a large number of wood cuts1 illustrating the various subjects treated of4 ,price ,,one ,,dollar4 ,this work assigns reasons for the thousands of things that daily fall under the eye of the intelligent observer1 and of which he seeks a simple and clear explanation4 ,,example4 ,why does silver tarnish when exposed to the light8 ,why is the sky blue8 ,this volume answers #a1cbe similar questions4 ,the ,biblical ,reason ,why3 ,a ,,hand-,,book ,,for ,,biblical ,,students1 and a ,guide to ,family ,scripture ,readings4 ,by the author of ,inquire ,within1 c4 ,beautifully illustrated1 large #abmo1 cloth1 gilt side and back4 ,price ,,one ,,dollar4 ,this work gives ,reasons1 founded upon the ,bible1 and assigned by the most eminent ,divines and ,christian ,philosophers1 for the great and all-absorbing events recorded in the ,history of the ,bible1 the ,life of our ,saviour1 and the ,acts of his ,apostles4 ,,example4 ,why did the first patriarchs attain such extreme longevity8 ,why is the ,book of the ,prophecies of ,isaiah a strong proof of the authenticity of the whole ,bible8 ,this volume answers upwards of #a1djj similar questions4 ,the ,reason ,why3 ,natural ,history4 ,by the author of ,inquire ,within1 ,the ,biblical ,reason ,why1 c4 #abmo1 cloth1 gilt side and back4 ,price ,,one ,,dollar4 ,giving ,reasons for hundreds of interesting facts in connection with ,zoology1 and throwing a light upon the peculiar habits and instincts of the various ,orders of the ,animal ,kingdom4 ,,example4 ,why do dogs turn around two or three times before they lie down8 ,why do birds often roost upon one leg8 ,this volume answers about #a1ejj similar questions4 ,,the ,,following ,,books ,,of ,,this ,,series ,,are ,,in ,,press1 ,,and ,,will ,,be ,,issued ,,in ,,rapid ,,succession3 ,the ,denominational ,reason ,why4 ,the ,gardener's and ,farmer's ,reason ,why4 ,the ,housekeeper's ,reason ,why4 ,the ,botanical ,reason ,why4 ,the ,geological ,reason ,why4 ,the ,astronomical ,reason ,why4 ,the ,chemical ,reason ,why4 ,the ,grammatical ,reason ,why4 ,the ,reason ,why3 ,natural ,history4 ,,by ,,the ,,author ,,of ,,inquire ,,within1 ,,the ,,biblical ,,reason ,,why1 ,,reason ,,why ,,of ,,general ,,science1 ,,that',s ,,it1 ,,or1 ,,plain ,,teachings1 c41 c4 ,profusely ,illustrated4 #abmo1 ,cloth1 ,gilt ,side and ,back4 ,price #a4 ,giving reasons for hundreds of interesting facts in connection with ,zoology1 and throwing a light upon the peculiar habits and instincts of the various ,orders of the ,animal ,kingdom4 ,,example4 ,why has the lion such a large mane8 ,why does the otter1 when hunting for fish1 swim against the stream8 ,why do dogs turn around two or three times before they lie down8 ,why have flat fishes their upper sides dark1 and their under sides white8 ,why do sporting dogs make what is termed a point8 ,why do birds often roost upon1 one leg8 ,why do frogs keep their mouths closed while breathing8 ,why do cats1 when being played with1 lie on their backs1 seize the hand of the person playing with them with their forepaws1 and strike with their hind feet8 ,why does the wren build several nests1 but occupies only one8 ,this volume answers about #aejj similar questions4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the ,corner ,cupboard2 or1 ,facts for ,everybody4 ,by the ,author of ,inquire ,within1 ,the ,reason ,why1 c4 ,large #abmo1 #djj pages4 ,cloth1 ,gilt ,side and ,back4 ,illustrated with over ,one ,thousand ,engravings4 ,,price ,,one ,,dollar4 ,embracing ,facts about ,i4 ,things not generally known1 ,,ii4 ,things that ought to be known4 ,,iii4 ,things worth knowing4 ,the ,corner ,cupboard is ,a ,complete ,confectioner4 ,a ,complete ,cook4 ,a ,complete ,family ,doctor4 ,a ,complete ,gardener4 ,a ,complete ,father's ,book4 ,a ,complete ,mother's ,book4 ,a ,complete ,family ,book4 ,a ,complete ,lady's ,book4 ,a ,complete ,gentleman's ,book4 ,a ,complete ,boy's ,book4 ,a ,complete ,girl's ,book4 ,a ,complete ,master's ,book4 ,a ,complete ,servant's ,book4 ,a ,complete ,amusement ,book4 ,a ,friend at ,everybody's ,elbow in ,time of ,need4 ,it tells about the food we consume1 the clothes we wear1 the house we live in1 and facts from the ,arts and ,sciences1 as well as from ,literature1 ,manufacture1 ,commerce1 ,anatomy1 ,physiology1 the ,garden and ,field1 the whole forming a complete ,encyclopedia of ,useful ,knowledge4 ,whether in the parlor or the kitchen1 the chamber or the boudoir1 at home or abroad1 it may be very appropriately called the ,family's ,beady ,adviser4 99 99 99 99 99 #aj1jjj ,,wonderful ,,things4 ,comprising the ,marvellous and ,rare1 ,odd1 ,curious1 ,quaint1 ,eccentric and ,extraordinary1 in all ,ages and ,nations1 in ,art1 ,nature and ,science1 including many ,wonders of the ,world1 enriched with ,hundreds of ,authentic ,illustrations4 ,,edited ,,by ,,edmund ,,fillingham ,,king1 ,m4 ,a41 ,,author ,,of ,,life ,,of ,,newton1 c4 #abmo1 ,cloth1 ,gilt ,side and ,back4 ,price ,one ,dollar4 ,in the present work1 interesting scenes from ,nature1 curiosities of art1 costume1 and customs of a bygone period1 rather predominate2 but we have devoted many of its pages to descriptions of remarkable occurrences1 beautiful landscapes1 stupendous waterfalls1 and sublime sea pieces4 ,it contains not a line that the nicest judgment could pronounce obnoxious2 and yet1 in every page is a mass of material to create both surprise and laughter4 ,it is impossible to read the volume through1 without feeling1 not only that you have been well entertained1 but well instructed4 pointing hand ,copies of either of the above books sent to any address in the ,united ,states or ,canada1 free of postage4 ,send cash orders to ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 #ah ,ann ,street1 ,new ,york4 ,the ,reason ,why3 ,,general ,,science4 ,a ,,careful ,,collection ,,of ,some ,thousands of ,reasons ,,for ,,things ,,which1 ,,though ,,generally ,,known1 ,,are ,,imperfectly ,,understood4 ,a ,book of ,condensed ,scientific ,knowledge for the ,million4 ,,by ,,the ,,author ,,of ,,inquire ,,within4 ,what ',haydn's ,dictionary of ,dates' is in regard to ,historical events1 this wonderful book is in respect to scientific facts4 ,the plan of the book and its execution leave nothing to be desired4 ,church of ,england ,monthly ,review4 ,this ,work assigns ,,reasons1 for the thousands of things that daily fall under the eye of the intelligent observer1 and of which he seeks a simple and clear explanation4 ,,example4 ,why does silver tarnish when exposed to the light8 ,why do some colors fade and others darken when exposed to the sun8 ,what develops electricity in the clouds8 ,why does lightning sometimes appear red1 at others yellow1 at others white8 ,why does dew form round drops on the leaves of plants8 ,why is the sky blue8 ,this volume answers #a1cbe similar questions4 ,,the ,,reason ,,why is a handsome #abmo volume1 of #cej pages1 printed on fine paper1 bound in cloth1 gilt1 and embellished with a large number of ,wood ,cuts1 illustrating the various subjects treated of4 ,,price ,,one ,,dollar4 pointing hand ,copies ,mailed to any address in the ,united ,states or ,canada1 free of postage4 ,live and ,learn2 ,a ,,guide ,,to ,,all ,,who ,,wish ,,to ,,speak ,,and ,,write ,,correctly4 ,particularly intended as a book of reference for the solution of difficulties connected with ,grammar1 ,composition1 ,punctuation1 c41 with explanations of ,latin and ,french words and phrases of frequent occurrence in newspapers1 reviews1 periodicals1 and books in general2 containing examples of ,,one ,,thousand ,,mistakes ,of daily occurrence in ,speaking1 ,writing1 and ,pronunciation1 together with detailed ,instructions for ,writing for the ,press1 and forms of articles in the various departments of ,newspaper ,literature4 ,such a book as this has long been wanted by those who entertain the wish alluded to in the title4 ,it is suitable for all classes4 ,we have attentively conned its pages1 and can recommend it as one of the best works of reference for the young student1 or even the ripe scholar1 and as deserving to be generally consulted4 ,the work is altogether useful and indispensable4 ,tribune4 #baf ,pages1 ,bound in ,cloth1 #abmo4 ,,price ,,fifty ,,cents1 ,and sent to any address ,free of ,postage4 ,send ,cash ,orders to ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 #ah ,ann ,street1 ,n4 ,y4 ,the ,secret ,out2 ,,or1 #a1jjj ,,tricks ,,with ,,cards ,,and ,,other ,,recreations4 ,,illustrated ,,with ,,over #cjj ,,engravings4 ,and containing clear and comprehensive explanations how to perform with ease all the ,curious ,card ,deceptions and ,sleight-of-,hand ,tricks extant4 ,with an endless variety of ,entertaining ,experiments in ,drawing-,room1 or ,white ,magic1 including the celebrated ,science of ,second ,sight4 ,together with a choice collection of ,intricate and ,puzzling ,questions4 ,amusements in ,chance1 ,natural ,magic1 etc41 etc41 etc4 ,by the ,author of ,the ,sociable1 ,the ,magician's ,own ,book1 ,parlor ,theatricals1 etc4 ,large #abmo1 ,cloth1 ,gilt ,side and ,back4 ,price ,one ,dollar4 ,a ,book which explains all the ,tricks and ,deceptions with ,playing ,cards1 ever known or invented1 and gives1 besides1 a great many new and interesting ones--the whole being described so accurately and carefully1 with engravings to illustrate them1 that anybody can easily learn how to practise these ,tricks4 ,this book contains1 in addition to its numerous ,card ,tricks above described1 full and easily understood explanations of some ,two ,hundred and ,forty of the most ,curious1 ,amusing ,interesting ,sleight-of-,hand ,legerdemain ,tricks ,ever invented1 and which are illustrated with ,engravings to make each trick understood with ease4 ,the ,magician's ,own ,book ,,or1 ,,the ,,whole ,,art ,,of ,,conjuring4 ,being a ,complete ,hand-,book of ,parlor ,magic1 containing over ,one ,thousand ,optical1 ,chemical1 ,mechanical1 ,magnetical1 and ,magical ,experiments1 ,amusing ,transmutations1 ,astonishing ,sleights and ,subtleties1 ,celebrated ,card ,deceptions1 ,ingenious ,tricks with ,numbers1 ,curious and ,entertaining ,puzzles--together with all the most ,noted ,tricks of ,modern ,performers4 ,the whole ,illustrated with over #ejj ,wood ,cuts1 ,and intended as a source of ,amusement for ,,one ,,thousand ,,and ,,one ,,evenings4 #abmo1 cloth1 #djj pages1 gilt side and back stamp4 ,price ,,one ,,dollar1 sent free of postage4 ,here is a book for the long winter evenings1 and one that will make all merry and happy4 ,it contains over a ,,thousand ,,tricks1 of every description2 and they are all explained so clear and explicitly1 that any person can comprehend and perform them with ease4 ,it also contains numerous ,,curious ,,puzzles1 with patterns showing how they are done1 any one of which will afford amusement enough for a whole evening4 ,copies sent to any address free of postage4 ,send ,cash ,orders to ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 #ah ,,ann ,,street1 ,,new ,,york4 ,a ,book of ,never-,ending ,entertainment4 ,,the ,,sociable2 ,,or1 ,one ,thousand and ,one ,home ,amusements4 ,,containing ,,acting ,,proverbs1 ,,dramatic ,,charades1 ,,acting ,,charades1 ,,or ,,drawing-,,room ,,pantomimes1 ,,musical ,,burlesques1 ,,tableaux ,,vivants1 ,,parlor ,,games1 ,,games ,,of ,,action1 ,,forfeits1 ,,science ,,in ,,sport ,,and ,,parlor ,,magic1 ,,and ,a ,,choice ,,collection ,,of ,,curious ,,mental ,,and ,,mechanical ,,puzzles1 c4 ,by the author of ,the ,magician's ,own ,book4 ,illustrated with nearly #cjj ,engravings and ,diagrams1 ,,the ,,whole ,,being ,a ,,fund ,,of ,,never-,,ending ,,entertainment4 ,nearly #djj pages1 #abmo41 ,cloth1 gilt side stamp1 #a4jj4 ,the ,sociable will be found one of the most extensively popular family books ever issued from the press4 ,as its title implies1 it is a collection--a complete repertoire--of the ,,amusements ,,of ,,home1 ,embracing a large and comprehensive list of recreative pastimes1 arranged as follows3 ,parlor ,theatricals1 including ,acting ,proverbs1 ,acting ,charades1 ,dramatic ,charades and ,tableaux ,vivants2 ,games of ,action2 ,games requiring ,memory and ,attention2 ,games requiring ,wit and ,intelligence2 ,ruses1 or ,catch ,games2 ,forfeits2 ,puzzles2 ,fireside ,games for ,winter ,evenings1 and ,science in ,sport1 and ,parlor ,magic4 ,many of these ,games--the majority of them--are ,,entirely ,,new1 as are1 also1 the ,,parlor ,,theatricals ,,and ,,tableaux ,,vivants1 ,which were ,,prepared ,,expressly ,,for ,,this ,,work4 ,everything in the book is superior of its kind--the greatest care hiving been taken to exclude everything that was not above the standard of mediocrity in interest and ingenuity4 ,it is ,,the ,,only ,,book ,,of ,,this ,,kind ,ever ,published in ,america1 ,and as it will be invaluable to ,families1 ,schools1 ,social ,clubs1 etc41 as a book of reference on all matters of ,amusement and ,recreation1 there must be a steady and permanent demand for it at all seasons and in all years1 although few of the so-called ,holiday ,books are as appropriate for ,gifts as ,,the ,,sociable4 ,each department is ,,amply ,,illustrated with ,,beautiful ,,wood ,,engravings ,which render the ,text clear1 and fully explain all the ,puzzles1 the ,mechanical ,contrivances mentioned1 and other things difficult to describe in writing4 ,it is elegantly bound1 so as to be an ornament to any center-table1 and its typographical execution is a specimen of the highest excellence4 ,the need of such a collection of ,,home ,,games has long been felt1 and the publishers believe that this endeavor on their part1 to supply that want1 must meet with the fullest success4 ,they have spared neither trouble nor expense to render it a complete and invaluable vade mecum of ,domestic ,amusements1 so that its name may be familiar as a ,household ,word in all families1 north1 south1 east and west1 where the value of wholesome and innocent recreation is recognized4 ,price only ,one ,dollar1 bound in cloth1 with gilt side and back stamp1 sent to any address in the ,united ,states1 free of postage4 ,send cash orders to ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 ,publishers1 #ah ,ann ,street1 ,new ,york4 ,the ,perfect ,gentleman2 ,or1 ,,etiquette ,,and ,,eloquence4 ,a ,book of ,information and ,instruction for those who desire to become ,brilliant or ,conspicuous in ,general ,society1 or at ,parties1 ,dinners or ,popular ,gatherings1 c4 ,a handsome volume of #cce pages1 beautifully bound and gilt4 ,price #a #jj4 ,this is not only a valuable book of reference1 but it contains minute ,instructions for ,gentlemen in all those modern accomplishments which have become almost a necessity in this age of refinement4 ,it gives directions how to use ,wine at ,table1 with rules for judging the quality thereof--,rules for ,carving1 and a complete ,etiquette of the ,dinner ,table1 including ,dinner ,speeches1 ,toasts and ,sentiments1 ,wit and ,conversation at ,table1 c4 ,it has also an ,american ,code of ,etiquette and ,politeness for all occasions--,model ,speeches1 with directions how to deliver them--,duties of the ,chairman at ,public ,meetings1 ,forms of ,preambles and ,resolutions1 c4 ,in short1 this book will give a man every possible information he may desire to enable him to appear to good advantage in either public or private life4 ,it is a choice book that any gentleman will find a valuable addition to his library4 ,we expect to sell at least one hundred thousand copies of this work1 and the price is correspondingly low4 ,art of ,dancing without a ,master2 ,or1 ,ball ,room ,guide and ,instructor4 ,,to ,,which ,,is ,,added ,hints on ,etiquette2 also1 ,the ,figures1 ,music and ,necessary ,instruction for the ,performance of the most ,modern and ,improved ,dances4 ,by ,,edward ,,ferrero1 ,professor of ,dancing at ,west ,point4 ,by the aid of which any one can attain a knowledge of the ,art of ,dancing without a ,master4 ,this work also contains ,,one ,,hundred ,,and ,,five ,,pages ,,of ,,the ,,choicest ,,music1 ,arranged for the ,piano ,forte by the most celebrated ,professors4 ,the whole forming the most valuable and useful melange for the centre-table of the drawing-room ever published4 ,the ,,music alone1 if purchased in separate sheets at any of the music stores1 would cost ten times the price of the book4 ,thus you can obtain a ,history of ,dancing1 ,hints on ,etiquette1 the ,figures and ,steps of all ,dances1 and ,ten ,dollars' worth of the ,choicest ,music ,,for ,,one ,,dollar4 ,,songs ,,of ,,ireland4 ,embracing ,songs of the ,affections1 ,convivial and ,comic ,songs1 ,patriotic and ,military ,songs1 ,historical and ,political ,songs1 ,moral1 ,sentimental1 ,satirical1 and ,miscellaneous ,songs4 ,edited and ,annotated by ,,samuel ,,lover1 ,esq41 ,author of ,handy ,andy1 ,rory ,o',more1 ,legends and ,stories of ,ireland1 c4 ,embellished with numerous fine ,illustrations1 engraved by the celebrated ,dalziel4 #abmo1 ,cloth1 ,gilt ,side and ,back4 ,price #a #be4 ,hand ,copies of the above ,books sent to any address in the ,united ,states free of postage4 ,send cash orders to ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 #ah ,ann ,street1 ,n4 ,y4 ,,dick ,,fitzgerald',s ,,list ,,of ,,publications4 ,judge ,haliburton's ,works4 ,sam ,slick in ,search of a ,wife4 #abmo41 ,paper #j #ej ,cloth1 price #a #jj ,everybody has heard of ,sam ,slick1 the ,clockmaker1 and he has given his opinion on almost everything4 ,this book contains his opinion about ,courtin the ,gals6 and his laughable adventures after the petticoats4 ,buy this book if you want many good hearty laughs4 ,there is a book called ,the ,horse1 and another ,the ,cow1 and ,the ,dog1 and so on2 why shouldn't there be one on ,the ,gals8 ,they are about the most difficult to choose and to manage of any created critter1 and there aint any dependable directions about pickin' and choosin' of them4 ,is it any wonder then so many fellows get taken in when they go for to swap hearts with them8 ,sam ,slick's ,nature and ,human ,nature4 ,large #abmo41 ,paper #ej ,cloth price #a #jj ,the ,attache2 or1 ,sam ,slick in ,england4 ,largo #abmo41 ,paper #ej ,cloth price #a #jj ,sam ,slick's ,sayings and ,doings4 ,paper #ej ,cloth price #a #jj ,this is the most amusing collection of the ,opinions1 ,sayings and ,doings of the famous ,sam ,slick1 that has ever been published4 ,it gives the experiences of the ,yankee ,clockmaker1 and the incidents that occurred in his journeyings over the world1 together with his observations on men and things in general2 also containing his opinions on ,matrimony4 ,miscellaneous ,books4 ,courtship ,made ,easy2 or1 the ,mysteries of ,making ,love ,fully ,explained4 ,with specimen ,love ,letters4 ,containing also a ,treatise on the general qualifications necessary for ,marriage1 and the proper age and condition for ,wedlock1 c4 ,by ,,harry ,,hazen1 ,jr41 a widower who has been thrice married1 but is still young enough to be an especial favorite of the ladies4 price #ac ,the ,ladies' ,love ,oracle2 or1 ,counsellor to the ,fair ,sex4 ,being a complete ,fortune ,teller and ,interpreter to all questions upon the different events and situations of life1 but more especially relating to all circumstances connected with ,love1 ,courtship and ,marriage4 ,by ,,madam ,,le ,,marchand4 ,illustrated cover1 printed in colors4 price #j #be ,chesterfield's ,art of ,letter-writing ,simplified4 ,a ,guide to ,friendly1 ,affectionate1 ,polite and ,business ,correspondence4 price #ac ,containing a large collection of the most valuable information relative to the ,art of ,letter-,writing1 with clear and complete instructions how to begin and end ,correspondence1 ,rules for ,punctuation and ,spelling1 c41 together with numerous examples of ,letters and ,notes on every subject of ,epistolary intercourse1 with several ,important ,hints on ,love ,letters4 ,the ,laws of ,love4 ,a ,complete ,code of ,gallantry4 #abmo4 ,paper1 price #be ,containing concise rules for the conduct of ,courtship through its entire progress1 aphorisms of love1 rules for telling the characters and dispositions of women1 remedies for love1 and an ,epistolary ,code4 ,gamblers' ,tricks with ,cards ,exposed and ,explained4 ,by ,j4 ,h4 ,,green1 ,reformed ,gambler4 #abmo4 ,paper4 price #be ,this work contains one hundred tricks with cards1 explained1 and shows the numerous cheats which ,gamblers practice upon their unwary dupes4 ,the uninitiated will stare when they here see how easily they can be swindled by dealing1 cutting1 and shuffling cards4 ,how to ,win and ,how to ,woo2 ,containing ,rules for the ,etiquette of ,courtship1 with directions showing how to win the favor of ,ladies1 how to begin and end a ,courtship1 and how ,love ,letters should be written4 price #ac ,bridal ,etiquette2 ,a ,sensible ,guide to the ,etiquette and ,observances of the ,marriage ,ceremonies2 containing complete directions for ,bridal ,receptions1 and the necessary rules for bridesmaids1 groomsmen1 sending cards1 c41 c4 price #ac ,how to ,behave2 or1 ,the ,spirit of ,etiquette3 ,a complete guide to ,polite ,society1 for ,ladies and ,gentlemen2 containing rules for good behavior at the dinner table1 in the parlor1 and in the street2 with important hints on introduction1 and the art of conversation4 price #ac ,hand ,any ,book on this ,list will be sent to any address in the ,united ,states or ,canada1 ,free of ,postage4 ,send ,cash ,orders to ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 #ah ,ann ,st41 ,n4 ,y4 ,dashes of ,american ,humor4 ,with numerous laughable illustrations1 on tinted paper1 from designs from ,john ,leach1 #cbj pages1 paper cover1 #j #ej ,cloth1 gilt1 price #a #jj ,this work contains in its #cbj pages1 some thirty of the most amusing articles we have ever perused1 redolent with not only humor1 but with wisdom and pathos2 the happiest days and most innocent recreations of our youth are here recalled4 ,dr4 ,valentine's ,comic ,lectures4 ,a ,budget of ,wit and ,humor2 or1 ,morsels of ,mirth for the ,melancholy4 ,a certain cure for the ,blues1 and all other serious complaints4 ,comprising ,comic ,lectures on ,heads1 ,faces1 ,noses1 ,mouths1 ,animal ,magnetism1 etc41 with ,specimens of ,eloquence1 ,transactions of ,learned ,societies1 ,delineations of ,eccentric ,characters1 ,comic ,songs1 etc41 etc4 ,by ,dr4 ,w4 ,,valentine1 the favorite delineator of ,eccentric ,characters4 ,illustrated with twelve portraits of ,dr4 ,valentine in his most celebrated characters4 #abmo41 ,cloth1 gilt #a #jj ,ornamented paper cover price #ej ,dr4 ,valentine's ,comic ,metamorphoses4 ,being the second series of ,dr4 ,valentine's ,lectures1 with characters as given by the late ,yankee ,hill4 ,embellished with numerous portraits4 ,ornamental ,paper ,cover #ej ,cloth1 gilt price #a #jj ,laughable ,adventures of ,messrs4 ,brown1 ,jones and ,robinson1 showing where they went1 and how they went2 what they did1 and how they did it4 ,with nearly #bjj most thrillingly comic engravings4 price #be ,laughing ,gas4 ,an ,encyclopedia of ,wit1 ,wisdom and ,wind4 ,by ,,sam ,,slick1 ,jr4 ,comically illustrated with #ajc original and laughable engravings1 and near #ejj side-extending jokes1 and other things to get fat on2 and the best of it is1 that everything about the book is new and fresh--all new2 new designs1 new stories1 new type--no comic almanac stuff4 ,it will be found a complete antidote to hard times4 price #be ,the ,courtship of ,chevalier ,sly-,fox-,wikoff1 showing his heart-rending1 astounding1 and most wonderful love adventures with ,fanny ,elssler and ,miss ,gambol4 ,illustrated with #bjj comic engravings price #j #be ,the ,extraordinary and ,mirth-,provoking ,adventures by ,sea and ,land1 of ,oscar ,shanghai4 ,illustrated by nearly #bjj comic engravings price #be ,all told in a series of nearly two hundred of the most risible1 quizzible1 provoking1 peculiar1 saucy and spicy cuts ever gathered within the leaves of any one book4 ,all fond of a hearty laugh1 here is amusement for many a merry hour4 ,charley ,white's ,ethiopian ,joke ,book4 ,being a perfect ,casket of ,fun1 the first and only work of the kind ever published4 ,containing a full expose of all the most laughable ,jokes1 ,stories1 ,witticisms1 c41 as told by the celebrated ,ethiopian ,comedian1 ,charles ,white4 #ahmo41 #id pages price #ab ,black ,wit and ,darkey ,conversations4 ,by ,charles ,white4 ,containing a large collection of ,laughable ,anecdotes1 ,jokes1 ,stories1 ,witticisms1 and ,darkey ,conversations4 #ahmo41 price #ab ,chips from ,uncle ,sam's ,jack ,knife4 ,illustrated with over one hundred ,comical ,engravings1 and comprising a collection of over #ejj ,laughable ,stories1 ,funny ,adventures1 ,comic ,poetry1 ,queer ,conundrums1 ,terrific ,puns1 ,witty ,sayings1 ,sublime ,jokes and ,sentimental ,sentences4 ,the whole being a most perfect portfolio for those who love to laugh4 ,large ,octavo price #be ,the ,comical ,adventures of ,david ,dufficks4 ,illustrated with over #ajj ,funny engravings4 ,large ,octavo1 price #be ,yale ,college ,scrapes2 or ,how the ,boys ,go ,it at ,new ,haven4 price #be ,this is a book of #aad pages1 containing accounts of all the noted and famous ,scrapes and ,sprees1 of which students at ,old ,yale have been guilty for the last quarter of a century4 ,the ,comic ,wandering ,jew4 ,full of ,fun and containing #ajj ,humorous engravings price #be ,hand ,any ,book on this ,list will be sent to any address in the ,united ,states or ,canada1 ,free of ,postage4 ,send ,cash ,orders to ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 #ah ,ann ,st41 ,n4 ,y4 ,the ,harp of a ,thousand ,strings ,,or1 ,,laughter ,,for ,a ,,lifetime4 ,and peculiarly prepared to produce prolific ,,peals ,,of ,,laughter4 ,the very quintessence of ,,human ,,wit1 ,,waggery and ,,wisdom4 #djj ,pages of the most ,mirth-,provoking ,literature ever printed4 ,it contains more than a ,million ,laughs1 and is ,illustrated with #bjj ,comic ,cuts4 ,the pictures are all original1 designed by some of our best artists 7including ,darley71 and the collection of droll conceits and queer stories is unsurpassed1 having been several years in preparation4 ,large #ab mo1 nearly #djj pages1 ,illustrated with #bjj ,comic ,engravings1 and bound in fine ,cloth1 with gilt side and back stamp4 ,,price ,,one ,,dollar ,,and ,,twenty-,,five ,,cents4 ,,the ,,book ,,of ,one ,thousand ,comical ,stories ,or1 ,,endless ,,repast ,,of ,,fun4 ,a rich ,banquet for ,every ,day in the ,year1 with several courses and a dessert4 ,,bill ,,of ,,fare3 ,comprising ,tales of ,humor1 ,laughable ,anecdotes1 ,irresistible ,drolleries1 ,jovial ,jokes1 ,comical ,conceits1 ,puns and ,pickings1 ,quibbles and ,queries1 ,bon ,mots and ,broadgrins1 ,oddities1 ,epigrams1 c41 c4 ,merry ,songs for ,merry ,moments2 ,conundrums for the ,million2 an inexhaustible store of ,nuts to ,crack1 and ,sports and ,pastimes for all ,seasons--forming a ,welcome ,guest for ,spring1 a ,cheerful ,friend for ,summer1 a ,jovial ,host for ,autumn1 a ,pleasant ,companion for ,winter1 and a varied ,feast of ,mirth for ,everybody's ,enjoyment4 ,appropriately ,illustrated with #cjj ,comic ,engravings4 ,by the author of ,mrs4 ,partington's ,carpet ,bag of ,fun4 ,large #ab mo4 ,cloth4 ,price ,one ,dollar4 ,mrs4 ,partington's ,carpet ,bag of ,fun4 ,illustrated with over #aej of the most laughable engravings ever designed1 from drawings by ,darley1 ,mc,lennan1 ,leach1 ,phiz1 ,henning1 ,hine1 ,tenniel1 ,crowquill1 ,cruikshank1 ,meadows1 ,doyle1 ,goder and others2 and a collection of over #a1jjj of the most ,comical ,stories1 ,amusing ,adventures1 ,side-splitting ,jokes1 ,cheek-extending ,poetry1 ,funny ,conundrums1 ,,queer ,,sayings ,,of ,,mrs4 ,,partington1 ,heart-rending ,puns1 ,witty ,repartees1 etc41 etc4 ,bound in ,paper1 ,price #ej ,cents2 ,cloth1 #a #jj4 ,in offering this book to the public1 we must caution all weakly and nervous people against buying it4 ,it is only intended for those hearty and robust persons who can laugh long and loud1 and grow fat1 being a perfect ,encyclopedia of ,wit and ,witty ,sayings4 ,to those fond of ,fun it will be a treasure4 ,hand ,copies of either of the above ,books sent to any address in the ,united ,states1 free of postage4 ,,dick ,,fitzgerald1 #ah ,ann ,street1 ,n4 ,y4 99 99 99 99 99 ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------- ,transcriber notes3 p4 vi4 ',cumbustion without ,flame1' changed ',cumbustion' to ',combustion'4 ,p4 #ah4 'diaphonous' changed to 'diaphanous' as in 'diaphanous bodies'4 ,p4 #bi4 'here it' changed to 'here is'4 ,p4 #cb4 'the stall' changed to 'the stalk4'4 ,p4 #ch4 'the performed'1 changed 'performed' to 'performer'4 ,p4 #fa4 ',several t icks'1 should read ',several tricks'1 fixed4 ,p4 #gd4 'convinience' changed to 'convenience'4 ,p4 #gf4 'supicion' changed to 'suspicion'4 ,p4 #ic4 'the smooth'1 changed 'the' to 'them'4 ,p4 #id4 'sacer' changed to 'saucer'4 ,p4 #aja4 'appearence' changed to 'appearance'4 ,p4 #ajc4 'lines will will'1 changed to 'lines will'4 ,p4 #aje4 'salt of strontian'1 changed 'strontian' to 'strontium'4 ,p4 #aje4 'will loose'1 changed 'loose' to 'lose'4 ,p4 #abb4 'seperated' changed to 'separated'4 ,p4 #acj4 'ja' changed to 'jar'4 ,p4 #ada4 'the crd1 aon' changed to 'the crd1 on'4 ,p4 #adb4 'thst the' changed to 'that the'4 ,p4 #afj4 'these are are' changed to 'these are'4 ,p4 #afg4 'sprinke some powdered camphor'1 changed 'sprinke' to 'sprinkle'4 ,p4 #afi4 'preduce similar effects'1 changed 'preduce' to 'produce'4 ,p4 #age4 ,fig4 #b ',,refracting ,,sterescope' changed to ',,refracting ,,stereoscope'4 ,p4 #aib4 'blow throw the quill' changed 'throw' to 'through'4 ,p4 #aie4 'calcuated' changed to 'calculated'4 ,p4 #aif4 'abou' chanaged to 'about'4 ,p4 #aih4 'phemomena of nature4'1 changed 'phemomena' to 'phenomena'4 ,p4 #bja4 'perpindicular' changed to 'perpendicular'4 ,p4 #baj4 'half of tha triple'1 changed 'tha' to 'that'4 ,p4 #bad4 'a little scrunity' changed 'scrunity' to 'scrutiny'4 ,p4 #baf4 'in successsion' changed to 'in succession'4 ,p4 #bbe4 'proceded' changed to 'proceeded'4 ,p4 #bec4 ,added two missing em dashes to answers4 ,p4 #bed4 'put suppose the'1 changed 'put' to 'but'4 ,p4 #bee4 'put prior'1 changed 'put' to 'but'4 ,p4 #bhd4 'when you clearl'1 changed 'clearl' to 'clearly'4 ,p4 #bhh4 '#dh4 ,a ,,maze ,,or ,,labryinth4'2 changed ',,labryinth' to ',,labyrinth'4 ,p4 #cjc4 'line us the basis'1 changed 'us' to 'as'4 ,p4 #cje4 'will readly'1 changed 'readly' to 'readily'4 ,p4 #cjf4 'the forms therto7'1 changed 'therto' to 'thereto'4 ,p4 #cjg4 ',fig #aj1 #aa1 #ab1 #ac1 #ad1 #ae1'1 changed ',fig' to ',figs4' ,p4 #cjg4 ',with this uplex'1 changed 'uplex' to 'duplex'4 ,p4 #cjg4 'several direetions'1 changed 'direetions' to 'directions'4 ,p4 #caf4 'illustrations o'1 changed 'o' to 'of'4 ,p4 #cag4 ',in desigining' changed 'desigining' to 'designing'4 ,p4 #cbj4 'first 7,fig4'1 changed to 'first 7,fig4 #ed7'4 ,p4 #cdi4 'and unlimited' changed to 'an unlimited'4 ,p4 #cea4 'the flottom' changed to 'the bottom'4 ,p4 #cec4 'beng reflected' changed to 'being reflected'4 ,p4 #cec4 'mithltiplied' changed to 'multiplied'4 ,add3 ,inquire ,within444 'populur' changed to 'popular'4 ,changed 'fradulent' to 'fraudulent'4 ,add3 ',the ,reason ,why3' changed 'lightining' to 'lightning'4 ,add3 ',live and ,learn2' changed 'recommonded' to 'recommend'4 ,add3 ',amusements of ,home1' changed 'pastime' to 'pastimes'4 ,add3 ',,parlor ,,theatricals' changed 'everthing' to 'everything'4 ,add3 ',chesterfield's ,art of ,letter-writing' changed ',busines' to ',business'4 ---------------------------------------- ----------------------------